INPLANT Keyword Manual

SimSci-Esscor
INPLANT 4.3
Keyword Manual
March 2013
All rights reserved. No part of this documentation shall be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or
transmitted by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the
prior written permission of Invensys Systems, Inc. No copyright or patent liability is assumed with
respect to the use of the information contained herein. Although every precaution has been taken in the
preparation of this documentation, the publisher and the author assume no responsibility for errors or
omissions. Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information
contained herein.
The information in this documentation is subject to change without notice and does not represent a
commitment on the part of Invensys Systems, Inc. The software described in this documentation is
furnished under a license or nondisclosure agreement. This software may be used or copied only in
accordance with the terms of these agreements.
2013 by Invensys Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Invensys Systems, Inc.

26561 Rancho Parkway South
Lake Forest, CA 92630 U.S.A.
(949) 727-3200
http://www.simsci-esscor.com/
For comments or suggestions about the product documentation, send an e-mail message to
ProductDocumentationComments@invensys.com.
All terms mentioned in this documentation that are known to be trademarks or service marks have been
appropriately capitalized. Invensys Systems, Inc. cannot attest to the accuracy of this information. Use of
a term in this documentation should not be regarded as affecting the validity of any trademark or service
mark. Invensys, Invensys logo, PIPEPHASE, INPLANT, and SimSci-Esscor are trademarks of Invensys plc, its
subsidiaries and affiliates.
Table of Contents
Chapter 1 Introduction
About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
New Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Occasional Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Experienced Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
About INPLANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
About SimSci-Esscor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Support Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Chapter 2 Overview
About This Chapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Scope and Objectives of INPLANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Property Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Calculation Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Piping Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Pressure Drop Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
User Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Typical Applications of INPLANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Relief Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Vessel Depressuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Process Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Utility Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Slug Catcher Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Solving Networks with PIPEPHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
The Building Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Joining Segments Together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Joining Links Together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual TOC-1

Pressure Balance Solution Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Flare Relief Solution Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Critical Flow in Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11
Chapter 3 Using PIPEPHASE

About This Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Defining the Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Properties of Fluid Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
Flows and Conditions of Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
Sphering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
Piping Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
What PIPEPHASE Calculates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
Global Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
Units of Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
Printout Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
Defining Fluid Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7
Defining Properties for Compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7
Water as a Special Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
Library Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
Non-library Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9
Petroleum Pseudocomponents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9
Assay Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10
Additional Component Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11
Thermodynamic Properties and Phase Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11
Transport properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
Tabular Data for Compositional Fluids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
Multiple Thermodynamic Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14
Additional Thermodynamic Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14
Defining Properties for Non-Compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15
Liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16
Gas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16
Steam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17
Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
Compositional Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
Non-Compositional Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
Vessel Depressuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Structure of Network Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20
Controlling Convergence of Networks (PBAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20
Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21
Flare Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
PIPEPHASE Flow and Equipment Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
Flow Devices (have length). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
Process Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Unit Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Flow Device Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
TOC-2 Table of Contents
Pressure Drop Calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Pressure Drop in Flow Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Nominal Diameter and Pipe Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Pressure Drop in Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Equipment Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Heat Transfer Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Detailed Heat Transfer in Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Sphering or Pigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Case Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Global Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Individual Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Chapter 4 Input Reference

Categories of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Order of Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Keywords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Keyword Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Qualifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Commenting Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Default Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Units of Measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Basis of Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Multiple Units of Measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Continuing Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Layout of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Input Statement Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
GENERAL Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Global Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
TITLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
DIMENSION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
CALCULATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
FCODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
DEFAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
SEGMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
LIMITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
PRINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
OUTDIMENSION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
FLAREDEF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
COMPONENT Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
COMPONENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
LIBID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
PETROLEUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
ASSAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
INPLANT Keyword Manual TOC-3
CUTPOINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38
MW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38
SPGR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38
API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38
ACENTRIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38
ZC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38
TC() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39
PC() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39
NBP() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39
STDDENSITY() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39
VC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39
VP() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39
ENTHALPY() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39
CP() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39
LATENT(). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39
DENSITY() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39
VISCOSITY() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39
CONDUCTIVITY() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39
SURFACE() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39
NETWORK Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42
NETWORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42
SOLUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42
TOLERANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-46
ACCELERATION (for PBAL Network Method Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-47
RESERVOIR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-48
THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-49
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-49
THERMODYNAMIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51
METHOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51
WATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-55
BWRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-55
LKP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-55
PR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-56
SRK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-56
PVT Data Category of Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-57
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-57
PVT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-57
SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-57
SET for Non-Compositional Liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-57
SET for Non-Compositional Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-58
SET for Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-58
SET for Compositional Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-59
CORRELATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-59
GENERATE (for Compositional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-60
FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-62
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-63
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-63
STRUCTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
System Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
Distillation Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
Gravity Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
Molecular Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71
LIGHTENDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71
SINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
JUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Flow Devices (have length). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
PIPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
COMPRESSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
MCOMPRESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
DPDT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
EXPANDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
HEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
INJECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
REGULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89
SEPARATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89
BEND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
CHOKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
MCHOKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95
MREGULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95
CONTRACTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
ENTRANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
EXPANSION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
NOZZLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
ORIFICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
TEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
VENTURIMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
DEPRESSURING Data Category of Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
DEPRESSURING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
VESSEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105
HMODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
CALCULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
DIMENSION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110
HYDRATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
EVALUATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
SIZING DATA Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-118
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-118
SIZING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-118
DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-118
RELIEF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-118
LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-120
MAXV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-120
VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-121
CASE STUDY Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-121
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-121
CASESTUDY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-121
DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-121
RESTORE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-122
PARAMETER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-122
Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-122
Sinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-124
Junctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-125
Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-126
Compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-127
Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-127
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-127
Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & CalculatorCase Study, Time Stepping, Op-
timization, & CalculatorChokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-128
Separators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-128
Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-129
Expanders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-129
Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-130
Injection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-130
DPDT Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-130
MCOMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-131
Bend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-132
Check Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-132
Contraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-134
Entrance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-134
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-134
Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-134
Nozzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-134
Orifice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-135
Tee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-135
IPR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-136
Calculator Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-136
Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-137
Objective Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-137
Constraint Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-137
Decision Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-137
PVT Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-138
Network Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-138
LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-139
PSPLIT Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
PSPLIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
User-Defined DP Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142
FORTRAN Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142
User Subroutine Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143
Saving Data for Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145
PIPEPHASE Flash Routine Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
Moody Friction Factor Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
Chapter 5 Results
Report Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Description of Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Input Reprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Intermediate Printout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Solution Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Input Reprint Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Thermodynamic Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Component Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
General Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
PVT Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Network Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Source Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Structure Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Network Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Sizing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
PVTGEN Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Intermediate PRINTOUT Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Network Directory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Solution Output Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Flash Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Separator Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Link Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Node Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Device Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Structure Data Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Velocity Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Results Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Link Device Detail Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Pressure and Temperature Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Pressure and Temperature Plots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Phase Envelope Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Phase Envelope Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Holdup and Velocity Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Pressure Gradient Detail Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Taitel-Dukler-Barnea Flow Regime Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Link Property Detail Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Viscosity and Density Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Friction and Surface Tension Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Heat Transfer Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Case Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Sphering Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Valve Sizing Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Chapter 6 Technical Reference

About This Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4
An Introduction to Fluid Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4
Basic Fluid Flow Theory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4
The Steady State Flow Process Single-Phase Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5
Laminar and Turbulent Single-phase Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10
Laminar and Transitional Flow Inside Pipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11
Critical Flow - A Qualitative Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-22
Recommendations on Pressure Drop Correlations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-28
Solution Algorithms Used in PIPEPHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-28
The Calculation Segment and Iteration Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-28
The Network Calculation Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-32
The Flare Network Calculation Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-35
Valve Sizing Methodology and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-41
Fluid Models Used in PIPEPHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-49
Non-Compositional Fluid Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-49
Steam Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-54
Compositional Fluid Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-55
Heat Transfer in Flow Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-58
Heat Transfer for Non-Compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-59
Heat Transfer for Compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-60
The Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient (U-value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-61
Equipment & Fittings Flow Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-65
Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-66
DPDT Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-66
Chokes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-67
Check Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-68
Heaters and Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-68
Separators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-69
Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-69
Converging Network Simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-72
User Requirements for this Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-72
General Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-73
Specific Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-75
Sub-Network Algorithm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-96
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-96
Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-97
Data Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-112
Procedure for Accessing PRO/II Stream Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-113
Chapter 7 Component Data Summary

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
PRO/II Component Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Non-Library Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Petroleum Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Solid Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Component Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
UNIFAC Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
COMPONENT DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Chapter 8 Thermodynamic Data Summary

The METHOD Statement (required) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Method-Specific Water Handling Options (optional - Section 2.1.6) . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Property Statements (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
User-Supplied K-value Data (optional - Section 2.3.12). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Binary Interaction Data (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Liquid Phase Activity Binary Interaction Data (Section 2.5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Other Binary Data For Liquid Activity Methods (Section 2.5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Pure Component Alpha Formulations (optional - Section 2.4.5) . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Appendix A Pressure Drop Correlations

Recommendations on Pressure Drop Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Single-Phase Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Two-Phase and Compositional Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
General Guidelines on Correlation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-16
Appendix B Glossary
Glossary of Frequently Used Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
Appendix C References
Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
Appendix D Default Values of Schedule Pipe Sizes

Steel Pipe Wall Thicknesses Used by INPLANT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1
Appendix E User-Definable Nominal Pipe Sizes

Format for User-Created NPS Database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1

Chapter 1
Introduction
About This Manual

This manual describes the capabilities and use of the PIPEPHASE program and is
designed to help you gain maximum utility out of the program. It can be used with all
DOS and Windows versions of PIPEPHASE. This manual contains the chapters listed in
Table 1-1, an appendix of pressure drop correlations, a glossary, a bibliographical
reference, and an index.
Table 1-1: Quick Reference for New, Occasional and Experienced Users
See Which If you are a
Chapter 1, Introduction Introduces the manual, the program, and SimSci- New User
Esscor.
Chapter 2, Overview Explains the main concepts of piping and network New User
analysis and the applications the program can
solve.
Chapter 3, Using Describes the data needed to run the program, the New or Occasional
PIPEPHASE way it uses the data, and how you can use the User
program.
Chapter 4, Input Reference Provides statement-by-statement descriptions of New, Occasional or
program input. Experienced User
Chapter 5, Results Provides a detailed description of and New, Occasional or
commentary on program output. Experienced User
Chapter 6, Technical Provides detailed background information to New, Occasional or
Reference models used in the program. Experienced User
Chapter 7, Component Data Provides an overview of the Component Data New, Occasional or
Summary Category. Experienced User
Chapter 8, Thermodynamic Provides an overview of the Thermodynamic Data New, Occasional or
Data Summary Category. Experienced User
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 1-1

New Users
If you are an engineer new to PIPEPHASE, this manual will tell you what the program
does and how to use it. Chapter 2, Overview, describes the scope of the program, the
concepts involved in pipeline pressure drop analyses and how PIPEPHASE tackles
them.
Chapter 3, Using PIPEPHASE, describes the data that the program needs, the
conventions to follow in inputting the data to the program, and what the program will
produce as output. It then describes all the capabilities of the program and how to invoke
them, with signposts given to guide you through Chapter 4, Input Reference.
Note: If you read nothing else, read Chapter 3, Using PIPEPHASE.
Chapter 5, Results, is a guided tour of the results output and how to interpret the output.
Chapter 6, Technical Reference, gives more detailed information on methodologies used
in the program calculations
Occasional Users
If you are an occasional user revisiting PIPEPHASE after an absence, take some time to
skim through Chapter 3, Using PIPEPHASE, to remind yourself of the programs
capabilities and conventions. Then go on to Chapter 4, Input Reference.
Experienced Users
If you use PIPEPHASE regularly, you will be able to find everything you need in
Chapter 4, Input Reference, and Chapter 6, Technical Reference.
About INPLANT
INPLANT is a powerful, steady-state, multiphase fluid flow simulator for investigating
process plant piping. It will help you to design new systems, monitor current systems,
and prevent or solve piping problems. INPLANT combines industry standard multiphase
fluid flow simulation technology with the most comprehensive physical properties
databank and thermodynamic capabilities available.
INPLANT rigorously simulates the most complex piping systems. With INPLANT, you
can examine and monitor single pipes, relief systems, process piping networks, flare
headers, and utility piping. You can design new systems for maximum efficiency and
revamp existing systems for new duties.
Whether you are looking at a single pipe run or a complex network in the petroleum,
petrochemical, or chemical industries, INPLANT is the tool to help you understand and
solve your fluid flow problems.
1-2 Introduction
About SimSci-Esscor
PIPEPHASE is backed by the full resources of SimSci-Esscor, a leader in the process
simulation business since 1966. SimSci-Esscor provides the most thorough service
capabilities and advanced process modeling technologies available to the process
industries. SimSci-Esscors comprehensive support around the world, allied with its
training seminars for every level of user, is aimed solely at making your use of
PIPEPHASE the most efficient and effective that it can be.
Support Services
Both new and experienced users will benefit significantly from attending one of SimSci-
Esscors regularly scheduled training courses on PIPEPHASE. If you would like to
obtain a list of available courses, or if you have any questions relating to the use of
PIPEPHASE, its methods, data, or technology, please call your nearest SimSci-Esscor
support office.
To contact your nearest SimSci-Esscor support office, select and click Technical
Support...from the Help menu. A Help desk page is displayed. Click the Support
Centres link to view the contact details of your nearest support centre. The SimSci-
Esscor support centres are also hosted on our website. Please visit the following link:
http://www.simsci-esscor.com/us/eng/support/supportlocations/default.htm

This Page Intentionally Blank
Chapter 2
Overview
Chapter Contents
About This Chapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Scope and Objectives of INPLANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Property Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Calculation Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Piping Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Pressure Drop Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
User Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Typical Applications of INPLANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Relief Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Vessel Depressuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Process Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Utility Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Slug Catcher Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Solving Networks with PIPEPHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
The Building Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Joining Segments Together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Joining Links Together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Pressure Balance Solution Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flare Relief Solution Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Critical Flow in Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

About This Chapter
This chapter describes the scope, objectives, applications and capabilities of
PIPEPHASE. It introduces the concepts involved in pipeline and network analysis and
describes how PIPEPHASE tackles them. This chapter should be read by anyone new to
PIPEPHASE.
Scope and Objectives of INPLANT

INPLANT is a steady-state, multiphase fluid flow simulator for calculating flowrates,
pressure drops, and heat transfer in pipes, piping networks, and relief systems. It has
applications in industries from inorganic chemicals, through petrochemicals, to
refineries. It can be used to examine process piping, flare systems, and utility networks.
INPLANTs functionality is depicted in Figure 2-1:
Figure 2-1: Scope of INPLANT Application
Special capabilities have been designed into PIPEPHASE like pipeline sphering. This
extends the range of PIPEPHASE applications so that varied pipeline and piping
network problems can be solved.
Property Data
PIPEPHASE can simulate fluids defined either by composition, by assay (ASTM, TBP)
curve, or by non-compositional means. For compositionally or assay defined fluids, all
component, thermodynamic, and transport property data are stored in, or created from,
PIPEPHASEs data and calculation libraries. For non-compositionally defined fluids,
2-2 Overview
PIPEPHASE uses built-in correlations to determine all physical property data the
program requires for pressure drop and heat transfer calculations. Details of the different
fluid types and how to define them can be found in Chapter 3, Using PIPEPHASE.
Calculation Modes
PIPEPHASE can be used for designing new systems or rating existing ones. Any piping
topology can be addressed, from a simple single link of flow devices to the most
complex network of pipelines, including multiple inlets and outlets and any degree of
looping. In network configurations, you are allowed to fix almost any combination of
pressures and flowrates and PIPEPHASE will solve for all the remaining unknowns. In
the case of a flare header system, INPLANT can also be instructed to calculate any or all
line sizes and relief valve requirements.
Piping Systems
PIPEPHASE rigorously simulates anything from a simple single pipe to the most
complex piping systems with multiple inlets and outlets. Line capacities, flow
distribution in loops, heat transfer effects, Joule-Thomson effects, in-line flow patterns,
vapor and liquid velocities, and preferential phase splitting at tees for steam systems are
all accurately determined. Details of how these are invoked can be found in Chapter 3,
Using PIPEPHASE.
Line capacities, flow distribution in loops, heat transfer effects, Joule-Thomson effects,
in-line flow patterns, vapor and liquid velocities and preferential phase splitting at tees
for steam systems are all accurately determined. Details of how these are invoked can be
found in Chapter 3, Using PIPEPHASE.
Pressure Drop Methods

PIPEPHASE solves pressure drop and energy balance equations, while simultaneously
performing rigorous heat transfer calculations. You can choose from more than twenty
industry-standard correlations for predicting the pressure drop and liquid holdup. A full
list of correlations is in Chapter 4, Input Reference, Tables 4-6a 4-6c and 4-7.
User Convenience
PIPEPHASE is fully supported by SimSci-Esscors experienced staff who can supply
advise on using the program and offer assistance if you are having problems. Simply call
or e-mail the nearest authorized SimSci-Esscor technical support center. Full
documentation is also available from these SimSci-Esscor centers. In addition to the
easy-to-use keyword version of PIPEPHASE, SimSci-Esscor offers a version with a
convenient Windows graphical user interface.

Typical Applications of INPLANT
Relief Systems
Flare header, relief, and blowdown systems are essential parts of any chemical or process
plant. These systems are designed to protect process equipment from overpressure and
safely dispose of materials passing through the relief valves. In a typical relief system,
the discharge loads and vessel relieving pressures are known. Additionally, the required
flare base pressure is known. From this data, INPLANT will calculate the backpressures
on each of the relief valves. You can choose to have the program calculate the minimum
pipe diameters to meet the maximum backpressures of all the relief valves. If relief valve
discharge coefficient data are supplied, the required nominal areas of each of the valves
will be calculated and a recommended valve type chosen.
Figure 2-2: An INPLANT Flare Gathering System
Vessel Depressuring
Flare systems are designed to remove material vented from vessels after a process upset.
The depressuring unit in INPLANT complements the flare calculations by determining
the flowrate of material into the flare system. The unit models vessels containing volatile
liquid under pressure when subject to an external fire. This calculation is performed
before the flare system is modeled.
2-4 Overview
Figure 2-3: Depressuring Unit
As heat enters a vessel from the fire, liquid vaporizes, and the pressure in the vessel
increases. INPLANT calculates the temperature-pressure-time relationships and shows
the amount of vapor and liquid present in the vessel at each time step. When the pressure
in the vessel reaches the relief pressure, the relief valve opens and material is vented into
the flare system. It is vital that the pressure in the vessel does not exceed the maximum
allowable value. INPLANT calculates the safe disposal minimum required to prevent
this from occurring. The temperature, pressure and composition are then calculated at
successive time intervals for a range of vent rates. The vent rate that keeps the vessel
pressure within the maximum allowable operating pressure for that source is then used to
size the flare system.
The depressuring calculations are then followed by the flare system simulation. Each
depressuring unit is referenced to a flare source and supplies the flow and conditions at
that source. The temperature, pressure, and composition at each flare source are those at
the safe vent rate conditions for each depressuring vessel.
Process Lines
A large percentage of the installed cost of a process plant comes from the piping and
fittings. Proper sizing and operation of these lines can dramatically reduce this cost and
can also significantly reduce the operating cost of the plant. INPLANT addresses
applications such as sizing a flowline, calculating pump and compressor horsepower,
determining heater and cooler duties, and calculating maximum capacity. Heat losses
from insulated pipes may be calculated by using an overall heat transfer coefficient or by
using the thermal conductivities of each of the insulating layers. Any type of single or
multiphase fluid may be modeled using the INPLANT thermodynamics package.

Figure 2-4: A Process Plant
Utility Systems
Utility systems, such as cooling water, steam, lube oil, and instrument air, play an
important part in the operation of a plant. Accurate determination of the flow distribution
and capacity of these networks is essential for both an optimum design and a basis from
which system expansions can be evaluated. INPLANT provides an efficient and
effective way of modeling these often complex networks. You may fix almost any
combination of flowrates and pressures for any feeds or products in the system, and
INPLANT will calculate the rest. Single-phase systems, such as air or water, may be
modeled using the single-phase gas or liquid non-compositional fluid models. Single or
multi-phase steam may be accurately modeled using the built-in steam package. Any
other type of single or multi-phase fluid may be modeled with the rigorous
compositional package supplied in INPLANT.
Figure 2-5: A Steam Utility System
Slug Catcher Sizing

The sphering, or pigging, calculation in PIPEPHASE predicts the quantity of liquids
formed as a multiphase fluid flows in a pipeline and determines the size of the liquid
slug that is pushed out by the pig. The volume of a slug catcher tank must be at least
as large as this liquid slug.
2-6 Overview
If only natural slugging occurs, good engineering practice dictates that the slug catcher
vessel should be sized even larger than the calculated slug volume to account for
transient pigging conditions and statistical uncertainty inherent in all liquid holdup
predictions. Turndown simulation, i.e., holdup predicted for lower rates than the actual
operating rate, should also be a part of any slug-catcher study.
Solving Networks with PIPEPHASE

PIPEPHASE is an easy program to use, yet it incorporates sophisticated algorithms for
calculating pressure drops and heat transfer in pipe networks. This section outlines the
PIPEPHASE approach to solving piping.
Links
A link is a number of connected flow devices, fittings and equipment items arranged in
series with only one inlet and one outlet. As shown in the figure below, a link comprises
all pipes, fittings and equipment items from the fluid inlet to the outlet.
Figure 2-6: Example of an INPLANT Link A Process Transfer Line
Networks
A network is a number of links joined together at junctions. A network may have one or
more inlets (sources), one or more outlets (sinks), loops, and crossovers. The following
figure shows a typical network.

Figure 2-7: A typical PIPEPHASE Network
All networks, with two exceptions, are treated the same regardless of the number of
sources, sinks, loops, and cross-overs. The exceptions are single links and flare gathering
systems. In the case of a single link, the solution method is much simpler, and normally
there is no need to invoke any special network convergence methods. In the case of a
flare gathering system, with several sources, no crossovers or loops, and only one sink
(the flare base), a special algorithm has been developed to extend the capabilities of the
program. These capabilities include line and relief valve sizing, together with
consideration for critical flow in this type of network.
The Building Blocks

A network is divided into a number of links and each link is in turn divided into flow
devices, fittings and process equipment items (pumps, valves, etc.). To carry out the
pressure drop and heat transfer calculations, each flow device may be further subdivided
into calculation segments. By default, each flow device is a single calculation segment.
Note: PIPEPHASE is a steady-state program; therefore, there must be an energy balance

within each pipe segment.
The segment calculation takes into account frictional, elevational, and accelerational
pressure drop components. Frictional pressure drop is due to the shear stress between
pipe wall and fluid. Elevational pressure drop is a result of the conversion of fluid
potential energy into hydrostatic pressure and the accelerational pressure drop is the gain
or loss in pressure due to changes in velocity of the fluid. The following figure illustrates
an PIPEPHASE calculation segment.
2-8 Overview
Figure 2-8: Calculation Segment
In addition to the pressure balance for the pipe segment, a heat balance is also
performed. There must be a balance between heat coming into the segment and heat
leaving it. Heat can enter or leave with the fluid or through the flow device walls. The
transfer through the walls is governed by the temperature difference between the average
fluid flowing temperature and the ambient temperature and by the overall heat transfer
coefficient.
Joining Segments Together

The calculation segment pressure drop and temperature change equations are the heart of
the PIPEPHASE calculations. For flow devices, the calculation segments are strung
together and the solution procedure is sequential. Calculation begins at the inlet where
the conditions are known. The heat and momentum balance equations are solved, in an
iterative fashion for this first segment and the conditions at the other end are found.
These calculated conditions become the known conditions for the inlet to the next
segment. Calculations progress sequentially until the end of the device is reached.
Further flow devices are calculated in the same way until the end of the link is reached.
If an item of process equipment, such as a pump, is in the link, the calculated conditions
for the outlet of the flow device become the known inlet conditions for this item. Then
the equipment characteristic equations are solved.
Joining Links Together

A number of links may be joined together to form a network. A junction is the name
given to the point where two or more links are joined. Since the fluid coming from all
sources must equal the fluid leaving from all sinks, the net flow at each junction is zero.
The coupled junction balance equations form a set of non-linear equations which must
be solved numerically.
The primary method for solving these equations in PIPEPHASE is called the Pressure
Balance Solution method.

Pressure Balance Solution Method
The Pressure Balance Solution Method (PBAL) is a Newton-Raphson method of solving
pipeline networks. Derivatives for this method are calculated numerically.
Pressures at a junction or sink are calculated for each inflowing link. The pressure
traverse in each link is calculated in the direction of flow from the inlet of the link to the
outlet.
Convergence
For a junction or sink with multiple inflowing links and where you have not fixed the
pressure:
Pressures at a node (i.e., a sink, source, or junction) are calculated for each link inci-
dent on the node. If the pressures are equal within a user defined tolerance, the node
pressure (by pressure balance) has converged.
For fixed sink and junction pressures:
Pressures at a node are calculated for each link incident on the node. When the cal-
culated node pressure is equal to the set node pressure within the user defined toler-
ance, the node pressure has converged.
If the pressure discrepancy is not within tolerance in any of the nodes, the Newton-
Raphson method calculates new mass balanced link flowrate estimates and new source
pressure estimates for the next iteration.
Flare Relief Solution Method

The analysis of relief systems, when process fluids are vented in the event of a process
upset, requires special modeling. As a general rule, we know the relief loads and the
flare base pressure. For a given total relief load on the system, which may consist of fluid
discharged from many relieving vessels, the backpressure on each of the relieving valves
must be calculated. A further consideration is that many of the lines may be operating at
critical flow at the junction or expansion points in the system. All this requires a
dedicated calculation method which will handle any critical flow situations, as well as
solve a gathering network.
The FLARE algorithm is designed for pure tree gathering networks with only one sink
(the flare base). In addition, the fluid model must be compositional, and the network may
contain only pipes and fittings. No equipment should be included except one liquid
knockout drum (liquid separator) in the sink link, if necessary.
The FLARE algorithm in INPLANT assumes that there is no heat transfer between the
pipe and the surroundings. The total source fluid enthalpy is then assumed equal to its
enthalpy at the sink. This is normally a good assumption because the heat transfer is low
in high-velocity relief lines. However, the fluid enthalpy is also affected by changes in
2-10 Overview
potential and kinetic energy. Elevation changes have a negligible effect on the enthalpy.
Kinetic energy changes can have a measurable effect on the enthalpy, although the effect
is not usually seen in properly sized lines. INPLANT sets the fluid enthalpy at the inlet
of this last sink or flare header. Since this line tends to have the largest velocity changes,
the majority of the kinetic energy effects are captured in the model.
INPLANT starts the calculations at the sink link. It first checks if the sink (link outlet)
target pressure is below the critical flow pressure. If it is, the sink target pressure is reset
to the critical flow pressure, and the flow will be critical flow at the outlet. A pressure
discontinuity (shock wave) occurs at the outlet of the link due to critical flow conditions.
INPLANT then iteratively calculates the inlet pressure of the link that will give the target
outlet link pressure. For high velocity compressible flow, a small change in the inlet
pressure will cause a large change at the outlet. Situations may arise where the inlet
pressure has been bracketed within the tolerance, but the outlet pressure is not within
tolerance. In such a case, INPLANT uses the higher inlet pressure (more conservative)
as the solution for that link. An anomalous pressure discontinuity will show in the output
report if this situation arises.
The above algorithm is then repeatedly applied for the next set of upstream links, until
all the links have been calculated.
Sizing of pipes and relief valves may also be invoked. The constraints for pipe sizing
may be percent of critical mass flux (or velocity) and/or a maximum back pressure to the
relief valve. Based on the calculated back pressure and the user-specified relief vessel
pressure, INPLANT calculates the valve size.
Pipe sizing is done such that downstream pipe sizes are always greater than the upstream
pipe sizes. INPLANT starts iterating with the pipe size you specify, and if none of the
constraints are violated, INPLANT will not try a lower size. INPLANT also sizes
fittings.
Critical Flow in Pipes

In some flare relief systems, the fluid velocity will approach the critical velocity.
Typically, this will occur when the fluid expands into a larger diameter header. It is vital
that this condition is detected, as the flow can never exceed the critical value. Failure to
identify critical flow will produce incorrect pressure drops in the flare system.
The FLARE relief algorithm in INPLANT checks for critical flow at each junction and
sink. If critical flow is detected, INPLANT determines a critical pressure for that link.
This means that a pressure discontinuity will be observed because the critical pressure is
higher than the node immediately downstream. The output report indicates where critical
flow is detected.

2-12 Overview
Chapter 3
Using PIPEPHASE
Chapter Contents
Defining the Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Properties of Fluid Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Flows and Conditions of Fluids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Sphering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Piping Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
What PIPEPHASE Calculates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Global Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Units of Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Printout Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Defining Fluid Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Defining Properties for Compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Water as a Special Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Library Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Non-library Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Petroleum Pseudocomponents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Assay Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Additional Component Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Thermodynamic Properties and Phase Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Transport properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Tabular Data for Compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Multiple Thermodynamic Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Additional Thermodynamic Capabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Defining Properties for Non-Compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Liquid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Compositional Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Non-Compositional Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Vessel Depressuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Structure of Network Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Controlling Convergence of Networks (PBAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Flare Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
PIPEPHASE Flow and Equipment Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Flow Devices (have length). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Process Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Unit Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Flow Device Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Pressure Drop Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Pressure Drop in Flow Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Nominal Diameter and Pipe Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Pressure Drop in Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Equipment Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Heat Transfer Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Detailed Heat Transfer in Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Sphering or Pigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Case Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Global Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Individual Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
About This Chapter

This chapter contains information about the way PIPEPHASE works, the data that need
to be supplied by the user, and the correlations used.
This chapter is arranged according to what you want to do, the type of fluid you have,
and the type of pipeline network. For each of the capabilities of PIPEPHASE, this
chapter explains which data you are required to provide the program, and which data you
may optionally supply. Throughout this chapter, the right hand column contains page
numbers in Chapter 4, Input Reference, and to a STATEMENT on that page where you
will find details on how to format the data.
PIPEPHASE uses the industry-standard PRO/II physical property and thermodynamic
package. In these cases, page references are to the SimSci Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.
Defining the Application

The first thing you should do before using PIPEPHASE is to decide what type of
application you have. This depends on:
The properties of the fluid(s) flowing through the piping system,
3-2 Using PIPEPHASE

The flowrates and conditions at which those fluids enter and leave the piping system,
The structure and elements of the piping system, and
Other special processes you may want to simulate, such as vessel depressuring and
sphering.
Properties of Fluid Types

Fluids can be defined as mixtures of chemical components with a known composition, or
they can be defined as non-compositional. In turn, non-compositional fluid models are
divided into non-compositional gas and non-compositional liquid models. The fluid
definition controls how the program is able to obtain the physical properties necessary
for pressure drop and heat transfer calculations either from the INPLANT databank,
from built-in empirical correlations, or from user-supplied input. Steam is a special case
of a non-compositional fluid, for which INPLANT uses the GPSA steam tables.
A fluid can be single-phase or multi-phase. For compositional fluids, INPLANT will
calculate the phase separation whenever prevailing process fluid conditions demand.
However, the user may instruct INPLANT to assume the fluid is one phase at all times,
thus reducing the time the program takes to solve by continually bypassing the vapor-
liquid equilibrium (flash) calculation.
With the exception of steam, a non-compositional fluid is always single-phase.
There are four types of fluid modeled in PIPEPHASE:
Compositional
Non-compositional
Gas
Liquid
Steam
Flows and Conditions of Fluids

Fluids enter piping systems at sources and leave at sinks. Fluids with different properties
may enter at different sources, but they must all be of the same type.
In general, you have to assign flowrates, temperatures and pressures to sources and/or
sinks. For compositional fluids, you also have to assign compositions to the source
fluids. The exceptions are explained in What PIPEPHASE Calculates later in this
chapter.

Sphering
Special applications, relevant to oil production, can be modeled with PIPEPHASE.
Sphering or Pigging is used to increase gas flow efficiency in wet gas and gas dominated
multiphase pipelines.
Piping Structure
Before beginning to input problem data into the application, is important that you
convert the structure of the piping system into a simpler schematic representation of the
relevant nodes (i.e., sources, junctions, and sinks) and links. Label each node and link
both uniquely and logically for future reference.
What PIPEPHASE Calculates

PIPEPHASE solves the equations that define the relationship between pressure drop and
flowrate. PIPEPHASE can also calculate heat losses and gains.
With a single link, PIPEPHASE will calculate the pressure drop for a known flowrate.
Alternatively, for a given pressure drop, PIPEPHASE will calculate the flowrate.
With a network configuration, you must supply a known flowrate or pressure at each
source and sink and PIPEPHASE will calculate the unknowns. The combination of
knowns that you are allowed to supply are explained in this chapter.
Global Settings
Before you provide PIPEPHASE with information about the fluid and piping structure of
your problem, global parameters may be set and the problem definition described.
Choices can be made on how to control the simulation, define the input units, specify
how much output you want, and set global defaults for use throughout the simulation.
To provide... See...
Descriptive You must use a TITLE statement that denotes that p. 4-13 TITLE
text the input has started. The only word that has to
appear on this statement is TITLE.
On the TITLE statement you may supply text; this p. 4-13 TITLE
text will appear at the top of every page of output,
and will make the run easier to identify.
You can further describe the problem using up to p. 4-13 DESCRIPTION
four lines of 60 characters each.
If you are using the Case Study facility, you may p. 4-121 DESCRIPTION
add one line of description for each case study. You
will find further details about case studies later in
this chapter.
3-4 Using PIPEPHASE

Input data You may use PIPEPHASE just to check your input p. 4-19 CALCULATION
checking syntax and topology and not to perform any
calculations.
Units of Measurement
PIPEPHASE allows you to construct a group of units of measure (or dimensions) which
are to be used throughout all the simulation input. However, you may locally override
individual units of measure where necessary. The output will always be in the units
supplied on the DIMENSION statement, unless specific output overrides or supplements
are requested on the OUTDIMENSION statement.
Input units Global units of measurement are defined at the p. 4-13 DIMENSION
beginning of the input. PIPEPHASE has four pre-
selected sets for user convenience: Petroleum,
English, Metric and SI. You should select the set
that is closest to your requirements. You can then
re-define units of measurement either globally at
the start of the input or individually when you
supply the data. If you do not select a set,
PIPEPHASE defaults to the English set.
Printout Options
PIPEPHASE generates a great deal of data during its calculations. The default printout is
normally sufficient for most engineering applications. You may increase or decrease the
amount of output depending upon your requirements. For further details describing the
output printout, see Chapter 5, Results.
To set the... See...
Output units The default units of measurement for output are p. 4-29 OUTDIMENSION
the same as those defined globally for input on
the DIMENSION statement. Using the
OUTDIMENSION statement, you may define a
separate set of units for the output.
Input reprint You will always get a reprint of your input p. 4-27 PRINT
keyword file. PIPEPHASE then reprints its
interpretation of the input. You may suppress
this interpretation output.
PVTGEN Tables and plots can be requested when p. 4-27 PRINT
generating property data.

To set the... See...
Iterative results During solution of a network, PIPEPHASE p. 4-27 PRINT
iterates until it converges to within the set
tolerance. You can request a printout that shows
intermediate results. The results can provide
clues which help to converge large or sensitive
networks.
Flash results In a compositional run, PIPEPHASE prints out p. 4-27 PRINT
phase equilibrium details and the properties of
the phases at each node. This output can be
suppressed.
Devices You can request a range of detail for different p. 4-27 PRINT
devices. In addition, special outputs are
produced for sphering.
Properties PIPEPHASE can output all properties used in p. 4-27 PRINT
output the detailed calculations.
Plotting options In addition to tabular data, line printer plots of p. 4-27 PRINT
pressure and temperature versus distance may be
requested. The Taitel-Dukler flow regime map
may also be produced for links operating in two-
phase flow. Phase Envelope and Nodal Analysis
plots may also be generated.
Defaults
Many of the data items required by PIPEPHASE have default values assigned to them. If
you do not explicitly specify a value for an item of data, or select a calculation method,
the program will automatically assign a value or method. For example, pipe thermal
conductivity assumes a default value of 29 BTU/hr-ft-oF if you do not specify a value.
Similarly, the Moody method for single-phase pressure drop calculations is chosen, by
default, as it is generally suitable for many engineering purposes. Beware, these default
selections are not neccessarily the most appropriate, or best for your particular
application. They do not substitute for engineering judgement. If an doubt, especially for
the choice of a calculation method, consult chapter 4 of the manual for advice.
For convenience, PIPEPHASE allows you to change some defaults globally at the start
of the input.
To define... See...
Flow device You can specify global values for the pipe inside p. 4-23 DEFAULT
parameters diameter, the surrounding medium, and the p. 4-79 PIPE
parameters associated with pressure drop and
heat transfer. You can override these settings for
individual pipes.
Heat transfer You can globally suppress heat transfer p. 4-23 DEFAULT
calculations and then reinstate them for p. 4-79 PIPE
individual pipes.
3-6 Using PIPEPHASE

To define... See...
Pressure drop You can globally set the pressure drop method p. 4-20 FCODE
methods and the Palmer parameters for liquid holdup. p. 4-79 PIPE
You can override the pressure drop method for
individual pipes.
Transitional flow You can globally set the transitional Reynolds p. 4-20 FCODE
Number between laminar and turbulent flow
regimes.
Limits You can change the maximum and minimum p. 4-26 LIMITS
values of temperature and pressure for flash
calculations. If the program detects conditions
outside these limits, warning messages will be
presented in the output.
Relief valve data You can specify default sizing data for relief p. 4-29 FLAREDEF
values in these networks to be used for sizing
calculations.
Defining Fluid Properties

PIPEPHASE requires the properties of the fluid to calculate pressure drops, heat transfer,
and phase separation. There are two major classifications of fluid models: compositional
and non-compositional.
A fluid model is compositional when it can be defined in terms of its individual
components either directly or via an assay curve. PIPEPHASE will then predict the
fluids properties by applying the appropriate mixing rules to the pure component
properties. Unless PIPEPHASE is instructed otherwise, it will perform phase
equilibrium calculations for the fluid and determine the quantity and properties of the
liquid and vapor phases.
A fluid model is non-compositional when it can be defined with correlations based on
measurable properties. With the exception of steam, all non-compositional fluids are
single-phase.
Defining Properties for Compositional Fluids

PIPEPHASE requires thermodynamic and transport properties to calculate phase splits,
pressure drops, and heat transfer.
All required properties of compositional fluids are predicted from the properties of the
pure components. These are mixed to get the stream properties of the fluid.
There are three methods for defining a component:
1. Selecting individual components from the SimSci library,
2. Defining individual components as petroleum pseudocomponents,

3. Defining an assay curve and having the thermodynamic model divide it into petro-
leum cuts.
The compositional fluid can be defined in terms of any combination of these options.
You can have different compositions at each source.
Water as a Special Component

PIPEPHASE can rigorously predict phase separations involving more than one liquid
phase. However, there is a simplified way of dealing with water in hydrocarbon systems.
Because water is only sparingly soluble in oil, a hydrocarbon system with a significant
amount of water will often form two liquid phases. PIPEPHASE will handle calculations
involving water in hydrocarbons by one of two methods:
1. It can calculate the solubility of water in the hydrocarbon phase and put the excess
water into a pure aqueous phase. All the aqueous phase properties will be calculated
separately from those of the hydrocarbon phase.
2. It can perform a rigorous three phase flash to determine the composition of each
phase.
Library Components
The SimSci library contains over 1700 components. A full list is available in the SimSci
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual. For all components, the databank
contains data for all the fixed properties and temperature-dependent properties necessary
to carry out phase equilibrium calculations. For all common components, the databank
also contains a full set of transport properties necessary to carry out pressure drop and
heat transfer calculations. If you need to supplement the data, or override the library data
with your own, you may do so.
To specify... See...
Library All fixed property data may be accessed from p. 4-33 COMPONENT
components the SimSci databank. All you need to do is
supply the name of the component.
Library You may override the SimSci constant p. 4-38 MW
components properties for any or all of the components. p. 4-38 SPGR
p. 4-38 API
p. 4-38 ACENTRIC
p. 4-38 ZC
p. 4-39 TC()
p. 4-39 PC()
p. 4-39 NBP()
p. 4-39 STDDENSITY()
p. 4-39 VC
3-8 Using PIPEPHASE

You may override the SimSci variable p. 4-39 VP()
(temperature-dependent) properties for any or p. 4-39 ENTHALPY()
all of the components. p. 4-39 CP()
p. 4-39 LATENT()
p. 4-39 DENSITY()
p. 4-39 VISCOSITY()
p. 4-39 CONDUCTIVITY()
p. 4-39 SURFACE()
Non-library Components
You may use components not found in the SimSci library. You must input all the
necessary data for thermodynamic and transport properties.
Non-library If you want to use a component that is not in the SimSci Component and
components SimSci Bank, you must supply its name and all the Thermodynamic Data
required properties. Input Manual
Petroleum Pseudocomponents
To define hydrocarbon pseudocomponents, you must supply at least two of the following
three parameters:
1. Molecular weight
2. Gravity
3. Normal boiling point
PIPEPHASE will predict the third if you omit it. PIPEPHASE uses industry-standard
characterization methods to predict all fixed and temperature-dependent property data
for each pseudocomponent. You may select the method most suitable for your own
mixture.
To define... See...
Pseudo- Define petroleum pseudocomponents by p. 4-34 PETROLEUM
components supplying at least two of the following:
molecular weight, gravity, and normal boiling
point.
Property- You may select the method PIPEPHASE will p. 4-35 ASSAY
calculation use to calculate the properties of your pseudo-
methods components.

To define... See...
Fixed Property You can supply your own fixed property data p. 4-38 MW
Data to override the data that PIPEPHASE uses p. 4-38 SPGR
from its own internal library. p. 4-38 API
p. 4-38 ACENTRIC
p. 4-38 ZC
p. 4-39 TC()
p. 4-39 PC()
p. 4-39 NBP()
p. 4-39 STDDENSITY()
p. 4-39 VC
Variable Property You can supply your own temperature- p. 4-39 VP()
Data dependent property data to override the data p. 4-39 ENTHALPY()
that PIPEPHASE predicts. p. 4-39 CP()
p. 4-39 LATENT()
p. 4-39 DENSITY()
p. 4-39 VISCOSITY()
p. 4-39 CONDUCTIVITY()
p. 4-39 SURFACE()
Assay Curve
If your fluid is defined by an assay curve (TBP, D86, D2887, or D1160), PIPEPHASE
will divide it into a number of cuts. You can control the number of cuts and the ranges
they cover. Each of the cuts is then treated as a pseudocomponent, as described
previously. You may also define a lightends analysis to go with the assay curve.
To supply... See...
Assay Data You supply an assay curve, and Page 4-35 D86, D1160,
PIPEPHASE will divide it into petroleum D2887, TBP,
cuts. You supply it in the form of D86, TBP10
D1160, D2887, TBP, or TBP at 10 mm Hg
curves.
You must also supply gravity as API or Page 4-38 API, SPGR,
specific gravity or UOP K-factor either as a UOP, DATA
curve against percent vaporized or as an
average value.
PIPEPHASE will calculate molecular Page 4-38 MW
weight data, or you may supply it as an
average or a curve against percent
vaporized.
You may define the number of petroleum Page 4-37 CUTPOINTS
fractions to be generated and their
temperature ranges.
You may select the method PIPEPHASE Page 4-35 ASSAY
will use to calculate the properties of the
generated petroleum fractions.
3-10 Using PIPEPHASE

To supply... See...
Mixed component You can mix defined components and Page 4-71 LIGHTENDS
types pseudocomponents with assay data by
defining a lightends composition and rate
for each source.
Additional Component Capabilities

All the features of SimSci-Esscors industry-standard component property databank and
methods have been incorporated into PIPEPHASE. These are summarized below in
Table 3-1. For details of these methods and their applicability, please consult the SimSci
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, in the volume detailed below.
Table 3-1: Summary of Other Component Property Options
Option Summary Chapter
Synthetic You may characterize a component as a synfuel of a specific type or Volume 1
components as a mixture of different petroleum types.
Other fixed Rackett parameter is required for the Rackett method for liquid Volume 1
property densities. Dipole moment and Radius of gyration are required for
requirements the Hayden-OConnell method for vapor properties. Hildebrand
solubility parameter and liquid molar volume are required for
various generalized and liquid activity thermodynamic correlations.
Van der Waals area and volume are required for UNIFAC and
UNIQUAC liquid activity thermodynamic correlations.
Properties from You may define the structure of non-library components for use Volume 1
structure with the UNIFAC thermodynamic method.
Thermodynamic Properties and Phase Separation

PIPEPHASE can use a generalized correlation, an equation of state, or a liquid activity
method to calculate thermodynamic properties at the flowing conditions and hence to
predict the split between the liquid and vapor phases. The choice of the thermodynamic
property calculation method depends on the components in the fluid and the prevailing
temperatures and pressures. PIPEPHASE also provides a number of methods that can
rigorously calculate vapor-liquid-liquid equilibrium and solid-liquid equilibrium.
Recommendations for the commonly found pipeline systems are provided below.
Table 3-2: Recommended Methods for Thermodynamic Properties
Method
Property Heavy Hydrocarbon Light Hydrocarbon Natural Gas Systems
Systems Systems
K-value Braun K10 (<100 psia) Peng-Robinson Peng-Robinson
Grayson-Streed Soave-Redlich-Kwong Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Peng-Robinson Lee-Kesler-Plcker
Soave-Redlich-Kwong Benedict-Webb-Rubin-
Starling
Chao-Seader

Method
Property Heavy Hydrocarbon Light Hydrocarbon Natural Gas Systems
Systems Systems
Enthalpy Curl-Pitzer Peng-Robinson Peng-Robinson
Johnson-Grayson Soave-Redlich-Kwong Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Lee-Kesler Lee-Kesler-Plcker
Peng-Robinson BWRS
Soave-Redlich-Kwong Curl-Pitzer
Lee- Kesler
Liquid density API API API
Lee-Kesler Lee-Kesler Lee-Kesler
Vapor density Peng-Robinson Peng-Robinson Peng-Robinson
Soave-Redlich-Kwong Soave-Redlich-Kwong Soave-Redlich-Kwong
You can specify methods that you want to use for the following thermodynamic
properties.
K-values, You must select a thermodynamic method for p. 4-51 METHOD
enthalpy, density calculating the vapor-liquid equilibrium and mixture
properties from component properties. Either select
a system with a predefined method for each property,
or select an individual method for each property.
Vapor-liquid- Use the (VLLE) qualifier on the SYSTEM keyword p. 4-51 METHOD
liquid equilibria or on the KVALUE keyword or have a second
KVALUE keyword with an (LLE) qualifier.
Different enthalpy You must include two ENTHALPY keywords, one p. 4-51 METHOD
methods for liquid with an (L) qualifier and one with a (V) qualifier.
and vapor
Different density You must include two DENSITY keywords, one p. 4-51 METHOD
methods for liquid with an (L) qualifier and one with a (V) qualifier.
and vapor
Aqueous phase If you have water in a hydrocarbon system, you may p. 4-55 WATER
enthalpy select a method for calculating aqueous liquid and
vapor enthalpies either by a simplified method
which assumes that the steam is at its saturation
point or by a rigorous method which takes into
account the degree of superheat of the vapor, if any.
Binary interaction For some systems, notably close-boiling mixtures, p. 4-56 PR
parameters the standard equations do not adequately reproduce p. 4-55 BWRS
experimental phase equilibria data. You may
improve the predictability of many of the equations
of state, or liquid activity coefficient methods by
inputting your own binary interaction parameter
values. For example, you can tune the PR, SRK,
BWRS and LKP equations.

Transport properties
The SimSci databank contains pure component data for the thermal conductivity, surface
tension, and viscosity of liquids and vapors as functions of temperature. You can choose
to use these data and simple mixing rules to predict the flowing properties of the fluid.
Alternatively you can choose to use the API Data Book property prediction methods and
mixing rules for mixed hydrocarbons.
About 60 of the bank components have data for viscosity and thermal conductivity from
the GPA TRAPP program. If you choose to use the TRAPP data, all of your components
must be TRAPP components and you cannot have any pseudocomponents or assay data.
For a listing of TRAPP component names, see the SimSci Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.
Prediction You may choose a method for calculating bulk p. 4-51 METHOD
methods transport properties from component properties. Select
a system with predefined methods for each property, or
select an individual method for each property.
Viscosity The liquid viscosity is calculated by applying a mixing p. 4-51 METHOD
mixing rule rule to the hydrocarbon phase and aqueous phase
viscosities. You can select the volumetric average rule,
the API Procedure 14B, or the Woelflin Procedure for
emulsions.
Overriding To override the mixture liquid viscosity predictions, p. 4-57 SET
viscosity you may supply a liquid viscosity curve for either the
hydrocarbon liquid phase, the water phase or the total
liquid. A different viscosity curve may be supplied for
each source.
Tabular Data for Compositional Fluids

For large scale compositional simulations, a table of fluid properties can be specified at
the start of the run. This will reduce the computation time by eliminating flash
calculations during the solution procedure. This method is applicable if all the sources in
the network have the same composition, and the compositions are constant throughout
the network.
To... See...
Build and use You can have PIPEPHASE build the table and p. 4-60 GENERATE (for
a table use it in the same run. Compositional)
Retrieve a table Alternatively, you can have PIPEPHASE build p. 4-19 CALCULATION
the table, store it in a file, and then use it in a p. 4-60 GENERATE (for
subsequent run. PIPEPHASE will not build a Compositional)
table for use in the same run while also storing p. 4-62 FILE
it for a subsequent run.

Multiple Thermodynamic Methods
In most cases, a single set of thermodynamic and transport methods is adequate for
calculating properties of all sources. However, your flowsheet may contain sources with
widely varying compositions or conditions such that they cannot be simulated accurately
using just one set. To account for this, you may define more than one set of methods
(there is no limit) and apply different sets to different sources.
More than one For each set use a separate METHOD statement. p. 4-51 METHOD
thermodynamic Name the set using the SET keyword.
set
The set used by a Link the source to the thermodynamic set using the p. 4-66 SOURCE
source SET keyword.
A default When a single set is present, all sources use that set. If p. 4-51 METHOD
thermodynamic you do not link the source to a thermodynamic set, it
set will use the default set. Normally this is the first set
that appears in the input. If you want to stipulate that
another set is the default, use the DEFAULT keyword.
The thermodynamic set can also be set for junctions
with streams feeding the junctions and being mixed
using the new method.
Additional Thermodynamic Capabilities

All of SimScis industry-standard thermophysical property calculation methods have
been incorporated into PIPEPHASE. These are summarized in the following table. For
details of these methods and their applicability, please consult Chapter 2 in the SimSci
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.

Table 3-3: Summary of Other Thermodynamic Options
Option Methods
Generalized Grayson-Streed Chao-Seader
Correlations Improved-Grayson-Streed Chao-Seader-Erbar
Grayson-Streed-Erbar Ideal
Braun-K10
Equations of State Soave-Redlich-Kwong Panagiotopoulos-Reid
SRK-Kabadi-Danner Peng-Robinson
SRK-Huron-Vidal PR-Huron-Vidal
SRK-Panagiotopoulos-Reid PR-Panagiotopoulos-Reid
SRK-Modified BWRS
SRK-SimSci Uniwaals
SRK-Hexamer
Liquid Activity Non-random Two-liquid Equation Universal Functional Activity
Methods Universal Quasi-chemical (UNIQUAC) Coefficient (UNIFAC)
van Laar Lyngby-modified UNIFAC
Wilson Dortmund-modified UNIFAC
Margules Modified UNIFAC method
Regular Solution Theory Free volume modification to UNIFAC
Flory-Huggins Theory Ideal
Special Packages Glycol Amine
Sour water Alcohol
GPA Sour Water
Other Features Heat of mixing Henrys Law
Poynting correction Amine Residence Time Correction
Defining Properties for Non-Compositional Fluids

A non-compositional fluid model must be defined as liquid, gas, or steam. Gas and
liquid fluid models are single-phase. Steam may be single or two-phase.
Fluid definition You must tell PIPEPHASE the type of fluid you p. 4-19 CALCULATION
have: liquid, gas, or steam.
Different data You may supply specific gravities for each p. 4-57 SET
for different source.
sources

Liquid
All properties of a non-compositional liquid are calculated by PIPEPHASE from the
specific gravity and built-in correlations.You may choose from the viscosity correlations
shown in Table 4-26, Property Correlations.
Liquid definition You must define the liquid as water or p. 4-57 SET
hydrocarbon, and supply its gravity. If the liquid
is water, the specific gravity must be 1.0 or
greater.
Viscosity method You may define the method that PIPEPHASE p. 4-59 CORRELATION
uses to predict non-compositional liquid
viscosity.
Overriding You may supply liquid viscosity data to p. 4-57 SET
viscosity data override the internally predicted data. You may
define the viscosity as a single value or as a
two-point viscosity curve.
Specific heat You may supply a single constant value for p. 4-57 SET
liquid specific heat to override the internally
predicted data.
Gas
All properties of a non-compositional gas are calculated by PIPEPHASE from the
specific gravity and the built-in correlations. You may choose which viscosity
correlation to use from the list in Table 4-26, Property Correlations.
Gas definition A non-compositional gas is defined in terms of its p. 4-57 SET
gravity, and PIPEPHASE will use the appropriate
correlations to predict its properties.
Viscosity method You may define the method that PIPEPHASE uses p. 4-59 CORRELATION
to predict non-compositional gas viscosity.
Cp/Cv ratio A gas specific heat ratio may be defined to p. 4-57 SET
definition override the internal value used as default.
Define a One or more of the following gas contaminants p. 4-57 SET
contaminant may also be defined: nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or
hydrogen sulfide.
Gas Z-factor The method that PIPEPHASE uses to predict a p. 4-59 CORRELATION
non-compositional compressibility factor may also
be defined.

Steam
Steam is a non-compositional fluid that is allowed to exist in two phases. You cannot
override the steam table data contained within PIPEPHASEs data libraries. However, all
pressure drop correlations which are available to compositional fluids are also available
to the steam model.
Steam tables If the fluid is steam, use the programs internal p. 4-58 SET for Steam
steam tables. You may specify that the gravity of
the condensed water is more than 1.0 to take into
account dissolved solids.
Saturated steam You may specify steam quality if the steam is p. 4-66 SOURCE
saturated. Specify the temperature and quality if
the steam is superheated or the water is subcooled.

Sources
A source is a point at which fluid enters the piping system. You define a source by
supplying parameters such as composition, temperature, pressure, and flowrate. You can
have more than one source in a network.
Compositional Sources
Defined You must define the total flowrate and p. 4-66 SOURCE
components composition of the source stream. Components
can be either from the PIPEPHASE component
library or defined as pseudocomponents.
Assay data A source fluid may be defined by an assay p. 4-66 SOURCE
curve. You can combine library components p. 4-71 LIGHTENDS
and/or petroleum pseudocomponents with an
assay curve by supplying a lightend analysis.
Viscosity data To override the internally generated fluid p. 4-57 PVT
viscosity data, you may specify a viscosity
curve in the PVT data section.
Similar sources To reduce redundant data entry, you may refer p. 4-66 SOURCE
to a predefined source. Parameters may be
specified to override the parameters that are
different.
Non-Compositional Sources
Steam sources You must define the pressure and quality of a p. 4-66 SOURCE
saturated steam source. The temperature must
be specified only if the steam is superheated
(Quality=100%) or subcooled (Quality=0%).
Gas and liquid One or more sets of fluid property data are p. 4-66 SOURCE
sources defined in the PVT data section. You must p. 4-57 PVT
assign a unique set number to each data set.
Each source must be referred to the appropriate
data set number.
Similar sources If one source is the same as or similar to p. 4-66 SOURCE
another, you may refer it to the other source.
PIPEPHASE will copy all the data from one
source to the other. You may then override the
parameters that are different.

Vessel Depressuring
The depressuring calculation is used to calculate a relief vent rate which will prevent the
pressure in the vessel from exceeding maximum allowable operating pressure. The relief
vent rate can then be used by the flare algorithm thereby eliminating the need for the user
to provide estimates.
FLARE You must instruct INPLANT that this is a Flare p. 4-42 SOLUTION
calculations type of calculation.
DEPRESSURING You may limit the calculations to depressuring p. 4-19 CALCULATION
only option only, without the flare network calculations that
would normally follow.
Vessel geometry You must define either the vessel geometry or p. 4-104 VESSEL
the volume of the vessel.
Initial conditions The initial vessel temperature, pressure, and p. 4-104 VESSEL
composition must be defined. You may enter
the amount of liquid present, or it will be
calculated from an equilibrium flash
calculation.
Heat input Several API external fire heat input models are p. 4-105 OPERATION
available.
Disengagement The user has the option to choose the vent flow p. 4-105 OPERATION
model to be either gas, liquid, or a homogeneous two-
phase mixture.

Structure of Network Systems
Flow devices such as pipes,fittings, and other process equipment are connected together
in a Link. Each Link starts at a Node (a Source or a Junction) and ends at another Node (a
Junction or a Sink).
PIPEPHASE can calculate either simple or complex network problems. A simple
network problem, e.g. a single link, is defined as a series of pipes, fittings, and process
equipment that has one source, one sink, and no junctions. A more complex network
may have one or more sources and one or more sinks. See Chapter 2, Overview, for
terminology and examples of single links and networks.
PIPEPHASE calculates the flowrates and pressure drops. In a network configuration,
you must either define these parameters or provide an estimate at each node.
Network solution There are two solution algorithms available for p. 4-42 SOLUTION
algorithm Networks. For the vast majority of networks, you
would use the default PBAL method. If your
fluid is a single-phase liquid or gas, you may find
that the MBAL method gives a faster solution.
Controlling Convergence of Networks (PBAL)

A system of non-linear equations based on Kirchoffs laws represents the network
problem. A Newton like technique is applied iteratively, until the solution converges to a
specified tolerance. If the solution diverges (in sensitive networks), user specified
damping factors and constraints may be set to stabilize the convergence path.
Automatic PBAL has a choice of methods. p. 4-42 SOLUTION
generation of By default, PBAL generates flowrate estimates by
initial estimates considering the diameters of the first pipe in each
link. An alternative method uses the frictional
resistances of the pipes in each link. A third
method solves the first iteration with MBAL
before going into PBAL.
Finally, if you have solved this network before
and just changed some of the conditions, you may
instruct the program to use your previous solution
as its initial estimate.
User-supplied You may also provide individual estimates for p. 4-76 JUNCTION
initial estimates junction pressures and link flowrates. p. 4-77 LINK
Maximum and For any link, you may specify the maximum and p. 4-77 LINK
minimum flows minimum flows that are to be allowed.

Controlling In some difficult networks, convergence of the p. 4-42 SOLUTION
convergence base case can be improved by adjusting various
convergence parameters: for example, damping,
relaxation, internal tolerances, etc. Refer to
Chapter 6, Technical Reference, for details.
Direction of flow If you know the flow direction in all links, you p. 4-42 SOLUTION
can specify that PIPEPHASE not try to reverse
them from iteration to iteration.
Solution tolerance The network calculation converges when the error p. 4-46 TOLERANCE
is within a given tolerance. You may optionally
change this tolerance.
Calculation time If PIPEPHASE does not converge within a certain p. 4-42 SOLUTION
number of iterations, it will stop and report the
results of the last iteration. You may reduce or
increase the maximum number of iterations. To
reduce calculation time in large compositional
runs, you may control the number of fluid
property evaluations that are performed in each
link for the PBAL initialization procedure.
Closed loops If the flows inadvertently form closed flow paths p. 4-42 SOLUTION
at any iteration, PIPEPHASE will repair these and
optionally take remedial action.
Pipe segments Pipes are divided into segments for pressure drop p. 4-25 SEGMENT
and heat transfer calculations. You can change
either the number of segments or the length of
segments for greater calculational accuracy.
Check valves You may allow regulators (unidirectional check p. 4-42 SOLUTION
valves) to pass a small backward flow.
Critical flow in Critical flow in chokes can cause difficulties for p. 4-42 SOLUTION
chokes convergence algorithms. To help PIPEPHASE
solve such networks, you can choose from three
options.
Networks
A network generally has more than one link and one or more junctions. The variables are
the pressure and flowrate at each source and sink. You specify the values of the variables
that are known, and PIPEPHASE will calculate the unknowns. In order not to under- or
over-specify the system, simple rules must be followed in constructing the problem:
You must specify a number of knowns equal to the total number of sources and
sinks.
You must specify at least one pressure.
If any source or sink flowrate is an unknown, you must supply an estimate.

If you do not know a pressure at a source, sink, or junction, you do not need to sup-
ply an estimate. You may specify estimates to speed up convergence.
Sources and You must have at least one source and at least p. 4-66 SOURCE
sinks one sink. p. 4-75 SINK
Junctions You must have a junction at the point where p. 4-76 JUNCTION
two or more links meet. If your network is
complex, you may help the convergence by
supplying estimates for the junction pressures.
Links You must supply a unique name for each link. If p. 4-77 LINK
your network is complex, you may speed up the
solution by supplying estimates for flowrates
through each link.
Steam networks PIPEPHASE can model preferential splitting at p. 4-76 JUNCTION
Tee junctions in pure distribution networks.
These junctions can have only two outgoing
and one incoming link.
Subnetworks PIPEPHASE has a number of devices that p. 4-82 MCOMPRESS
invoke a special algorithm. You may specify p. 4-95 MCHOKE
the inlet conditions; PIPEPHASE breaks the p. 4-95 MREGULATOR
flowsheet at the inlet and solves the resulting
subnetworks simultaneously so that the
pressures match.
Flare Systems
A flare system is a gathering, tree network for compositional fluids. The system is a
network that lacks loops. A flare network can have more than one source; however, it
can have only one sink. INPLANT handles flare systems differently from other
networks. With a flare system, INPLANT can also size all the lines and relief valves to
meet user-supplied constraints.
Sources and You must have at least one source and can have p. 4-66 SOURCE
sinks only one sink. p. 4-75 SINK
Links You must have at least one link p. 4-77 LINK
Pipe and valve In flare networks, INPLANT can calculate the p. 4-118 DEVICE
sizing sizes of pipes and fittings. You may ask for all p. 4-120 LINE
pipes to be sized or just selected ones.
You may supply a set of maximum velocities p. 4-120 MAXV
and a corresponding set of diameters or slip
densities. In flare networks you may instead
supply the percentage of the Moody pulse
model critical velocity that you want to be used
in the line sizing.

If you supply relief valve sizing data, p. 4-102 VALVE
INPLANT will calculate the size of specifiable
relief valves. On this statement, the user can
specify that all relief valves, or a selected
subset of relief valves be sized.
PIPEPHASE Flow and Equipment Devices

A piping system is made up of links which join sources, sinks, and junctions. Each link
consists of a series of flow devices: pipes, fittings, and process equipment and unit
operations.
Sources and sinks must be named. The location and the direction of flow of each link are
implied by the FROM and TO keywords on the LINK statement.
The statements describing the devices in the link must follow the LINK statement and be
in the order in which the devices appear in the link.
Flow Devices (have length)

Descriptions of the flow devices available in PIPEPHASE are as follows:
Pipe Horizontal, vertical or inclined. May be surrounded by air, water, or soil; insulated
or bare.
Fittings
Bend A standard mitred bend or non-standard bend with defined angle and radius.
Check valve Device that allows flow in only one direction.
Choke valve Restricts fluid flow. MCHOKE, a variant of CHOKE, introduces a discontinuity
into a network which is solved using a special sub-networking method.
PIPEPHASE calculates the choke size.
Contraction Reduction in diameter from larger to smaller pipe. Variable angle.
Entrance Entrance into a pipe from a larger volume such as a vessel.
Exit Exit from a pipe to a larger volume such as a vessel.
Expansion Increase in diameter from smaller to larger pipe. Variable angle.
Nozzle Flow restriction used in metering.
Orifice Orifice meter. Orifice plate can use thick or thin calculation formula.
Tee Tee piece. Flow may be straight on or through the branch.
Valve Any type of valve, e.g., gate, globe, angle, ball, butterfly, plug, cock.
Venturimeter Venturi flow meter.

Process Equipment
Compressor Simple single or multispeed gas compressor.
Multistage Rigorous single or multistage gas compressor with optional inlet pressure
Compressor calculation. Uses a special sub-networking method. PIPEPHASE calculates the
required horse power.
Cooler Removes heat from a stream.
DPDT Any device that changes pressure and/or temperature with flowrate.
Expander Steam expander.
Heater Adds heat to a stream.
Injection Re-introduces a stream from a compositional separator back into a link.
Pump Single or multispeed liquid pump. An electric submersible pump may be
modeled.
Regulator Means of fixing maximum pressure at any point in the structure.
MREGULATOR, a variant of REGULATOR, introduces a discontinuity into a
network which is solved using a special sub-networking method.
Separator Splits some or all of one of the fluid phases from a link.
Unit Operations
Hydrates Predicts the temperature/pressure regime under which hydrates are prone to
form.
Calculator A utility that allows you to compute results from flowsheet or network
parameters. These results can then be used as optimizer constraints or objective
parameters.
Flow Device Sizing

PIPEPHASE can calculate the sizes of pipes to meet either a pressure drop or a
maximum velocity criterion.
With a fixed source pressure and fixed sink pressure, PIPEPHASE sizes all these devices
to the same diameter.
With a fixed source or sink pressure and maximum velocity, PIPEPHASE sizes each
device separately.
Pipe sizing You may ask for all flow devices to be sized or just p. 4-118 DEVICE
selected ones. p. 4-120 LINE
You may supply a set of maximum velocities and a p. 4-120 MAXV
corresponding set of diameters or slip densities.

Pressure Drop Calculations
PIPEPHASE calculates pressure drops for pipes. There are many methods for
calculating pressure drops. You can define one method globally for use throughout the
simulation, or you can use different methods in different pipes. Refer to the discussions
Single-Phase Methods, p. A-2 and Two-Phase and Compositional Methods, p. A-2, for a
survey of the pressure drop calculation methods available in PIPEPHASE.
Pressure drop Choose a method that is appropriate to the type p. 4-20 FCODE
method of fluid and piping topology you have. If you
do not choose a method, PIPEPHASE will use
Beggs & Brill-Moody for compositional or
steam and Moody for non-compositional
fluids.
You may choose a different method for an p. 4-79 PIPE
individual device. p. 4-20 FCODE
If you do not choose a method for a device,
PIPEPHASE will use the method you selected
globally.
The following table lists recommended pressure drop methods for single-phase flow in
pipes with non-compositional fluids
Table 3-4: Pressure Drop Methods for Single-Phase Flow (Non-Compositional Fluids)
Liquid Gas
Moody Moody
Hazen-Williams Panhandle Bf
Weymouth
American Gas Association
The following table lists the pressure drop methods recommended for multiphase flow in
horizontal and inclined pipes. A legend and comments are located below the table.
Table 3-5: Applicability of Multiphase Flow Correlations
Horizontal Vertical Vertical
and Upward Downward Upward Downward
inclines < incline Incline 90o and > 90o and
Methods5 10o 10o<a<70o 10o<a<70o 70o > 70o
Beggs & Brill 4 4 4 4 4
Beggs & Brill - Moody1 4 4 4 4 4
Beggs & Brill - No slip 8 8 8 8 4
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Eaton3 8 8 8 8 8
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Dukler3 8 8 8 8 8
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Hagedorn & 8 8 8 8 8
Brown
Mukherjee & Brill2 8 4 4 8 8
Mukherjee & Brill-Eaton3 8 8 8 8 8
Ansari 8 8 8 4 8
Orkiszewski 8 8 8 4 8

Table 3-5: Applicability of Multiphase Flow Correlations (cont.)
Horizontal Vertical Vertical
and Upward Downward Upward Downward
inclines < incline Incline 90o and > 90o and
Methods5 10o 10o<a<70o 10o<a<70o 70o > 70o
Duns & Ros 8 8 8 4 8
Hagedorn & Brown 8 8 8 4 8
Hagedorn & Brown - Beggs & Brill 8 8 8 8 8
Aziz 8 8 8 4 8
Gray (not applicable for 8 8 8 4 8
Compositional)
Gray - Moody (not applicable for 8 8 8 4 8
Compositional)
Angel - Welchon - Ross 8 8 8 8 4
Eaton 4 8 8 8 8
Eaton-Flannigan 4 4 4 8 8
Dukler 4 8 8 8 8
Dukler-Flannigan 4 4 4 8 8
Lockhart & Martinelli 4 4 8 8 8
Dukler-Eaton-Flannigan 4 4 4 8 8
Olimens 4 4 8 8 8
OLGA4 4 4 4 4 4
TACITE4 4 4 4 4 4
1. In general, this method is recommended because it performs reasonably well for the widest range of flow conditions.
2. This method is recommended for pipelines with low liquid holdup in hilly terrain.
3. These non-standard hybrid models should be used only after matching measured data.
4. These models are available as add-ons through your SimSci representative
5. All these correlations were developed for circular flow cross-section.
Legend 4 Correlation recommended for the application

8 Correlation allowed, but not recommended for the application
Pressure Drop in Flow Devices

The pressure drop in a flow device (Pipe) of length L consists of three components:
friction, elevation, and acceleration.
In general, the frictional pressure gradient may be expressed as:
2
dP
------- fq
----------- (3-1)
dL f 5
d
where:
= fluid density
q = volumetric flux
d = equivalent diameter (actual diameter in the case of pipe)

The friction factor, f, is inversely proportional to the Reynolds number for laminar flow.
For turbulent flow, f is a non-linear function of the Reynolds number and the pipe
roughness.
In general, the elevation pressure gradient may be expressed as:
dP (3-2)
-------
dL e sin
where:
= fluid density
= inclination angle
The acceleration pressure gradient is generally small, except when the fluid is
compressible, and the velocity and velocity gradients in the pipe are high. In general, the
acceleration pressure gradient may be expressed as:
dP
------- dv-
dL a v dx
----- (3-3)
where:
= fluid density
v = fluid velocity
Inside diameter If the majority of your flow devices have the p. 4-23 DEFAULT
and roughness same inside diameter, you can specify a p. 4-79 PIPE
global inside diameter at the start of the
simulation. Then you can override this value
for those devices which do not conform to
the default. Roughness can be specified also
as a global parameter or for each device.
Inclined pipes You can specify an elevation change or p. 4-79 PIPE
depth for each device If the elevation
change equals the length, the device is
vertical. If you do not specify an elevation
change, PIPEPHASE assumes that pipes are
horizontal.
Acceleration You may instruct PIPEPHASE to ignore the p. 4-19 CALCULATION
terms acceleration term in pressure drop
calculations, if desired.

Nominal Diameter and Pipe Schedule
As an alternative to entering a pipe inside diameter, you can specify a nominal diameter
and a schedule. PIPEPHASE has an internal database of standard nominal pipe sizes and
pipe schedules; the allowed combinations of nominal diameter and schedule in this
database are detailed in Table 3-6. You may supply your own database which
PIPEPHASE will use instead of its own.
To specify
nominal
diameter and
schedule for... See...
All devices as a You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-23 DEFAULT
global value that will be used for all the fittings in this table,
unless overridden by data in the input to the fitting
itself.
Your pipes and You may create a database of nominal diameters p. 4-23 DEFAULT
fittings and pipe schedules and have PIPEPHASE use it
instead of its own internal database
Pipe You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule. p. 4-79 PIPE
Bend You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule. p. 4-91 BEND
Entrance You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-97 ENTRANCE
for the downstream pipe.
Exit You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-97 EXIT
for the upstream pipe.
Nozzle You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-99 NOZZLE
Orifice You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-100 ORIFICE
Tee You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-101 TEE
Valve You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-102 VALVE
Venturi You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-103 VENTURIMETER
Contraction You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-96 CONTRACTION
for the inlet and outlet pipes.
Expansion You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-98 EXPANSION
for the inlet and outlet pipes.

Table 3-6: Allowable Pipe Nominal Diameters and Schedules
Nominal Diameter
(Inches) Valid Pipe Schedule Numbers
0.125 40 80
0.250 40 80
0.375 40 80
0.5 40 80 160
0.75 40 80 160
1.00 40 80 160
1.25 40 80 160
1.5 40 80 160
2.0 40 80 160
2.5 40 80 160
3.0 40 80 160
3.5 40 80
4.0 40 80 120 160
4.5 40
5.0 40 80 120 160
6.0 40 80 120 160
8.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
10.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
12.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
14.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
16.0 10 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
18.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
20.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
24.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
30.0 10 20 30
Pressure Drop in Fittings

The general form of the pressure drop equation is:
2
-
P = KG
--------------- (3-4)
2g
where:
P = pressure drop across the fitting
K = resistance coefficient/ K-factor
G = mass velocity (mass flowrate/flow area)
= two-phase pressure drop multiplier
g = acceleration due to gravity

= fluid density (equal to liquid density for two-phase flows)
Bend, tee, PIPEPHASE uses the generalized pressure drop p. 4-91 BEND
valve equation with a resistance coefficient. For bends, p. 4-101 TEE
tees, and valves, you can either supply the p. 4-102 VALVE
resistance coefficient directly or supply an
equivalent length and have PIPEPHASE calculate
the resistance coefficient as a function of the
friction factor.
Entrance, exit For entrances and exits you can supply the p. 4-97 ENTRANCE
resistance coefficient or use the default value. p. 4-97 EXIT
Contraction, For contractions, expansions, nozzles, orifices, and p. 4-99 NOZZLE
expansion, Venturimeters, you can supply the resistance p. 4-98 EXPANSION
nozzle, coefficient or use the value that PIPEPHASE p. 4-103 VENTURIMETER
orifice, calculates from its built-in correlations. These p. 4-96 CONTRACTION
Venturi correlations relate the resistance coefficient to the p. 4-100 ORIFICE
Reynolds number and specific fitting parameters
such as orifice diameter, Venturi throat diameter,
contraction and expansion angles, and nozzle
diameter. For gas flow in nozzles, orifices, and
Venturimeters, the specific heat ratio is also used in
the calculation of the resistance coefficient.
Choke The pressure drop for a choke is calculated by the p. 4-93 CHOKE
orifice method for a single-phase fluid or by the p. 4-94 Besides the fluid
various choke models for a two-phase fluid. You type, a more general approach
can supply a discharge coefficient or use the default for choosing choke models in a
value. MCHOKE, a variant of CHOKE which network system are:
introduces a discontinuity into a network, uses the
Fortunati model only.
Check valve A valve that permits flow in one direction only. You p. 4-92 CHECK
can supply a resistance coefficient or use the default
value.
Two-phase The pressure drops for fittings are corrected for p. 4-91 BEND
correction in two-phase flow by using either the Homogeneous p. 4-97 EXIT
fittings flow model or the Chisholm model. If you do not p. 4-97 ENTRANCE
make a selection, PIPEPHASE will use the default p. 4-102 VALVE
method. You may supply values for the Chisholm p. 4-101 TEE
parameters. p. 4-96 CONTRACTION
p. 4-98 EXPANSION
p. 4-99 NOZZLE
p. 4-100 ORIFICE
p. 4-103 VENTURIMETER

Equipment Items
PIPEPHASE simulates the change in fluid conditions across items of process equipment
that typically appears in pipeline systems.
Compressor A compressor imparts work to a gas. You supply p. 4-81 COMPRESSOR
either a known power or a known outlet pressure, and
PIPEPHASE calculates the unknown parameter. You
may impose a maximum value on the unknown
parameter, and PIPEPHASE will constrain the
calculations according to whichever parameter is
limiting. Alternatively, you can supply a curve of
flowrate against head. You may also supply an
adiabatic efficiency as either a constant or a curve
against head. The exit temperature is then determined
by energy balance. If you specify more than one
stage, PIPEPHASE interprets the curve to be for each
stage; any maximum power you specify is over all of
the stages rather than for each individual stage. You
can also reference the compressor curve to a
previously defined performance curve.
Multispeed You can specify different compressor curves for up to p. 4-81 COMPRESSOR
Compressor five compressor speeds.
Multistage In a multistage compressor you may specify different p. 4-82 MCOMPRESS
Compressor parameters curves, efficiencies, etc. for different
stages. You may have multiple compressor trains,
each train with multiple stages. You may have
interstage scrubbers with downstream re-injection and
interstage coolers and piping losses. You may specify
the compressors inlet pressure. When you do this,
PIPEPHASE invokes a special algorithm which
breaks the flowsheet at the compressor inlet, and
solves the resulting subnetworks so that the pressures
match at the interface. PIPEPHASE calculates the
compressor power that is required for the pressures to
match.
Cooler The cooler removes heat from the system. You supply p. 4-84 COOLER
either a known exit temperature or known duty of the
unit, and PIPEPHASE will calculate the unknown
parameter. You may impose a maximum (for duty) or
minimum (for temperature) value on the unknown
parameter, and PIPEPHASE will constrain
limiting. (Pressure drop as a function of flowrate can
be modeled.)

Steam The expander models the expansion of steam from a p. 4-86 EXPANDER
expander high pressure to a low pressure. You may specify the
power required, or the pressure drop or the pressure
ratio. If the unit is in a spur link, you may
alternatively specify the outlet pressure.
General The DPDT unit is a general purpose unit for defining p. 4-85 DPDT
purpose DP a pressure and/or temperature difference at a point in
and DT unit the piping structure. You can use this unit to model
any equipment device where the pressure difference
and temperature difference characteristics can be
represented as curves against flowrate. You may also
specify the flow versus pressure drop equation for the
curve.
Heater The heater adds heat to the system. You supply either p. 4-86 HEATER
a known exit temperature or known duty of the unit,
and PIPEPHASE will calculate the unknown. You
may impose a maximum value on the unknown
parameter, and PIPEPHASE will constrain the
limiting. (Pressure drop as a function of flowrate can
be modeled.)
Injection The injection introduces a stream into a link. The p. 4-87 INJECTION
stream comes from a separator (see the entry below).
You may fix the pressure and temperature of the
injected stream.
Pump A pump imparts work to a liquid. You supply either a p. 4-87 PUMP
known power or a known outlet pressure, and
PIPEPHASE calculates the unknown. You may
impose a maximum value on the unknown parameter,
and PIPEPHASE will constrain the calculations
according to whichever parameter is limiting.
Alternatively, you can supply a curve of flowrate
against head. You may also supply an efficiency as a
constant or as a curve against head. The exit
temperature is determined by energy balance.If you
specify more than one stage, PIPEPHASE interprets
the curve to be for each stage; any maximum power
you specify is over all of the stages rather than for
each individual stage. You can also reference the
pump curve to a previously defined performance
curve.
Multispeed You can specify different pump curves for up to five p. 4-87 PUMP
pump pump speeds.

Electric An extension of the PUMP item allows you to model p. 4-87 PUMP
submersible an electric submersible pump. In addition to all the
pump features mentioned above, you may supply motor
horsepower as a curve, either in tabular form or as
coefficients of an equation. You may specify auxiliary
power to be supplied to the pump. Refer also to
Separator, below. You can also reference the electric
submersible pump curve to a previously defined
performance curve.
Regulator The regulator is used to set the maximum pressure at p. 4-89 REGULATOR
some point in the pipeline structure. It allows flow in
only one direction and can be used to prevent flow
reversal within a selected link in a network.
Subnetwork You may specify the inlet pressure of this item. When p. 4-95 MREGULATOR
regulator you do this, PIPEPHASE invokes a special algorithm
which breaks the flowsheet at the inlet and solves the
resulting subnetworks so that the pressures match at
the interface. You may also specify the flowrate
through the regulator.
Separator The separator splits out all or part of the gas or liquid p. 4-89 SEPARATOR
phase of a multiphase fluid. In the case of a
hydrocarbon system with water, you can select the
hydrocarbon or aqueous phase instead of the total
liquid phase. You specify the amount separated as an
absolute flowrate or as a percentage of the phase. You
can separate more than one phase in one separator.
You can then reinject the separated streams at points
downstream in the link using the Injector. You cannot
impose a pressure drop on the separator.
Hydrates Hydrates are solid mixtures of water and other small p. 4-115 HYDRATES
molecules. Under certain process conditions,
particularly in the gas processing industry, hydrate
formation may clog lines and foul process equipment.
The HYDRATE unit operation predicts the pressure
and temperature regime in which the process is
vulnerable to hydrate formation. Calculations
performed assume the presence of free water for
hydrates to form. Possible hydrate formers include:
methane through isobutane, carbon dioxide, hydrogen
sulfide, nitrogen, ethylene, propylene, argon, krypton,
xenon, cyclopropane, and sulfur hexafluoride. The
effect of sodium chloride, methanol, ethylene glycol,
di-ethylene glycol, and tri-ethylene glycol hydrate
inhibitors can also be studied.

Heat Transfer Calculations
PIPEPHASE performs an energy balance on pipes. The heat transfer depends on the
fluid temperature, properties, and flowrate, the temperature and properties of the
surrounding medium, and the heat transfer coefficient between the fluid and the medium.
PIPEPHASE does not model heat transfer to the surroundings for fittings and equipment
devices.
The general equation for heat transfer from a flow device is:
Q = UAT (3-5)
where:
Q = rate of heat transfer per unit length
U = overall heat transfer coefficient
A = surface area per unit length
T = temperature difference between bulk fluid and outside medium
The overall heat transfer coefficient either is input or may be calculated from the
constituent film coefficients and geometries.
For a pipe you may supply an overall coefficient or you may request detailed heat
transfer calculations. Detailed heat transfer calculations are invoked when you input any
one of the parameters required to carry out the calculations.
Detailed Heat Transfer in Pipe

For a pipe surrounded by soil, water, or air, you define the medium properties (and
velocity of water or air). For a buried pipe, you enter the buried depth.
Pipe You may specify an overall coefficient or the p. 4-23 DEFAULT
properties of the surrounding medium. You also p. 4-79 PIPE
supply the ambient temperature or geothermal
gradient. For piping only, you can supply these values
globally for all devices or for individual devices.
Isothermal For non-compositional gas or liquid fluid models, you p. 4-79 PIPE
calculations may suppress heat transfer calculations for individual
flow devices.

Sphering or Pigging
PIPEPHASEs sphering calculations predict the quantity of liquid formed when a
multiphase fluid flows in a pipeline and determine the size of the liquid slug that is
pushed out when the pipe is pigged.
Sphering calculations can be carried out for single links. The launching station is at the
inlet of a pipe. You may have intermediate launching stations; a sphere is launched from
a pipe when the previous sphere(s) reach the inlet of that pipe.
Calculation type You must specify that you want to do a sphering p. 4-19 CALCULATION
simulation.
Fluid type The fluid must be compositional and both gas and p. 4-19 CALCULATION
liquid should be present to obtain realistic results.
Time Increments You may override the default time step used in the p. 4-25 SEGMENT
McDonald-Baker successive steady-state
calculation method.
Structure Data You may have only PIPE devices. You identify a p. 4-79 PIPE
pipe with a launching station by specifying a
sphere diameter on the PIPE statement. The first
launching station must be in the first pipe of the
link.
Case Studies
The CASE STUDY option provides the facility to perform parametric studies and to
print multiple problem solutions in a single computer run. Case studies are always
performed after the base case problem has been solved. If the base case problem cannot
be solved for any reason, then no case studies are performed. Each case study analysis is
performed based on the cumulative changes to the flowsheet up to that time.
Case studies are an efficient means of obtaining solutions for multiple scenarios to a
given problem and result in large savings in both computer time and cost. For problems
requiring iterative solutions, the converged results of the last solution are used as the
starting values for the next run. This can result in large computer time savings in runs
involving large networks, where it typically takes several iterations to move from the
initial pressure estimates to the final converged solution.
There is no limit on the number of CHANGE statements per case study or on the total
number of case studies that may be in a given run. The cumulative changes up to a given
case study run may be erased and the original base case restored at any time.
Since the case studies are performed sequentially in the order you input, it is best to
make changes in an orderly manner, proceeding from high values to low values or low
values to high values, but not in a random order. This enhances convergence and
minimizes total computer time.
Global Changes
You may change one parameter in the entire problem.You may specify an old value so
that only those specified parameters with that old value will be changed. Otherwise, all
values will be changed. You may also change parameters for all devices in a link. In this
case, the old value cannot be used to limit the changes.
Individual Changes
Source, sink, and device parameters may be changed individually. You must specify a
name for each source, sink, or device where a parameter change is desired.
To... See...
Add descriptive text You can add one line of description for each p. 4-121 DESCRIPTION
case study.
Make changes You can change any of the parameters in p. 4-122 PARAMETER
Table 3-6, either globally or on individual
flow elements.
You can restore the base case at any time. p. 4-122 RESTORE

Chapter 4
Input Reference
Chapter Contents
Categories of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Order of Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Keywords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Keyword Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Qualifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Commenting Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Default Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Units of Measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Basis of Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Multiple Units of Measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Continuing Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Layout of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Input Statement Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
GENERAL Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Global Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
TITLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
DIMENSION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
CALCULATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
FCODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
DEFAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
SEGMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
LIMITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
PRINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
OUTDIMENSION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
FLAREDEF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
COMPONENT Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

COMPONENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
LIBID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
PETROLEUM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
ASSAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
CUTPOINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
MW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
SPGR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
ACENTRIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
ZC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
TC() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
PC() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
NBP() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
STDDENSITY() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
VC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
VP() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
ENTHALPY() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
CP() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
LATENT(). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
DENSITY() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
VISCOSITY() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
CONDUCTIVITY() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
SURFACE() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
NETWORK Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
NETWORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
SOLUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
TOLERANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
ACCELERATION (for PBAL Network Method Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
RESERVOIR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
THERMODYNAMIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
METHOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
WATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
BWRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
LKP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
PR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
SRK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
PVT Data Category of Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
PVT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
SET for Non-Compositional Liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
SET for Non-Compositional Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
SET for Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
SET for Compositional Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
CORRELATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
4-2 Input Reference
GENERATE (for Compositional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
FILE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
STRUCTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
System Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Distillation Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Gravity Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Molecular Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
LIGHTENDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
SINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
JUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Flow Devices (have length). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
PIPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
COMPRESSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
MCOMPRESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
DPDT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
EXPANDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
HEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
INJECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
REGULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
SEPARATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
BEND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
CHOKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
MCHOKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
MREGULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
CONTRACTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
ENTRANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
EXPANSION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
NOZZLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
ORIFICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
TEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
VENTURIMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
DEPRESSURING Data Category of Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
DEPRESSURING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
VESSEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
HMODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
CALCULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
DIMENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
CONSTANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
DEFINE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
RESULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
RETURN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
HYDRATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
EVALUATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
SIZING DATA Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
SIZING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
RELIEF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
MAXV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
CASE STUDY Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
CASESTUDY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
RESTORE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
PARAMETER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Sinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
Junctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & CalculatorCase Study,
Time Stepping, Optimization, & CalculatorChokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
Separators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
Expanders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
Injection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
DPDT Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
MCOMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
Bend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
Check Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
Contraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
Entrance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
Nozzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
Orifice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Tee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
4-4 Input Reference
IPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Calculator Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Objective Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Constraint Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Decision Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
PVT Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Network Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
PSPLIT Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
PSPLIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
User-Defined DP Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
FORTRAN Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
User Subroutine Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Saving Data for Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
PIPEPHASE Flash Routine Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Moody Friction Factor Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Example 1 Olimens Pressure Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Example 2 Fancher and Brown Pressure Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
About This Chapter

This chapter contains information about the data that PIPEPHASE needs to perform
different types of simulation. These data are input in a free format style file and the file is
divided into categories; for example, Component Data, Property Data, etc.
This chapter explains the general rules for input, which categories are mandatory and
which are optional. It defines all the terms used in the input descriptions and the
conventions used throughout this chapter.
Each data category, the statements contained in it and the keywords on each statement
are then described. For an explanation of how the program uses these data, please refer
to Chapter 3, Using PIPEPHASE, and Chapter 6, Technical Reference.

Categories of Input
The data required by PIPEPHASE are input to the program in the following main
categories.
General Data Category Define general problem administration and global settings that control
the whole flowsheet.
Component Data Category Define all components present in the feed streams.
Network Data Category Define calculational and network solution methods.
Thermodynamic Data Category Define the thermodynamic property methods used in the simulation.
PVT Data Category Define the properties of streams.
Structure Data Category Define the sources, junctions, sinks, flow devices, fittings and items of
process equipment in the flowsheet.
Unit Operations Category Define the unit operations (e.g., the hydrates unit) included in the
simulation.
Note: For Network Data GUI, the RESET function is not supported.
Which categories are mandatory and which are optional depend on what fluid type you
have:
Table 4-1: Categories of Input
Fluid Type Mandatory Categories Optional Categories
Non-Compositional GENERAL, PVT, STRUCTURE NETWORK
Compositional GENERAL, COMPONENT, PVT, NETWORK, UNIT
THERMODYNAMIC, STRUCTURE OPERATIONS
There are several other categories which can be selectively overridden on the flow
device and fitting statements in the Structure Data Category of input.
Line Sizing Determine pipe sizes in single-link calculations.
Depressuring Define depressuring vessels which feed sources
Case Study Change parameters and re-run.
Order of Categories
The only restriction on order of data input is that the General Data Category must be
first. However, it is always good practice to maintain a consistent order. The order of the
categories above, which is followed in this chapter, is recommended.
4-6 Input Reference

Keywords
Keyword Input
The primary mode for entering input in PIPEPHASE is in the form of keyword-
controlled, free format statements. The keyword entries in a statement are separated by
commas. For example:
PIPE ID=1.25, LENGTH=25, ROUGHNESS=0.002
For ease of interpretation, each keyword is an engineering word. To make the input
easier to enter, any keyword with more than four characters can be truncated to a
minimum of four characters. Keywords with fewer than four characters may not be
lengthened. For example:
The keyword LENGTH may be written LENG.
The keyword ROUGHNESS may be written ROUGH.
The keyword ID cannot be written IDIA.
Keywords can stand alone, indicating that they are acting as a switch, or they can be
associated with a value or another keyword by the use of an equals sign (=). This value
can be entered in integer, decimal, or scientific format. For example:
ENGLISH English units set will be used.
LENGTH=FT Units of length are feet.
TEMP=50 Temperature set to 50 units.
PRES=2.0E2 Pressure is 200 units.
In the instructions presented in this chapter, the presence of an equals sign (=) after a
keyword means that PIPEPHASE expects a value or another keyword. In some cases,
however, more than one data item is required. When this situation arises, the instructions
will include the format for the data input. For example:
VISC= Indicates that a single value of viscosity is required.
VISC=temp1,value1 / Indicates that the program requires two data values with their associated
temp2,value2 temperatures
Qualifiers
Many keywords can be qualified by entering a keyword in brackets (parentheses) after
them. The most common use of a qualifier is for defining a unit of measurement to
override the set of units declared globally in the General Data Category of input. Other
qualifiers include the definition of estimates, maxima and minima, fluid type and basis
of a composition or flowrate. Some qualifiers are optional and some are mandatory. You
may use more than one qualifier for a keyword and the order in which they appear is not
important.

The input instructions explain which qualifiers are available for each keyword.
Examples are:
ID(IN)=12 Inside diameter is 12 inches.
PRES(BAR,ESTI)=2 Estimated pressure is 2 bars absolute.
POWER(MAX,KW)=17 Maximum power is 17 kilowatts.
Commenting Input
For clarity, you may add comments to your input. If a dollar sign ($) is placed in a
statement, any text on that statement that appears after the $ is ignored. For example:
PRES(BAR)=3.54 $Field data, taken 2315 10/16/94
Default Data
Many of the data items required by PIPEPHASE have default values assigned to them. If
you do not explicitly specify a value for an item of data, or select a calculation method,
the program will automatically assign a value or method. For example, pipe thermal
conductivity assumes a default value of 29 BTU/hr-ft-oF if you do not specify a value.
Similarly, the Moody method for single-phase pressure drop calculations is chosen, by
default, as it is generally suitable for many engineering purposes.
Beware, these default selections are not neccessarily the most appropriate, or best for
your particular application. They do not substitute for engineering judgement. If an
doubt, especially for the choice of a calculation method, consult chapter 4 of the manual
for advice.
The input instructions indicate the defaults that the program will use in the absence of
user input. All the numerical defaults in the input instructions are expressed in terms of
the units of measurement of the English set.
When you specify a value or override a default in the General Data Category of input
your value becomes the default for the entire simulation. You can then override your
own default value later in the input. For example, to specify that all but one of your pipes
are surrounded by air, you would have in the General Data Category of input:
DEFAULT AIR, VELOCITY=20
You would specify most of your pipes in this way:
PIPE ID=4, LENGTH=150
For the one pipe that is buried, the PIPE statement would look like this:
PIPE SOIL, ID=5, LENGTH=100, BDTOP(FT)=1
4-8 Input Reference

Units of Measurement
Many items of data that you input to PIPEPHASE have a unit of measurement associated
with them. Most have alternatives: for example, length can be measured in feet, meters,
miles, or kilometers and temperature in oF, oC, oR, or K. It is possible to specify the unit
of measurement individually for every item of data. However, to avoid having to do this,
you may define the units that are to be used for each quantity temperature, duty, power
etc. throughout the whole simulation input. This is done on the DIMENSION
statement in the General Data Category of input. Individual data items may be expressed
in different units by using qualifiers as described above.
For convenience, PIPEPHASE has four sets of units of measurement: Petroleum,
English, Metric and SI. Each set has predefined units for each data item. You may select
a set of units, globally override some of the predefined units and then override units for
any individual data item. In this way, you have complete input flexibility.
For example, if you wanted to use the SI predefined unit set but with pipe length in feet
and short length (e.g., for pipe diameter) in inches, your General Data Category of input
would contain the statement:
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH=FT,IN
If the inside diameter of one of your pipes is measured in millimeters, you would have in
the Structure Data Category of input:
PIPE ID(MM)=25.4
Basis of Measurements
With some quantities, for example flow and composition, you can also choose a basis of
measurement. The basis may be molar weight, liquid volume, or gas volume and you
may use a qualifier to define it. If you also specify a dimensional unit for the quantity,
the unit must be appropriate to the basis. You cannot, for example, specify pounds per
hour for a liquid volume flowrate. A valid example would be:
RATE(GV,CFM)=1.E-3
where the value specified, RATE keyword and the qualifiers GV and CFM combine to
mean the gas volume rate has a value of 0.001 millions of standard cubic feet per minute.
The input instructions explain which bases are allowed. If a basis is specified but no unit
of measurement is entered, PIPEPHASE will assume the unit to be the default
appropriate to the basis which you defined.
Multiple Units of Measurement

Some input items, for example a curve of viscosity against temperature, have more than
one unit of measurement. You can specify one or both units as qualifiers:
VISC(C,CP)=100,1.0/200,0.7
The order in which the qualifiers are entered is not important.
Continuing Statements
Input statements too long to fit on one line may be continued onto a second line or
further by using an ampersand (&) or an asterisk (*) as a continuation character.
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH=FT, TEMP=C
is the same as
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH=FT, &
TEMP=C
Layout of Input
You may indent any line of input to make the data more readable and you may have any
number of spaces between data entries. For example:
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH=FT, &
TEMP=C
is equivalent to
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH = FT, &\
TEMP= C
However, you may not embed blanks in your keywords or data entries.
Input Statement Descriptions

Legend
The data categories are described in this chapter. A full listing of statements with their
associated keywords appears at the start of each data category. Each statement and
keyword is then explained in detail. The following conventions apply:
BOLD Bold capitals are used for keywords.
For example: ENGLISH
You must use this word exactly as it is printed (or truncate it to four or more characters).
A keyword with an equals sign (=) after it must be followed a value or another keyword.
UNDERLINE Default keywords are indicated by underlining.
For example: PETROLEUM
If you omit the entry or statement, the program will use this keyword as the default.
LIGHT Light capitals are used for values, methods and entries.
For example: INPUT=FULL
If you omit the keyword and entry, the program will use the default.
A number indicates a numerical default value.
For example: LAMINAR=3000
If you omit the keyword and entry, the program will use this value as the default.
4-10 Input Reference

or Alternative entries are separated by the word or.
For example: {PETROLEUM or ENGLISH}
You may select only one of the options contained within curly brackets {} and separated
by the word or.
{} Curly brackets indicate that a statement, keyword, or group of keywords is/are optional.
For example: {VELOCITY=value}
Your input is valid without this entry. A default is usually invoked if an entry is omitted.
() Ordinary parentheses indicate that qualifiers are allowed.
For example: ID()=
Unless otherwise noted, qualifiers are units of measurement.

GENERAL Data Category of Input > Global Parameters
GENERAL Data Category of Input

Global Parameters
The GENERAL Data Category of Input defines global parameters that control the whole
flowsheet.
Table 4-2: GENERAL Data Category of Input

Statement Keywords See page...
TITLE {PROJECT=}, {PROBLEM=}, {USER=}, {DATE=}, p. 13
{SITE=}
{DESCRIPTION} any text p. 13
{DIMENSION} {PETROLEUM or ENGLISH or METRIC or SI}, p. 13
{VELOCITY=, TEMPERATURE=, PRESSURE=,
LENGTH=, VISCOSITY=, DUTY=, POWER=, DENSITY=
or GRAVITY=, RATE(M)=, RATE(W)=, RATE(LV)=,
RATE(GV)=}
CALCULATION NETWORK or SINGLE or PVTGEN or PVTRUN or p. 19
PVTTAB, LIQUID or GAS or STEAM or
COMPOSITIONAL(), {ISOTHERMAL, SPHERING,
NOACCEL, DEPR=ON, FLARE=ON, NORUN,
PRANDTL}, {SHORTPIPE}, {ADISCHARGE}, MASS
{FCODE} {PIPE=BBM or MOODY, PALMER=0.924,0.685, p. 20
LAMINAR=3000}
{DEFAULT} {WATER or AIR or SOIL, VELOCITY()=, p. 23
TAMBIENT()=80, DENSITY()=, VISCOSITY()=,
CONDUCTIVITY()=,UPIPE()=1.0, HINSIDE()=0.0,
HOUTSIDE()=0.0, HRADIANT()=0.0, BDTOP=0,
THKPIPE()=0.3125, THKINS()=0, CONPIPE()= 29,
CONINS()=0.015, CONSOIL()=0.8, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=,
NOMR=, PIPSCHEDULE=DIAMDATA.DAT,
SCHEDULE=40, SCHR=40, FLOWEFF=,
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018, HWCOEFF()=150,}
{SEGMENT} {DLHORIZ()=, or NHORIZ=1, DLVERT()=, or NVERT=1, p. 25
MAXSEGS=20, AUTO=ON, FAST, PSEG=20, TSEG=5,
PTOL=0.2, HTOL=0.05, ITER=25
{LIMITS} {TEMPERATURE(MIN)=-60, p. 26
TEMPERATURE(MAX)=800, PRESSURE(MIN)=0.0,
PRESSURE(MAX)=25000}
{PRINT} {INPUT=FULL, p. 27
DEVICE=SUMMARY, PROPERTY=NONE,
CONNECT=FULL, FLASH=FULL, SUMMARY=BOTH,
DATABASE=NONE, PLOT=NONE, MAP=NONE, ITER},
SIMULATOR= PART or FULL, MERGESUB, PSBLINE,
NODACT
{} entries are optional () keyword qualifiers underlined keywords are defaults

= requires values or entries values or entries for keywords are defaults in Petroleum units

Table 4-2: GENERAL Data Category of Input (cont.)
{OUTDIMENSION} {ADD or REPLACE, PETROLEUM or ENGLISH or p. 29
METRIC or SI, VELOCITY=, TEMPERATURE=,
PRESSURE=, LENGTH=, VISCOSITY=, DUTY=,
POWER=, DENSITY= or GRAVITY=, RATE(M)=,
RATE(W)=, RATE(LV)=, RATE(GV)=}
{FLAREDEF} KGAS=0.975, KLIQ=0.65, KLEUNG=0.975, p. 29
VALTYPE=CONVENTIONAL or BELLOWS, VALSIZE()=,
NAME=, LIQC=, GASC=, OVER=1.10, NOSELECT,
BRIEF
TITLE
Mandatory statement. Introduces the general category.
Optional entries:
PROJECT= Use any or all of these entries for administrative information. PROJECT,
PROBLEM= PROBLEM, USER and DATE entries appear on every page of output. The
USER= SITE keyword is used for accounting in multi-site installations. Each entry
DATE= can have up to 12 alphanumeric characters. The DATE entry can include the
SITE= / character.
Example:
TITLE PROJ=TEST1, PROB=FEED, USER=TECH DEPT, DATE=7/5/94
DESCRIPTION
Optional statement. Allows you to enter a description of the simulation. You can have up
to four DESCRIPTION statements. The information on these statements is printed once
at the start of the output page.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries:
DESCRIPTION Up to four lines of text each containing up to 60 characters of text.
Example:
DESC THIS SIMULATION CHECKS THE LINE LOSSES FROM STORAGE TANK
DESC THROUGH FEED PUMPS TO REACTOR HEAD TANK
DIMENSION
Optional statement. Defines the units of measurement for each data item in the input.
Select a set of units and/or override individual units. If you omit this statement, units will
default to those in the ENGLISH set. Table 4-3 and Table 4-4 define the Primary and
Secondary Units of Measurement in each standard set and other permitted units that can
be used with this statement. You can also use these units for specific data items by using
qualifiers.

GENERAL Data Category of Input > DIMENSION
Optional entries:
ENGLISH or Select only one of these sets of units.

PETROLEUM or
METRIC or SI
VELOCITY= Define the units in which you want to specify any or all of these quantities.
TEMPERATURE= LENGTH has two arguments: the first is long length, for pipe lengths, pipe
PRESSURE= elevations, etc.; the second is short length for diameters, roughness, etc.
LENGTH=
VISCOSITY=
DUTY=
POWER=
DENSITY= or GRAVITY=
RATE(M)= Define the units in which you want to specify any or all of molar, weight,
RATE(W)= liquid volumetric and gas volumetric flowrates. Gas Volumetric rate is
RATE(LV)= always expressed in millions of units. Thus CFD means millions of cubic
RATE(GV)= feet of gas per day.
Example:
DIME SI, LENGTH=KM,IN, VISC=CP, DENS=SPGR, RATE(GV)=CF
Table 4-3: Primary Units of Measurement

Petroleum English Metric SI Other Permitted Units
AREA FT2 FT2 M2 M2 CM2, MI2, ACRE, KM2,
IN2
DENSITY or API API KGM3 KGM3 SPGR, LBFT3
GRAVITY1 (liq.)
DENSITY or SPGR SPGR KGM3 KGM3 LBFT3
GRAVITY1 (gas)
DUTY BTUHR BTUHR KCHR KW KJHR
LENGTH FT, IN FT, IN M, MM M, MM CM, KM, MI
POWER HP HP KW KW
PRESSURE PSIG PSIA BAR KPA PSF, ATM, ATA, PA,
KGCM, ATE
RATE(GV)3 CFD CFHR CMHR CMHR CFS, CFM, CMD
RATE(LV) BPD CFHR CMHR CMHR CFS, CFM, CFD, CMD,
LHR, BPH, GPM
RATE(M)2 MOLHR MOLHR MOLHR MOLHR MOLD
RATE(W) LBHR LBHR KGHR KGHR LBD, MLBHR, MLBD,
KGD, THRM, TDM
ROUGHNESS4 IN IN MM MM CM, FT
TEMPERATURE F F C K R
VELOCITY MPH FPS KMPH MPS


Table 4-3: Primary Units of Measurement (cont.)
Petroleum English Metric SI Other Permitted Units
VISCOSITY CP CP CP PAS KGMHR, LBFTHR, CST,
SSU, M2HR, FT2HR
1 When DENSITY or GRAVITY is API, gas density is specific gravity with respect to air at 60oF and 1
atmosphere.
2 Molar rates are lb-moles for Petroleum and English unit sets, kg-moles for Metric and Si unit sets.
3 Units of measure for RATE(GV) are always in millions of units.
4 The default units for ROUGHNESS will change (to obey relative consistency and meaning) if the unit for short
length is modified by the user, as per the following rules:
If the global dimension set is ENGLISH or PETROLEUM, and the short length unit is overridden to
become MI (miles), then the ROUGHNESS unit increases from IN (inches, default) to FT (feet).
If the global dimension set is ENGLISH or PETROLEUM, and the short length unit is overridden to
become M (meters) or KM (kilometers), then the ROUGHNESS unit decreases from IN (inches, default)
to CM (centimeters).
If the global dimension set is METRIC or SI, and the short length unit is overridden to become M
(meters) or KM (kilometers), then the ROUGHNESS unit increases from MM (millimeters, default) to
CM (centimeters).
If the global dimension set is METRIC or SI, and the short length unit is overridden to become MI
(miles), then the ROUGHNESS unit increases from MM (millimeters, default) to FT (feet).
5 The volume can be defined using the keyword VOLUME. The units of measure are BBL for Petroleum unit
set, FT3 for English unit set, M3 for Metric and SI unit sets.
Table 4-4: Secondary Units of Measurement

Petroleum English Metric SI Other permitted
units
Angle DEG DEG DEG DEG RAD
Heat Transfer Coeff BTUFTF BTUFTF KCMC WMC BTUINF, CALCMC,
KJMC
Roughness* IN IN MM MM CM, FT
Specific Heat BTULBF BTULBF KCKGC KJKGC
Thermal BTUFTF BTUFTF KCMC WMC BTUINF, CALCMC,
Conductivity KJMC
* The default unit for ROUGHNESS changes (to obey relative consistency and meaning) if you modify the unit for short length.
If the short length unit is entered as MI (miles), the default roughness unit is FT (feet).
If the short length unit is entered as M (meters) or KM (kilometers), the default roughness unit is CM (centimeters).
Table 4-5: Keywords Used to Define UOMs

UOM Description
ACRE Acre
API API gravity
ATA technical atm abs
ATE technical atm gauge
ATM atmospheres
BAR bars absolute
BPD barrels/day
BPH barrels per hr
BTUFT2F BTU/hr-ft2-F
BTUFTF BTU/hr-ft-F
BTUHR millions BTU/hr
* Primary UOM ** Secondary UOM

Table 4-5: Keywords Used to Define UOMs (cont.)
UOM Description
BTULBF BTU/lb-F
C* degrees Celsius
C** per degree C
C100M C/100 meters
CFD ft3/day for liquid volumes, million ft3/day for gas volumes
CFHR ft3/hr for liquid volumes, million ft3/hr for gas volumes
CFM ft3/minute for liquid volumes, million ft3/minute for gas volumes
CFS ft3/second for liquid volumes, million ft3/sec for gas volumes
CM centimeters
CMD m3/day for liquid volumes, million m3/day for gas volumes
CMHR m3/hr for liquid volumes, million m3/day for gas volumes
CP centipoise
CST centistoke
DEG degrees
F* degrees Fahrenheit
F** per degree F
F100FT F/100 ft
FPS ft/second
FT* feet
FT** number/ft
FT2HR ft2/hr
GPM US gals/minute
HP horsepower
HR hours
IN inches
IN2 sq inches
K* Kelvin
K** per degree K
KCHR million kcals/hr
KCKGC kcals/kg-C
KCMC kcals/m2-hr-C
KCMC kcals/m-hr-C
KGCM kg/cm2
KGD kg/day
KGHR kg/hr


UOM Description
3
KGM3 kg/m
KGMHR kg/m-hour
KJHR million kJ/hr
KJKGC kJ/kg-C
KM kilometers
KM2 sq kilometers
KMPH km/hr
KPA kilopascals
KW kilowatts (power)
KW million kw (duty)
LBD lb/day
LBFT3 lb/ft3
LBFTHR lb/ft-hr
LBHR lb/hr
LHR liters/hr
M* meters
M** number/meter
M2HR sq meters/hr
M3HRBAR m3/hr-bar
MI miles
MI2 sq miles
MIN minutes
MLBD thousand lb/day
MLBHR thousand lb/hr
MM millimeters
MM2 sq millimeters
MOLD moles/day
MOLHR moles/hr
MPH miles/hr
MPS meters/second
PA Pascals
PAS Pascal-seconds
PSF lb/ft2
PSIA lb/in2 absolute
PSIG lb/in2 gauge
R* degrees Rankine
R** per degree R
RAD radians

UOM Description
SPGR specific gravity
SSU SSU viscosity
TDM metric tonnes/day
THRM metric tonnes/hr
WMC watts/m-C
WMC watts/m2-C


CALCULATION
Mandatory statement. Specifies the type of calculation and the fluid type.
Mandatory entries:
NETWORK or Select only one of these to invoke the calculation method. Select PVTGEN if
PVTGEN you want to generate PVT fluid property tables for use in a subsequent run
(See also the PVT Category of Input). You can use PVTGEN with
COMPOSITIONAL fluids only. Select NETWORK to solve basic network
simulations.
LIQUID or Select only one of these to describe the fluid type. LIQUID, GAS and
GAS or STEAM are non-compositional fluids. You can define their properties in the
STEAM or PVT Data Category of input. Use COMPOSITIONAL if you want to define
COMPOSITIONAL() the fluid as a mixture of components or petroleum fractions (entered either
directly or indirectly via a distillation curve). Use the qualifier GAS or LIQ
to specify that a compositional fluid is only gas or only liquid or only mixed
compositional models, therefore bypassing any two-phase flash calculations.
Optional entries:
SPHERING Use this keyword to invoke sphering or pigging calculations. Note that a
sphering report will be generated only if you specify DEVICE=PART, or
greater, in the print options.
ISOTHERMAL Suppress heat balances on all flow devices. You can override this on
individual flow devices. Not available with COMPOSITIONAL() fluids or
STEAM.
NOACCEL Ignore the acceleration term in pressure drop calculations.
NORUN Suppress calculations perform input checks only.
DEPR=ON or OFF When the Depressuring Data Category of input and Flare solution method
OFFFLARE=ON or OFF are used within a simulation, these keywords may be used to suppress either
of the calculations during solution. The depressuring calculation is activated
by the DEPR=ON keyword combination.
SHORTPIPE Only for COMPOSITIONAL fluids. This keyword invokes an alternative
pipe segment pressure drop and heat transfer methodology. Segment inlet
conditions are used to calculate fluid physical properties, and therefore this
method is non-iterative. Not available with COMP(GAS) or COMP(LIQ)
fluid models.
ADISCHARGE Only for COMPOSITIONAL fluids. Use of this keyword fixes the enthalpy
of each source fluid at the specified temperature and pressure estimate. This
is achieved by an isothermal flash calculation at each source. In solving for
the pressure at a source, the corresponding temperature will therefore change
with pressure in order to maintain constant enthalpy. This option is useful for
flare networks which contain loops or multiple sinks and are therefore
structured outside the current scope of the Flare algorithm.
PRANDTL Invokes a rigorous Prandtl number calculation for inside and outside film
heat transfer coefficients. If you omit this keyword, a Prandtl number of 1.0
will be used.

GENERAL Data Category of Input > FCODE
MASS Converts standard mass based volume formulation to mass based

formulation. This option is needed when modeling separators and flow
splitting at junctions.
Example:
CALC SINGLE, LIQUID, ISOTHERMAL
CALC NETWORK, COMPOSITIONAL(GAS)
FCODE
Optional statement. Selects pressure drop and hold-up correlations. If you omit this
statement, PIPEPHASE will use MOODY for non-compositional liquid or gas or BBM
for any other fluid.
Optional entries:
PIPE= Define the correlation to be used for pressure drop calculations in pipes. See
Table 4-6a and Table 4-7 for available methods. Default is BBM for
compositional and steam fluids and MOODY for non-compositional liquids
and gases.
PALMER=0.924,0.685 Specify global Palmer liquid holdup correction factors. These global data
may be over-ridden on individual flow devices.
The PALMER keyword must follow immediately after the PIPE to which the
Palmer data is to be applied. The first number is applied to uphill flow
holdup correction and the second is applied to downhill flow.
Two values must be supplied: uphill and downhill. The defaults shown apply
only to BB or BBM correlations. If you want to use the defaults, enter only
the PALMER keyword without any values. If different values are required,
supply those values with the PALMER keyword. If you are using a
correlation other than BB or BBM, you must supply values with the
PALMER keyword. If you need to correct only for downhill holdup, supply a
value of 1.0 for the uphill correction factor.
LAMINAR=3000 Define the value of the Reynolds number to be used as the boundary between
laminar and turbulent flow.
Example:
FCODE PIPE=BBM, PALMER=0.9,0.7


Table 4-6a: Pressure Drop & Hold-Up Methods for Compositional and Steam
Method Keyword
Beggs & Brill BB
Beggs & Brill - Moody BBM
Beggs & Brill - No slip BBNS
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Eaton BBME
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Dukler BBMD
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Hagedorn & Brown BBMHB
Beggs & Brill high velocity BBHV
Beggs & Brill - Moody high velocity BMHV
Beggs & Brill - No slip high velocity BBNH
Mukherjee & Brill MB
Mukherjee & Brill-Eaton MBE
TACITE-STM,1 TACS
OLGA-S2 OLGA
1, 2, 3 See footnotes to Table 4-6c.
Table 4-6b: Methods in Table 4-6a for Vertical or Near Vertical Upward Flow
Method Keyword
Ansari ANSA
Orkiszewski ORK
Duns & Ross DR
Hagedorn & Brown HB
Hagedorn & Brown - Beggs & Brill HBBB
Aziz AZIZ
Gray (not applicable for compositional) GRAY
Gray - Moody (not applicable for compositional) GRYM
Angel - Welchon - Ross ANGEL
1, 2, 3 See footnotes to Table 4-6c.

GENERAL Data Category of Input > FCODE
Table 4-6c: Methods in Table 4-6a for Horizontal or Near Horizontal Flow
Method Keyword
Xiao XIAO
Eaton EATON
Eaton-Flanigan* EF
Dukler DUKLER
Dukler-Flanigan* DF
Lockhart & Martinelli LM
Dukler-Eaton-Flanigan* DE
Olimens OLIM
User Defined Method UDP1
User Defined Method UDP2
1 The TACITE-S mechanistic method is developed and maintained by the French
companies IFP, Total and Elf Aquitaine Production, and is available only under
a separate license agreement with SimSci. Please consult your local SimSci
representative for details.
2 The OLGA-S mechanistic method is available under separate license
agreement with SimSci. Please consult your SimSci representative for details.
3 Also allowed for the compositional gas option.
* Flanigan holdup connection for downward inclined pipes
Table 4-7: Single-Phase Pressure Drop Methods

Method Fluid Keyword
Moody3 Liquid or Gas MOODY
Hazen-Williams Liquid HW
Panhandle B3 Gas PANB
Weymouth3 Gas WEYM
American Gas Association3 Gas AGA
TACITE-S1 TACS
OLGA-S2 OLGA
User Defined Method Liquid or Gas UDP1
User Defined Method Liquid or Gas UDP2
1 The TACITE-S mechanistic method is developed and maintained by the French
companies IFP, Total and Elf Aquitaine Production, and is available only under
a separate license agreement with SimSci. Please consult your local SimSci
representative for details.
2 The OLGA-S mechanistic method is available under separate license
agreement with SimSci. Please consult your SimSci representative for details.
3 Also allowed for the compositional gas option.


DEFAULT
Optional statement. Sets up global values to be used throughout the simulation. All these
can be overridden selectively on the flow device and fitting statements in the
STRUCTURE Data Category of input.
Optional entries:
WATER or Use one of these to specify the medium surrounding the pipes. If no
AIR or surrounding is chosen, the default heat transfer coefficient for the pipe is
SOIL used. If more than one surrounding is entered, then without any overriding
information supplied on the PIPE statement in the Structure Data Category
of input, the hierarchy of usage is given by: SOIL has default preference over
WATER which has default preference over AIR
Therefore, if all three surroundings are defined on this statement, they will be
prioritized per the above logic.
More than one surrounding may be specified on this statement. In this case
the input order of the attributes of the surroundings (such as velocity) must
logically follow the surrounding medium these attributes refer to (see the
second example at the end of this section).
If any of the following keywords are entered and no surrounding is input, the
surrounding defaults to SOIL:
VISCOSITY VELOCITY DENSITY
BDTOP THKPIPE THKINS
CONPIPE CONINS CONSOIL
CONDUCTIVITY
HAUSEN Specifying this keyword activates a special inside film coefficient
calculation (Hausen) when laminar heat transfer flow conditions exist (valid
for Re < 2000). If this keyword is not specified, the normal turbulent flow
calculation is used for all conditions of flow.
VELOCITY()= Velocity of the surrounding air or water. Default values are 10 miles/hr for
air and 1 mile/hr for water.
TAMBIENT()=80 Ambient temperature of the surrounding medium.
DENSITY()= Density of the surrounding air or water. Defaults are specific gravity of
1.0 for air and 10.0 API for water.
VISCOSITY()= Viscosity of the surrounding air or water. Defaults are 0.02 cP for air and
1.0 cP for water.
CONDUCTIVITY()= Thermal conductivity of the surrounding air, soil, or water. Defaults are
0.015 BTU/hr-ft-F for air, 0.8 BTU/hr-ft-F for soil and 0.3 BTU/hr-ft-F for
water.
UPIPE()=1.0 If no medium is invoked directly or indirectly, this overall heat transfer
coefficient will be used.
HINSIDE()=0.0 Additional heat transfer resistance which will be added to the inside film heat
transfer resistance calculated by PIPEPHASE.
HOUTSIDE()=0.0 Additional heat transfer resistance which will be added to the outside film
heat transfer resistance calculated by PIPEPHASE.

GENERAL Data Category of Input > DEFAULT
HRADIANT()=0.0 Additional radiant heat transfer resistance which will be added to the outside
film heat transfer resistance calculated by PIPEPHASE.
BDTOP()=0 Depth of a buried pipe measured from the top of the outside of the pipe, in
short length units. A positive value must be supplied when SOIL has been
selected as the surrounding.
THKPIPE()=0.3125 Pipe thickness in short length units.
THKINS()=0 Insulation thickness in short length units. Maximum of 5 values.
CONPIPE()=29 Thermal conductivity of the pipe material, insulation (maximum of five
CONINS()=0.015 values, for five insulation layers) and soil.
CONSOIL()=0.8
IDPIPE()= or Inside diameter of pipes and fittings in short length units. Nominal inside
NOMD= diameter of pipes and fittings, in inches only.
PIPSCHEDULE= Name of external text file in the user directory containing pipe schedule data
DIAMDATA.DAT which are to be invoked for all nominal size specifications. If a file name is
supplied, the input file extension must be .DAT. The PIPSCHEDULE
keyword may or may not be included in this statement. If this keyword is
omitted, then an internal table is used with default values.
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table or file, the
next smaller schedule is searched.
SCHEDULE=40 Default pipe schedule to be used for fittings, pipe and line sizing options.
DESC= Twenty-character description of type of pipe used.
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table,
PIPEPHASE will generate an error message. If a schedule is not defined, the default schedule 40 is used
and, if a match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.
FLOWEFF=100 Flow efficiency as a percentage. This parameter may be used in a rating

exercise to adjust flowrates to meet a measured pressure drop. The use of
FLOWEFF is recommended only when other parameters, such as pressure
drop method, pipe roughness, heat transfer coefficient values, etc., have been
varied in order to match field data.
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018 Pipe inside roughness. Use the qualifier REL to denote roughness as a
fraction of the pipe inside diameter. Otherwise, value is absolute and in short
length units.
HWCOEFF()=150 Coefficient for Hazen-Williams pressure drop method.
Example:
DEFAULT AIR, TAMB=40, VELOCITY=30, THKINS=4
DEFAULT AIR, COND=0.01, VISC=0.018, VELOCITY=8, WATER,&
COND=0.34, VELOCITY=5


SEGMENT
Optional statement. Controls the segmenting of pipes for pressure drop and heat transfer
calculations. If you omit this statement, PIPEPHASE will use a default of one segment
per pipe.
Optional entries:
DLHORIZ()= or Length of a pipe calculation segment in long length units. Number of

NHORIZ=1 calculation segments per pipe.
MAXSEGS=20 Maximum number of calculation segments per flow device. This overrides
any value calculated from other data on this statement.
DTIME=10 Time step for pigging or sphering in seconds.
PSEG=20 This option only applies when the AUTO or FAST segmentation options are
used. When this keyword is invoked and either AUTO or FAST are specified,
PIPEPHASE will automatically size segments so that the maximum average
pressure drop per segment is PSEG or no more than MAXS segments are
used in a pipe. By default, a value of 20 psia is used for PSEG.
TSEG=5 This keyword is activated with the use of the AUTO or FAST keywords
(described below). Under this option, PIPEPHASE attempts to insure that the
temperature drop across a segment is TSEG and the absolute pressure drop is
PSEG and the maximum number of segments is MAXS. PIPEPHASE uses a
default value of 5 F for TSEG.
PTOL=0.2 The pressure traverse algorithm uses for property computations, the pressure
and temperature at the mid-point of each segment. Because mid-point values
are used, the algorithm must use an iterative procedure to converge to a mid-
point pressure. PTOL is the convergence criterion for the mid-point pressure
and is 0.2 psia by default (Minimum tolerance = 0.0001 psia).
HTOL=0.05 This is option only applies to compositional or steam systems and it refers to
the convergence tolerance that is to be used for segment mid-point
enthalpies. By default, HTOL is equal to 0.05 Btu/lb.
ITER=25 This refers to the number of iterations that are to be used to compute the mid-
point pressure/temperature in a given segment. By default, ITER is set to 25.
When ITER=1, the traverse algorithm reduces to the forward Euler
integration procedure. The forward Euler is, in principle, faster than the mid-
point weighting used by default in PIPEPHASE. However, it also leads to
less accurate traverses than are produced by the mid-point weighting method.
AUTO=ON When invoked, this option automatically sizes segments according to
computed pressure and temperature gradients. The following options
(discussed above) are invoked with this keyword:
PSEG = 20 psia
TSEG = 5 F
PTOL = 0.2 psia
HTOL = 0.05 Btu/lb
ITER = 25
MAXS= 50

GENERAL Data Category of Input > LIMITS
AUTO=OFF Allows the user to specify the flow device segment length, either directly, or
through a user-specified number of segments. By default, this option is set to
Manual Segmentation Method. The following defaults are invoked by this
keyword:
DLHORIZ=2000 feet
DLVERT=500 feet
NHOR=1
NVER=1
MAXSTEPS=20
FAST When invoked, this option uses an automated, yet more relaxed than AUTO,
segmenting procedure to estimate the size of segments. The following
defaults are invoked by this keyword:
PSEG = 50 psia
TSEG = 50 F
PTOL = 0.2 psia
HTOL = 1 Btu/lb
ITER = 1 (thus the traverse algorithm reduces to the forward Euler method)
MAXS = 20
Under the FAST keyword, PIPEPHASE will compute pressure traverses at a
faster rate than under the AUTO option. However, because of the coarser
segmentation and the use of forward Euler marching, the pressure traverse
estimates are expected to be less accurate than under default segmentation
procedures.
Note: Under the FAST and AUTO options, the user has complete control of the segmentation options
PSEG, TSEG, PTOL, HTOL, ITER and MAXS
Example:
SEGM DLHOR=50, MAXSEGS=10
Note: When using horizontal tubing devices, the user should use a set number of segments rather than a
vertical segmentation specification. With no vertical depth specified, the device will default to a few
segments regardless of the length. The user should specify a number of segments allow for better property
predictions along the horizontal well.
LIMITS
Optional statement. Set the minimum and maximum temperatures and pressures for
calculations. If calculations stray outside these limits, PIPEPHASE will print a warning
message. You should ensure that the pressure and temperature limits correctly bound
their anticipated values in the simulation prior to program execution. The default limits
are those judged to be representative for all of the thermodynamic methods available to
PIPEPHASE.


If the simulation conditions are over a narrower range of conditions than the default
values, you still should not reduce the range for the limits. Reducing the range can make
it more difficult for the network to solve by giving poor PVT predictions during
intermediate calculations.
Optional entries:
TEMPERATURE(MIN)=-60 Minimum and maximum temperatures and pressures. Additional

TEMPERATURE(MAX)=800 qualifiers may be used to specify units of measurement.
PRESSURE(MIN)=0
PRESSURE(MAX)=25000
Example:
LIMITS PRES(MIN)=5
PRINT
Optional statement. Controls the level of output produced by PIPEPHASE.
Optional entries:
INPUT=FULL Select an option for each of these from Table 4-8, Options for Output.
SUMMARY=NEW or OLD CONNECT applies only to networks. FLASH applies only to compositional
or BOTH fluid types. The PLOT and MAP options can only be invoked with
DEVICE=SUMMARY or DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL.
NONE or PART or FULL
PROPERTY=NONE or
SUMMARY or PART or
FULL
CONNECT=FULL
FLASH=FULL
PLOT=FULL
MAP=TAITEL or NONE Use MAP=TAITEL to print the Taitel-Dukler-Barnea flow regime map for
each link. DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL must also be specified
MERGESUB Independent subnetworks are formed, when specifying the upstream pressure
or flow rate to a choke/regulator or inlet pressure to a Multi-Stage
Compressor. Pseudo nodes and links are created for the boundaries of these
individual networks. Invoke this option to merge these nodes and links back
to its original network before generating the output report.
NODACT Use this to report node summary at actual conditions. If ignored, node
summary is reported at standard conditions.
PSBLINE By default all the reports of Links selected in Link Groups are duplicated in
both Link Reports and Link Group Reports. Use this option to not generate
the reports of Links selected in Link Groups in Link Reports.
ITER Request detailed printout during the convergence of an iterative network
calculation.

GENERAL Data Category of Input > PRINT
DATABASE=FULL Controls the writing of data to a database after solution for use with the
Results Access System through the GUI. Options are FULL, LAST, and
NONE. FULL writes all data from all cases to the database; LAST writes
only data from the last case; NONE writes no data.
Example:
PRINT INPUT=NONE, PROPERTY=FULL, DATABASE=FULL
Table 4-8: Options for Output

Entries
Keyword NONE SUMMARY PART FULL
INPUT List of input N/A List of input List of input
No details Structure details Full details
DEVICE No device Device Summary report plus All PART reports plus
details or summary pressure, temperature, pressure gradient
summary liquid holdup and reports
velocities
PROPERTY No reports N/A Point by point physical Prints all point by point
property data physical property data
plus heat transfer data
and hydrate prediction
CONNECT No reports N/A N/A Tables and plot of
network connectivity
FLASH No reports N/A N/A Composition and phase
properties at each node
PLOT No plots N/A Link pressure and Link pressure,
temperature plots. temperature and phase
DEVICE=PART or envelope plots.
DEVICE=FULL must DEVICE=PART or
also be specified. DEVICE=FULL must
also be specified
DATABASE No file produced N/A Only last CASE All output data
for Results STUDY produced in produced in Results
Access System Results Access System Access System file
file
OLD NEW BOTH
SUMMARY Node, Link and Structure Data, Both the OLD and
Device Velocity and NEW set of reports are
Summaries are Results produced
produced. Summaries are
produced.


OUTDIMENSION
Optional statement. The normal output is produced in the same units of measurement as
those defined in the DIMENSION statement. The OUTDIMENSION statement requests
a second set of output and defines the units of measurement for it. Select a predefined set
of units and/or override individual units. See Table 4-3, Primary Units of Measurement,
and Table 4-4, Secondary Units of Measurement, for the definition of units in each
predefined set and other units which can be specified for each data item. If this statement
is omitted, a second set of output will not be generated.
Optional entries:
ADD or Use one of these options to specify whether the second output should be
REPLACE added to the first output or should replace it.
PETROLEUM or Select only one of these sets of units.
ENGLISH or
METRIC or
SI
VELOCITY= Define the units in which any or all of these quantities are to be printed out.
TEMPERATURE=
PRESSURE=
LENGTH=
VISCOSITY=
DUTY=
POWER=
DENSITY= or GRAVITY=
RATE(M)= Define the units in which any or all of molar, weight, liquid volumetric and
RATE(W)= gas volumetric flowrates are to be printed out.
RATE(LV)=
RATE(GV)=
Example:
OUTDIME METRIC, VISC=PAS, DENS=API, RATE(M)=LBHR
FLAREDEF
Optional statement. Valve sizing parameters and other options can be supplied for the
relief valve sizing calculations in INPLANT as either default values to be used where
alternative information is not supplied, or as specific local data for individual sources.
Within the General Data Category of input, the default valve sizing information may be
entered. If no data are specified on this statement, INPLANT will use default parameters
for valve sizing which are given in the API 520 (1993) documentation.
Optional entries:
KGAS=0.975 Gas phase discharge coefficient.

KLIQ=0.650 Liquid phase discharge coefficient used in the API formula.
GENERAL Data Category of Input > FLAREDEF
KLEU=0.975 Discharge coefficient used in the Homogeneous Equilibrium valve discharge

model.
VALTYPE= Valve type to be used as default. Options are conventional or balanced
CONVENTIONAL or bellows. If an entry is not provided for this keyword, the conventional valve
BELLOWS type will be used by default.
VALSIZE()=s1, s2, s3, Up to 25 available sizes (nominal relief areas) of valves, entered in ascending
s25 order. When not specified, INPLANT will use nominal areas defined in
Table 1 of the API Standard 526 (1984). These data are used to select the
smallest nominal size that is sufficient to handle the valve relief
requirements.
NAME=n1, n2, n3,...n25 This keyword allows the user to name up to 25 valve sizes which are defined
in the VALSIZE keyword (for example, for an API standard orifice area of
0.110 in2, the corresponding API name or identifier is D). If this keyword is
not used and the VALSIZE keyword is used, INPLANT will not identify by
name the size of the valve to be selected. If this keyword is not used and the
VALSIZE keyword is also not used, INPLANT will use API standard letter
identifiers for the valve sizes.
Note: There must be a one-to-one correspondence between the entries for
NAME and the entries for VALSIZE.
LIQC=x1,y1/x2,y2/ Up to 20 pairs of (xi,yi) entries to determine the pressure correction (Kw) for
/x20,y20 liquid phase relief, where:
xi = back pressure (gauge)/set pressure (gauge)
yi = back pressure correction (kw)
When not specified, values from the API 520 (1993) documentation are
used. Thus, for conventional valves, the default for K2 = 1.0, and for
balanced bellows the default for Kw is taken from Figure 31 of the API
Recommended Practice 520 (1993). See Figure 6-21, API 520 Kw for
Balanced Bellows Valves in Liquid Relief, for details. The xi entry may be
defined in either fraction or percentage terms, and must be in ascending
order. The yi entries must be defined as fractions.
GASC=x1,y1/x2,y2/ Up to 20 pairs of (xi,yi) entries to determine the pressure correction (Kb) for
/x20,y20 gas phase relief.
For conventional valves:
xi = relief pressure (absolute)/back pressure (absolute)
For balanced bellows valves:
For both valve types:
yi = back pressure correction (Kb)
When not specified, values for the gas discharge back pressure correction are
taken from recommendations in the API 520 (1993) document. Thus, for
conventional valves, the equations given in API Recommended Practice 520
(1993) for Single-Phase Relief, p. 6-62, in this manual, are used to estimate
Kb. For balanced bellows valves, the correction factors are taken from
Figure 27 of API 520 at an overpressure of 10 percent (Figure 6-20, API 520
Suggested Kb for Balanced Bellows Valves in Vapor Relief). The xi entry may
be defined in either fraction or percentage terms, and must be in ascending


OVER=1.1 Valid for balanced bellows devices only. This entry may be given as a
fraction or percentage and is equal to the set pressure plus the overpressure
for the valve. When not specified, a value of 10% overpressure is used (i.e., a
fraction of 1.10).
NONSELECT Use of this keyword suppresses the valve size selection process.
BRIEF Use of this keyword shortens the report of valve size parameters which
appears in the INPUT report of INPLANT.

COMPONENT Data Category of Input > Overview
COMPONENT Data Category of Input

Overview
The Component Data Section defines the components in a compositional simulation.
This section is mandatory for a compositional fluid unless you are defining your fluid in
terms only of an assay curve with no Lightends and you do not want to alter the default
cuts or characterization criteria. This section must not be present if your fluid is non-
compositional.
Chapter 1, SimSci Component Data Input Reference, in the optional SimSci Component
and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, describes all the features of the SimSci
Component Data system. Many of these features are not used in PIPEPHASE because
they are not relevant to pressure drop through pipes and fittings.
Of those that are relevant, the commonly used ones are described here in detail. The rest
are summarized and you should refer to Chapter 1 of the SimSci Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual for input details.
Table 4-9a: COMPONENT Data Category for Input
COMPONENT None
LIBID number, name {, , alias}/ ..., BANK=, {FILL=} p. 34
{PETROLEUM()} number, name, mol wt, gravity, normal boiling point/... p. 34
{ASSAY} CHARACTERIZE= CAVETT, MW=CAV80, p. 35
CONVERSION=API94, CURVEFIT=VER6
GRAVITY=WATSONK, {FIT=SPLINE, TBPIP=1,
TBPEP=98, NBP=}
{CUTPOINTS} TBPCUTS() = 100,800,28/1200,8/1600,4 p. 38
{Constants} component number, value/...
MW p. 38
SPGR p. 38
API p. 38
ACENTRIC p. 38
ZC p. 39
TC() p. 39
PC() p. 39
VC() p. 39
NBP() p. 39
STDDENSITY() p. 39


{Variables} CORR = , {LN or LOG or EXPFAC = }, DATA = or
VP() TABULAR = p. 39
ENTHALPY() p. 39
CP() p. 39
LATENT() p. 39
DENSITY() p. 39
VISCOSITY() p. 39
CONDUCTIVITY() p. 39
SURFACE p. 39
Table 4-9b: Other Statements to Table 4-9a

Other statements For details, refer to Chapter 1, SimSci Component Data Input Reference, of
the SimSci Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.
NONLIBRARY Components that are not in the SimSci bank and for which you have to
supply a full set of properties.
PHASE Identifies solid components
SYNCOMP Data for a synfuel component of a specific type.
SYNLIQ Data for a synfuel component that is a mixture of different petroleum types.
RACKETT Rackett parameter required for the Rackett method for liquid densities.
DIPOLE Dipole moment required for the Hayden-OConnell method for vapor
properties.
RADIUS Radius of gyration required for the Hayden-OConnell method for vapor
properties.
SOLUPARA Hildebrand solubility parameter required for various generalized and liquid
activity thermodynamic correlations.
MOLVOL Liquid molar volume required for various generalized and liquid activity
thermodynamic correlations.
VANDERWAAL Van der Waals area and volume required for UNIFAC and UNIQUAC liquid
activity thermodynamic correlations.
STRUCTURE, GROUP Data for non-library components for use with the UNIFAC thermodynamic
method.
COMPONENT
Mandatory statement for compositional fluids. Introduces the category.
Optional entries:

COMPONENT Data Category of Input > LIBID
LIBID
Optional statement. Identifies the components whose properties are to be taken from the
SimSci databank.
Mandatory entries:
number, name{, , alias} / ... For each component, its number in the component list for this simulation
followed by its library name (not the full name). Separate one components
entry from the next using the / character.
Select components from the list in Chapter 1 of the SimSci Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.) For convenience, some components
have more than one allowable name.
Optionally, you may also enter an alias (up to 16 characters) for a
component, which will be used in the output reports. If you enter an alias,
you must have two commas before it.
You may enter the components in any order but there must be no gaps in the
component number sequence and each component number must be used
only once. This rule applies to all defined components, including Petroleum
pseudocomponents entered using the PETROLEUM statement below, but
does not apply to petroleum fractions generated by the program from ASTM
curves.
BANK Selects order of component databanks which are searched for pure
components. The entries allowed are SimSci or PROCESS.
Optional entries: (For details, refer to Chapter 1, SimSci Component Data Input Reference, in
the SimSci Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.)
FILL Specifies that SimSci property prediction methods be used for components
missing library or user-supplied data.
Example:
LIBID 1, C1/2, C2/3, C3, BANK=SIMSCI, PROCESS
LIBID 1, C1, METHANE/3, C3/2, ETHN, PURE ETHANE, *
BANK=SIMSCI, PROCESS
PETROLEUM
Optional statement. Defines petroleum fraction pseudocomponents. Component
properties are calculated using the characterization method selected on the ASSAY
statement below.
Mandatory entries:
number, name, MW, std You may supply a name of up to 16 characters for each component. The
liquid density, NBP/... name is used in the output reports. You must supply at least two of the three
quantities: molecular weight, gravity and normal boiling point. The
remaining value is calculated. You may use qualifiers to define units of
measurement for gravity and/or normal boiling point.


The number must follow the rules described above under LIBID.
If a name is not given, PIPEPHASE will assign a name based on the normal
boiling point.
If you omit any data item, you must retain the embedded comma.
Example:
PETRO 5, CUT11, 91,64,180/6, CUT12,100,,210/ &
7, CUT13,120,55,280/8, CUT14,150,,370/ &
9, CUT15,200,40,495/10, CUT16,245,,590/ &
11, CUT17,300,30,687/12, CUT18,360,,770
ASSAY
Optional statement. Used to specify the method by which PIPEPHASE calculates the
properties of defined pseudocomponents or those generated from assay data.
Mandatory entries:
CHARACTERIZE = CAVETT Define the method to be used for calculating critical properties and
enthalpies of pseudocomponents. Options are described in Table 4-11,
Characterization Methods.
MW = CAV80 Define the method to be used for calculating molecular weights of
pseudocomponents. Options are described in Table 4-10.
CONVERSION = API94 Selects the method for inter-conversion between ASTM-D86 and TBP
distillation curves. Options are described in Table 4-14, Inter-
Conversion Methods.
CURVEFIT = VER6 Defines the method for determining end points of petro cuts. Options
are described in Table 4-15, CURVEFIT Methods.
GRAVITY = WATSONK Define the method to be used for calculating gravities for pseudo-
components when only the average gravity of a curve is given. Options
are described in Table 4-13.
Other entries: (For details, refer to Chapter 1, SimSci Component Data Input
Reference, in the SimSci Component and Thermodynamic Data Input
Manual.)
FIT = SPLINE Selects the curve fitting procedure for user supplied assay data.
TBPIP = 1, Define the volume percents for determining the initial point (IP) and
TBPEP = 98 end point (EP) temperatures when specifying streams and reporting
assay curves at output time.
NBP = Designates the method used for calculating the normal boiling point of
narrow cuts.
Example:
ASSAY CHARACTERIZE = SIMSCI, MW = CAV80, GRAV = WATSONK, *
CONVERSION = API87, CURVEFIT = VER6, FIT = SPLINE

COMPONENT Data Category of Input > ASSAY
Table 4-10: Molecular Weight Methods
Method Description
SIMSCI Method developed by SimSci to match the API Technical Data Book method for
300 to 800F boiling components and to provide a better match to the available
field data both above and below that temperature range
CAVETT Old (pre-1980) API Technical Data Book method
LK Lee-Kesler Method.
EXTAPI 1980 API Technical Data Book method with adjustment for components boiling
below 300oF to match known pure component data better. Also known as the
CAVETT80 method.
HEAVYO This extension of the SIMSCI method exhibits better extrapolation qualities for
heavier, more naphthenic and aromatic materials typically present in heavy oils
and bitumens.
Table 4-11: Characterization Methods

Method Description
CAVETT CAVETT is used for critical constants and ideal gas enthalpies. Yen-Alexander
is used for vapor pressures. Edmister is used for acentric factors.
SIMSCI SimScis extension of the CAVETT method is used for all properties. Also
known as the Twu method.
LK Lee-Kesler is used for all properties.
EXTAPI 1980 API Technical Data Book method with adjustment for components boiling
below 300oF to match known pure component data better. Also known as the
CAVETT80 method.
HEAVYO This extension of the SIMSCI method exhibits better extrapolation qualities for
heavier, more naphthenic and aromatic materials typically present in heavy oils
and bitumens.


Table 4-12: Curve Fitting Procedures
Method Description
SPLINE All supplied internal points (percentages) percents are fit to a curve using a
cubic spline function. A normal probability function is used to extrapolate
beyond the first and last data point if necessary. When not provided, the initial
point and end point are defined as the 0.01 % and 99.99 % points, respectively.
QUADRATIC Successive quadratic approximations are applied to the shape of the input curve.
This method is not as elegant as the Cubic Spline method, but does exhibit more
stability for curves with step functions.
ALTERNATE This is an alternative implementation of the default SPLINE method. In certain
situations, when partitioning an assay, the SPLINE option selects an integration
block that is inappropriately large, resulting in inaccurate cut ranges. The
ALTERNATE option almost always avoids this situation, resulting in a better
model of the assay.
PDF-NONE Probability Density Function (PDF) is a least squares probability density
function which is fit to all points on the curve that are supplied. This method is
recommended when errors are suspected in the distillation data. Unlike the
other fitting methods, the generated curve does not actually pass through the
supplied data points.
PDF-IP This method is same as PDF-NONE except that when initial point is supplied,
the PDF curve is forced through the supplied initial point.
PDF-EP This method is same as PDF-NONE except that when end point is supplied, the
PDF curve is forced through the supplied end point.
PDF-BOTH This method is same as PDF-NONE except that when initial and end points are
supplied, the PDF curve is forced through the supplied initial and end points.
Table 4-13: Gravity Methods used in PIPEPHASE

Method Description
WATSONK Assumes constant Watson K for all components based on TBP temperatures.
PRE301 Assumes constant Watson K for all components based on ASTM temperatures.
Table 4-14: Inter-Conversion Methods

Method Description
API63 This method is taken from the API Technical Data Book prior to the 1987
edition and uses a procedure developed by W.C. Edmister, et.al.
API87 This is the method published in the 1987 API Technical Data Book which was
developed by Riazi and Daubert.
API94 This is the method detailed in the 1994 API Technical Data Book which was
developed by Daubert, T.E.. This method uses an approach similar to that of the
API 1963 procedure, which always produces a monotonic TBP curve.

COMPONENT Data Category of Input > CUTPOINTS
Table 4-15: CURVEFIT Methods
Method Description
VER6 This method generates a quadratic using the first 3 (for IP) or last 3 (for EP)
supplied data points. It uses the slope of this curve to linearly extrapolate to the
appropriate end point (0%) or 100%). This may artificially introduce an
inflection point in the data curve. Select this option to reproduce results from
older PIPEPHASE version (upto 9.2.1)
IMPR This method uses a quadratic spline to more accurately locate missing end
points.
CUTPOINTS
Optional statement. Used to define the TBP cut points for components defined by assay
curve.
Mandatory entries:
TBPCUTS()= t0 is the start temperature for the whole assay, t1 is the end temperature for
t0, t1, n1{/t2, n2/..} the first group and n1 is the number of cuts in the first group. Then, for each
subsequent group of cuts, enter the end temperature for the group and the
number of cuts in that group.
The default is 100, 800, 28/1200, 8/1600, 4
Example:
CUTPOINTS TBPCUTS(F)=100,800,20/ 1000, 10/ 1200,8
CUTPOINTS TBPCUTS(F)=100,1200,38
MW
SPGR
API
ACENTRIC
ZC
Optional statements. Define constant properties of pure components.
Mandatory entries:
number1, value1/ The number corresponds to the components number on the LIBID statement.
number2, value2/ ...
numberN, valueN
Example:
MW 1, 59.3/4, 76.5


TC()
PC()
NBP()
STDDENSITY()
Optional statements. Define constant properties of pure components. A qualifier may be
used to specify units of measurement.
Mandatory entries:
numberN, valueN
Example:
STDD(LBFT3) 4,45/7,50
VC
Optional statement. Defines critical volume of pure components. Qualifiers may be used
to specify units of measurement and basis.
Mandatory entries: :
numberN, valueN
Example:
VC(CC,M) 1, .09 Note: This is equivalent to 90 cc/gm mole.
VP()
ENTHALPY()
CP()
LATENT()
DENSITY()
VISCOSITY()
CONDUCTIVITY()
SURFACE()
Optional statements. Define pure component properties that vary with temperature.
Where appropriate, qualifiers may be used to specify phase, temperature unit, property
units and basis. Properties are listed in Table 4-16.

COMPONENT Data Category of Input > SURFACE()
Table 4-16: Pure Component Variable Properties in PIPEPHASE
Property Keyword Phase* Property Units Basis
Density DENSITY() L density M or WT
Enthalpy ENTHALPY() I or L energy M or WT
Solid specific heat CP() heat capacity M or WT
Latent heat of LATENT() energy M or WT
vaporization
Vapor pressure VP() L pressure
Viscosity VISCOSITY() V or L viscosity
Thermal conductivity COND() V or L conductivity
Liquid surface tension SURFACE() surface tension
*Phases are: I ideal gas
V vapor
L liquid
You may enter either coefficients of an equation or tabular data.

Mandatory entries: Coefficient form:
CORRELATION The correlation form for equation based data. See Chapter 1, SimSci
Component Data Input Reference, in the SimSci Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, for equation forms.
Note: Only equation 1 may be used for CP.
DATA = Data entry for equation based correlations. The format is: DATA = i, tmax,
tmin, C1, ..., C8/...
i corresponds to the components number on the LIBID statement.
tmax, tmin are temperature limits for the data. They must be entered for
Chebychev equations, and are optional for others. If omitted, the embedded
commas must be retained.
C1,...,C8 are equation coefficients.
EXPFAC= Exponential factor. Only used in equations 3 and 4.
Optional entries:
LN or LOG Select the logarithmic base e (LN) or 10 (LOG). Only used in equations with
logarithmic terms.


Mandatory entries: Tabular form:
TABULAR = Data entry for tabular data. The format is:

TABULAR = t1, t2, .../i, p1, p2, .../...
t1, t2,... are temperatures at which tabular data are entered.
i corresponds to the components number on the LIBID statement.
p1, p2,... are data values at temperatures t1, t2,... . A minimum of one value
must be given. You need not provide a value for every temperature point but
if you skip a value you must retain the embedded comma.
Example:
DENSITY(L,C,LBFT3) TABULAR = 60, 80, 100/1,55.5,43.7/2, &
45.8,,40.2
ENTHALPY(I,C,KCAL/KG,M) TABULAR=100,140,180/1,700000, &
825000,910000/ &
2,410000, ,470000
VP(C,MMHG) CORR=21, LN, DATA= 1,,, 14.321, -1068, 60.3/ &
2,,, 16.15, -1372, 1.7

NETWORK Data Category of Input > Overview
NETWORK Data Category of Input

Overview
The NETWORK Data Category of input defines calculational methods. This category is
only needed to control the network convergence algorithm.
Table 4-17: NETWORK Data Category of Input
NETWORK None
{SOLUTION} PBAL or MBAL or FLARE, MAXITER = 20, FLOWALLOC p. 42
= 1, PRELIMINARY = 1, FINAL = 1, SUBITERATION =
200, RELAXATION = 0.25, DAMP = 0.25, EXPLICIT,
NOFR, QDAMP =, PDAMP = , STEP = 1, SLIP = 5,
HALVINGS = 3, NOLOOP=0, CHECK, CHOKE = 1,
PROP=0, SCALE=1.0, SYMMETRIC, LINKS, ANSARI,
XIAO, QUICK
{TOLERANCE} PTOL(psia)= .0001, QTOL()= 1, TTOL() = .001, RATE()=1.0, p. 46
PRES()=2.0, QLOW=, PERT= .01, NEWACC
{ACCELERATION} INTERPOLATION, NPRESS = 0, NTEMP = 0, PMIN = , p. 47
PMAX = , TMIN = , TMAX = , STOP, ISOTHERMAL = 1
{RESERVOIR} SIMULATOR = GEM, FNAM = GEMTEST, p. 48
CONVERGENCE = IPRTABLE, *
TMIN=250.000000, MAXITER=10, DPCONV=0.002000, *
DTCONV=0.003000, DQCONV=0.004000,
DZCONV=0.005000
NETWORK
Mandatory statement. Introduces the category.
Optional entries: None
SOLUTION
Optional statement. Selects the solution method and sets switches for the convergence of
a network. If you omit this statement, the PBALANCE method will be used with the
defaults shown below. See Pressure Balance Method, p. 6-33, for details of the
application of these parameters


Optional entries:
PBAL or MBAL or Use one of these to specify the network solution algorithm. PBAL invokes
FLARE the Pressure Balance algorithm, MBAL the single-phase algorithm. MBAL
can only be used with single-phase gas or liquid systems. Use FLARE for
depressuring simulations. FLARE simulations are currently available with
COMPOSITIONALLY defined fluids only.
MAXITER = 20 Maximum number of iterations for the PBALANCE method.
FLOWALLOC = 1 Controls the initial estimate for flowrates in PBALANCE networks only.
Use FLOWALLOC=1 to estimate initial flowrates based on diameters of the
first pipe in the links.
Use FLOWALLOC=2 to estimate initial flowrates based on the frictional
resistance of each link.
Use FLOWALLOC=3 to estimate initial flowrates based on nodal mass
(MBAL) conservation.
Use FLOWALLOC=4 to use flowrates and pressure from a previous solution
of the network, to be read from a restart file.
The recommended and default method in GUI is FLOWALLOC=2.
PRELIMINARY = 1 The number of continuation steps to be used to compute the preliminary
solution for the MBAL method and for FLOW=3 in the PBAL method.
FINAL = 1 The number of final continuation steps required to move the pressure field
predicted by the preliminary solution to the final rigorous solution. This is
applicable to the MBAL method and FLOW=3 in the PBAL method
SUBITERATION = 200 Maximum number of iterations to be performed in each continuation step.
This is applicable to the MBAL method and FLOW=3 in the PBAL method
RELAXATION = 0.25 Extent of partial correction from iteration to iteration for the pressure field.
Values can be between 0 and 1.0. This is applicable to the MBAL method
and FLOW=3 in the PBAL method
DAMP = 0.25 Extent of partial correction from iteration to iteration for the preliminary
continuation stage. Values can be between 0 and 1.0. This is applicable to the
MBAL method and FLOW=3 in the PBAL method
EXPLICIT Applicable only to a single-phase gas or liquid system. When present, initial
estimates are obtained from the Blasius friction factor approximation.
Otherwise, the implicit Colebrook/BBM approach is used. This is applicable
to the MBAL method and FLOW=3 in the PBAL method
NOFR Include this keyword to specify that no flow reversals are to be permitted
within links during the solution of a network. Applicable to PBAL method.
QDAMP = Limits the magnitude of the flowrate adjustment for any link at each iteration
within a PBALANCE network. If a link flowrate change exceeds QDAMP,
the magnitude of the change vector is normalized such that the magnitude of
the vector is reduced but the direction of the adjustment vector is not
changed. The units of QDAMP are fixed as:
FLUID TYPE UNITS
Compositional & steam (MLBHR)
Gas (MCFD)
Liquid (BPD)

NETWORK Data Category of Input > SOLUTION
This feature is useful when large flowrate fluctuations and convergence

instabilities are observed in the iteration history of a network run, commonly
seen in a large, highly looped network. Damping the flowrate changes to a
small value may lead to a more stable iteration scheme but may result in
slower convergence. You may need to increase the number of iterations to
achieve convergence to within the required tolerance.
PDAMP = Similar to QDAMP, but applied to node pressure changes. Pressures are in
units of psi. Applicable to PBAL method.
STEP = 1 Use this keyword to enable the Newton-Raphson algorithm to converge
without internal limits.
SLIP = 5 Applicable only to FLOWALLOCATION = 3. Use this keyword to specify
the slope angle above which the BBM model used to initialize the flow field
reduces to the no-slip formulation. Units are degrees.
HALVINGS = 3 Number of interval halvings allowed in each successive iteration. Applicable
to PBAL method.
NOLOOP=0 Use this keyword to generate a report of the occurrence of closed loops
during intermediate PBAL iterations. Use NOLOOP=1 to obtain a warning if
closed loop flow occurs during PBAL iterations. If you use NOLOOP=2,
PIPEPHASE will print the warning and, in addition, try to prevent the closed
loop flow from forming.
CHECK When present, regulators (unidirectional check valves) are allowed to pass a
small backward flow.


CHOKE = 1 Controls the broadening of the critical flow regimes in Choke valves.
Use CHOKE = 1 to allow exponential broadening.
Use CHOKE = 2 to allow linear broadening.
Use CHOKE = 3 to invoke a rigorous critical flow approach for chokes.
The flowrate through a choke depends on the pressure drop through the
choke when the flow is subcritical. When a choke is in 'critical flow' the
flowrate through the choke depends only on the inlet pressure. Further
reduction of the downstream/outlet pressure below the critical pressure
(outlet pressure at the on set of critical flow) has no effect on the flowrate.
When this happens Newton-based methods cannot be applied directly
because the dpout/dq derivatives go to infinity. PIPEPHASE solves networks
where chokes are in critical flow using three mutually exclusive options.
CHOKE=1: The infinite derivative is replaced by a exponential extension
of the choke performance curve.
CHOKE=2: The infinite derivative choke performance curve is replaced
by a high but finite valued user defined slope or derivative
using a linear extension of the choke performance.
The above two options allows the network algorithm to use Newton methods
to proceed to a solution. Due to the high value of the derivative the network
becomes sensitive and may sometimes fail to converge. These two options
are available for the Fortunati and Ueda choke models.
CHOKE=3: PIPEPHASE solves for the maximum possible flow (critical
flow) for the well for a given source pressure (user-specified
reservoir or bottom hole pressure). If the network tries to flow
more than the critical flowrate, the link QMAX logic is
invoked based on the critical flowrate which acts as the
maximum allowable flowrate for that well/link.
The solution obtained accurately reflects the critical choke flow behavior and
the resulting network solution. At this time, this option is invoked only with
the Perkins choke model. This option works only for chokes in source links
where the link source pressure is fixed.
PROP=0 Controls the number of fluid property evaluations that are performed in each
link for the PBAL (FLOWALLOC=3) initialization procedure.
PROP=0 Fluid properties are evaluated only once per link at an
average pressure and temperature.
PROP=1 Fluid properties are evaluated for each device based on
conditions at the start of the device.
PROP=2 Fluid properties are evaluated for each device based on
conditions at the end of the device. This invokes an iterative
calculation for each device which consumes more computing
time and thus should only be used if the initialization
procedure needs help to produce an acceptable initial estimate
for the PBAL algorithm.

NETWORK Data Category of Input > TOLERANCE
SCALE=1.0 Allows the user to control the extent of the Newton-Raphson correction to
the network pressure and link flow distribution. This number is a fraction
between 0 and 1. When the value is 1.0, a complete Newton-Raphson
correction is made to the estimated flow and pressure distribution. When this
value is less than 1.0, a fractional Newton-Raphson correction is made
during the PBAL iteration process. The value of the fractional correction is
the value of the parameter assigned to SCALE. Occasionally, fractional
values of SCALE can stabilize the Newton-Raphson iteration process.
However, extremely small fractional values can also slow down the
calculation procedure.
LINKS With this option, PIPEPHASE generates flow tables at the start of the
calculations that relate flowrate to exit pressure and exit temperature in all
links that originate with a source that has a fixed inflow pressure boundary
conditions. When available, the tables are then used in the place of the
normal pressure traverse procedure to compute exit pressures and
temperatures for links. This option can potentially speed up the PBAL
iteration procedure in PIPEPHASE.
XIAO With this option, the FLOW=3 allocation method will use the XIAO
mechanistic model instead of the default BBM model to estimate the
flowrate in pipes.
SYMMETRIC With this option, the FLOW=3 allocation method will approximate the
Jacobian Matrix used in the Newton-Raphson iteration procedure as a
symmetric matrix. This option has the potential of increasing the
computational speed of the FLOW=3 allocation method.
QUICK With this option, the FLOW=3 allocation method will (1) approximate the
Jacobian Matrix as a symmetric matrix, and (2) will use an approximate
method to compute flowrate derivatives. This option has the potential of
further increasing the computational speed of the FLOW=3 allocation
method.
Example:
SOLUTION PBAL, MAXITER=30, FLOWALLOC=2, PRELIM=2, FINAL=2, & SUBITER=100,
RELAX=0.5, DAMP=0.5, EXPLICIT, NOFR, QDAMP=10, & PDAMP=0.5, HALVINGS=4, NOLOOP,
CHECK, CHOKE=2
TOLERANCE
Optional statement. Defines the criteria for convergence of networks that require
iterative calculations.
Optional entries:
PTOL(psia) = Pressure tolerance for MBAL network solution and for network initialization under
.0001 FLOWALLOC = 3.


QTOL() = 1 Flow tolerance for MBAL network solution and for network initialization under
FLOWALLOC = 3. Units depend on the fluid type:
Liquid bbl/day
Gas MCFD
Compositional and steam MLBHR
TTOL() = .001 Temperature tolerance for MBAL network solution method only.
QLOW()= Default minimum flowrate for all pressure-specified sources in the network.
PIPEPHASE will zero out flows for those sources that fall below the specified
minimum value.
PERT= .01 Specify the rate perturbation for the network solution.
NEWACC Used to handle high velocity fluids for near critical flow applications. This option
determines fluid properties in a pipe segment from the average of the inlet and outlet
properties. The inlet and outlet velocities directly calculate the pressure drop due to
acceleration.
For PBAL network solution methods:
PRES()=2.0 Pressure tolerance for PBAL solution method.

RATE()=1.0 Used to improve convergence in networks with chokes in critical flow
(CHOKE=2 option).
Example:
TOLERANCE PTOL = .0003, QTOL = 2, TTOL = .0005
ACCELERATION (for PBAL Network Method Only)

Optional statement. Forces PIPEPHASE to interpolate from tabulated fluid properties
during intermediate iterations instead of carrying out rigorous property calculations at
every iteration in every link. Rigorous flashing is carried out on the final iterations
unless the STOP keyword is used.
Mandatory entries: :
INTERPOLATION Use this keyword to switch on the interpolation procedure.

NPRESS = 0 Number of equally spaced pressure points.
NTEMP = 0 Number of equally spaced temperature points in the matrix. NPRESS *
NTEMP must not exceed 400.
PMIN()= Minimum pressure in the matrix
PMAX()= Maximum pressure in the matrix
TMIN()= Minimum temperature in the matrix
TMAX()= Maximum temperature in the matrix
Optional entries:
STOP When convergence is reached using the interpolated properties, use of this
keyword stops the calculations . Without this keyword, calculations continue
until convergence is reached using rigorous property values.

NETWORK Data Category of Input > RESERVOIR
ISOTHERMAL = 1 Specifies the temperature at which properties are looked up in the matrix.
ISOTHERMAL = 1 looks up properties at the local ambient temperature.
ISOTHERMAL = 2 looks up properties at the local upstream node
temperature.
ISOTHERMAL = 3 looks up properties at TMIN.
Example:
ACCELERATION INTERPOLATION, NPRESS = 10, NTEMP = 10, &
PMIN = 1, PMAX = 100, TMIN = 10, TMAX = 500, STOP, &
ISOTHERMAL = 2
RESERVOIR
SIMULATOR = simname The name of the reservoir simulator. GEM is a commercially available
product from the Computer Modeling Group Ltd.
FNAME = filename The name of the reservoir simulation file
CONVERGENCE = The name of the convergence method. Optional for the GEM reservoir
method simulations as the IPRTABLE option is used.
TMIN = value Maximum elapsed time between integrated network and reservoir
simulation.
MAXITER = value Maximum number of iterations for user added methods (projects only).
DPCONV = value Pressure tolerance for user added methods (projects only).
DTCONV = value Temperature tolerance for user added methods (projects only).
DQCONV = value Rate tolerance for user added methods (projects only).
DZCONV = value Composition tolerance for user added methods (projects only).


THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input
Overview
The Thermodynamic Data Category of input defines the methods that PIPEPHASE uses
to determine phase separation and transport properties in compositional runs. You need
this category only if you have specified that the fluid is compositional on the Calculation
statement in the General Data category.
Chapter 2, SimSci Thermodynamic Data Input Reference, in the SimSci Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual describes all the features of the SimSci
Thermodynamic Data system. Many of these features are not used in PIPEPHASE
because they are not relevant to pressure drop through pipes and fittings.
Of those that are relevant, the commonly used ones are described here in detail. The rest
are summarized and you should refer to the SimSci Thermodynamic Data Input
Reference cited above.
Table 4-18a: Thermodynamic Data Category of Input
THERMODYNAMIC None p. 51
METHOD {SYSTEM()=, KVALUE()=, ENTHALPY()=, p. 51
DENSITY()=, TRANSPORT= PURE, VISCOSITY()=,
CONDUCTIVITY()=, SURFACE=, SET = , DEFAULT}
WATER DECANT=, {GPSA, SOLUBILITY=SIMSCI, p. 55
PROPERTY=SATURATED}
BWRS i, j, kij/ ... p. 55
LKP i, j, kij/ ... p. 55
PR i, j, kija, kijb, kijc/ ... p. 56
SRK i, j, kija, kijb, kijc/ ... p. 56

THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input > Overview
Table 4-18b: Other Statements to Table 4-18a
Other Statements For details, refer to Volume 2, of the SimSci Component and Thermodynamic
Data Input Manual.
KVALUE Used to identify non-default databanks and methods of calculating missing
ENTHALPY data.
DENSITY
KDATA Allows user-supplied K-value data.
HEXAMER, HOCV, Allows user-supplied binary interaction data for equations of state and
TVIRIAL, IDIMER, generalized correlations.
RK1, RK2, SRKKD,
SRKM, SRKH, PRP,
PRM
NRTL, UNIQUAC, Allows user-supplied binary interaction data for liquid activity methods.
WILSON,
VANLAAR,
MARGULES,
FLORY, IDEAL,
AZEOTROPE,
INFINITE,
MUTUAL
PHI Used to identify vapor fugacity databanks.
HENRY, SOLUTE, Used to identify Henrys Law databanks.
HENDATA
UNIFAC,UNIFTn, UNIFAC method UNIWAAL method
UNFV Group contribution data for UNIFAC and/or UNIWAALS.
PAnn, SAnn, VAnn Supplies pure component alpha formulations for PR, SRK and UNIWAAL.
TC, PC, VC, ZC, Used to specify pure component data for use with a specific thermodynamic
ACENTRIC, NBP, method in place of the data input in the Component Category.
MOLVOL,
DIPOLE, RADIUS,
SOLUPARA,
RACKETT,
WDELT


THERMODYNAMIC
Mandatory statement for compositional fluids and mixed compositional/non-
compositional fluid models. Introduces the category.
METHOD
Optional statement. Defines the methods to be used for calculating thermodynamic
properties and transport properties of the flowing fluid. Choose systems with predefined
methods for all properties or choose individual methods for each property.
If you want to use different methods to calculate properties of different sources, use
multiple METHOD statements. Identify each METHOD statement using a SET keyword
and refer to that identifier with the SET keyword on the SOURCE statement in the
Structure Category.
Mandatory entries: You must specify either SYSTEM or KVALUE, ENTHALPY and DENSITY. All
other entries are optional.
Optional entries:
SYSTEM() = Select a thermodynamic system from Table 4-19. The SYSTEM will allocate
methods for calculating K-values, enthalpies and densities. If you select a
SYSTEM, you can still override one or more of the individual methods by
using the other keywords on this statement.
Use a qualifier to denote which type of equilibrium calculations are to be
performed. Allowable qualifiers are:
SYSTEM VLE vapor-liquid
VLLE vapor-liquid-liquid
KVALUE() = Select methods from Table 4-20 for calculating K-values, enthalpies, and
ENTHALPY() = densities. If you have selected a SYSTEM, you do not need these keywords;
DENSITY() = use them if you want to override the individual methods automatically
selected as part of the predefined SYSTEM.
Use qualifiers to denote which type of equilibrium calculations are to be
performed and the phases to which the methods apply. Allowable qualifiers
are:
KVALUE VLE (or none) vapor-liquid
LLE liquid-liquid
VLLE vapor-liquid-liquid
ENTHLPY VL (or none) both vapor and liquid
V vapor only
L liquid only
DENSITY VL (or none) both vapor and liquid
V vapor only
L liquid only

THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input > METHOD
If you want to specify a different method for different phases, you may have more than
one KVALUE entry. However it is done, whether with SYSTEM or KVALUE or a
combination, you must include all phases present in the simulation.
For ENTHALPY and DENSITY you must specify methods for both vapor and liquid
either by specifying a method for VL or a method for V and a method for L.
TRANSPORT = Select a transport system from Table 4-21. TRANSPORT will allocate
methods for calculating viscosity, conductivity and surface tension. If you
select TRANSPORT, you can still override one or more of the individual
methods by using other keywords on this statement.
VISCOSITY() = Select methods from Table 4-22 for calculating conductivity, surface tension
CONDUCTIVITY() = and viscosity. If you have selected a TRANSPORT system, you do not need
SURFACE = these keywords; use them if you want to override the individual methods
automatically selected as part of the predefined TRANSPORT system.
Use qualifiers to denote the phases to which the methods apply. Allowable
qualifiers are:
VISCOSITY VL (or none) both vapor and liquid
V vapor only
L liquid only
CONDUCTIVITY VL (or none) both vapor and liquid
V vapor only
L liquid only
SURFACE none liquid only
For VISCOSITY and CONDUCTIVITY you must specify methods for both
vapor and liquid either by specifying a method for VL or a method for V and
a method for L.
SET = Up to 12 alphanumeric characters. Identifies this METHOD statement.
Needed only when multiple METHOD statements are used. Referenced
using the SET keyword on the SOURCE statement in the Structure Category
of input.
DEFAULT Identifies the default method set. When a SOURCE statement in the
Structure Category does not explicitly specify a SET, the default method set
is used. If no METHOD statement has the DEFAULT keyword, the first
METHOD statement in the input is used as the default set. Only one
METHOD statement may have the DEFAULT keyword.
Other entries: (For further information, refer to Chapter 2, SimSci Thermodynamic Data
Input Reference, in the SimSci Component and Thermodynamic Data Input
Manual.)
PHI Method to be used to compute pure component and mixture vapor fugacity
coefficients for liquid activity methods.
HENRY Used to model dissolved gases in a liquid solution for liquid activity
methods.


Example:
METHOD SYSTEM=SRK, TRANS=PETRO, SET=MYSET1
METHOD KVALUE=SRK, ENTHALPY=SRK, DENS(L)=API, DENS(V)=SRK, &
VISC(V)=PETRO, VISC(L)= PURE, COND=PETRO, SURFACE=PURE,&
DEFAULT, SET=MYSET2
METHOD SYSTEM=SRK, KVALUE(LLE)= NRTL, KVALUE(SLE) = VANTHOFF
Table 4-19: Methods Used by Predefined Thermodynamic Systems

System K-value Enthalpy Density (V) Density (L)
BK10 BK10 JG IDEAL API
BWRST BWRST BWRST BWRST BWRST
CS CS CP SRK API
GS GS CP SRK API
LKP LKP LKP LKP API
PR PR PR PR API
SRK SRK SRK SRK API
For other systems, refer to Chapter 2, SimSci Thermodynamic Data Input Reference, in
the SimSci Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, Table 2.1.4-1.
Table 4-20: Thermodynamic Calculation Methods
Method Keyword K-value Enthalpy Density(L) Density(V)
API Method API Yes
BWRS-Twu BWRST Yes Yes Yes Yes
Braun K-10 BK10 Yes
Chao-Seader CS Yes*
Curl-Pitzer CP Yes
Grayson- GS Yes*
Streed
Johnson- JG Yes
Grayson
Lee-Kesler LK Yes Yes Yes
Lee-Kesler- LKP Yes Yes Yes Yes
Plcker
Peng- PR Yes Yes Yes
Robinson
Redlich- RK Yes
Kwong
Soave- SRK Yes Yes Yes
Redlich-
Kwong
* Not to be used for systems with more than a total of 5% molar carbon dioxide and hydrogen sulfide or for
fluids above their critical points.

THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input > METHOD
For other methods, refer to Chapter 2 in the SimSci Component and Thermodynamic
Data Input Manual, Table 2.1.3-1.
Table 4-21: Methods Used by Predefined TRANSPORT Systems
System Viscosity Conductivity Surface Tension
PETRO (default) PETRO PETRO PETRO
PURE PURE PURE PURE
TRAPP TRAPP TRAPP PETRO
TACITE LBC TRAPP PARACHOR
Table 4-22: Transport Property Calculation Methods

Method Keyword Viscosity Conductivity Surface Tension
Library Data PURE Yes Yes Yes
Hydrocarbon predictions PETRO Yes Yes Yes
TRAPP Method TRAPP Yes Yes
API Technical Data Book API Liquid
only
Woelfin Method (Tight TSWOELF Liquid
correlation using PETRO or TWOELF only
or PURE method)
Woelfin Method (Medium MSWOELF Liquid
correlation using PETRO or MWOELF only
or PURE method)
Woelfin Method (Loose LSWOELF Liquid
correlation using PETRO or LWOELF only
or PURE method)
Lohrenz-Bray-Clark LBC Liquid
only
Parachor Method PARACHOR Yes
Heavy Oil Heavy Liquid
only


WATER
Optional statement. Defines the method to be used for calculating water and steam
properties.
Mandatory entries:
DECANT = When ON, water is treated as a special component, its solubility in the
hydrocarbon phase is calculated and the non-dissolved water put into a
separate phase. When OFF, water is treated as being fully soluble in the rest
of the stream. When SRK, PR, GS, CS, GSE, CSE, IGS, LKP, BK10 or
BWRS methods are used, DECANT is optional and defaults to ON.
Optional entries:
GPSA Used with DECANT = ON to specify that water partial pressures are
calculate using the GPSA Data Book Figure 20-3. If this keyword is not
present, steam tables are used.
SOLUBILITY = SIMSCI Used to specify the method of computing the solubility of water in the
hydrocarbon phase. Options are in Table 4-23.
PROPERTY = The calculation basis of pure water properties. Options are in Table 4-24.
SATURATED
Example:
WATER DECANT=ON, GPSA, SOLU=KERO, PROP=STEAM
Table 4-23: Water Solubility Calculation Options

SIMSCI Calculations are based on the solubility of water in a number of common
components, including hydrocarbons and non-hydrocarbon gases. See
Chapter 2, SimSci Thermodynamic Data Input Reference, in the SimSci
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, for details.
KEROSENE Calculations are based on the solubility of water in kerosene, as presented
in the API Technical Data Book, Figure 9A1.4.
EOS Solubility is calculated from equation of state water K-values using water-
hydrocarbon interaction parameters.
Table 4-24: Water Property Calculation Options

SATURATED Properties are based on vapor/liquid curves. Adequate for most
simulations.
STEAM Properties are calculated using the Keenan and Keyes equation of state for
water. Use this method when water is present as a superheated vapor.
BWRS
LKP
Optional statements. Define the interaction parameters for the BWRS and LKP equation
of state.

THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input > PR
Mandatory entries:
i, j, kij /... Enter component pair numbers followed by the numerical value of the binary
interaction coefficient for the pair. Multiple entries are separated by the /
character.
Example:
BWRS 2,3,0.055/3,4,0.008
PR
SRK
Optional statements. Define the interaction parameters for the Peng-Robinson and
Soave-Redlich-Kwong equation of state.
Mandatory entries:
i, j, kija, kijb, kijc / ... Enter component pair numbers followed by the numerical value of the binary
interaction coefficients for the pair. Multiple entries are separated by the /
character.
Example:
PR 2,3,0.001, 0.054, 3.8/3,4,0.0089, 0.0006, 0.5601


PVT Data Category of Input
Overview
The PVT Data Category of input defines properties of streams. This category is
mandatory for gas and liquid fluid models. It is optional for steam and mandatory for a
compositional fluid only if you want to build and/or use property tables, or if you want to
override the bulk liquid viscosity.
Table 4-25: PVT Data Category of Input
PVT None p. 57
SET SETNO=, {GRAVITY()=, CONTAMINANTS=0,0,0, COMP, p. 57
CPRATIO=1.30, VISCOSITY()=, CP()=}
{CORRELATION} {VISCOSITY()=, ZFACTOR=STANDING p. 59
{GENERATE} SOURCE=, SETNO=,TYPE=, {DT()=, NT()=, DP()=, NP()=, p. 60
PRINT=NONE, PLOT=NONE, PVTFILE=}
{FILE} SETNO= p. 62
PVT
SET
Mandatory statement. The entries on this statement depend on the fluid type.
SET for Non-Compositional Liquid

Mandatory entries:
SETNO= A numerical entry which identifies the set. This set number corresponds to a
set number on one or more SOURCE statements in the Structure Data
Category of input.
GRAVITY()= Defines the standard gravity of the fluid in gravity units. You must include a
qualifier to specify whether the fluid is LIQUID or WATER. If you use
LIQUID, correlations for liquid hydrocarbons will be used. If you use
WATER, correlations for water properties will be used. Additionally, if you
use WATER, you must enter a gravity value corresponding to a specific
gravity of greater than or equal to 1.0.
FILE PVTFILE= Defines the name of the PVT/Eclipse file.

PVT Data Category of Input > SET for Non-Compositional Gas
Optional entries:
VISCOSITY()=Viscosity Use this entry to define a constant viscosity or a log-log viscosity curve. You
may enter either kinematic or dynamic viscosity by specifying the
appropriate units. The format for the entry is:
either VISCOSITY()=value
or VISCOSITY()=temp1,value1/temp2,value2
CP()= Use this entry to define a constant heat capacity for the fluid.
Example:
SET SETNO=1, GRAVITY(LIQUID,LBFT3)=49.7, CP(KCKGC)=0.525,&
VISCOSITY(C,CP)=0,0.395/50,0.246
SET for Non-Compositional Gas

Mandatory entries:
SETNO= A numerical entry which identifies the set. This set number corresponds to
SOURCE statements in the Structure Data Category of input.
GRAVITY(GAS)= Defines the standard gravity of the gas in gas gravity units. If the unit is
SPGR, it is relative to air at 60 F and 1 atmosphere. You must use the
qualifier GAS.
Optional entries:
CONTAMINANTS=0,0,0 Defines gas contaminants, which modify the correlated z-factor calculation.
All three values are required. The format for the entry is:
CONTAMINANTS=mole % N2, mole% CO2, mole% H2S
CPRATIO=1.30 Ratio of Cp/Cv.
Example:
SET SETNO=1, GRAVITY(GAS)=1.04, CPRATIO=1.45, CONT=0,0,0.2
SET for Steam

Mandatory entries:
SETNO= A numerical entry which identifies the set. This set number corresponds to
SOURCE statement in the Structure Data Category of input.
Optional entries:
GRAVITY(WATER,SPGR) Defines the standard gravity of the liquid water in gravity units. You must
=1.0 use the qualifier WATER. If you do not want to override the default value,
you can omit the entire PVT Data Category of input.
Example:
SET SETNO=1, GRAVITY(WATER,LBFT3)=66


SET for Compositional Fluid
Mandatory entries:
FILE SETNO=1, PVTFILE=xxx
SETNO= The set number that has to be retrieved. This number can correspond to a
SETNO entry on the GENERATE statement of a previous run that created
the tables. The SETNO can be referenced by SOURCE, JUNCTION and
SINK statements to identify the table from which properties are to be taken.
For the black oil model, you can blend the tabular data for the downstream
junctions. For the compositional model, you must select the appropriate
PVT file for the downstream link; the first table will be used if a selection is
not made.
PVTFILE= The 32 character prefix for the user-specified filename. The file extension is
either .PVT or .TAB.
Optional entries:
VISCOSITY()= Use this entry to define a constant viscosity or a log-log liquid viscosity
curve.You may enter either kinematic or dynamic viscosity by specifying the
appropriate units. The format for the entry is:
either VISCOSITY()=value
or VISCOSITY()=temp1,value1/temp2,value2
You must use a qualifier to define the phase to which the data refer. Options
are OIL, WATER and LIQUID for the hydrocarbon phase, the free water
phase and the total liquid respectively. If multiple sets of two-point viscosity
curves are supplied by the user, PIPEPHASE will blend these curves when
the streams mix. If viscosity curves are specified, they must be specified for
all sets. Only one set of single-point viscosity data is allowed.
Example:
SET SETNO=1, VISCOSITY(OIL,CP,F)=100,2.6/200,0.8
CORRELATION
Optional statement. Used for Non-Compositional Liquid and Gas.
Optional entries:
VISCOSITY()= Used Liquid and Gas. Specifies the correlation for the viscosity calculations.
Select an option from Table 4-26. You must use a qualifier to indicate whether
the phase is LIQ, GAS or OIL. The default depends on the phase and the fluid.
ZFACTOR=STANDING Used with Gas. Defines the method to be used for gas compressibility
calculations. Select an option from Table 4-26.
VISCOSITY (LIQ) = This keyword is required to define an user-defined viscosity correlation
USER or DAQING model. Up to 40 labels (maximum 16 characters) and corresponding constants
can be specified. Entry of CONSTANTS data is optional. See Table 4-18a for
user-defined labels and their default values. If required, default values can be
defined constants.
Example:
PVT Data Category of Input > GENERATE (for Compositional)
CORR VISCOSITY (LIQ)=USER, CONSTANTS = AA1, 3.383 /CC4, 34.5/
CORRELATION VISCOSITY(GAS)=KATZ, ZFACTOR=DRY
Table 4-26: Property Correlations

Fluid Property Correlation Keyword
Liquid VISC(LIQ) TUFFP Vazquez/Beggs VAZQUEZ
Hydrocarbon Beal-Standing/Chew-Conally STANDING
GLASO GLASO
Liquid Water VISC(LIQ) Beal BEAL
ASME Steam tables ASME
Gas VISC(GAS) Lee et al LEE
Katz, Carr et al KATZ
ZFACTOR Standing-Katz STANDING
Hall-Yarborough wet gas WET
Hall-Yarborough dry gas DRY
Table 4-27: Labels and Default Values Used for User Defined Correlations
Labels Default Values Labels Default Values
CUT1 0.006 CC1 1.562
CUT2 0.74 CC2 2.7183
C1 7.1546 CC3 -0.03702
C2 2.7885 CC4 35.0
C3 0.6 CC5 2.7183
C4 7.2799 CC6 3.5
C5 2.8447 CC7 35.0
C6 0.6 AA2 3.3811
C7 7.2244 CC8 0.3892
C8 2.8506 CC9 2.7183
C9 0.6 CC10 -0.02237
C10 1.0 CC11 50.0
C11 2.8461 CC12 2.7183
C12 2.7183 CC13 3.5
C13 7.0 CC14 1.0073
AA1 3.3811 CC15 35.0
GENERATE (for Compositional)

Optional statement. Used only for compositional fluids. Causes a table of fluid
properties to be created. This table can be used in the same run in which it is generated or
stored for use in a future run. You cannot do both.


If you want to create and use the table in this run, you may have only one source and you
must have a complete Structure Data Category of input. If the table is to be stored for use
in a subsequent simulation, you must use the PVTGEN entry on the CALCULATION
statement in the General Data Category of input. You can create more than one table but
the only Structure statements allowed are those required to define a source. Refer to your
platform Installation Guide for assistance on file management procedures for your
operating system and computer hardware.
Note: The phase fraction generated in the Compositional PVT Table are Molar fractions.
Mandatory entries:
SOURCE= The name of the compositional source for which the table is to be created.
SETNO= If you are saving tables for a future run, this entry refers to the table number
and is used on the FILE statement in the future run. If you are not saving the
table, this entry must be the same as the set number on the SOURCE statement.
Optional entries:
TEMPERATURE()=100, Use these entries to define the temperatures at which the properties are to be
DT()=10, calculated. The format is:
NT=10 TEMP=initial value,DT=increment,NT=number of values
You must define at least three and not more than twenty data points.
PRESSURE()=14.7, Use these entries to define the pressures at which the properties are to be
DP()=20, calculated. The format is:
NP=10 PRES=initial value,DP=increment,NP=number of values
You must define at least three and not more than twenty data points.
PRINT=NONE Options are FULL or NONE or a list of individual properties:
PLOT=NONE PRINT=property, property, ...
Table 4-28 shows the keywords for the properties.
PVTFILE= Use this entry to specify an eight character prefix for the PVT data file. The
extension is always .PVT and the default is {input file name}.PVT.
Example:
GENERATE SOURCE=FEED, SETNO=1, TEMP=0,DT=30, NT=16,&
PRES=10,50,90,130,150, PRINT=LDEN,LVIS,LFRAC, PLOT=FULL
Table 4-28: Generated Properties Printed or Plotted

Property Phase Keyword
Fraction (Molar Gas GFRAC
fraction) Liquid LFRAC
Molecular Weight Gas GMW
Liquid LMW
Surface Tension Liquid LSURF
Water WSURF
Density Gas GDEN
Liquid LDEN
Water WDEN

PVT Data Category of Input > FILE
Property Phase Keyword

Viscosity Gas GVIS
Liquid LVIS
Water WVIS
Enthalpy Gas GENTH
Liquid LENTH
Water WENTH
Total Stream TENTH
Thermal Conductivity Gas GCON
Liquid LCON
Water WCON
FILE
Optional statement. Allows you to retrieve data which have been generated in a previous
run. You may select only one table from a previous run (i.e., only one source
composition). When this statement is used, it is the only statement in the PVT Data
Category of input. Refer to your platform Installation Guide for assistance on file
management procedures for your operating system and computer hardware.
Mandatory entries: For compositional fluids:
SETNO= The set number which is to be retrieved. This number corresponds to a

SETNO entry on a GENERATE statement in a previous run which created
the tables. It also is used by the SOURCE statement to identify the table from
which properties are to be taken.
Optional entry:
PVTFILE= The 8 character prefix for the user-specified filename. The file extension is
always .PVT and the default is {input file name}.PVT.


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input
Overview
The STRUCTURE Data Category of Input defines the piping system. It is mandatory for
all types of simulation.
Table 4-29a: STRUCTURE Data Category of Input

STRUCTURE None p. 66
SOURCE STREAMID= or NAME=, SETNO= or REFSOURCE=, p. 66
{PRESSURE()= or PDISCHARGE()=, TEMPERATURE()=,
QUALITY=, RATE()=, SET=, ASSAY=LV or
COMPOSITION()=, NOCHECK, MAXBP,
CLASS=EXCLUDE, EXC2}
{D86 or TBP or DATA()=percent, temp/percent, temp/ ... p. 69
D1160 or D2887 or
TBP10}
{API or SPGR or {DATA()=mid %, value/ mid %, value/...}, AVG= p. 70
WATSONK}
{MW} DATA=mid %, value/ mid %, value/..., {AVG=} p. 71
{LIGHTENDS} COMPOSITION()=, RATE= or PERCENT= or FRAC= or p. 71
MATCH or NOMATCH, STREAM=, NORMALIZE
{SINK} {STREAMID= or NAME=}, PRESSURE()=, p. 75
{TEMPERATURE()=, RATE(), SET= , EXCLUDE, EXC2}
{JUNCTION} STREAMID= or NAME=, {PRESSURE(ESTI)=, TROCK=}, p. 76
{DETEE or STTEE, ANGLE()=0, {PROPORTIONAL or
HONG or ORANJE or TUFFP or CHIEN or SEEUP or
SEEHOR or SEEDOWN or USER}
{LINK} NAME=, FROM=, TO=, {RATE(ESTI)=, QMAX()=, p. 77
QMIN()=0, TOLERANCE(LOWER)=,
TOLERANCE(UPPER)=, FWATER, FOIL, FGAS, PRINT,
EXCLUDE, SUBLINE=}
{PIPE} {NAME=}, LENGTH()=, {ID()= or NOMD=, p. 79
SCHEDULE=40, ECHG()=0.0, FCODE=,
PALMER=0.924,0.685, ROUGHNESS()=0.0018,
ISOTHERMAL or NONISOTHERMAL, WATER or AIR or
SOIL, VELOCITY()=10, TAMBIENT()=80, DENSITY()=,
VISCOSITY()=, CONDUCTIVITY()=, FLOWEFF=100,
HWCOEF()=150, U()=1.0, HINSIDE()=0.0,
HOUTSIDE()=0.0, HRADIANT()=0.0, BDTOP()=0.0,
THKPIPE()=0.3125, THKINS()=0.0, CONPIPE()=29,
CONINS()=0.015, CONSOIL()=0.8, IDSPHERE()=, DELH=,
SEGM=}

STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > Overview
Table 4-29b: STRUCTURE Data Category of Input Equipment Devices (No Length)
{COMPRESSOR} {NAME=}, POWER()= or PRES()= or CURVE()=rate, head, p. 81
efficiency/rate, head, efficiency/... or CRVn()=rate, head,
efficiency/... and RPMC= and RPM= or POWER= or
PRESSURE=, {STAGES=1, EFFICIENCY=100}
{MCOMPRESS} {NAME=}, POWER()= or PDISCHARGE()= or p. 82
CURVE()=stage, rate, head, efficiency/stage, rate, head,
efficiency/... or PIN()=, {TRAINS=1, STAGES=1, EQUALPR
or INTP()=, ADEFF=100, POLY, PEFF=100, PEXP=,
INTP()=, INTQ()= or INTT(), INTDP()=, PERCENT()=,
NOKCONV, TDIS()=, PRSTAGE()=, STANDARD or
ACTUAL}
{COOLER} {NAME=}, TOUT()= or DUTY()=, {DP()=0.0, p. 84
COEFFICIENT=1.0, EXP=1.0}
{DPDT} {NAME=}, CURVE()=rate,dp,dt /..., p. 85
{EXPANDER} {NAME=}, POWER()= or DP()= or PRATIO= or PRES()=, p. 86
{EFFICIENCY=100, WTOLERANCE=0.001, TEST()=}
{HEATER} {NAME=}, TOUT()= or DUTY()=, {DP()=0.0, p. 86
COEFFICIENT=1.0, EXP=1.0}
{PUMP} {NAME=}, POWER()= or PRESSURE()= or TYPE=0 and p. 87
CURVE()=rate,head,efficiency,power/..., or TYPE=0 and
HDCONS= and EFFCONS= and PWRCONS= or
CRVn()=rate,head,efficiency/... and RPMC= and RPM= or
POWER= or PRESSURE=, {STAGES=1,
EFFICIENCY=100, AUXILLIARY()=, ALPHA=,
DEGRADATION=, SUBMERGENCE()=, CHP()=14.7,
PGRAD=0, LENGTH()=, DEPTH()=,}
{REGULATOR} {NAME=}, PRES()= p. 89
{SEPARATOR} {NAME=}, PERCENT()= or RATE()= p. 89
{EXPANSION} {NAME=}, IDIN()= or NOMID=, IDOUT()= or NOMOD=, p. 98
{DESCRIPTION=, SCHEDULE=40, ANGLE=180, K=,
CHISHOLM or HOMOGENEOUS, LAMBDA=1.0, C2=,
USER=, NUMBER=1, COMP}
{NOZZLE} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, {SCHEDULE=40}, p. 99
IDNOZZLE()=, {COEFFICIENT=, CPCV=1.4,
CHISHOLM or HOMOGENEOUS, LAMBDA=1.0, C2=0.5,
USER=, NUMBER=1}
{ORIFICE} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, {SCHEDULE=40}, p. 100
IDORIFICE()=, {THIN or THICK, COEFFICIENT=,
CPCV=1.4, USER=, NUMBER=1}


Table 4-29b: STRUCTURE Data Category of Input Equipment Devices (No Length) (cont.)
{TEE} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, K= or KMUL=, p. 101
{DESCRIPTION=, SCHEDULE=40,
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018, CHISHOLM or HOMOGENEOUS,
LAMBDA=1.0, C2=1.75, USER=, NUMBER=1}
{VALVE} {NAME=}, IDIN()= or NOMID=, IDOUT()= or NOMOD=, p. 102
K= or KMUL=, {DESCRIPTION=, SCHEDULE=40,
ANGLE=180, CHISHOLM or HOMOGENEOUS,
LAMBDA=1.0,, C2=1.5, VELCON=, USER=, NUMBER=1}
{VENTURIMETER} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, {SCHEDULE=40}, p. 103
IDTHROAT()=, {COEFFICIENT=, CPCV=1.4,
USER=, NUMBER=1}
Table 4-29c: STRUCTURE Data Category of Input Fitting Devices

{BEND} {NAME=}, ID()= or NOMD=, K= or KMUL=, p. 91
{DESCRIPTION=, SCHEDULE=40, STANDARD or
NONSTANDARD, RADIUS()=, ANGLE()=,
{CHECK} {NAME=}, ID()=,, {COEFFICIENT=1.0} p. 92
{CHOKE} {NAME=}, ID()=,, FN or UEDA or ORIFICE or PERKINS, p. 93
{COEF=1.03, CPCV=1.0}
{MCHOKE} {NAME=}, PUPS()= or QRATE ()= or PDOWN()=, p. 94
{CPCV=1.4, COEF=1.0}
{MREGULATOR} {NAME=}, PUPS()= or QRATE ()= or PDOWN()= p. 95
{CONTRACTION} {NAME=}, IDIN()= or NOMID=, IDOUT()= or NOMOD=, p. 96
{DESCRIPTION=, SCHEDULE=40, ANGLE()=180, K=,
HOMOGENEOUS or CHISHOLM, LAMBDA=1.0, C2=0.5,
USER=, NUMBER=1}
{ENTRANCE} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, {DESCRIPTION=, p. 97
SCHEDULE=40, K=0.5, HOMOGENEOUS or CHISHOLM,
LAMBDA=1.0, C2=, USER=, NUMBER=1}
{EXIT} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, {DESCRIPTION=, p. 97
SCHEDULE=40, K=1, HOMOGENEOUS or CHISHOLM,
LAMBDA=1.0, C2=, USER=, NUMBER=1}
{EXPANSION} {NAME=}, IDIN()= or NOMID=, IDOUT()= or NOMOD=, p. 98
{DESCRIPTION=, SCHEDULE=40, ANGLE=180, K=,
CHISHOLM or HOMOGENEOUS, LAMBDA=1.0, C2=,
USER=, NUMBER=1, COMP}
{NOZZLE} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, {SCHEDULE=40}, p. 99
IDNOZZLE()=, {COEFFICIENT=, CPCV=1.4,
USER=, NUMBER=1}

STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > STRUCTURE
Table 4-29c: STRUCTURE Data Category of Input Fitting Devices (cont.)
{ORIFICE} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, {SCHEDULE=40}, p. 100
IDORIFICE()=, {THIN or THICK, COEFFICIENT=,
CPCV=1.4, USER=, NUMBER=1}
{TEE} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, K= or KMUL=, p. 101
{DESCRIPTION=, SCHEDULE=40,
{VALVE} {NAME=}, IDIN()= or NOMID=, IDOUT()= or NOMOD=, p. 102
K= or KMUL=, {DESCRIPTION=, SCHEDULE=40,
ANGLE=180, CHISHOLM or HOMOGENEOUS,
LAMBDA=1.0,, C2=1.5, VELCON=, USER=, NUMBER=1}
{VENTURIMETER} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, {SCHEDULE=40}, p. 103
IDTHROAT()=, {COEFFICIENT=, CPCV=1.4,
USER=, NUMBER=1}
STRUCTURE
System Nodes
SOURCE
Mandatory statement. Defines a point where fluid enters the system. There may be more
than one source in a simulation. The data required depends upon the fluid type. A source
may be defined explicitly by giving all its properties, or you may instruct PIPEPHASE
that any property not given should be copied from another source.
Mandatory entries: For all fluids:
STREAMID= Identifies the source. Up to twelve alphanumeric characters.

or
NAME= Identifies the source. Up to twelve alphanumeric characters.
SETNO= Use one of these. SETNO must be numeric. It is the identifier which links the
or source to a set of properties defined in the PVT data category. When you use
REFSOURCE= REFSOURCE, the temperature, pressure, rate and composition of the
referenced source are copied into this source. You can then override any one
or more of these using entries on this statement.


Other entries for all fluids:
PRESSURE()= or Mandatory entry unless REFSOURCE is used. Use the ESTI qualifier if the
PDISCHARGE()= pressure is estimated. PDISCHARGE, the discharge pressure of a relieving
vessel, is used instead of PRESSURE in a flare simulation so as to ensure a
constant enthalpy.
TEMPERATURE()= Mandatory entry, unless REFSOURCE is used or, for a steam or single
component source, QUALITY is given. For single component source
QUALITY must be specified. If QUALITY=0 or 100%, then
TEMPERATURE must also be specified.
RATE()= Mandatory entry unless REFSOURCE is used or unless compositional rates
are specified. Use the ESTI qualifier if the rate is estimated. The units in
which you must express the flowrate of a non-compositional fluid depends
on the fluid type:
Fluid Type Rate Basis
Non-compositional gas Gas volume units
Non-compositional liquid Liquid volume units
Steam Weight units
For a compositional fluid, you may also use a qualifier to define the basis of
the flowrate. Options are: LV, GV, W, or M for liquid volume, gas volume,
weight, or moles. The default basis is moles, except for ASSAY. Rates set on
a Gas Volume basis are at ideal conditions and do not include the non-
idealities that can be seen using a more accurate PVT model. This can lead to
slight differences between users input value and the simulation results.
MAXBP= Maximum backpressure permitted on vessel relief valve. Optional entry for
use in conjunction with the flare solution method line sizing algorithm only.
Both MAXBP and PCRIT will then be used as sizing criteria.
EXCLUDE Use this keyword to exclude the item from the network using Network
Remapping Utility from the GUI
EXC2 Use this keyword to exclude the item from the link to the simulator defined
in the RESERVOIR card.
Other entries for Compositional Sources:
SET= Identifies the thermodynamic set name as defined in the Thermodynamic

Data Category. The defined thermodynamic set will then be used for the link
associated with this source.
ASSAY=LV Use this with Compositional sources. ASSAY instructs PIPEPHASE to
expect source data in the form of an assay curve (see below). You must
define the basis of the assay. Options are LV and WT. Cannot be used with
COMPOSITION.
or
COMPOSITION()= The component breakdown of the SOURCE in fractions, percents, or rates.
Cannot be used with ASSAY. Basis may be:
M Moles (Default)
W Weight
LV Standard liquid volume
GV Standard gas volume
Format for data entry is:
COMPOSITION(basis) = i, value/...

STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > SOURCE
Component rates which sum to 1.0 or 100.0 are taken as fractions or percents
respectively. For other totals, the sum is taken as the total rate and checked
against the RATE entry. If the total rate and the RATE entry do not agree, an
error is signalled unless the NOCHECK keyword is also used. For
NOCHECK, component rates are normalized to agree with RATE.
NOCHECK Use this keyword with COMPOSITION to request normalization of
component percentages or fractions. Unless NOCHECK is invoked,
COMPOSITION must sum to 1.0, 100.0 or the value defined on the RATE
entry.
CLASS=name This entry corresponds to the name of the class of valve size parameters that
appear on the RELIEF statement in the Line Sizing Category of input. When
not used, the source valve is sized according to default valve size parameters
inferred or explicitly specified on the FLAREDEF statement in the General
Data Category of input.
Other entries for Steam Sources and Single Component Sources:
QUALITY= Use instead of or in addition to TEMPERATURE. QUALITY must be

between 0 and 100 percent. If quality is given, PIPEPHASE calculates the
corresponding temperature at the given pressure. If quality is specified as
zero or 100 percent, the temperature must also be supplied.
Other entries for GUI PFD Layout:
Example:
SOURCE NAME=FEED, SETNO=1, PRES=0, TEMP(C)=40, RATE=100
SOURCE NAME=13, PRESS=125, TEMP=136, RATE(W)=2000,&
COMP=0.8/0.1/0.05/0.05
SOURCE NAME=12, PRESS=115,&
RATE(W)=1000, TEMPERATURE=136, REFS=13
SOURCE NAME=W, RATE=70000, PRES(ESTI)=170, QUALITY=98
SOURCE NAME=FEED, SETNO=1, PRES=114, RATE(W)=1500000, &
TEMPERATURE=60, ASSAY=LV
SOURCE NAME=100, TEMP=150, PRES=1000, &
COMP=1,3000/2,35/3,30/4,890/5,300/6,520/7,105/8,283/&
9,100/10,133/11,165/12,303/13,560/14,930/15,300/&
16,300/17,300/18,280/19,260, RATE=8800, NOCHECK
Example:
CSOURC NAME=1,RATE=100,TEMP=140,PRES(ESTI)=100, &
COMP=20/40/40,NOCHECK, SETNO=2
NAME=2,RATE=100,TEMP=100,PRES=89,REFSOURCE=2,SETNO=2


Distillation Data
This statement is necessary only if Assay curve is used. One of the following statements
must appear immediately after the corresponding SOURCE statement and prior to the
next SOURCE statement or THERMO statement. It supplies the distillation data for the
fluid portion of the stream. Solids are not considered in the distillation data. The DATA
entry is required; all other entries are optional.
D86 DATA= pct, value / pct, value / ...,
{TEMP= K or C or R or F, STREAM=sid, PRES(MMHG)=760.0,
CRACKING}
or
TBP or DATA= pct, value / pct, value/ ..., {TEMP= K or C or R or F,
D1160 STREAM=sid, PRES(MMHG)= 760.0}
or
D2887 DATA= pct, value / pct, value / ..., {TEMP= K or C or R or F, STREAM=
sid}
The FIT option on the ASSAY statement in the Component Data Category determines
the curve fitting procedure used to process the distillation data. The default cubic
SPLINE method requires a minimum of 2 data points. When only two data points are
present, PIPEPHASE uses a probability density function to fill in the remainder of the
curve. All other fitting procedures require 3 data points for TBP curves, and 5 points for
other distillation data.
By default, PIPEPHASE assumes a pressure of 760 mmHg for the supplied data. For all
distillation data options except D2887, the PRES option allows changing the pressure at
which the data were taken or to which the data were corrected.
D86 This statement supplies ASTM D86 distillation data, normally taken at
atmospheric pressure (760 mmHg). Use the PRES entry to correct for data
or measured at another pressure. Use the CRACKING entry (below) to correct
for thermal cracking.
TBP Supply true boiling point distillation data on this statement, using the PRES
or entry to indicate the pressure at which the data were measured.
D1160 This statement supplies ASTM D1160 distillation data, normally measured
in partial vacuum conditions. By default, data is corrected to 1 atmosphere
or (760 torr). Use the PRES entry to correct data to another pressure.
D2887 This statement allows entry of data that describes a distillation curve
simulated in accordance with the ASTM D2887 procedure.
Note: No pressure entry appears on this statement.

STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > Gravity Data
DATA This entry is required to supply the actual distillation data points. Each data
point consists of two pieces of information:
(1) the cut point, expressed as a percentage of the cumulative distillates and
(2) the temperature of the cut.
Data must appear with the cut percentages in ascending order, consistent
with the basis declared on the ASSAY entry of the SOURCE statement. Any
data supplied on the LIGHTENDS statement override the corresponding
portion of the distillation data.
TEMP This optional entry identifies the dimensional unit used to supply
temperature data. If omitted, the temperature unit declared on the
DIMENSION statement in the General Data Category serves as the default.
Available arguments include C (Celsius), K (Kelvin), F (Fahrenheit), or R
(Rankine) degrees.
PRES The PRES entry allows specifying the pressure at which the distillation data
were measured, or to which the data are corrected. The default pressure is
760 mmHg. The default dimensional unit is the problem pressure unit.
STREAM This supplies a stream label. It is optional; but when used, it must agree with
the stream label declared on the SOURCE statement, or an input error
occurs.
CRACKING Presence of this keyword corrects D86 data for the effects of thermal
cracking. It is available only on the D86 statement.
Note: This correlation was removed from the API Data Book in 1987, but remains available as an option
to provide consistency for older data.
Gravity Data
Standard liquid gravity measured at 60oF (15.5oC).
API or AVERAGE= value, {STREAM= sid}, {DATA= pct, value / pct, value / pct,
SPGR or value / ...}
WATSONK
One of these statements must follow the distillation data statement after the SOURCE
statement. These statements offer alternative forms for defining the liquid density of the
assay at 60oF (15.5oC). The AVERAGE entry is required; all other entries are optional.
When the DATA entry is not supplied, PIPEPHASE generates a gravity curve based on
the distillation data and the average gravity value.
API API gravity.
SPGR Specific gravity.
WATSONK Watson (or UOP) characterization factor data.
AVERAGE This entry defines the average value for the fluid portion of the stream,
including any lightends. Solid components are not considered. This entry is
required.


DATA This option allows entry of user-supplied data points that replace the
PIPEPHASE generated gravity curve. If used, at least three data points must
be provided, consistent with the basis declared on the ASSAY entry of the
SOURCE statement.
pct Mid-volume percent or mid-weight percent of the data point.
value The gravity or Watson characterization value of the point
associated with the pct argument.
STREAM Stream label. It is optional, but when used, must agree with the stream label
declared on the SOURCE statement, or an input error occurs.
Molecular Weight
The following optional statement defines the molecular weight curve for the assay
stream.
MW DATA= pct, value / pct, value / pct, value / ..., {AVERAGE= value,
STREAM= sid}
If this statement is used, the DATA entry must appear, but the AVERAGE and STREAM
entries always are optional. If the MW statement is not given, PIPEPHASE estimates the
molecular weights for all assay cuts, using the method chosen by the MW entry on the
ASSAY statement, in the Component Data Category of input.
DATA The data entry must define at least three points that appear in the order of
ascending weight percentages. An unlimited number of points may be
supplied.
pct Mid-volume percent or mid-weight percent of the data point.
value The gravity or Watson characterization value of the point
associated with the pct argument.
AVERAGE Optionally, this defines the average molecular weight of the fluid portion of
the stream. Solid components are ignored. If AVERAGE is given,
PIPEPHASE normalizes or extrapolates the molecular weight curve, as
required to satisfy the average molecular weight of the stream. If omitted,
PIPEPHASE uses quadratic extrapolation of the molecular weight curve, as
needed, to compute an average molecular weight.
STREAM Stream label. It is optional, but when used, must agree with the stream label
declared on the SOURCE statement, or an input error occurs.
LIGHTENDS
The LIGHTENDS statement defines the light hydrocarbon components in the assay
analysis.
LIGHTENDS COMPOSITION(M or WT or LV or GV)= i, value / ...,
{RATE(M or WT or LV or GV)= value or
FRACTION(WT or LV)= value or
PERCENT(WT or LV)= value or
MATCH or NOMATCH},
{STREAM= sid, NORMALIZE}

STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > LIGHTENDS
All components appearing on this statement must be defined in the Component Data
Category. The COMPOSITION entry is required, but all other entries are optional.
COMPOSITION Required. This entry identifies the components that constitute the lightends
of the stream. The flow of each component in the lightends may be supplied
as an actual flow rate or as a fraction or percentage of the total stream fluid
rate. Solids are not included. The basis may be mole (M), weight (WT),
liquid volume (LV), or gas volume (GV) and may be different from the basis
used on the RATE, FRACTION, or PERCENT entry. If i is omitted, it
defaults to the next component number in sequence. If none of the i
arguments are given, then the first value is associated with component 1.
If RATE, PERCENT, or FRACTION is given:
The value given is the composition for each component i. The sum of the
values must equal 1.0 0.01, 100 1 or the desired rate 1%. Alternatively, the
NORMALIZE keyword may be used to adjust the values to the desired rate.
If MATCH is given:
The values are adjusted by a constant factor so that the lightends flowrate
matches the low-boiling portion of the TBP curve.
If RATE, PERCENT, FRACTION or MATCH is not given:
The values are the actual flowing amounts.
RATE Optional. If used, this entry defines the total lightends rate on a mole (M),
weight (WT), liquid volume (LV), or gas volume (GV) basis. The basis may
be different from the COMPOSITION basis.
or
FRACTION or Optional. This defines the total lightends rate as a fraction or percent of the
PERCENT total stream fluid rate. The basis may be either weight (WT) or liquid volume
(LV). The basis may be different from the COMPOSITION basis. The
default basis is set by the ASSAY entry on the SOURCE statement.
or
MATCH or The MATCH option adjusts the lightends flow rate to match the TBP curve,
NOMATCH as shown in Figure 4-1. The adjustment ensures the mid-volume percentage
of the highest boiling lightend component (that is available in significant
quantity) and intercepts the TBP temperature curve at the specified volume
percent. This is the default. The NOMATCH option does not adjust the
lightends flow rate to match the TBP curve.
In the following figure, point a is the midpoint volume percent of the highest boiling
pure component. This cumulative percentage point is adjusted to intercept the TBP
curve. Point b is the volume percent of the total lightends.


Figure 4-1: Lightends Matching
STREAM Stream label. It is optional, but when used, it must agree with the stream
label declared on the SOURCE statement, or an input error occurs.
NORMALIZE Optional. When RATE, FRACTION, or PERCENT is present, the
NORMALIZE option normalizes the total rate of the lightends to obtain the
required rate, regardless of the sum of the values supplied for the
COMPOSITION entry.

Example: Composition and rate given:
LIGHTEND STREAM=1, COMP=1./2./3./4.0, RATE= 10.0
Composition given and rate defined as a fraction or percent of the RATE entry given on
the SOURCE statement:
LIGHT STREAM=1, COMP(WT)= 0.1/0.2/0.3/0.4, FRAC(V)= 0.02
LIGHT STREAM=1, COMP= 10./ 20./ 30./ 40., PERCENT= 2.0
Match lightend flowrate to intercept the TBP curve:
LIGHTEND STREAM=1, COMP= 1.0 / 2.0 / 3.0 / 4.0, MATCH
COMP entries as actual flowing values:
LIGHTEND STREAM= 1, COMP(V)= 1.0/2.0/3.0/4.0

STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > LIGHTENDS
Example: SOURCES with Assay Data. Set up SOURCES input for the
following three streams:
Stream Label
1 2 V6
Assay Basis LV LV WT
Distillation Type ASTM D86 ASTM D1160 TBP
IBP 100 310 201
10% 210 360 --
30% 240 385 370
50% 260 410 390
70% 275 560 --
90% 290 -- 450
EP 310 -- --
Gravity type API Watson K SpGr
Stream average 60 12.5 0.76
Mid % 25 -- -- 0.31
37 -- -- 0.42
52 -- -- 0.65
Lightends
Total flow 50 moles -- 11% by weight
Comp. no. -- -- --
1 2 -- 8.0
2 10 -- 12.0
3 28 -- 31.0
4 7 -- 42.0
5 3 -- 7.0
Thermal
conditions
Temperature 150 100 200
Pressure 50 50 75
Phase Liquid Liquid Mixed
Total rate, basis 1200, LV 1500, LV 2700, WT
PROPERTY
STREAM= 1, TEMP= 150.0, PRES= 50.0, &
RATE(LV)= 1200.0, PHASE= L, ASSAY= LV
D86
STREAM= 1, DATA= 0.0, 100./ 10., 210./ &
30., 240./ 50., 260./ 70., 275./ 90., 290./ 100., 310.
API
AVERAGE= 60.0, STREAM= 1
LIGHTENDS
STREAM= 1, RATE= 50.0, &
COMPOSITION= 1, 2./ 2, 10./ 3, 28./ 4, 7./ 5, 3.0
PROPERTY
STREAM= 2, TEMP= 100.0, PRES= 50.0, &
RATE(2)= 1500.0, PHASE= L, ASSAY= LV


D1160
STREAM= 2, DATA= 0.00, 310./ 10., 360./ 30., 385./ &
50.0, 410.0 / 70.0, 560.0
WATSONK
AVERAGE= 12.5, STREAM= 2
PROPERTY
STREAM= V6, TEMP= 200.0, PRES= 75.0, &
RATE(W)= 2700.0, PHASE= M, ASSAY= WT
TBP
STREAM= V6, DATA= 0.0, 201./ 30.0, 370.0/ &
50.0, 390.0 / 90.0, 450.0
SPGR
STREAM= V6, AVERAGE= 0.76, &
DATA= 25.0, 0.31 / 37.0, 0.42 / 52.0, 0.65
LIGHTEND
STREAM= V6, PERCENT(WT)= 11.0, &
COMP(W)= 1, 8.0 / 2, 12.0 / 3, 31.0 / 4, 42.0 / 5, 7.0
SINK
Defines a point where fluid leaves the system. You may have more than one sink in a
network simulation. As demonstrated in the following table, the requirements for entries
for this statement depend on the type of simulation.
Table 4-30: Mandatory Entries for SINK
Simulation Type Mandatory Sink Data
Network Stream ID or Name.
Estimated or fixed pressure.
Estimated or fixed rate.
Conditional entries:
STREAMID= Identifies the sink. Up to twelve alphanumeric characters.

or
NAME= Up to twelve alphanumeric characters.
PRESSURE()= Pressure at the sink. Use the ESTI qualifier if the value is an estimated one.
TEMPERATURE()= Fixed temperature at the sink.
RATE()= Rate of outflow at the sink. Use the ESTI qualifier if the value is an
estimated one. The basis of the rate must conform to the following rules
dependent on the fluid type:
Non-compositional gas Gas volume units
Non-compositional liquid Liquid volume units
Steam Weight units
Compositional fluid Weight units
The default basis is the combined liquid flow of oil and water at the sink.
The user can also specify the unit basis of the standard volumetric flowrate.

STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > JUNCTION
For the Compositional model the user has the ability to specify in addition to
the total mass rate of flow at the sink the standard volumetric flowrate of
either gas/oil or water at the sink with appropriate volume qualifiers. The
default basis is the mass flow at the sink. However, to specify the mass rate
with unit qualifiers, the user must specify that the basis is weight (WT), thus
the following is appropriate syntax:
RATE(wt,weight units)=
In addition the qualifiers, WATER/GAS/OIL are now used to allow the user
to specify the volumetric flows of the respective phases at the sink.
Other entries for GUI PFD Layout:;

Example:
JUNCTION
Mandatory statement for the network calculation method, where two or more links
connect.
Mandatory entries for all network simulations:
STREAMID= Identifies the sink. Up to twelve alphanumeric characters.

or
NAME= Identifies the junction. Up to twelve alphanumeric characters.
Optional entries for all network simulations:
PRESSURE(ESTI)= Estimate of pressure at this junction. The qualifier ESTI must be used. If you
supply a pressure estimate, it should be consistent with the estimated
direction of flow.
Optional entry for Compositional Systems only:
SET= Identifies the thermodynamic set name as defined in the Thermodynamic

Data Category of input. The defined thermodynamic set will then be used for
the fluid at the junction node.
Optional entries for modeling preferential splitting at a tee junction, for Steam Systems only:
DETEE or Junction is a dead-end tee or a straight-through tee.

STTEE
Note: The smaller diameter pipe leaving the junction is always considered the branch link.
ANGLE()=0 Angle of branch. Limits are 90 degrees for vertical incline; 90 degrees for
vertical decline.


PROPORTIONAL or Select a method for calculating phase splitting at the junction. HONG or
HONG or TUFFP may be used with ANGLE if the branch is not horizontal. Use a user-
ORANJE or defined model to calculate phase splitting at this junction. When you use this
TUFFP or entry, you must have an additional PSPLIT category of data at the end of the
CHIEN or simulation input. See the PSPLIT Data Category of input near the end of this
SEEUP or chapter for further details. See References (97-101) for more information on
SEEHOR or these preferential phase split models.
SEEDOWN or
USER
Example:
JUNCTION NAME=A, PRESSURE(ESTI)=165, DETEE, ORANJE
LINK
Mandatory for network simulations. Defines a series of devices (flow devices, fittings
and items of process equipment). The statements defining these devices must appear
immediately after the LINK statement. Flow is assumed to be from one item to the next,
in the order in which they appear in the input and in the direction designated by the
FROM and TO entries.
Mandatory entries:
NAME= Identifies the link. Up to four alphanumeric characters. When using gaslift,
the name of the production string must be PROD and the name of the
injection string must be GASL.
Note: In a network, there may be more than one feasible link calculation sequence. In PIPEPHASE the
links are first ordered alphanumerically before the feasible ordering is done. This guarantees that the same
calculation sequence is arrived at no matter what the link input order was in the keyword file. However if the
link name is changed the program may arrive at an alternate feasible link calculation sequence
FROM=, or F= Identifies the source or junction where this link starts. Up to twelve
alphanumeric characters.
TO=, or T= Identifies the sink or junction where this link ends. Up to twelve
alphanumeric characters.

STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > LINK
Optional entries:
RATE(ESTI)= Estimate of the flowrate through this link. The qualifier ESTI must be used.
If a rate estimate is supplied for one link, an estimate must be supplied for all
links. Otherwise PIPEPHASE will generate its own estimates and ignore
those estimates supplied. The handling of user supplied estimate differs
based on the flow allocation method. For most methods, the simulator will
provide initial estimates which are overridden by the user estimates. The
FLOWALLOC=1 or FLOWALLOC=2 keywords (see the previous section
on Network Data Category of input) may be used to enable the mixing of
user-supplied and program-generated link flowrate estimates. In this case the
user estimates will be taken into account, but conflicting estimates will be
adjusted to be as close to the user estimates as possible. When using a restart
file, the restart file estimates are taken as the highest priority and user
supplied estimates for a given link will be used only if no data is available in
the restart file.
QMAX()= Enter the maximum flowrate to be allowed through the link. This maximum
flow constraint will be activated only if the following four conditions are all
met:
1 The flowrate is not fixed in the link.
2 The link is a source link with the source pressure fixed and the flowrate
is unknown.
3 There is at least one surface regulator with the pressure set to a value
higher than the system pressure (e.g., 99999 psia)
4 The regulator is not the last device in the link.
Note: If the flow exceeds QMAX beyond the upper tolerance, PIPEPHASE calculates the regulator
pressure that needs to be set in order to meet the maximum flow constraint specified.
Two other conditions can also invoke the QMAX logic:

2b The link is not a source link and the link flowrate is not fixed explicitly
(e.g., a sink link with the sink rate fixed will fix the link flowrate) or
implicitly (e.g., spur links have fixed flowrates).
3b The link has at least one choke or valve in the link. In this case
PIPEPHASE will keep the flow between the upper and lower tolerance
values.
Note: PIPEPHASE varies the choke or valve size as part of the network iterations to keep the flow below
the maximum within tolerance.
If 1 and 3b are not both true, then the maximum flow logic will be
inactivated.
If 1 and 3b are true and 2b is not true, the network will fail to converge.
QMIN()=0 Enter the minimum flowrate to be allowed through the link. If the flowrate
falls below this value, the PBAL convergence algorithm will shut down the
link.
TOLERANCE(LOWER)= Specifies the lower flow tolerances as a fraction of the QMAX value.


TOLERANCE(UPPER)= Specifies the upper flow tolerances as a fraction of the QMAX value.
PRINT Use this entry to generate a detailed report for the link. This detailed report
will include a phase envelope plot if the PLOT=FULL and DEVICE=PART
or FULL options have both been specified on the PRINT statement in the
General Data Category of input. If the PRINT option is not specified on any
link and DEVICE=PART or FULL is in the PRINT statement, detailed
reports will be generated for every link in the simulation. Therefore it is
recommended that you use this keyword to select only those links of interest.
SUBLINE = This Keyword entry is used to relate subsurface links to each other for
creating a unified well profile.The LINE name may be up to 12 characters.
LINES may be defined for any LINK in the system and LINKS can be used
in more than one LINE. A typical Line description will look like this:
SUBLINE=SUBLINE1, SUBLINE2, SUBLINE3... where SUBLINE1,
SUBLINE2 and SUBLINE3 are defined Lines Name.
EXCLUDE Use this keyword to exclude the item from the network using Network
Remapping Utility from the GUI
EXC2 Use this keyword to exclude the item from the link to the simulator defined
in the RESERVOIR card.

Example:
LINK NAME=J, F=13, TO=JTK, RATE(ESTI)=1.E6, PRINT
Flow Devices (have length)
PIPE
Any value defined on any pipe statement will override the corresponding values set
globally in the General Data Category of input.
Mandatory entries:
LENGTH()= Pipe length in long length units.
Optional entries:
NAME= Identifies the pipe. Used for cross-referencing. Up to four alphanumeric

characters.
ID()= or NOMD= Inside diameter of pipe in short length units. Nominal inside diameter of
pipes (in inches only).
Note: If neither of these keywords is specified on the PIPE statement, either IDPIPE or NOMD must have
been specified as a General Default.
SCHEDULE=40 Pipe schedule.
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table, then
PIPEPHASE will generate an error message. If the schedule is not defined, then the default schedule 40 is
used. If a match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.

STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > PIPE
ECHG()=0.0 Elevation change from inlet to outlet. Positive is uphill.

FCODE= Defines pressure drop and holdup method. Select a code from Table 4-6a or
Table 4-6b.
PALMER=0.924,0.6851 Use Palmer liquid holdup correction factors. Two values must be supplied:
uphill and downhill. The defaults shown apply only to BB or BBM
correlations; if the default values are to be used, only include the PALMER
keyword without any values. If different values are required, supply those
values with the PALMER keyword. If you are using any other correlation,
you must supply values with the PALMER keyword. If you want to correct
only downhill holdup, supply a value of 1.0 for the uphill correction factor.
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018 Pipe inside roughness in short length (special) units (see Table 4-4). Use the
qualifier REL to denote roughness as a fraction of the pipe inside diameter.
ISOTHERMAL or Use ISOTHERMAL to suppress heat balance calculations. Use
NONISOTHERMAL NONISOTHERMAL to override an ISOTHERMAL entry on the
CALCULATION statement in the General Data Category of input and thus
reinstate heat balance calculations.
WATER or Use one of these to specify the medium surrounding the pipe.
AIR or
SOIL
VELOCITY()=10 Velocity of the surrounding air or water.
TAMBIENT()=80 Ambient temperature of the surrounding medium.
DENSITY()= Density of the surrounding air or water. Defaults are specific gravity of 1.0
for air and 10.0 API for water.
VISCOSITY()= Viscosity of the surrounding air or water. Defaults are 0.02 cP for air and 1.0
cP for water.
CONDUCTIVITY()= Thermal conductivity of the surrounding air, water, or soil. Defaults are
0.015 BTU/hr-ft-oF for air, 0.3 BTU/hr-ft-oF for water and 0.08 BTU/hr-ft-
oF for soil.
FLOWEFF=100 Flow efficiency as a percentage. This parameter may be used in a rating

exercise to adjust flowrates to meet a measured pressure drop. The use of
FLOWEFF is recommended only when other parameters, such as pressure
drop method, pipe roughness, heat transfer coefficient Heat transfer
coefficientvalues, etc. have been varied in order to match field data.
HWCOEFF()=150 Hazen-Williams coefficient, for use with the Hazen-Williams pressure drop
method for single-phase liquids.
U()=1.0 Overall heat transfer coefficient from inside a pipe to the surroundings.
HINSIDE()=0.0 Additional heat transfer coefficient which will be added to the inside film
heat transfer coefficient calculated by PIPEPHASE.
HOUTSIDE()=0.0 Additional heat transfer coefficient which will be added to the outside film
heat transfer coefficient calculated by PIPEPHASE.
HRADIANT()=0.0 Additional radiant heat transfer coefficient which will be added to the
outside film heat transfer coefficient calculated by PIPEPHASE.
BDTOP()=0.0 Depth of a buried pipe measured from the top of the outside of the pipe, in
short length units.


Note: To define data for a partially buried pipe:
1 Define the surroundings as AIR or WATER only (not SOIL).
2 Specify a negative BDTOP. BDTOP is the distance from the surface of the soil to the top of the pipe
outermost diameter. The magnitude of the negative burial depth however makes sense only if it is less
than the outermost diameter of the pipe (including the insulation thickness if any).
3 If desired, specify the value of CONSOIL (the conductivity of the soil). In this case PIPEPHASE will
do an internal calculation for the heat transfer coefficient for the buried portion of the pipe. The default
value of CONSOIL will be used.
4 Additionally, if you wish to override PIPEPHASEs internal soil heat transfer coefficient calculation
you may specify the HOUTSIDE keyword and value for the soil portion of the pipe. The use of the
HOUTSIDE keyword will override the method described in (3).
THKPIPE()=0.3125 Pipe thickness in short length units.

THKINS()=0.0 Insulation thickness in short length units.
CONPIPE()=29 Thermal conductivity of the pipe material, insulation and soil.
CONINS()=0.015
CONSOIL()=0.8
DELH= Size of segmentation to be used in pipe. This value overrides values set as
default on the SEGMENT statement. However, the default does not override
values that are computed under the AUTO or FAST options.
SEGM=. Number of segments to be used in the current pipe. This value overrides
defaults set on the SEGMENT statement. However, this value does not
override segment sizes that are computed under the AUTO or FAST options.
Example:
PIPE NAME=PIP1, LENGTH=30, ID=3.068
PIPE ID=3, LENGTH=5808, ECHG=140, U=0.0001
PIPE NAME=A-J, ID=8, LENGTH=170, &
WATER, VISCOSITY(CP)=1.5, VELOCITY=5, DENSITY(LBFT3)=68,&
COND=0.33, TAMB=5, CONPIPE=35, THKPIPE=0.8, THKINS=5
PIPE NAME=X1, NOMD=3, SCHE=30
Optional entries:
COMPRESSOR
Describes a single or multi-stage compressor. This unit cannot be used for steam
systems.
Mandatory entries:
POWER()= or One of power, outlet pressure or a compressor curve must be specified.

PRES()= or Optionally, use the MAX qualifier to specify a maximum power or pressure.
CURVE()= If power is specified, you may specify a maximum pressure. If you specify
outlet pressure or a compressor curve, you may supply a maximum power.
or

STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > MCOMPRESS
CRVn()= and RPMC= If a curve is entered (up to 25 entries) for a multistage compressor, all stages
and use the same curve. For CURVE, you can use two qualifiers to specify units
RPM= or of measurement for actual flowrate (gas volume basis only) and/or long
POWER= or length. Format of data is:
PRES= CURVE=rate,head,efficiency/rate,head,efficiency/...
For multispeed curves, CRVn, RPMC, and one of RPM, PRESSURE, or
POWER are mandatory. One curve must be entered for each RPMC value
specified. Up to five RPMC values may be entered in ascending or
descending order:
RPMC=rpm1,rpm2,rpm3,rpm4,rpm5
Up to 25 data sets may be entered per curve:
CRVn=rate1,head1,efficiency1/.../rate25,head25, efficiency25
Optional entries:
NAME= Up to four alphanumeric characters.

STAGES=1 Number of stages.
Efficiency=100 Percentage adiabatic efficiency of the compressor.
Not used if a CURVE is defined.
RPM(MAX)= For multispeed compressors, the maximum speed in RPM.
PRES(MAX)= For multispeed compressors, the maximum pressure.
POWER(MAX)= For multispeed compressors, the maximum power.
Note: For multispeed curves, if RPM, or PRES, or POWER is specified, you can supply maximum
values for values not specified. For example, if you specify the RPM, then you can supply values of
PRES(MAX) or POWER(MAX), but not RPM(MAX).
Example:
COMP POWER(MAX)=55, CURVE=200,20,85/400,40,76
COMPRESS NAME=CMP2, POWER(HP)=250, PRES(MAX,PSIG)=1050, &
EFFICIENCY=85
Example: Multispeed compressor with data provided for three RPM curves.
COMP NAME = CMP1, PRES(MAX)=300, &
CRV1=200,20,100/300,40,98/ &
CRV2=400,50,100/500,60,98/ &
CRV3=600,70,100/700,80,98, &
RPMC=1000,2000,3000
MCOMPRESS
Describes a single or multi-stage, multi-train compressor station. It can model the effect
of intercoolers and scrubbers. This unit cannot be used for steam systems. You may
specify the performance of a multistage compressor in one of the following ways:
Total power: use the POWER keyword.


Discharge pressure: use the PDISCHARGE keyword.
Performance curve(s): use the CURVE keyword.
Suction pressure: use the PIN keyword.
If you specify the suction (inlet) pressure, a special subnetworking algorithm is invoked.
Note that this is true only for PBAL networks. The subnetworking algorithm then sizes
the compressor power requirements.
Mandatory entries:
POWER()= Total power available to the multi-stage compressor. If you are using
PDISCHARGE or CURVE to specify the performance of the compressor,
you may use the MAX qualifier to specify a maximum power.
or
PDISCHARGE()= Discharge pressure. If you are using POWER or CURVE to specify the
performance of the compressor, you may supply an estimated outlet pressure
using the ESTI qualifier. Alternatively you may use the WARN qualifier and
PIPEPHASE will issue a warning if the discharge pressure rises above the
value you supply.
or
CURVE()= Performance curve(s) of flowrate, head and % efficiency for each stage.
Each stage may have a separate curve. Each stage curve may have up to ten
data points. If you input only one stage curve, each stage will use it. You can
select standard or actual conditions as the basis for the gas flow rate
measurement (standard is the default, but actual is recommended). You can
use two qualifiers to specify units of measurement for actual gas volume
flowrate and/or long length. Format of data is:
CURVE=stage, rate, head, efficiency/stage, rate, head, efficiency/...
or
PIN()= Suction pressure. Invokes a special subnet working algorithm. If PIN is
specified POWER, PDIS or CURVE must not be specified.
Optional entries:

TRAINS=1 Number of identical compressor trains operating in parallel.
STAGES=1 Number of stages per train to a maximum of five.
EQUALPR or Use one of these entries to define the interstage compressor pressures. Use
INTP()= EQUALPR to specify that the pressure ratios across all stages are to be
equal. Use INTP to set the individual interstage pressures, in ascending
order, separated by commas. None of the efficiency keywords may be used
with CURVE.
ADEFF= 100 Adiabatic efficiency of each stage, in ascending order, separated by commas.
This keyword may not be used with CURVE.

STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > COOLER
POLY and Use these keywords to specify that compression calculations are carried out
PEFF= 100 and using polytropic equations and to override the default data for polytropic
PEXP= efficiency and polytropic exponent. If you do not enter POLY, adiabatic
compression equations will be used.
Use PEFF to enter the Polytropic efficiency of each stage, in ascending order,
separated by commas.
Use PEXP to enter the Polytropic exponent of each stage, in ascending order,
separated by commas. If you do not enter PEXP, PIPEPHASE calculates it.
INTQ() = or Interstage cooler duties or interstage temperatures. Up to five values, in
INTT() = ascending order, separated by commas.The last value refers to the duty or
exit temperature of the cooler located after the last stage.
INTDP() = Pressure losses associated with interstage piping and cooler. Up to five
values, in ascending order, separated by commas. The last value refers to the
pressure losses associated with the piping and cooler located after the last
stage.
PERCENT() = Volume percent of scrubber fluids to be reinjected downstream of the
compressor station. The value is used for all scrubbers in the compressor.
Use a qualifier to denote the phase to be reinjected. COND refers to the
condensate phase; WATER to the free water phase. Use two entries to specify
COND and WATER separately or use LIQ to refer to the combination of
condensate and water.
NOKCONV Use this keyword to suppress repeated calculations of gas specific heat ratio
during convergence of the compressor. Instead, PIPEPHASE will use the
inlet value throughout the compressor.
TDIS() = Warning temperature. If the calculated exit temperature exceeds this value a
warning will be printed.
PRSTAGE() = Warning pressure ratio. If any calculated stage pressure ratio exceeds this
value a warning will be printed.
STANDARD or Compressor data are specified at standard or actual conditions. The default is
ACTUAL to enter the data based on standard conditions.
Example:
MCOMPRESS NAME=CMP1, STAGES=3, INTT(F)=120,120, TWARN(F)=250,&
PDIS(PSIG,WARN)=3000, POLY, PERCENT=(COND)=100,&
CURVE = 1, 50, 3000, 72/ 1, 100, 2550, 74 /&
1, 200, 2100, 75/ 1, 400, 1650, 76, ACTUAL
MCOMPRESS NAME=CMP2, STAGES=5, PDIS(PSIG)=1200, &
INTT(F)= 100,100,100,100,100, EQUALPR,&
ADEF = 80,81,80,80,82, POWER(WARN,HP)=1500
MCOMPRESS NAME=CMP3, STAGES=2, POWER(HP)=800,&
NOKCONV, ADEFF=79,79, INTP(PSIG)=350
COOLER
Simulates the removal of heat from a fluid. Not available with steam systems.


Mandatory entries:
TOUT()= or Use one of these entries to define the operation of the cooler. If both are used
DUTY()= in order to bound the outlet conditions, you must apply either the MIN
qualifier to TOUT or the MAX qualifier to DUTY.
Optional entries:

DP()=0.0 Pressure drop across the cooler.
COEFFICIENT=1.0, and Alternative method of expressing pressure drop as a function of flowrate
EXP=1.0 through the cooler, in the form:
P = COEFFICIENT * RATEEXP
where the rate is always expressed in lb/sec and DP is in units of PSI.
Therefore the COEFFICIENT entry has dimensions:
P / RATEEXP
Example:
COOLER NAME=C1, TOUT=120, DP=2, DUTY(MAX)=5E3
In this example, cooler C1 has 5000 duty units available to reduce the feed stream
temperature to 120F. Less duty may be used, but not more.
DPDT
Describes a general equipment item to model any device that changes the pressure and/
or temperature of a fluid stream.
Mandatory entries:
CURVE()= Up to 25 entries. Describes the relationship between the fluid flowrate and
the pressure and temperature differences across the device. A positive
difference indicates a rise in pressure or temperature across the device. The
format of the data is:
CURVE()= rate, dp, dt / ....
CRVn() specifies a curve in the multi-curve DPDT data. The 'n' refers to the curve
number and must be a intger between 1 and 5. Example: crv1=q1,dp1,dt1/
q2,dp2,dt2/..up to 25 points. The units for rate, dp and dt can be specified
locally. (GUI does not allow local units specification). This keyword not
allowed to be used with the (previously existing) CURVE keyword which is
allowed only for a single curve..
PINC() Inlet pressure curve parameter. The number of values must match exactly as
the number of curves specified.
(GUI does not allow local units specification).
Maximum 5 values:
eg. PINC = 100,200,300,400,500
or

STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > EXPANDER
POUTC() Outlet pressure curve parameter. The number of values must match exactly
as the number of curves specified.
(GUI does not allow local units specification).
Maximum 5 values
eg. POUTC=500,600,700,800
Qualifiers may be used to specify units of measurement for flowrate,
pressure and temperature. The units for flowrate allowed depend on the fluid:
Non-compositional gas Std.Gas volume units
Non-compositional liquid Std. Liq. volume units
Steam Weight units
Compositional fluid Weight units
Optional entries:
Example:
DPDT NAME=E3, CURVE=1.5E6,7,35/0.5E6,15,40
EXPANDER
This statement is currently available only for steam systems and models the work
generated due to expansion of steam from a high pressure to a lower pressure.
Mandatory entries:
POWER()= or Required amount of power to be produced.

DP()= or Required pressure drop.
PRATIO= or Required pressure ratio of absolute outlet pressure to absolute inlet pressure.
PRES()= Desired outlet pressure. This entry should be used for spur links only (see
Flowrate Estimation in Links, p. 6-76). The qualifier MIN may be used to set
the minimum outlet pressure.
Optional entries:

EFFICIENCY=100 Adiabatic efficiency (in percent).
WTOLERANCE=0.001 Relative tolerance used to converge the power calculations.
TEST()= Estimate of the expander outlet temperature. Used to assist convergence.
Example:
EXPANDER NAME=EXP1, DP(BAR)=4,EFFIC=87
HEATER
Simulates the addition of heat to a fluid. Not available with steam systems.


Mandatory entries:
TOUT()= or Use one of these entries to define the operation of the heater. If you use both,
DUTY()= you must apply the MAX qualifier to one of the entries.
Optional entries:

DP()=0.0 Pressure drop across the heater.
COEFFICIENT=1.0, Alternative method of expressing pressure drop as a
and function of flowrate through the heater, in the form:
EXP=1.0 P = COEFFICIENT * RATEEXP
where the rate is always expressed in lb/sec and DP is in units of PSI.
Therefore the COEFFICIENT entry has dimensions:
P / RATEEXP
Example:
HEATER DUTY=5E3, TOUT(MAX)=212
In the example above, the heater has a duty of 5000 units available to it, but the
maximum outlet temperature is set at 212oF. Therefore, if 212oF is reached using fewer
than 5000 duty units, then the heater duty will be set at the calculated value.
INJECTION
Describes a device for introducing an injection stream from a lateral SOURCE or re-
introducing a stream from a SEPARATOR to a point downstream. Used with blackoil,
gas condensate or compositional fluids.
Mandatory entries:
FROM= Identifies the SEPARATOR STREAMID from where the injected stream was
produced.
GAS or Identifies the separator effluent stream which forms the injected stream. If
WATER or you want to inject several streams from separators at the same point, use
LIQUID multiple INJECTION devices.
Optional entries:

PRESSURE()= and Specify either both or neither. If you specify neither, the pressure of the
TEMPERATURE()= injected stream will be assumed to be the injection point pressure and its
temperature that of the separator.
Note: If the user does not specify either the pressure or temperature for the injected stream, the value from
the separator will be used in the energy balance. If the injection pressure differs from the pressure where the
fluid is injected, the required pressure difference will be calculated.
PUMP
Describes a single or multi-stage pump.
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > PUMP
Mandatory entries:
POWER()= One of power, outlet pressure or a pump curve must be specified.

or There are normally two pump curves: Q (flowrate) against H (head) and Q against
PRESSURE()= E (efficiency). You can supply these curves either in tabular form by using
or CURVE or as coefficiencts of quadratic equations by using HDCONS, EFFCONS,
TYPE=0 and and PWRCONS.
CURVE()=
or Use TYPE to specify the number of curves and whether the RILING correction for
TYPE=0 and high viscosity fluids is to be used:
HDCONS=
and TYPE = 0 Two curves without RILING correction
EFFCONS= TYPE = 1 Three curves without RILING correction
and TYPE = 100 Two curves with RILING correction
PWRCONS= TYPE = 101 Three curves with RILING correction
or
CRVn()= and If you want to input curves as a table, use the following format:
RPMC= CURVE()=Q, H, EFF, P/Q, H, EFF, P/...
and Each group of Q, H, EFF, and P corresponds to one point on the table. You can use
RPM= or qualifiers to specify units of measurement for actual flowrate (liquid volume basis
POWER= or only) and/or head in long length units and/or motor power. P (motor power) may
PRESSURE= not be input when TYPE=0 or 100.
If you want to input curves as equations, use the following format:
HDCONS = hc1, hc2, hc3
EFFCONS = ec1, ec2, ec3
PWRCONS = pc1, pc2, pc3
where:
hc1, hc2, hc3 are coefficients in the head/rate equation,
ec1, ec2, ec3 are coefficients in the efficiency/rate equation and
pc1, pc2, pc3 are coefficients in the power/rate equation.
The form of each equation is:
property = coefficient1 + coefficient 2*Q + coefficient3*Q2
where
Q = flowrate
You may not use qualifiers to change the units of measurement. PWRCONS may
not be input when TYPE = 0 or 100.
If you have specified power, you may also specify a maximum pressure using
PRESSURE(MAX). If you have specified an outlet pressure or a pump curve or
equation set, you may also supply a maximum power using POWER(MAX).
For multispeed curves, CRVn, RPMC, and one of RPM, PRESS, or POWER are
mandatory. One curve must be entered for each RPMC value specified. Up to 5
RPMC values may be entered in ascending or descending order:
RPMC=rpm1,rpm2,rpm3,rpm4,rpm5
Up to 25 data sets may be entered per curve:
CRVn=rate1,head1,efficiency1/.../rate25,head25,efficiency25


Optional entries:

STAGES=1 Number of stages. If there is more than one stage and pump curves are
entered, all stages use the same curves.
EFFICIENCY=100 Percentage efficiency of the pump. Not used if a CURVE is defined.
AUXILLIARY()1= Auxilliary power to be supplied to an electric submersible pump in addition
to the power associated with the pump itself.
ALPHA1= and You may specify head degradation as a function of Gas Ingestion Percentage.
DEGRADATION ALPHA is an array of up to five Gas Holdup Percentages;
DEGRADATION is an array of corresponding head degradation percentages.
The format is:
ALPHA = value1, value2, value3,...
DEGR = value1, value2, value3,...
Each ALPHA value must have a corresponding DEGRADATION value.
REGULATOR
Describes a device used to fix the pressure immediately downstream from it if the
upstream pressure is greater.
Note: For source links with source pressure fixed, if the link maximum flowrate is specified on the LINK
statement, you must specify a regulator at the surface with a very high set pressure. There must be at least
one flow device downstream of this regulator.
Mandatory entries:
PRESSURE()= Set downstream pressure.
Optional entries:
Example:
REGU NAME=R101, PRES(BAR)=2.435
In this example:
If Pinlet 2.435 bar, Poutlet = 2.435 bar
If Pinlet < 2.435 bar, Poutlet = Pinlet
SEPARATOR
Describes the equipment used to split some or all of the different phases from a multi-
phase stream. Used with compositional fluids.
PIPEPHASE models separators in networks for compositional fluid models.
Certain restrictions apply for the following configurations:

STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > SEPARATOR
1. Any phase separator in a compositional network
2. Any component separator in a compositional network
For the restricted configurations listed above, the following ruleson the placement of the
separators in the network must be followed in order to provide correct simulation results:
1. The separator(s) may be located in Source pressure specified source link(s).
2. The separator may be located in a Sink rate specified sink link (spur sink link).
3. The separator is located in a spur link.
4. The separator may be anywhere in a network if there are no spur links in the net-
work.
The separator in a network must not be located as described below:
1. Separators must not be located in a non-spur junction to junction link (internal
link) when the network has spur links.
2. Separator must not be located in a rate specified source link, where the network has
spur links.
To enable the modeling of networks with separators, in configurations which are not
supported currently, a workaround may be available. The basic idea is to re-configure
the problem through the judicious choice of sub-network configurations as described
below.
Separators are normally maintained at some design pressures. Downstream of the
separator, in the same link, specify an MREG with PUPS value set to the separator
design pressure (See manual for information on how to setup sub-networks properly).
When this is an acceptable option from the modeling viewpoint, the resulting
subnetwork will yield a valid separator in network configuration.
Mandatory entries:
PERCENT()= or Use PERCENT to define what percentage of the required phase is to be

RATE()= removed in the effluent stream. Use RATE to define the flowrate of the
required phase to be removed in the effluent stream. That which is not
removed continues along the link. Identify the phase and the rate units by use
of qualifiers, as in the table below. You may operate on more than one phase
on the same statement.


Table 4-31: Separator Options
Separator Effluent Phase Qualifier Rate Basis
Vapor GAS Gas Volume
Aqueous WATER Liquid Volume
Hydrocarbon + Aqueous LIQ Liquid Volume
Note: You can operate on more than one phase on a single statement.
Optional entries:
Optional entry for compositional fluids:
Component Specifies the percent of the component to be separated.
Example:
SEPARATOR NAME=V2, PERCENT(COND)=100, PERCENT(WATER)=95
BEND
The BEND statement may be used to describe any type of bend, for example standard
elbows, mitre bends, pipe bends and flanged or butt-welded elbows. A BEND may be
standard or nonstandard.
Mandatory entries:
ID()= or Inside diameter of the bend pipe in short length units. Nominal diameter (in
NOMD= inches).
K= or Enter one of these. K is the resistance coefficient.
KMUL= If you enter KMUL, PIPEPHASE calculates the resistance coefficient by
multiplying the calculated friction factor by KMUL. If additional
information is supplied, such as the angle, this data will be ignored.
If you enter K for a nonstandard bend, you must enter the value for a 90o
bend and PIPEPHASE will calculate the resistance coefficient for the whole
bend. Recommended values of KMUL are given in the following table:
Table 4-32: Recommended Values of KMUL

Bend Angle Recommended Values of KMUL
Standard elbow: 90 30
Standard elbow: 45 16
Mitre bend 90 60
Mitre bend 45 15

STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > CHECK
Optional entries:

DESCRIPTION= Up to twenty characters of descriptive text for user information purposes
only.
SCHEDULE=40 Pipe schedule. Internal built-in table of schedule data will be used unless the
PIPSCHEDULE keyword is specified in the DEFAULT statement in the
General Data Category of input. In the latter case, either a default or user-
defined table of pipe schedule data will be used.
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table, then an error
message will be generated by PIPEPHASE. If schedule is not defined, then the default schedule 40 is used.
If a match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.
STANDARD or Type of bend. Use STANDARD to specify a standard mitre bend or elbow;
NONSTANDARD NONSTANDARD for any other kind of bend.
RADIUS()= Radius of curvature of the bend in short length units. This entry is mandatory
for a NONSTANDARD bend and ignored for a STANDARD bend.
ANGLE()= Angle of the bend. This entry is mandatory for a NONSTANDARD bend
and ignored for a STANDARD bend.
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018 Pipe inside roughness in short length units. Use the qualifier REL to denote
roughness as a fraction of the pipe inside diameter.
CHISHOLM or Invokes the Chisholm or Homogeneous two-phase flow model. Only
HOMOGENEOUS applicable if the fluid is two-phase.
LAMBDA=1.0 The first parameter in the Chisholm equation.
C2=4.35 The second parameter in the Chisholm equation. The default is for a sharp
90 bend.
USER= Invokes a user-defined pressure drop method. A FORTRAN subroutine must
be written and linked with PIPEPHASE.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical bend, you may use this entry to specify
how many there are in the link. Use this entry only when the properties of the
fluid do not change significantly.
Example:
BEND ID=10, KMUL=60
BEND ID=10, KMUL=60, HOMOGENEOUS
BEND ID=10, NONSTANDARD, ANGLE=60, RADIUS=30, KMUL=50
CHECK
Describes a device that allows flow only in the direction defined by the FROM and TO
entries on the LINK statement.
Mandatory entries:
ID()= Check valve inside diameter in short length units.


Optional entries:

COEFFICIENT=1.0 Check valve discharge coefficient.
Example:
CHECK NAME=CHK1, ID(IN)=3.25, COEFF=0.91
CHOKE
Describes a device used to restrict fluid flow.
Note: If QMAX is specified in an internal link (flow from junction to junction or junction to sink) where
the link flowrate is unknown, a Fortunati or UEDA choke or valve must be added as part of the link.
PIPEPHASE will adjust the choke or valve size automatically as part of the network iterations in order to
meet the flow constraint.
Mandatory entries:
ID()=or Choke inside diameter in short length units.

ID64 ID is in fine length units. ID64 is in 64ths of an inch
FN or Calculation method. You must select ORIFICE if you have specified that the
UEDA or fluid is single-phase on the CALCULATION statement in the General Data
ORIFICE or Category of input. The FN (Fortunati) and PERKINS methods may only be
PERKINS used for multiphase fluids. PERKINS is based on fundamental energy and
mass balance equations and models both critical and sub-critical flow in a
homogenous mixture with no mass exchange between phases.
GILBERT or ROS Choke correlation for critical flow models
BAXENDELL or
ACHONG
Note: The ID64 keyword will allow the user to specify the Choke diameter in terms of 64ths of an inch
which is the common and typical approach in the field. This option is available for all the chokes. However
for Case Study data sections, the diameter variable must be referenced as ID. ID64 is used only for input and
the variable is merged with ID for all subsequent processing.
At least one pressure loss device before and after the choke must be present for the GF chokes to work
properly.
Optional entries:

COEF=1.03 Choke discharge coefficient. Defaults to 1.03 for Fortunati, 1.0 for UEDA,
0.826 for Perkins and is calculated for ORIFICE.
CPCV=1.0 Specific heat ratio for the vapor phase. Used for UEDA and Fortunati only.
Used for non-compositional fluids.
The following keywords are applicable for the Gilbert Family of choke models:
A=() The value of the A coefficient. Default values are specified as shown in the
table below, Table 4-33. The user can override these values

STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > CHOKE
B=() The value of the B coefficient. Default values are specified as shown in the
C=() The value of the C coefficient. Default values are specified as shown in the
CPR=0.55 Critical pressure ratio at the onset of critical flow. The default value is 0.55.
Table 4-33: GF Model Coefficients

GF Model A B C
Gilbert 10.0 0.546 1.89
Ros 17.4 0.500 2.00
Baxendell 9.56 0.546 1.93
Achong 3.82 0.650 1.88
Table 4-34: Choke Models and Applicable Fluid Types:

Fluid Models Choke Models
Orifice Fortunati Ueda Perkins GF
Gas Y N N Y Y*
Liquid Y N N Y Y*
Steam N Y N Y N
Compositional N Y N Y Y
* For Extended Models, see Equation 6-70 for the GF model choke. Use with caution.
Besides the fluid type, a more general approach for choosing choke models in a network
system are:
Good quality results for critical and subcritical flow (Perkins).
Accurate prediction of the boundary between critical and subcritical flow (Perkins,
Fortunati)
Smooth transition between the two types of flow (Perkins).
The last consideration is important in order to avoid convergence problems during
calculations of the whole system.
Example:
CHOKE NAME=CHOK, ID(MM)=25.4, FN, COEF=1.05


MCHOKE
This choke device allows you to specify the inlet pressure or flowrate through the choke.
PIPEPHASE solves the upstream subnetwork for the specified pressure or flowrate.
Then it solves the downstream sub-network for the same flowrate. Now with the known
inlet and outlet pressure it sizes the choke.
Use MCHOKE to specify a flow boundary condition for the upstream network.
Mandatory entries:
PUPS()= or Pressure at the upstream end of the choke.

QRATE()= or Flowrate through the choke.
PDOWN()= Pressure at the downstream end of the device. If you specify the downstream
pressure, PIPEPHASE treats the device as a conventional device with a
specified exit pressure and solves the network without use of the subnetwork
algorithm.
Optional entries:

CPCV=1.4 Coefficient used by the Fortunati model.
COEF=1.0
FN or Models maybe specified for MCHOKE.
PERKINS or
GF
Example:
MCHOK NAME=MCH1, PUPS=2300, CPCV=1.45
MREGULATOR
This device introduces a pressure discontinuity into the defined network structure. Other
devices that invoke the same algorithm are MCOMPRESSOR and MCHOKE.
Use MREGULATOR to specify a flow boundary condition for the upstream network.
Mandatory entries:
PUPS()= or Pressure at the upstream end of the regulator.

QRATE()= or Flowrate through the regulator.
PDOWN()= Pressure at the downstream end of the device. If you specify the downstream
pressure, PIPEPHASE treats the device as a conventional regulator with a
specified exit pressure and solves the network without use of the subnetwork
algorithm.
Optional entries:
Example:

STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > CONTRACTION
MREG NAME=MRE1, QRAT=5600
CONTRACTION
Defines a contraction from a larger to a smaller diameter pipe.
Mandatory entries:
IDIN()= or Inside diameter of the inlet pipe in short length units. Nominal inlet pipe
NOMID= diameter (in inches).
IDOUT()= or Inside diameter of the outlet pipe in short length units. Nominal outlet pipe
NOMOD= diameter (in inches).
Optional entries:

only.
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table,
PIPEPHASE will generate an error message. If the schedule is not defined, the default schedule 40 is used.
ANGLE()=180 Angle of the contraction. A sudden contraction has a 180 degree angle.
K= Resistance coefficient. If you omit this entry, PIPEPHASE calculates a
resistance coefficient.
C2=0.5 The second parameter in the Chisholm equation.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical contraction, you may use this entry to
specify how many there are in the link. Use this entry only when the
properties of the fluid do not change significantly.
Example:
CONTRACT IDIN=6, IDOUT=4, ANGLE=135, HOMOGEN


ENTRANCE
Describes the entrance into a pipe from a larger volume such as a vessel.
Mandatory entries:
IDPIPE()= or Inside diameter of the downstream pipe in short length units. Nominal
NOMD= downstream pipe diameter (in inches).
Optional entries:

only.
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table, an error
message will be generated by PIPEPHASE. If schedule is not defined, the default schedule 40 is used. If a
match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message
K=0.50.5 Resistance coefficient.

C2= The second parameter in the Chisholm equation. If you use the Chisholm
model, you must supply a value for C2.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical entrance, you may use this entry to
Example:
ENTRANCE IDPIPE=3.068, K=0.3, LAMBDA=1.2
EXIT
Describes the exit from a pipe into a larger volume such as a vessel.
Mandatory entries:
IDPIPE= or Inside diameter of the upstream pipe in short length units. Nominal upstream
NOMD= pipe diameter (in inches).

STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > EXPANSION
Optional entries:

only.
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table, then an error
message will be generated by PIPEPHASE. If schedule is not defined, then the default schedule 40 is used.
K=1.0 Resistance coefficient.

C2= The second parameter in the Chisholm equation. If you use the Chisholm
model, you must supply a value for C2.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical exit, you may use this entry to specify
Example:
EXIT IDPIPE=2.15, K=0.7
EXPANSION
Defines an expansion from a smaller to a larger diameter pipe.
Mandatory entries:
IDIN()= or Inside diameter of the inlet pipe in short length units. Nominal inlet pipe
NOMID= diameter (in inches).
IDOUT()= or Inside diameter of the outlet pipe in short length units. Nominal outlet pipe
Optional entries:

only.
General Data Category of input.


In the latter case, either a default or user-defined table of pipe schedule data
will be used.
ANGLE()=180 Angle of the expansion. A sudden expansion has a 180 degree angle.
K= Resistance coefficient. If you omit this entry, PIPEPHASE calculates a
resistance coefficient.
C2= The second parameter in the Chisholm equation. If this entry is omitted,
PIPEPHASE calculates a value.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical expansion you may use this entry to
properties of the fluid do not change throughout the link.
COMP Invokes a compressible fluid expansion model. The model is for
homogeneous flow and is suited for situations in which the incompressible
models lead to large pressure rises across expansion. Only valid for
compositional systems.
Example:
EXPANSION IDIN=4, IDOUT=6, ANGLE=135
NOZZLE
Mandatory entries:
IDPIPE()= or Inside diameter of the upstream pipe in short length units.

NOMD
IDNOZZLE()= Inside diameter of the nozzle in short length units.
Optional entries:

used. If a match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message
COEFFICIENT= Flow coefficient. If this entry is omitted, PIPEPHASE will

calculate a flow coefficient.
CPCV=1.4 Specific heat ratio for the vapor phase.
CHISHOLM or Invokes the Chisholm or Homogeneous two-phase flow model.
HOMOGENEOUS Only applicable if the fluid is two-phase.

STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > ORIFICE
USER= Invokes a user-defined pressure drop method. A FORTRAN
subroutine must be written and linked with PIPEPHASE.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical nozzle, you may use this entry
to specify how many there are in the link. Use this entry only when
the properties of the fluid do not change significantly.
Example:
NOZZLE IDPIPE=4.6, IDNOZZLE=3.1
ORIFICE
Mandatory entries:

NOMD
IDORIFICE()= Inside diameter of the orifice in short length units.
Optional entries:

THIN or Specifies whether a thin or thick orifice plate is used.

THICK If t > 10 mm use the THICK option
If t 10 mm use the THIN option
where t is the thickness of the orifice plate
COEFFICIENT= Flow coefficient. If you omit this entry, PIPEPHASE calculates a flow
coefficient.
C2=0.5 The second parameter in the Chisholm equation. The default is 0.5 for a thin
orifice plate or 1.5 for a thick orifice plate.
CPCV=1.4 Specific heat ratio for vapor phase.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical orifice, you may use this entry to specify
Example:
ORIFICE IDPIPE=10, IDORIFICE=6, THICK, CPCV=1.5


TEE
Defines a tee piece in a pipeline.
Mandatory entries:
IDPIPE()= or Inside diameter of the upstream pipe in short length units. Nominal upstream
NOMD= pipe diameter (in inches).
K= or Enter one of these. K is the resistance coefficient. If you enter KMUL,
KMUL= PIPEPHASE calculates the resistance coefficient by multiplying the friction
factor by KMUL. Recommended values of KMUL are 20 (through run) and
60 (through branch).
Optional entries:

only.
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table, an error
message will be generated by PIPEPHASE. If schedule is not defined, the default schedule 40 is used. If a
match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018 Pipe inside roughness in short length units. Use the qualifier REL to denote
roughness as a fraction of the pipe inside diameter.
be written and linked with PIPEPHASE. See User-Defined DP Correlations,
p. 4-142, for further information.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical tee, you may use this entry to specify
Example:
TEE IDPIPE=12, KMUL=20, ROUGH(REL)=0.0001

STRUCTURE Data Category of Input > VALVE
VALVE
Defines any type of valve gate valve, globe valve, angle valve, lift check valve, swing
check valve, stop check valve, ball valve, butterfly valve, plug valve, foot valve, etc.
Note: If QMAX is specified in an internal link (flow from junction to junction or junction to sink) where
the link flowrate is unknown, a choke or valve must be added as part of the link. PIPEPHASE will adjust the
choke or valve size automatically as part of the network iterations in order to meet the flow constraint.
Mandatory entries:
IDIN()= or Inside diameter of the pipe in short length units. Nominal inlet pipe diameter
NOMID= (in inches).
IDOUT()= or Inside diameter of the valve in short length units. Nominal outlet pipe
K= or Enter one of these. K is the resistance coefficient. If you enter KMUL,
KMUL= PIPEPHASE calculates the resistance coefficient by multiplying the friction
factor by KMUL. Recommended values of KMUL are given in the
following table.
Table 4-35: Recommended Values of KMUL

Valve Type Recommended Values of KMUL
Check Valve 200-400
Butterfly Valve 25-45
Foot Valve 75-420
Ball Valve fully open 3
Globe Valve 50-350
Angle Valve 50-350
Swing Valve 50-100
Optional entries:

only.


ANGLE=180 Angle of the valve. This entry is used for a ball or gate valve with conical
inlet and outlet.
C2=1.5 The second parameter in the Chisholm equation. The default is for a gate
valve.
VELCON= Velocity constant. Use this entry to calculate the minimum velocity required
to keep a velocity dependent valve open. Invokes an output warning if the
fluid velocity is not sufficient.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical valve you may use this entry to specify
Example:
VALVE NAME=GAT1, IDIN=3.068, IDOUT=3, KMUL=60 $ GLOBE VALVE
VENTURIMETER
The Venturimeter only models the pressure loss up to the throat. If you wish to include the pressure recovery
effect of the Venturimeter outlet, then an EXPANSION device should immediately follow downstream.
Mandatory entries:

NOMD=
IDTHROAT()= Inside diameter of the Venturimeter throat in short length units.
Optional entries:

COEFFICIENT= Flow coefficient. If a value is not supplied, PIPEPHASE uses built-in

correlations to calculate one.
CPCV=1.4 Specific heat ratio for the vapor phase.
C2= The second parameter in the Chisholm equation. If a value is not entered, the
C-parameter in Eqn. 6-82, is set to 5.3.

DEPRESSURING Data Category of Input > DEPRESSURING
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical Venturimeter, you may use this entry to
Example:
VENTURI IDPIPE=12,IDTHROAT=9.5, CPCV=1.45
DEPRESSURING Data Category of Input

The Depressuring Data Category defines sources for a flare system which simulates
venting from vessels under fire conditions. You may specify up to 500 vessels in a
single simulation run. Each vessel is referenced to a source for a Flare calculation. This
section is optional.
Table 4-36: Depressuring Data Category of Input
Statement Keywords See
DEPRESSURING None; introduces the section p. 104
VESSEL {NAME=}, REFSOURCE=, TEMP()=, PRES()=, p. 104
DIAMETER()=, VOLUME()= or SPHERICAL or
HORIZONTAL()= or VERTICAL=, WAREA()=,
{LIQVOLUME()= or LIQHEIGHT()=,
VOLFACTOR=1.0, WT()=, CP()=}
{OPERATION} PRELIEF()=, PMAX()=, DTIME()=, FTIME()=, p. 105
{IRATE()=}, {DRATE()=}, HMODEL=,
DMODEL=, {AFAC=1.0}, C1=, C2=, C3=, C4=, C5=
DEPRESSURING
Introduces the section
VESSEL
Mandatory statement. Describes the depressuring vessel geometry and initial operating
conditions.
Mandatory entries:
REFSOURCE= Enter the name of the source to which this depressuring unit is attached. The
composition defined on this source is used in the depressuring calculations.
A source can only be referenced once.
TEMP()= The initial temperature of the fluid in the vessel.
PRES()= The initial pressure of the fluid in the vessel.


VOLUME()= or Enter either the total vessel volume, or define the type of vessel. The entry
SPHERICAL or with HORIZONTAL or VERTICAL is the length or height, in long length
HORIZONTAL()= or units, of the straight section of the vessel, ignoring the end caps. The end
VERTICAL()= caps are assumed to be hemispherical.
DIAMETER()= The diameter of the vessel must be supplied in long length units for
SPHERICAL, HORIZONTAL, or VERTICAL vessels.
WAREA()= The initial wetted area for the vessel is required when VOLUME is specified,
and the heat model is not USER. If SPHERICAL, HORIZONTAL, or
VERTICAL is specified, then the initial wetted area is calculated.
Optional entries:
NAME= Up to four alphanumeric characters, used to describe the depressuring vessel.

LIQVOLUME()= or The initial liquid volume or height in the vessel at vessel conditions. Both
LIQHEIGHT()= keywords may be used with SPHERICAL, HORIZONTAL, or VERTICAL
vessels. The LIQVOLUME option may also be specified with the VOLUME
keyword.
A flash calculation is performed to determine the amounts of vapor and
liquid which will fill the vessel. If neither of these keywords are entered,
then the calculated volumes are used. If the value entered is inconsistent
with the calculated value, the vessel pressure is adjusted to obtain the correct
liquid volume.
VOLFACTOR=1.0 Factor applied to vessel volume to correct for pipes and fittings in
SPHERICAL, HORIZONTAL, or VERTICAL vessels.
Corrected volume = VOLFACTOR * Vessel Volume
WT()= The total weight of the vessel without its contents. If entered, CP must also
be supplied. These are used to include the vessel heat capacity in the heat
balance calculations
CP()= The specific heat of the vessel wall material. If entered, WT must also be
supplied.
Example:
VESSEL NAME=VES1, REFS=DEP1, TEMP=150, PRES=180, SPHERICAL, DIAM=20
VESSEL REFS=S1, TEMP=200, PRES=350, VOLUME=950
OPERATION
Mandatory statement. Operating parameters for the depressuring unit.
Mandatory entries:
PRELIEF()= Relief pressure of the vessel. If the vessel pressure reaches this value, the
contents of the vessel will be discharged.
PMAX()= Maximum allowable pressure for the vessel.
FTIME()= Duration of the simulation. After this amount of calculated time, the
simulation stops. The default time dimension is minutes.
DTIME()= Calculation time step. The default time dimension is minutes
DMODEL= Specify the phase of the vented material. The options are given in Table 4-37.

DEPRESSURING Data Category of Input > HMODEL
Table 4-37: DMODEL Keyword Options
GAS The vented material is vapor.

HOMOGENEOUS The vented material has the same weight fraction vapor as the average in the
vessel.
LIQUID The vented material is liquid.
HMODEL
Model for external heat input. Descriptions of each entry are given in Table 4-38.
Table 4-38: External Heat Input Options
SER User-defined heat transfer defined by:

Q = C1 + C2*time + C3*(C4-Tv) + C5*(Vs/Vi)
API2000 The API 2000 method, defined by:Q(Btu/hr) = A*(CWAREA)B
Where :
A CWAREA B
20000 20 - 200 1.000
199200 201 - 1000 0.566
963400 1001 - 2800 0.338
21000 >2800 0.820
This formula applies to uninsulated vessels above ground level.
APISCALE The API2000 method but with scaling:
Q(Btu/hr) = A*(CWAREA)B * (Vs/Vi)
API RP520 The API RP520 method defined by:
Q(Btu/hr) = 21000*(CWAREA)0.82
This formula applies to uninsulated vessels above ground level.
RPSCALE The API2000 method but with scaling:
Q(Btu/hr) = 21000*(CWAREA)0.82 * (Vs/Vi)
FIRERELIEF The fire relief method described by:
Q = C1 * C2 * CWAREAC3
Where:
Q= Duty in millions of energy units per time unit
IWAREA Initial wetted area
CWAREA Current wetted area:
CWAREA = IWAREA*AFAC*(Vs/Vi)
Vs = Current volume of liquid in vessel
Vi = Initial volume of liquid inside vessel
Tv = Current vessel temperature


Parameters used to define the USER and FIRERELIEF heat input models.
Units allowed (denoted in square brackets) are fixed:
C1[106BTU/hr]=,
C2[106BTU/hr2]=,
C3[106BTU/hr.F]=,
C4[F]=,
C5[106BTU/hr]=
Optional entries:
IRATE()= User defined initial vent rate in weight units.

DRATE()= User defined incremental vent rate in weight units. If the pressure exceeds
the maximum allowable, the vent rate will be incremented in steps of
DRATE until it no longer exceeds the maximum.
AFAC=1.0 Area factor used to calculate the current wetted area by the relation shown
above.
Example:
OPERATION PREL=250, PMAX=295, FTIME=100, DTIME=5, DMODEL=GAS,*
HMODEL=APISCALE

UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input > Overview
UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input

Overview
The UNIT OPERATIONS Category of input allows unit operations to be included in a
simulation. UNIT OPERATIONS differ from FITTINGS and DEVICES in that they
have more than one statement. The general format is:
UnitKeyword NAME=
statementName keywords...
statementName keywords...
UNIT None p. 109
CALCULATOR Unit Operation
CALCULATOR ({UID=, NAME=]
DIMENSION C(50), P(50), V(200), R(200), IX(9) p. 110
CONSTANT i, j, value/ ... p. 110
DEFINE P(i) AS SIMU = SIMU, CCLASS=<CClass>,
CNAME=<CName>,
VARIABLE=<Variable Name>, {INDEX=<Index No>}
RESULT i, text/... p. 111
PROCEDURE None p. 112
FORTRAN Statement p. 112
{DIMENSION var(), var(),...}
{INTEGER var, var,...}
{REAL var, var,...}
{nn var = expression}
{nn GOTO mm}
{nn CONTINUE}
{nn IF (expression) conditional clause}
{nn IF (expression) THEN}
{ELSEIF (expression) THEN}
{ELSE}
{ENDIF}
{nn DO mm IXi=i, j, k}
{nn DISPLAY R(i:j), P(i:j), C(i:j), V(i:j), IX(i:j)}
{nn OPEN(FILE=field, OVERWRITE or APPEND)
{nn OUTPUT R(i:j), P(i:j), C(i:j), V(i:j), IX(i:j)}
{nn TRACE option}
{nn STOP}


HYDRATES Unit Operation
HYDRATES {NAME=} p. 115
EVALUATE STREAM=, {PRES()=-13.221, MAXPRES()=5861.31 and/or p. 116
POINTS=30 and/or DP()=, TESTIMATE=, ITEMP(),
MAXTEMP()=, and/or POINTS=30 and/or DT()=,
PTESTIMATE=, INHIBITOR(type)=}
UNIT
Introduces the section.
Mandatory entries: None.
Optional entries: None.
CALCULATOR
Introduces the Calculator unit operation. Calculator is a versatile utility module offering
much of the calculational power of FORTRAN. As a unit operation module, it may be
placed anywhere in the flowsheet calculation sequence. Using a simple language based
on FORTRAN 77, it computes a result or array of results for printout, for storage in a
stream vector, or for use by other unit modules. Its usefulness is limited only by the
imagination of the user. Typical applications include:
Compute special stream properties.
Compute process utility or operating costs for printout or convergence control.
Compute equipment size and cost, based on calculated unit parameters, for printout.
The CALCULATOR has two main sections:
Calculator Setup
and
Calculator Procedure.
The Calculator Setup section retrieves flowsheet variables involved in the calculations,
dimensions certain supplied arrays, defines invariant constants, sequences streams for
DO loop processing, and assigns descriptive labels to elements of the RESULTS vector.
The Calculator Procedure section contains FORTRAN-based statements which perform
calculations.
Mandatory entries: None.

UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input > DIMENSION
Optional entries:
UID= Unit identifier of the Calculator unit operation. Up to four alphanumeric

characters. Embedded blanks are not permitted
NAME=) Name of the Calculator unit operation. Up to four alphanumeric characters.
DIMENSION
Optional statement in the Calculator Setup section of the Calculator unit. The
DIMENSION statement overrides default dimensions to declare the number of elements
in CALCULATOR supplied arrays C, P, V, R, and IX.
Optional entries:
C(index) Constant values defined in the Calculator Setup section. Used only on the right
hand side of assignment statements
P(index) Flowsheet parameters set by DEFINE statements. Used only on the right hand
side of assignment statements.
V(index) A floating- point work array used on either the left or right hand side of
assignment statements. These elements are initialized to a large negative value
and are not available outside the calculator.
R(index) The array of calculator results, used on either side of assignment statements.
This results vector is available to other flowsheet modules external to the
CALCULATOR. These elements are initialized to a large negative value.
IX(index) An array of integer values. The form IX(index) is invalid on a DO statement.
It may be used on either side of assignment statements.
CONSTANT
Mandatory statement only if the code in the Calculator Procedure section references
streams or cycles through a series of sinks, sources, or junctions using a DO loop. The
CONSTANT statement allows initialization of numerical values that remain unchanged
by any calculations in the procedure section. Note that integer values are converted to
floating-point numbers. All these constants are stored in array C. The number of
elements in this array may be defined on the DIMENSION statement. Elements not
defined on the CONSTANT statement have large negative values.


Mandatory entries:
i, j These positive integers denote the beginning and ending element index in the
CONSTANT array.
value The value stored in elements i through j of array C.
Integer values are stored as floating-point numbers.
Note: When j is given, all elements of array C between i and j assume the specified value. If j
is omitted, the single element specified by i is used. When i is missing, the next available element takes
the specified value.
Example: To initialize elements 3 through 11 of array C to zero, and elements 12 through

14 to 1.0, use:
CONSTANT 3, 11, 0.0/ 12, 14, 1.0
DEFINE
Optional statement. DEFINE allows retrieval of device or source/sink/junction values
from the flowsheet, and stores them as elements of the P array. Each DEFINE
statement initializes a single element. The number of elements in the P array may be
defined on the DIMENSION statement.
Mandatory entries: DEFINE P(i) AS SIMU=SIMU, CCLASS=<CClass>, CNAME=<CName>,
VARIABLE=<Variable Name>, {INDEX=<Index No>}
CCLASS = This refers the CCLASS of the device. All the valid entries for
<CClass> are listed in Table 4-43a in CASE STUDY Data Category of
Input starting on p. 121.
CNAME = This refers the Name of the NODE or LINK or DEVICE or PVT.
VARIABLE = This refers the Parameter. All the valid entries for <Variable Name>
are listed in Table 4-43a in CASE STUDY Data Category of Input
starting on p. 121.
INDEX = This refers the Array element index for Array variables (Component
Mol Fractions, DPDT Curves, etc.)
Example:
DEFINE P(1) AS SIMU=SIMU, CCLASS=SOURCE, CNAME=S001, VARIABLE="Temperature"
DEFINE P(3) AS SIMU=SIMU, CCLASS=SOURCE, CNAME=S001, VARIABLE="XLFEED(M)",*
INDEX=1
Note: Most CALCULATORS have as a minimum one DEFINE statement.
RESULT
Optional statement. The RESULT statement allows the user to supply descriptive labels
for each CALCULATOR result.

Mandatory entries:
i, text/... Descriptive label for each calculator result. Labels may consist of up to
12 characters of text, but must not contain the characters = , ( ) * or &.
Embedded blanks are acceptable.
Example:
RESULT 1, RELATIVE MB
PROCEDURE
The PROCEDURE statement is required.
FORTRAN Statements
Optional statements. You may supply any number of the following FORTRAN-like
statements between the required PROCEDURE and RETURN statements. Each
statement contains a maximum of 80 characters. An ampersand (&) at the end of a line
indicates continuation on the following line. Note that an asterisk ( * ) is not valid as a
continuation marker, since it signifies multiplication.
All lines of code except the PROCEDURE statement may be preceded by a unique
numeric label from 1 to 99999 (shown as nn in this manual). The dollar sign ($)
causes all following data on the remainder of the line to be interpreted as a comment
rather than as code.
Note: Unlike FORTRAN, a C in column one does not designate a comment statement.
Statement Description
{DIMENSION var( ), var( ), ...} The DIMENSION statement is used to define one or two-dimensional
arrays. Each subscript may be an integer constant, or two integer
constants separated by a colon to specify both the lower and upper
array bounds.
{INTEGER var, var, ...} Defines integer variables.
{REAL var, var, ...} Defines real variables.
Example:
DIMENSION A(20,20), B(20), X(20)
REAL MASS
INTEGER COUNT, TAB(100)


Five real values are to be specified for the revenue (REVENU), profit (PROFIT), and
loss (LOSS) arrays corresponding to the years 2006 through 2010. The integer constants
2006 and 2010 are used (separated by commas) to denote the array bounds.
Example:
REAL REVENU(2006:2010), PROFIT(2006:2010), LOSS(2006:2010)
A variable may only appear once on these statements. The following is valid in standard
FORTRAN, but not in the CALCULATOR:
Example:
REAL MOLWT
DIMENSION MOLWT(50)
Both standard FORTRAN and the CALCULATOR accept this equivalent form:
REAL MOLWT(50)
Expressions
{nn var = expression} The expression is governed by standard FORTRAN conventions. The
symbols for mathematical operations are given in Table 4-39 below.
Table 4-39: Mathematical Operators

Symbol Description
+ addition
- subtraction
* multiplication
/ division
** exponentiate (raise to a power)
The operations on a given statement are executed in the following order:

1. Expressions within parentheses ( )
2. Functions
3. Exponentiation ( ** )
4. Multiplication and division ( * ,/)
5. Addition and subtraction (+,-)
For calculations with the same precedence, expressions are evaluated from right to left
for exponentials, and left to right for all others.
Note: The CALCULATOR-supplied arrays C and P may not appear on the left side of an assignment
statement.

Table 4-40a: Logical Operators in IF Statements
Operator Description
.EQ. equal to
.NE. not equal to
.LT. less than
.GT. greater than
.GE. greater than or equal to
.LE. less than or equal to
.AND. both true
.OR. either true
.EQV. equivalent
.NEQV. not equivalent
.NOT. true/ false toggle
Table 4-40b: CALCULATOR Statements

{nn GOTO mm} This is the standard FORTRAN statement that branches to label mm
unconditionally. GO TO written as two words is also supported.
{nn CONTINUE} This statement serves as a branch destination or the end of a DO loop. It
performs no calculations.
{nn IF (expression) This statement allows logical branching during calculations and conforms to
conditional clause} standard FORTRAN rules for IF statements. If the parenthetic expression is
true, it executes the conditional clause, which may be any procedure section
statement except RETURN, IF or DO. Table 4-40a lists logical operators
allowed in the expression.
{nn IF (expression)
THEN}
{ELSEIF (expression)
THEN}
{ELSE}
{ENDIF} The standard FORTRAN block IF statements are also supported. ELSE IF
and END IF written as two words are also accepted. Block IF constructs
may be nested.
DO mm IXi= i, j, k} This statement defines the beginning of DO loops having a range extending
through statement label mm. IXn requires integer values for the initial and final
indices i and j. The incremental step index k is optional and defaults
to 1.
{nn DISPLAY R( i : j ), The DISPLAY statement prints out array values during calculations. Only
P( i : j ), C( i : j ), V( i : j ), CALCULATOR supplied arrays may appear in DISPLAY statements. The
IX( i : j )} position of DISPLAY statements in the procedure section determines when
values are printed. Entries i and j refer to the first and last elements of the
array to print. If i and j are absent, the entire array is printed.


{nn OPEN(FILE=fileid, The OPEN statement opens a file for CALCULATOR output. Only
OVERWRITE or CALCULATOR supplied arrays may be used. For PC, VAX, and UNIX
APPEND) platforms, the default output name is <fileid>.CAL, where <fileid> is the
current input file name. A unique filename, up to 12 characters long, may be
specified, if necessary. However it will have a .CAL extension. Underscore
characters are not allowed (e.g., FILE_01). Any OPEN statement automatically
closes the previously opened file.
{nn OUTPUT R( i : j ), The OUTPUT statement performs the actual write to files. Multiple OUTPUT
P( i : j ), C( i : j ), V( i : j ), statements may be supplied and may appear at any time following an OPEN
IX( i : j )} statement. Entries iand jare defined as for the DISPLAY statement. If
iand jare absent, the entire array is printed.
{nn TRACE option} Trace statements control printing an historical trace as calculations proceed.
This facilitates debugging the code in the CALCULATOR procedure.
Options are:
ON Prints line number, statement number, and (action taken/ new
variable value) as each statement executes.
BRANCH Prints TRACE information only for branching statements such as
IF, GOTO or DO.
OFF Turns off all TRACE options.
{nn STOP} This statement stops all flowsheet calculations and proceeds directly to the
output report. The solution flag for the entire flowsheet is set according to the
user-defined value of ISOLVE.
RETURN
The RETURN statement is required.
HYDRATES
Introduces the Hydrates unit operation, which predicts the pressure and temperature
regime in which the fluid at a node (source, sink, or junction) is vulnerable to hydrate
formation. Different ranges of temperature and pressure can be examined. Calculations
assume the presence of free water for hydrates to form.
The effect of NaCl, methanol, ethylene glycol, di-ethylene glycol and tri-ethylene glycol
hydrate inhibitors can also be studied.
NAME= Name of the Hydrates unit operation. Up to four alphanumeric characters.

UNIT OPERATIONS Data Category of Input > EVALUATE
EVALUATE
Mandatory statement. Define one range of conditions through which hydrate formation
is to be investigated.
You may either define a range of pressures and PIPEPHASE will predict the temperature
profile which defines the incipient formation of hydrates, or you may define a range of
temperatures and PIPEPHASE will predict the pressure profile which defines the
incipient formation of hydrates. You may optionally define an inhibitor whose effect is to
be examined.
Mandatory entries:
STREAM= Name of the node SOURCE, SINK or JUNCTION at which the fluid is to be
investigated.
Optional Entries for Pressure Range:
IPRES()=-13.221 Specify the initial pressure at which hydrate formation is to be investigated.

The default is equivalent to 0.1 ATM.
MAXPRES()= 5861.31 Enter two out of three of: final pressure; number of points to be evaluated
and/or between the initial and final pressures (maximum is 30); pressure increment
POINTS=30 and/or between points. The default for MAXPRES is equivalent to 400 ATM.
DP()
TESTIMATE= Estimate of incipient hydrate formation temperature at the initial pressure
point.
Mandatory Entries for temperature range:
ITEMP()= Specify the initial temperature at which hydrate formation is to be

investigated.
MAXTEMP()= Enter two out of three of: final temperature; number of points to be evaluated
and/or between the initial and final temperatures (maximum is 30); temperature
POINTS=30 and/or increment between points.
DT()=
PESTIMATE= Estimate of incipient hydrate formation pressure at the initial temperature
point.
Optional Entries for pressure and temperature range:
INHIBITOR(type)= Weight percent concentration of inhibitor. If you omit this entry, noinhibitor
calculations are performed. Use the qualifier to define the type of inhibitor.
Allowable types are: NACL or SALT sodium chloride METH or MEOH
methanol EG ethylene glycol DEG di-ethylene glycol TEG tri-ethylene
glycol
Example:
UNIT OPERATIONS
HYDRATES NAME=HYD1


EVALUATE STREAM=SNK3, IPRES=50, MAXPR=500, DP=10,&
INHIB(EG)=12
EVALUATE STREAM=JCT1, ITEMP=200, MAXTEMP=2000, POINTS=20
EVALUATE STREAM=SRC2, INHIBITOR(NACL)=22.5

SIZING DATA Category of Input
Overview
The Sizing Data Category of input sizes pipes and also lines and relief valves within
flare network configurations. This category is optional. Note that sizing is not available
for depressuring only simulations as no network calculations are performed for this case.
Table 4-41: Sizing Data Category of Input
Statement Keywords See ...
SIZING None p. 118
DEVICE NAME= p. 118
RELIEF CLASS=, {KGAS=0.975, KLIQ=0.65, KLEU=0.975, p. 118
VALT=CONVENTIONAL, VALS=, NAME=, LIQC=,
GASC=, OVER=1.1, NOSE, BRIEF}
{LINE} ID()= or NOMD= p. 120
{MAXV} ERVELC=, VELOCITY()=, ID()= or DENSITY()= or NOMD= p. 120
{VALVE} NAME= p. 121
SIZING
Introduces the category. This category is used for sizing pipes.
DEVICE
Identifies which pipe are to be sized.
Mandatory entries:
NAME=name,name,... Enter the name(s) of the device(s) that you want sized. If you want all
devices to be sized, enter:
NAME=ALL
Example:
DEVICE NAME=PIP1, LIN2, PIP3
RELIEF
The RELIEF statement is used to define unique classes of valve size parameters that
differ from default values supplied or inferred from the FLAREDEF statement in the
General Data Category of input. Up to 25 different classes of valve size parameters can
be defined, where each class is identified by a unique, user-supplied name.
Mandatory entries:
CLASS=name Defines the name chosen to be assigned to the class of valve sizing
parameters defined on the RELIEF statement.
Optional entries:
KGAS=0.975 Gas phase discharge coefficient.

KLIQ=0.650 Liquid phase discharge coefficient used in the API formula.
KLEU=0.975 Discharge coefficient used in the Homogeneous Equilibrium valve discharge
model.
VALTYPE= Valve type to be used as default. Options are conventional (default) or
CONVENTIONAL or balanced bellows.
BELLOWS
VALSIZE()=s1, s2, s3,...s25 Up to 25 available sizes (nominal relief areas) of valves, entered in
ascending order. When not specified, INPLANT will use nominal areas
defined in the API 526 documentation. These data are used to select the
smallest nominal size that is sufficient to handle the valve relief
requirements.
NAME=n1, n2, n3,...n25 This keyword allows the user to name up to 25 valve sizes which are defined
in the VALSIZE keyword (for example, for an API standard orifice area of
0.110 in2, the corresponding API name or identifier is D). If this keyword is
not used and the VALSIZE keyword is used, INPLANT will not identify by
name the size of the valve to be selected. If this keyword is not used and the
VALSIZE keyword is also not used, INPLANT will use API standard letter
identifiers for the valve sizes
Note: There must be a one-to-one correspondance between the entries for
NAME and the entries for VALSIZE.
LIQC=x1,y1/x2,y2/ Up to 20 pairs of (xi,yi) entries to determine the pressure correction (Kw) for
/x20,y20 liquid phase relief, where:
yi = back pressure correction (kw)
When not specified, values from the API 520 (1993) documentation are
used. Thus, for conventional valves, the default for K2 = 1.0, and for
balanced bellows the default for Kw is taken from Figure 31 of the API
Recommended Practice 520 (1993). See Figure 6-21, API 520 Kw for
Balanced Bellows Valves in Liquid Relief, for details. The xi entry may be
defined in either fraction or percentage terms, and must be in ascending
GASC=x1,y1/x2,y2/ Up to 20 pairs of (xi,yi) entries to determine the pressure correction (Kb) for
/x20,y20 gas phase relief.
For conventional valves:
xi = relief pressure (absolute)/back pressure (absolute)
For balanced bellows valves:
For both valve types:
yi = back pressure correction (Kb)
When not specified, values for the gas discharge back pressure correction are
taken from recommendations in the API 520 (1993) document. Thus, for
conventional valves, the equations given in API Recommended Practice 520
(1993) for Single-Phase Relief, p. 6-62 in this manual, are used to estimate
Kb. For balanced bellows valves, the correction factors are taken from
Figure 27 of API 520 at an overpressure of 10 percent (Figure 6-20). The xi
entry may be defined in either fraction or percentage terms, and must be in
ascending order. The yi entries must be defined as fractions.

OVER=1.1 Valid for balanced bellows devices only. This entry may be given as a
fraction or percentage and is equal to the set pressure plus the overpressure
for the valve. When not specified, a value of 10% overpressure is used (i.e., a
fraction of 1.10).
NONSELECT Use of this keyword suppresses the valve size selection process.
LINE
Optional statement. Defines the line sizes that are to be used by PIPEPHASE in
determining a diameter which satisfies the sizing criteria. If this statement is omitted,
standard API Schedule 40 inside diameters are used. These are (in inches):
1.049 1.610 2.067 2.469 3.068 3.548 4.026 5.074 6.065
7.981 10.020 11.938 13.124 15.000 16.876 18.814 22.626
Mandatory entries:
ID()=value,value,... Enter the inside diameters to be tried in short length units. Entries must be in
or ascending order.
NOMD=value,value... Enter the nominal sizes to be tried in inches. Entries must be in ascending
order. Default SCHEDULE is used to get corresponding ID. If the NOMD is
not in the SCHEDULE list, it is ignored.
Example:
LINE ID(MM)=26, 30, 35, 40
MAXV
Optional statement. Enter the maximum velocity criteria. If this statement is omitted,
PIPEPHASE will use the erosional maximum velocity criteria, VEM.
100
V EM = --------------------------------------
-
TwoPhaseSlip
Mandatory entries: (for single-link, non-flare systems only)
ERVELC= or Enter the erosional velocity constant to replace 100 in the above erosional
velocity equation.
VELOCITY()= Enter a set of maximum velocities corresponding to a set of inside diameters
or densities.
ID()= or Enter a set of inside diameters or two-phase slip densities corresponding to
DENSITY()= or the set of maximum velocities. Entries should be in ascending order. ID is in
NOMD= short length units. NOMD is in inches and the default SCHEDULE is used
to get corresponding ID. If the NOMD is not in the SCHEDULE list, it is
ignored.
Optional entries: (for flare systems only)
PCRIT()=100 The percentage of the Moody pulse model-predicted critical velocity to be

used as the sizing criterion.

Example:
MAXV VELOCITY=20,300,22,19,18, ID=2,5.5,10,15,25
MAXV PCRIT=95
VALVE
Used only with flare networks for relief valve sizing.
Mandatory entries:
NAME=name,name,... Names of all the values you want sized. If you want all devices to be sized,
enter:
NAME=ALL
CHANGE CCLASS=PIPE, CNAME=GLINK, LINK=L001, VARIABLE=PIPE LENGTH, TIME=10,30,*

VALUE=10,50
CASE STUDY Data Category of Input

Overview
The CASE STUDY Data Category of Input allows you to modify the base case input and
re-run the simulation. This category is optional.
Table 4-42: Case Study Category of Input.
CASESTUDY None p. 121
{DESCRIPTION} any text string p. 121
{RESTORE} None p. 122
{PARAMETER} CCLASS=<CClass>, CNAME=<CName>, {LINK=<Link Name>}, p. 122
VARIABLE=<Variable Name>, {INDEX=<Index No>},
{SETCALC=}, VALUE=<Value>
CASESTUDY
Introduces the category. Each new case is headed by a CASE statement and there are no
limits on the number of cases which can be entered in a simulation input.
DESCRIPTION
Optional statement. Allows you to enter a description of the simulation. You are
restricted to one DESCRIPTION statement per case study. The information on this
statement is printed once at the start of the case study output.
Optional entries: Text string of up to 60 characters.
Example:
DESC Change pipeline ID to 3 inches
RESTORE
By default, each new case study uses the solution from the previous case as the initial
guess. Use this keyword to restore the original solution as the initial guess. Case study
changes are cumulative, but the restore option will reset device and node data back to the
base case values. Changes to compositions and some simulation data such as viscosity
data are not included in this logic and must be restored manually.
PARAMETER
This PARAMETER statement allows changes to be made to parameters on a node and/or
device. You may have as many PARAMETER statements as desired. The devices and
parameters that can be changed are listed in Table 4-43a.
CCLASS= This refers the CCLASS of the device. All the valid entries for <CClass>
are listed in Table 4-43a
CNAME= This refers the Name of the NODE or LINK or DEVICE or PVT.
Use GFROM and GNETWORK to make GLOBAL changes in the network.
Use GLINK along with LINK = <Link Name> to make GLOBAL changes
in a particular Link <Link Name>.
LINK = Indicates that variable changes to be made for all devices in the link <Link
Name>. This is used along CNAME = GLINK option.
VARIABLE= This refers the parameter. All the valid entries for <Variable Name> are
listed in Table 4-43a.
INDEX= This refer the Array Element Index for Array variables (Component Mol
Fractions, DPDT Curves, etc.)
SETCALC = Name of Calculator to retrieve data from.
VALUE= The new value to which you want the parameter changed.
Example: Global variable change for pipes in network to 10 inch I.D

PARAMETER CCLASS=PIPE, CNAME=GNETWORK, VARIABLE= PIPE ID, VALUE=3
PARAMETER CCLASS=TUBI, CNAME=GFROM, VARIABLE= PIPE ID, VALUE=2
GNETWORK
Sources
Table 4-43a: SOURCE (CCLASS = SOURCE) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization &
Calculator Variables:

Available as a
Type Associated Variables Variable Change Calculator
<device> <property> Description Variable Parameter1
SOURCE PRES Pressure X X
Compositional RATE(WT) Total Weight Rate X X
RATE(WT,GAS) Gas Weight Rate X
RATE(WT,LIQ) Liquid Weight Rate X
RATE(WT,OIL) Liquid Hydrocarbon X
Weight Rate
RATE(WT,WATE) Water Weight Rate
FRAC(GAS) Volumetric Gas X
Fraction
ENTH(TOTA) Total Enthalpy X
TEMP Temperature X X
QUAL Quality (single X X
component)
SCOMP Composition X X
NCOM Component Number X X
for composition
GHV Gross Heating Value X
WOBBE Wobbe Index X
Steam TEMP Temperature X X
QUAL Quality X X
RATE(WT) Weight Rate X X
STEA Steam Rate X
Fraction
BTU Total Enthalpy X
Gas RATE(GV) Gas Volume Rate X X
Temperature
TEMP Gas Gravity X X
GRAV(GAS Comp(m) N2 X X
SCOM, NCOM=1 Comp(m) CO2 X
SCOM, NCOM=2 Comp(m) H2S X
SCOM, NCOM=3 Gross Heating Value X
GHV Wobbe Index X
WOBBE Pressure X
Liquid RATE(LV) Liquid Volume Rate X X
GRAV(LIQ Liquid Gravity X X
See footnotes to Table 4-43ah.

Sinks
Table 4-43b: SINK (CCLASS = SINK) Case Study, Time stepping, Optimization & Calculator
Variables
Available as a
SINK PRES Pressure X X
Compositional RATE(WT) Total Weight Rate X X
Fraction
SCOMP Composition X
NCOM Component Number X
for composition
WOBBE Wobbe Index X
Steam TEMP Temperature X
QUAL Quality X
RATE(WT) Weight Rate X X
STEA Steam Rate X
Fraction
Gas RATE(GV) Gas Volume Rate X X
TEMP Temperature X
SCOM, NCOM=1 Comp(m) N2 X
WOBBE Wobbe Index X
Liquid RATE(LV) Liquid Volume Rate X X
TEMP Temperature X

Junctions
Table 4-43c: JUNCTION (CCLASS = JUNCTION) Case Study, Time stepping, Optimization &
Calculator Variables
Available as a
Type Associated Variable Change Calculator
<device> Variables Description Variable Parameter1
<property>
JUNCTION PRES Pressure X
Compositional RATE(WT) Total Weight Rate X
FRAC(GAS) Volumetric Gas Fraction X
TEMP Temperature X
SCOMP Composition X
NCOM Component Number for X
Composition
WOBBE Wobbe Index X
Steam TEMP Temperature X
QUAL Quality X
RATE(WT) Weight Rate X
STEA Steam Rate X
FRAC(GAS) Volumetric Gas Fraction X
Gas RATE(GV) Gas Volume Rate X
TEMP Temperature X
WOBBE Wobbe Index X
Liquid RATE(LV) Liquid Volume Rate X
TEMP Temperature X

Pipe
Table 4-43d: PIPE (CCLASS = PIPE) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator
Variables
Available as a
PIPE DP Pressure Drop X
U U Value X X
LENG Length X X
ECHG Elevation Change X X
ID Inside Diameter X X
ROUG Absolute Roughness X X
TAMB Ambient Temperature X X
CONP Pipe Conductivity X X
THKP Pipe Thickness X X
BDTO Pipe Buried Depth X X
CONS Soil Conductivity X X
CONI Insulation Conductivity X X
THKI Insulation Thickness X X
HINS Inside U X X
HOUT Effective Outside U X X
FLOW Flow Efficiency X X
RATE Flowrate X
PLM1 Palmer Uphill Factor X X
PLM2 Palmer Downhill X X
Factor
CPRE Outlet Pressure X
CTEM Outlet Temperature X
Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator
Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator

Compressors
Table 4-43e: COMPRESSOR (CCLASS = COMPR) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculator:
Available as a
COMPRESSOR RPOW Required Power X
RPM Rotary Speed X X
RPM(MAX) Maximum Rotary X X
Speed
POWE Set Power X X
POWE(MAX) Maximum Power X X
PRES Set Outlet Pressure X X
PRES(MAX) Maximum Pressure X X
EFF Efficiency X X
Pumps
Table 4-43f: PUMP (CCLASS = PUMP), ESP (CCLASS = ESP PUMP) Case Study, Time Stepping,
Optimization, & Calculator:
Available as a
PUMP RPOW Required Power X
RPM Rotary Speed X X
RPM(MAX) Maximum Rotary X X
Speed
POWE Set Power X X
POWE(MAX) Maximum Power X X
PRES Set Outlet Pressure X X
EFF Efficiency X X
Heater
Table 4-43g: HEATER (CCLASS = HEAT) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculator
Available as a
HEATER- RDUT Required Duty X

Available as a
COOLER CTOU Outlet Temperature X
DUTY Set Duty X X
TOUT Set Outlet Temperature X X
DP Fixed Pressure Drop X X
COEF DP Correl. Coefficient X X
EXP DP Correl. Exponent X X
Table 4-43h: COOLER (CCLASS = COOL) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculator
OUTLET PRES Outlet Pressure X
Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & CalculatorCase Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
CalculatorChokes
Table 4-43i: CHOKE (CCLASS = CHOK) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator
Available as a
Type Associated Variables Variable Change Objective
CHOKE DP Pressure Drop X
ID Inside Diameter X X
COEF Resistance Coefficient X X
Separators
Table 4-43j: SEPARATOR (CCLASS = SEPA) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculator
Available as a
SEPARATOR CRATE(GAS) Gas Removal Rate X
Compositional CRATE(LIQ) Liquid Removal Rate X
CRATE(COND) Oil Removal Rate X
CRATE(WATE) Water Removal Rate X
RATE(GAS) Set Gas Removal Rate X X
RATE(LIQ) Set Liquid Removal X X
Rate

Available as a
RATE(COND) Set Oil Removal Rate X X
RATE(WATE) Set Water Removal X X
Rate
PERC(GAS) Pct Gas Removed X
PERC(LIQ) Pct Liquid Removed X
PERC(COND) Pct Oil Removed X
PERC(WATE) Pct Water Removed X
CPRES Outlet Pressure X
Regulators
Table 4-43k: REGULATOR (CCLASS = REGU) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculators:
Available as a
REGULATOR DP Pressure Drop X
RATE2 Set Flowrate X
PUPS Upstream Pressure X X
PRES Downstream Pressure X X
See footnotes to Table 4-43ah..
Expanders
Table 4-43l: EXPANDER (CCLASS = EXPAND) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculators:
Available as a
EXPANDER CPRE Outlet Pressure X

Valves
Table 4-43m: VALVE (CCLASS = VALV) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculators:
Available as a
VALVE DP Pressure Drop X
K Resistance Coefficient X X
KMUL Resistance Multiplier X X
IDIN Inlet Diameter X X
IDOUT Outlet Diameter X X
CTEMP Outlet Temperature X
See footnotes to Table 4-43ah..
Injection
Table 4-43n: INJECTION (CCLASS = INJE) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculators:
Available as a
INJECTION FROM Injected from Separator X
CPRE Injection Pressure X
CTEM Injection Temperature X
DP Pressure Drop X
TEMP Set Injection X X
Temperature
DPDT Device
Table 4-43o: DPDT Device (CCLASS = DPDT) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculators:
Available as a
DPDT DP Pressure Drop X
DT Temperature Drop X
DQCV Set Curve DT 4 X X

Available as a
DPCV Set Curve DT 4 X X
DTCV Pressure Drop4 X X
MCOMP
Table 4-43p: MULTICHANGE COMPRESSOR (CCLASS = MCOMP) Case Study, Time
Stepping, Optimization, & Calculators:
Available as a
MCOMP POWE Set Power X X
POWE(MAX) Maximum Power X
PIN Set Inlet Pressure X X
PDIS Set Outlet Pressure X X
STAGE Number of Stages X X
INTP Set Stage Outlet X X
Pressure 5
INTT Set Stage Outlet X X
Temperature 5
INTQ Set Stage Duty 5 X X
INTDP Set Stage DP 5 X X
PEFF Stage Polytropic X X
Efficiency 5
ADEF Stage Adiabatic X X
Efficiency 5
DP Compressor Pressure X
Increase
RPOW Required Power X
RDUT Required Duty X
CTEM Outlet Temperature5 X
uses INDEX to indicate
stage

Bend
Table 4-43q: BEND (CCLASS = BEND) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculators:
Available as a
CALCULATOR R(1) Result Variable R(1) X
R(2) Result Variable R(2) X

Network OBJE Objective Function X
Variables BEST Best Objective X
Function
TIME Production Time X
CUMP Cumulative Production X
Check Valve
Table 4-43r: CHECK VALVE (CCLASS = CHEC) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculators:
Available as a
<device> Variables DescriptionVariable Variable Parameter1
<property> Description
SIMULATION PDAMP Pressure Damping Factor X X
or QDAMP Flow Rate Damping Factor X X
SIMU=RESGR
HALVE PBAL Interval Halving X X
MXITER Maximum PBAL iterations X X
PTOL PressureTolerance for X X
PBAL
DAMP Damping factor for MBAL X X
model
RESET Recalculate initial estimates X X
0 use previous estimates
1 ests based on diameters
2 estimates based on flow
resistance
3 estimates using nodal
mass balance
VG(MAX) Max Gas Velocity X
VL(MAX) Max Liquid Velocity X

Available as a
<device> Variables DescriptionVariable Variable Parameter1
<property> Description
VSG(MAX) Max Superficial Gas X
Velocity
VSL(MAX) Max Superficial Liquid X
Velocity
VM(MAX) Max Mixture Velocity X
HL(MAX) Max Liquid Holdup X
VG(MIN) Min Gas Velocity X
VL(MIN) Min Liquid Velocity X
VSG(MIN) Min Superficial Gas X
Velocity
VSL(MIN) Min Superficial Liquid X
Velocity
VM(MIN) Min Mixture Velocity X
HL (MIN) Min Liquid Holdup X
CUMP Cumulative Production X
Requires reservoir group

Contraction
Table 4-43s: CONTRACTION (CCLASS = CONT) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculators:
CONTR ANGLE Contraction Angle X X
CONTR K Resistance Coefficient X X
CHISOLM LAMB Chisolm Lambda Coef X X
Entrance
Table 4-43t: ENTRANCE (CCLASS = ENTR) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculators:
ENTR K Resistance Coefficient X X
Exit
Table 4-43u: EXIT (CCLASS = EXIT) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculators:
EXIT K Resistance Coefficient X X
Expansion
Table 4-43v: EXPANSION (CCLASS = EXPANS) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculators:
EXPNS ANGLE Expansion Angle X X
EXPNS K Resistance Coefficient X X
Nozzle
Table 4-43w: EXPANSION (CCLASS = EXPANS) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculators:
NOZZLE K Resistance Coefficient X X
NOZZLE CPCV Specific Heat Ratio X X

Orifice
Table 4-43x: ORIFICE (CCLASS = ORIF) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculators:
ORIFICE K Resistance Coefficient X X
ORIFICE CPCV Specific Heat Ratio X X
Tee
Table 4-43y: TEE (CCLASS = TEE) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculators:
TEE K Resistance Coefficient X X
TEE KMUL K-Value Multiplier X X
ROUGHNESS Absolute Wall Roughness X X
REL ROUGHNESS Relative Wall Roughness X X

IPR
Table 4-43z: IPR (CCLASS = IPR) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculators:
PPRES Reservoir Pressure Curve X X
AQCUM Reservoir Cum Production X X
AQOCUM Reservoir Oil Cum Production X X
AQLCUM Reservoir Liquid Cum Production X X
AQGCUM Reservoir Gas Cum Production X X
AQWCUM Reservoir Water Cum Production X X
Q CV PT VAL Flowrates for IPR Curve 1 X X
P CV PT VAL Bottomhole Pressures for IPR Curve 1 X X
Q CV2 PT VAL Flowrates for IPR Curve 2 X X
P CV2 PT VAL Bottomhole Pressures for IPR Curve 2 X X
Calculator Unit
Table 4-43aa: CALCULATOR UNIT (CCLASS = CALCULATOR) Case Study, Time Stepping,
Optimization, & Calculators:
R(0004) Calculator Result R4 X X

Optimization
Table 4-43ab: OPTIMIZATION (CCLASS = OPTIMIZATION) Case Study, Time Stepping,
DEFPERT Default Relative Perturbation X X
OBJTOL Minimum Relative Change in X X
Objective
VARTOL Minimum Relative Change in X X
Decision Var
DEF ERR TOL Default Error Tolerance X X
DAMPING Number of Cycles with Damping X X
Objective Parameter
Table 4-43ac: OBJECTIVE PARAMETER (CCLASS = OBJECTIVE) Case Study, Time Stepping,
COEF Coefficient for Objective Parameter X X
TARGET Target for Objective Parameter X X
Constraint Variable
Table 4-43ad: CONSTRAINT VARIABLE (CCLASS = CONSTRAINT) Case Study, Time
Stepping, Optimization, & Calculators:
ALOWER Absolute Lower Limit X X
AUPPER Absolute Upper Limit X X
RLOWER Relative Lower Limit X X
RUPPER Relative Upper Limit X X
MLOWER Mechanical Lower Limit X X
MUPPER Mechanical Upper Limit X X
ERROR Relative Error of Constraint X
Decision Variable
Table 4-43ae: DECISION VARIABLE (CCLASS = DECISION) Case Study, Time Stepping,
TIME Time for Variable Change X X
ALOWER Absolute Lower Limit X X
AUPPER Absolute Upper Limit X X
RLOWER Relative Lower Limit X X
RUPPER Relative Upper Limit X X
MLOWER Mechanical Lower Limit X X
MUPPER Mechanical Upper Limit X X
CAPT COST Capital Cost for Decision Variable X X

PVT Data
Table 4-43af: PVT DATA (CCLASS = PVTDATA) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculators:
WATER GRAV Water Gravity X X
COND GRAVITY Condensate Gravity X X
COMP(M) Component Mole Fractions X X
LIQ SHEAT Liquid Specific Heat X X
VISCOSITY Viscosity X X
TEMPERATURE Temperature for Viscosity X X
Network Data
Table 4-43ag: NETWORK DATA (CCLASS = NETW) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization,
& Calculators:
CUM PROD Cumulative Production X
PDAMP Pressure Damping X X
QDAMP Flowrate Damping X X
HALVING Interval Damping X X
MAXITER Maximum Number of Iterations X X
PRES TOLER Pressure Tolerance X X
SCALE FACTOR Scale Factor X X
MAX VEL GAS Maximum Gas Velocity X
MAX VEL LIQ Maximum Liquid Velocity X
MAX VSG Maximum Superficial Gas Velocity X
MAX VSL Maximum Superficial Liquid X
Velocity
MAX MIX VEL Maximum Mixture Velocity X
MAX HL Maximum Liquid Holdup X
MIN VEL GAS Minimum Gas Velocity X
MIN VEL LIQ Minimum Liquid Velocity X
MIN VSG Minimum Superficial Gas Velocity X
MIN VSL Minimum Superficial Liquid X
Velocity
MIN MIX VEL Minimum Mixture Velocity X
MIN HL Minimum Liquid Holdup X
NETWORK PIMB Minimum Pressure Imbalance X
STD TEMP Standard Temperature X X
STD PRES Standard Pressure X X
MIN TEMP Minimum Temperature X X
MIN PRES Minimum Pressure X X
MAX TEMP Maximum Temperature X X
MAX PRES Maximum Pressure X X

MAP NREMAP Network Remap Request X X
MAP NINSTAT Network Desired Active Status X X
RATE PERT Rate Perturbation X X
MAP NOUTSTAT Network Actual Active Status X X
MAX LOOPITER Maximum Iterations in Loop X X
MAX LOOPREP Maximum Repeats for Loop X X
PROD MAXTIME Maximum Production Time Step X X
PROD RUNTIME Run To Time Step X X
PROD TIMESTP Production Time Steps
PROD TIMESOL Production Time Solved Flag
CMG RES PRES Static Reservoir Pressure
CMG BHP Flowing Bottomhole Pressure
CMG BHT Flowing Bottomhole Temperature
CMG QOIL Oil Flow Rate at Std Conditions
CMG QWAT Water Flow Rate at Std Conditions
CMG QGAS Gas Flow Rate at Std Conditions
LINK
Table 4-43ah: LINK (CCLASS = LINK) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculators:
Available as a
XLINK SCOM, NCOM=i Comp(m) (comp) X X
(gas,cond,bo)
(gas,cond,bo)
(gas,cond,bo)
(gas,cond.bo)
WOBBE Wobbe Index X
(gas,cond,bo)
Also available as a DEFINE for a CALCULATOR unit.
2. The types of flowrates available in pipes and regulators depend on the fluid type, e.g.,
RATE(WT,GAS), RATE(LV,WATE), etc. See the RATE variables associated with the SOURCE,
SINK, and JUNCTION devices for details. Gas liquid, and water phase flowrates for
compositional systems depend on the temperature and pressure and are reported at the outlet of
the device. Rates are not available for devices in links with separators.
3. For compositional systems only.
4. Use INDEX for curve point.
5. Use INDEX to indicate stage..

Available as a
RATE Flow Rate X
RATE(MAX Max Flow Rate Limit X X
RATE(MIN) Min Flow Rate Limit X X
VG(MAX) Max Gas Velocity X
VL(MAX) Max Liquid Velocity X
VSG(MAX) Max Superficial Liquid X
Velocity
VM(MAX) Max Liquid Holdup X
HL(MX) Max Mixture Velocity X
VG(MIN) Min Gas Velocity X
VL(MIN) Min Liquid Velocity X
VSG(MIN) Min Superficial Gas X
Velocity
VSL(MIN) Min Superficial Liquid X
Velocity
VM(MIN) Min Mixture Velocity X
HL (MIN) Min Liquid Holdup X
Also available as a DEFINE for a CALCULATOR unit.
2. The types of flowrates available in pipes and regulators depend on the fluid type, e.g.,
RATE(WT,GAS), RATE(LV,WATE), etc. See the RATE variables associated with the SOURCE,
SINK, and JUNCTION devices for details. Gas liquid, and water phase flowrates for
compositional systems depend on the temperature and pressure and are reported at the outlet of
the device. Rates are not available for devices in links with separators.
3. For compositional systems only.
4. Use INDEX for curve point.
5. Use INDEX to indicate stage..

PSPLIT Data Category of Input
The PSPLIT Data Category of input allows you to define a phase split table for the
preferential phase split at junctions in steam systems. This category must be supplied if
the USER model is specified on any JUNCTION statement. Only one table may be
defined for all junctions within the steam network.
Table 4-44: PSPLIT Category of Input
PSPLIT None p. 141
TABLE LIQP=liquid %/...,GASR=gas Reynolds No./..., GASP=gas %,gas %/... p. 141
PSPLIT
Introduces the category.
TABLE
Mandatory statement. Defines the table for the user defined phase split.
Mandatory entries:
LIQP= Up to 10 liquid weight percent values for the stream entering the junction,
separated by the slash (/) character.
GASR= Up to 10 values for gas Reynolds Number for the stream entering the
junction, separated by the slash (/) character.
GASP= Up to 10 sets of up to 10 gas weight percent values for the stream leaving the
junction and entering the outflowing link which has the smaller pipe inside
diameter for the first pipe in the link. The remainder of the flow goes into the
other link.
Each set must have the same number of entries, separated by commas, as the
number of LIQP values entered. There must be the same number of sets,
separated by the slash (/) character, as the number of GASR values entered.
Example:
TABLE LIQP=10/20/30/40/50, GASR=10000,20000, &
GASP=88,78,67,57,46/ 87,77,66,56,46

User-Defined DP Correlations
PIPEPHASE makes it possible to incorporate two user-supplied pressure drop
correlations for pipes. The user methods may be designed for single or multiphase fluid
flow and may be used in the same simulation input as PIPEPHASE supplied methods.
The user-written methods are selected in the same manner as the PIPEPHASE supplied
methods. The FCODE statement in General Data may be used to set user methods as
system defaults (see the General Data Category of input) or the user methods may be
individually selected on the PIPE statement via the FCODE keyword. User methods are
selected with the method codes UDP1 and UDP2.
User-defined DP correlations must be written in FORTRAN 77 and follow the naming
and interface conventions described in this category. The subroutines are compiled with
and linked to the PIPEPHASE program, replacing dummy subroutines with the same
names.
The mechanics of program compilation and linking varies between computing platforms
and are outside the scope of this manual. Your SimSci-Esscor representative can provide
you with specific information regarding your particular system configuration.
User-defined correlations may also be used with any of the fittings available in
PIPEPHASE. Please contact SimSci-Esscor for support in adding user-defined fitting
correlations. It is strongly recommended that user-written subroutines be thoroughly
tested before incorporation into PIPEPHASE, since erroneous pressure drops will
typically cause solution failure for the iterative calculation methods used in
PIPEPHASE. After incorporation into PIPEPHASE, user methods may be tested for
reliability by comparison with results from similar PIPEPHASE pressure drop methods.
FORTRAN Standards
FORTRAN 77 coding standards should be observed to avoid any possible conflicts with
the PIPEPHASE program, which is written according to these standards.
Standard calls are provided to the PIPEPHASE Moody friction factor function and the
PIPEPHASE compositional equilibrium flash subroutine. The latter may be used to
determine physical, transport and thermodynamic properties for compositional fluids, as
well as the phase splits for these fluids. No user access is provided to the non-
compositional fluid property routines used in PIPEPHASE.
Standard naming conventions must be used for the user-written pressure drop
correlations. All transfer of information between these subroutines and PIPEPHASE is
accomplished through the subroutine argument lists.
The following good coding practices should also be observed when developing user-
defined correlations:

Local variables should always be initialized, since many operating systems do not
perform this function.
As appropriate, user subroutines should test for calculation error conditions, i.e.,
zero divides, exponent overflows, etc.
User-computed results should be range tested as needed, with calculated results reset
to upper and lower bounds when necessary.
Efficient coding practices should be observed, since the pressure drop subroutines
are called repetitively during the iterative calculations. Inefficient coding will
greatly increase the computing time.
Only one RETURN statement should be used in the subroutine.
No STOP statements should be used in the subroutine. Control must always be
returned to the PIPEPHASE calling routines.
COMMENT lines should be used generously to simplify later analyses of the sub-
routine and to assist SimSci support personnel should assistance be required.
User Subroutine Specifications

For pipes (horizontal device) the following subroutine names must be used:
HUSER1 - Pressure Drop Correlation Number 1
HUSER2 - Pressure Drop Correlation Number 2
The following argument list must be used for all user pressure drop correlations, where
HUSER1or HUSER2 is substituted for NAME, as appropriate:
SUBROUTINE NAME (PIN, TIN, POUT, TOUT, PAVG, TAVG, ICOMP,IFLU,
DIR, IBOT, IFLO, IVH, Z, DENO, DENG, DENW, DENL, VISO,
VISW, VISL, VISG, SFTO, SFTW, SFTL, QOPIP, QWPIP,
GPIP, QTPIP, VELSL, VELSG, VELT, SPGG, SPGO,
SPGW, DIAM, AREA, RUFF, AINCL, EFF, DELX, NOACC,
DELP, DEN2, DPDLF, DPDLW, NREG, HL, CMW)
The entries DELP, DEN2, DPDLF, DPDLW and NREG must be determined in the user
subroutine and passed back to PIPEPHASE. NREG defaults to zero. All other
arguments are data passed from the user subroutine. Note that the arguments Z and
CMW are vectors and a local DIMENSION statement should be placed in the user
subroutine as follows:
COMMON/TOTBIN/BINRLI(16)
DIMENSION Z(50), CMW(50)

The arguments are described below in Table 4-45. Note that the units given below
always apply, regardless of the DIMENSION statement units used for the problem. The
user-defined DP correlation is called for each calculation segment
Table 4-45: Pressure Drop Subroutine Arguments
Argument Description
PIN Segment Inlet Pressure, psia
TIN Segment Inlet Temperature, F
POUT Estimated Segment Outlet Pressure, psia
TOUT Estimated Segment Outlet Temperature, F
PAVG Segment Average Pressure, psia
TAVG Segment Average Temperature, F
ICOMP Compositional Flag:
0 = Non-compositional
1 = Compositional
IFLU Fluid Type Flag:
1 = Single Phase Gas
2 = Single Phase Liquid
5 = Steam or Compositional
IDIR Calculation Direction: -1 = Forward; +1 = Backward
IVH = 1 for vertical devices. The pressure gradient returned is in the vertical
direction for vertical devices.
for horizontal devices. The pressure gradient returned is along the
device. Pipes are considered horizontal devices.
IFLO Flow Direction: +1 = FROM to TO nodes, -1 = TO to FROM nodes
Z Composition of Link, mol fractions, vector of 50
DENO Oil Density, lb/ft3
DENG Gas Density, lb/ft3
DENW Water Density, lb/ft3
DENL Total Liquid Density, lb/ft3
VISO Oil Viscosity, cp
VISW Water Viscosity, cp
VISL Total Liquid Viscosity, cp
VISG Gas Viscosity, cp
SFTO Oil Surface Tension, Dynes/cm
SFTW Water Surface Tension, Dynes/cm
SFTL Total Liquid Surface Tension, Dynes/cm
QOPIP Oil Rate, ft3/sec
QWPIP Water Rate, ft3/sec
QGPIP Gas Rate, ft3/sec
QTPIP Total Flow Rate, ft3/sec
VELSL Superficial Liquid velocity, ft/sec
VELSG Superficial Gas velocity, ft/sec
VELT Total Velocity, ft/sec
SPGG Gas Specific Gravity (Dry Air = 1.0)
SPGO Oil Specific Gravity
SPGW Water Specific Gravity

Argument Description (cont.)
DIAM Pipe Inside Diameter, ft
AREA Pipe Cross Sectional Area, ft2
RUFF Pipe Roughness, inches
AINCL Pipe Inclination angle, radians (pos. upward flow, neg. downward flow)
EFF Flow Efficiency, fraction
DELX Segment Length, ft
NOACC Acceleration term flag:
=0 include acceleration term
=1 exclude acceleration term
DELP Total Pressure Change across Segment, psi, where a negative sign indicates
pressure decrease
DEN2 In-situ Multiphase Density, used for calculating elevation pressure drop, lb/
ft3
DPDLF Friction Gradient, psi/ft
DPDLW Elevation Gradient, psi/ft
Table 4-46: Flow Regime Code for Output Reports
NREG NREG Flow Regime Output Abbreviation

0 --- Blank
1 Single Phase Gas 1-PH
2 Single Phase 1-PH
3 Segregated SEGR
4 Stratified STRT
5 Wavy WAVE
6 Annular ANNU
7 Intermittent INTR
8 Plug PLUG
9 Slug SLUG
10 Distributed DIST
11 Bubble BUBL
12 Mist MIST
13 Transition TRAN
HL Liquid Holdup
CMW Component Molecular Weights, Vector of 50
Saving Data for Output

Certain data, calculated in the DP routine, need to be saved in the BINRL1 array for
output. These are listed below in Table 4-47. The BINRL1 array enters the subroutine
through the TOTBIN labeled common. If data is not saved properly, this data will be
missing in the output report
Table 4-47: Saving Data for Output.
Output Variable Description Units
BINRL1(1) SLIP DENSITY (LB/FT3)
BINRL1(2) NO-SLIP DENSITY (LB/FT3)

Output Variable Description Units
BINRL1(3) FRICTION VISCOSITY (CENTI-POISE)
BINRL1(4) FRICTION DENSITY (LB/FT3)
BINRL1(5) SUPERFICIAL GAS VELOCITY (FT/S)
BINRL1(6) SUPERFICIAL LIQUID VELOCITY (FT/SEC)
BINRL1(7) FRICTION MIXTURE VELOCITY (FT/SEC)
BINRL1(8) NO-SLIP HOLDUP (DIMENSIONLESS FRACTION)
BINRL1(9) FRICTION REYNOLDS NUMBER (DIMENSIONLESS)
BINRL1(10) FRICTION FACTOR (DIMENSIONLESS)
BINRL1(11) ACCELERATION GRADIENT (PSI/FT)
BINRL1(12) TOTAL PRESSURE GRADIENT (PSI/FT)
BINRL1(13) FRICTION PRESSURE DROP (PSI)
BINRL1(14) ELEVATION PRESSURE DROP (PSI)
BINRL1(15) TOTAL PRESSURE DROP (PSI)
BINRL1(16) FRICTION ID (IN)
PIPEPHASE Flash Routine Interface

An interface is provided to the PIPEPHASE compositional flash routine. Based on a
user supplied pressure, temperature, and fluid composition, a variety of physical,
transport and thermodynamic properties are computed and returned. The phase split and
hold-up data are also returned.
The following standard call may be used from the user subroutine to access the
PIPEPHASE compositional flash routine:
CALL PVTCMP (0, UNUM, TEMPIN, PRESIN, ENTH, QUAL, Z, DUM1, DUM2, AMW, &
X, Y, W, HLNS, WLR, DENO, DENW, DENG, SPGO, SPGW, &
SPGG, VISO, VISW, VISG, HO, HW, HG, SO, SW, SG, &
SFTO, SFTW, WTO, WTW, WTG, TCRIT, PCRIT, TRED, &
PRED, ZFAC, CONOIL, CONWAT, CONGAS)
The user subroutine supplies the parameters UNUM, TEMPIN, PRESIN, and Z (which
is supplied to the user subroutine by PIPEPHASE). The remaining arguments are
returned to the user subroutine by interface subroutine PVTCMP. Note that Z, X, Y, and
W are vectors and must be dimensioned on a local dimension statement as follows:
DIMENSION Z(50), X(50), Y(50), W(50), AMW(50)
The significance of the various arguments are shown below in Table 4-48. Note that the
data must be supplied and returned in the dimensional units as shown, regardless of the
units selected on the DIMENSION statement for problem calculations.
Table 4-48: FLASH Routine Entries
UNUM A unique number between 1 and 99 to identify the call to PFTCMP
TEMPIN Temperature for calculations, R

PRESIN Pressure for calculations, psia
ENTH Total enthalpy of fluid, Btu/lb
QUAL Mass Fraction Vapor for the fluid
Z Fluid Composition, mol fraction, vector of 50
DUM1, DUM2 Dummy variables
X Oil Phase Composition, mol fraction, vector of 50
Y Vapor Phase Composition, mol fraction, vector of 50
W Water Phase Composition, mol fraction, vector of 50
HLNS No slip holdup
WLR Water/Liquid Ratio, volume basis
DENO Oil Density, Lb/ft3
DENW Water Density, Lb/ft3
DENG Gas Density, Lb/ft3
SPGO Oil Specific Gravity QQQ
SPGW Water Specific Gravity
SPGG Gas Specific Gravity (Dry Air = 1.0)
VISO Oil Viscosity, cp
VISW Water Viscosity, cp
VISG Gas Viscosity, cp
HO Oil Enthalpy, BTU/Lb
HW Water Enthalpy, BTU/Lb
HG Gas Enthalpy, BTU/Lb
SO, SW, SQ Oil, Water, and Gas Entropies (Not currently available)
SFTO Oil Surface Tension, Dynes/cm
SFTW Water Surface Tension, Dynes/cm
WTO Oil Phase Molecular Weight
WTW Water Phase Molecular Weight
WTG Gas Phase Molecular Weight
TCRIT Pseudocritical temperature, R
PCRIT Pseudocritical pressure, psia
TRED Reduced Temperature
PRED Reduced pressure
ZFAC Gas Compressibility Factor
CONOIL Oil Thermal Conductivity, BTU/hr-ft F
CONWAT Water Thermal Conductivity, BTU/hr-ft F
CONGAS Gas Thermal Conductivity, BTU/hr-ft F
Note that the Z vector is supplied by PIPEPHASE in the calling vector for the user-
defined DP correlation. Various temperatures and pressures are also supplied in the user-
defined DP correlation argument list from PIPEPHASE.

Moody Friction Factor Interface
The user may retrieve Moody friction factors from PIPEPHASE through interface
function FMOOD. Friction factors are retrieved with the following calling sequence:
FF = FMOOD (REYN, ROUGH)
where:
FF = Moody Friction Factor
REYN = Reynolds Number
ROUGH = Pipe Relative Roughness
Examples
Examples of user-defined DP correlations are given in this category. The FORTRAN
code is listed below. Note that these examples were developed for illustrative purposes
and SimSci therefore makes no guarantee as to their accuracy or applicability.
Example 1 Olimens Pressure Drop

The first example demonstrates the use of a user-added subroutine by calculating the
two-phase pressure drop, using Olimens correlation with Eaton holdups and Moody
friction factors. The two-thirds rule will be used for the pressure and temperature at
which the properties will be computed.
SUBROUTINE HUSER1
1 (PIN, TIN, POUT, TOUT, PAVG, TAVG, ICOMP, IFLU, IDIR, IFLOW,
2 Z, DENO, DENG, DENW, DENL, VISO, VISW, VISL,
3 VISG, SFTO, SFTW, SFTL, QOPIP, QWPIP, QGPIP,
4 QTPIP, VELSL, VELSG, VELT, SPGG, SPGO, SPGW,
5 DIAM, AREA, RUFF, AINCL, EFF, DELX, NOACC,
6 DELP, DEN2, DPDLF, DPDLW, NREG, HL, CMW)
C
C- LOCAL DECLARATIONS
C
DIMENSION Z(50),CMW(50)
DIMENSION X(50),Y(50),W(50)
C
C- CODE STARTS HERE
C
C USE TWO-THIRDS RULE TO FIND TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE
C
PUSE = PIN + (2. / 3.) * (PIN - POUT)
TUSE = TIN + (2. / 3.) * (TIN - TOUT) + 459.67
C
C WE NEED TO COMPUTE THE TOTAL MASS FLOW RATE UP FRONT BEFORE

C THE CURRENT AVERAGE PROPERTIES ARE DESTROYED.
C MASS RATE WILL BE IN LB/SEC
C
RMASS = QOPIP * DENO + QWPIP * DENW + QGPIP * DENG
C
C NOW CALL PIPEPHASE FLASH ROUTINE TO GET PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
C AT TUSE AND PUSE
C
UNUM = 99
C
CALL PVTCMP(0,UNUM,TUSE,PUSE,ENTH,QUAL,Z,DUM1,DUM2,AMW,

1 X,Y,W,HLNS,WLR,DENO,DENW,DENG,SPGO,SPGW,
2 SPGG,VISO,VISW,VISG,HO,HW,HG,SO,SW,SG,
3 SFTO,SFTW,WTO,WTW,WTG,TCRIT,PCRIT,TRED,
4 PRED,ZFAC,CONOIL,CONWAT,CONGAS)
C
C GAS HOLDUP AND NO-SLIP TWO-PHASE DENSITY
C
HGNS = 1. - HLNS
DENL = WLR * DENW + (1. - WLR) * DENO
DENNS = HLNS * DENL + HGNS * DENG
C
C VELOCITIES
C
QTPIP = RMASS / DENNS
IF (DENG .NE. 0.0) QGPIP = QUAL * RMASS / DENG
RMASSL = (1. - QUAL) * RMASS
IF (DENL .NE. 0.0) QLPIP = RMASSL / DENL
QWPIP = WLR * QLPIP
QOPIP = (1. - WLR) * QLPIP
VELSL = QLPIP / AREA
VELSG = QGPIP / AREA
VELT = QTPIP / AREA
C
C LIQUID SURFACE TENSION AND NO-SLIP VISCOSITY
C
SFTL = WLR * SFTW + (1. - WLR) * SFTO
VISL = WLR * VISW + (1. - WLR) * VISO
VISNS = HLNS * VISL + HGNS * VISG
C
C NO-SLIP REYNOLDS NUMBER
C
RNUM = 1488. * DENNS * VELT * DIAM / VISNS
C
C CALL PIPEPHASE ROUTINE TO GENERATE MOODY FRICTION FACTORS
C
FF = FMOOD(RNUM,RUFF)
C
C CALL PIPEPHASE ROUTINE TO COMPUTE THE EATON LIQUID HOLDUP
C
IF (HLNS .LT. 1.E-6 .OR. HLNS .GT. 0.99999) GO TO 1000
C
CALL EEXHL (PUSE, VELSL, VELSG, SFTL, DENL,
1 VISL, VISG, DIAM, HL)
C
C HOLDUP IS COMING BACK IN HL - CHECK BOUNDARIES
C
IF (HL .LT. HLNS) HL = HLNS
IF (HL .GT. 1.0) HL = 1.0
GO TO 1010
1000 CONTINUE
IF (HLNS .LT. 1.E-6) HL = 0.0
IF (HLNS .GT. 0.99999) HL = 1.0
1010 CONTINUE
C
C TWO-PHASE DENSITY INCLUDING SLIP
C
DEN2 = HL * DENL + (1. - HL) * DENG
C
C MASS FLUX
C
BL = HL - HLNS
GTP = RMASS / ((1. - BL) * AREA)
C
C EFFECTIVE DENSITY AND OLIMENS ADJUSTED DENSITY
C
DEFF = DIAM * SQRT(1. - BL)
DOLI = (DENL * HLNS + DENG * HGNS) / (1. - BL)
C
C TOTAL FRICTION GRADIENT
C
DPDLF = -1. *(FF * GTP**2.) / (2. * DEFF* DOLI * 32.2 * 144.)
C
C ELEVATION GRADIENT
C FOR DOWNHILL FLOW USE STATIC HEAD FROM GAS ONLY.
C FOR UPHILL FLOW USE TOTAL TWO-PHASE STATIC HEAD.
C
IF (AINCL .LT. 0.0) GO TO 2000
C
C UPHILL OR VERTICAL FLOW
C
DPDLW = -1. * DEN2 * SIN(AINCL) / 144.
GO TO 2010
C
C DOWNHILL FLOW
C
2000 CONTINUE
C
DPDLW = -1. * DENG * SIN(AINCL) / 144.
C
C TOTAL GRADIENT - NO ACCELERATION TERM BEING COMPUTED
C
2010 CONTINUE
C
DPDLT = DPDLF + DPDLW
C
C TOTAL PRESSURE DROP ACROSS CALCULATION INCREMENT
C
DELP = DELX * DPDLT
C
C ALL DONE RETURN TO PROGRAM
C
RETURN
END
Example 2 Fancher and Brown Pressure Drop

The second example calculates two-phase pressure drop using the correlation of Fancher
and Brown. This routine is designed for use with non-compositional fluids.
SUBROUTINE HUSER2
1 (PIN, TIN, POUT, TOUT, PAVG, TAVG, ICOMP, IFLU, IDIR, IFLOW,
2 Z, DENO, DENG, DENW, DENL, VISO, VISW, VISL,
3 VISG, SFTO, SFTW, SFTL, QOPIP, QWPIP, QGPIP,
4 QTPIP, VELSL, VELSG, VELT, SPGG, SPGO, SPGW,
5 DIAM, AREA, RUFF, AINCL, EFF, DELX, NOACC,
6 DELP, DEN2, DPDLF, DPDLW, NREG, HL, CMW)
C
C PURPOSE: DEMONSTRATE THE USE OF THE USER-ADDED
C SUBROUTINE BY CALCULATING THE TWO-PHASE PRESSURE
C DROP USING THE CORRELATION OF FANCHER AND BROWN.
C
C AUTHOR(S): SIMSCI
C
C COMPLETION DATE: 15 SEPTEMBER 2006
C
C- LOCAL DECLARATIONS
C
DIMENSION Z(50),CMW(50)
DIMENSION X(50),Y(50),W(50)
REAL MWGAS, MOLGAS, LOGF
C
C CODE STARTS HERE
C COMPUTE THE NO-SLIP HOLDUP AND TWO-PHASE DENSITY
C
HLNS = (QOPIP + QWPIP) / QTPIP
WLR = QWPIP / (QOPIP + QWPIP)
DENL = WLR * DENW + (1. - WLR) * DENO
DEN2 = HLNS * DENL + (1. - HLNS) * DENG
C
WRITE (1,*) DENO,DENW,WLR,DENL,DEN2 =

C SINCE HOLDUP IS NOT CALCULATED BY FANCHER-BROWN, SET THE LIQD
C HOLDUP TO THE NO-SLIP HOLDUP
C
HL = HLNS
C
C CALCULATE THE GAS-LIQUID RATIO
C
GLR = 0.0
IF (QGPIP .EQ. 0.0) GO TO 1000
MWGAS = SPGG * 28.972
WTGAS = QGPIP * DENG

MOLGAS = WTGAS / MWGAS
VOLGAS = MOLGAS * 379.5
QLPIP = QOPIP + QWPIP
VOLLIQ = QLPIP / 5.615
GLR = VOLGAS / VOLLIQ
1000 CONTINUE
C
C COMPUTE THE FANCHER-BROWN FRICTION FACTOR
C FRICTION FACTOR IS BASED ON THE GAS-LIQUID RATIO
C
RVD = DEN2 * VELT * DIAM
C
IF (GLR .GT. 1500) GO TO 1100
C
IF (RVD .GT. 15) GO TO 1050
LOGF = 11.96044 * (ALOG(RVD))**(-1.83104)
GO TO 2000
1050 CONTINUE
LOGF = 0.09992 - 0.00106 * RVD
GO TO 2000
1100 IF (GLR .GE. 3000) GO TO 1150
LOGF = 0.37028 - 0.01151 * RVD
GO TO 2000
1150 CONTINUE
LOGF = 0.215 - 0.01 * RVD
2000 CONTINUE
FF = 10**LOGF
C
C COMPUTE THE TOTAL FRICTION GRADIENT
C
DPDLF = -1. * (FF * DEN2 * VELT**2.) / (2. * 32.2 * DIAM)
C
C COMPUTE THE ELEVATION GRADIENT
C
DPDLW = -1. * DEN2 * SIN(AINCL) / 144.
C
C COMPUTE THE TOTAL GRADIENT AND TOTAL PRESSURE DROP
C NO ACCELERATION TERM IS CALCULATED HERE
C
DELP = DELX * (DPDLF + DPDLW)
C
C ALL DONE - RETURN TO
C
RETURN
END

Chapter 5
Results
Chapter Contents
Report Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Description of Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Input Reprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Intermediate Printout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Solution Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Input Reprint Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Thermodynamic Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Component Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
General Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
PVT Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Network Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Source Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Structure Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Network Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Sizing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
PVTGEN Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Intermediate PRINTOUT Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Network Directory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Solution Output Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Flash Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Separator Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Link Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Node Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Device Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Structure Data Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Velocity Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Results Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Link Device Detail Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Pressure and Temperature Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Pressure and Temperature Plots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Phase Envelope Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Phase Envelope Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Holdup and Velocity Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Pressure Gradient Detail Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Taitel-Dukler-Barnea Flow Regime Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Link Property Detail Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Viscosity and Density Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Friction and Surface Tension Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Heat Transfer Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Case Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Sphering Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Valve Sizing Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
About This Chapter

This chapter contains information about the reports produced by PIPEPHASE. It
describes which reports are available and gives examples of many types.
The chapter first gives a full list of the reports available, along with brief descriptions.
The list is in the order in which the reports will appear in your output. If you want to
know what reports you must produce in order to get any specific information, this is
where to look. This chapter also tells you which reports are always produced, which are
produced by default, and which are produced only by specific request. The options to
request or suppress each report are also described.
The chapter then goes on to give examples of the reports. The examples are presented in
the same order as the list of reports. For clarity and brevitys sake, the output shown is
not the complete output from a specific run. To illustrate the different features, selected
parts of the output are taken from examples given in the PIPEPHASE Application Briefs.
5-2 Results
Report Options
The PIPEPHASE ASCII output is designed to provide concise information within
80 columns. The main PRINT statement in the General Data Category of input (see the
PRINT statement in Chapter 4, Input Reference) controls the overall level of printout. A
number of printout options are available to enable you to select the amount of
information that you require. For example, if additional information for only some of the
links is required, you need only set the PRINT option on the LINK statements for the
ones you want. If the PRINT option is entered on any link, detail reports will not be
produced for links which do not also have the PRINT option.
If stream property tables are being generated, tables and plots of the properties against
temperature and pressure can be produced by using the PRINT and PLOT options on the
GENERATE statement.
The output is normally produced in the units of measurement you defined globally as
input units. Instead of this output, or in addition to it, you can request an output in a
different set of units using the OUTDIMENSION statement in the General Data
Category of the input.
Description of Reports
The output from a simulation is in three main sections that correspond to the three phases
of the PIPEPHASE simulation run. These are the input check and input data reprint,
intermediate solution history and output, and the final results output. PIPEPHASE will
only continue from one section to the next if no errors are detected. If errors are found,
either in the users input data or during the solution procedure itself, self-explanatory
messages will be printed and the simulation will either terminate or, in the case of a
solution procedure error, PIPEPHASE will try to resolve the problem and continue with
the simulation.
Input Reprint
A reprint of your keyword input data file will always be created showing any syntax
errors you have made. If there are no syntax errors, PIPEPHASE then cross-checks the
data for logic and consistency. By default, it also prints out the full set of input data
which shows all the default values used, as well as the user-supplied data. All, or part, of
this full input data reprint can be suppressed, if desired.
The full input data reprint shows the data for all the data sections in the simulation. All
the possible categories of input are as follows:

Table 5-1: Input Data Categories
Component Data General Data

Thermodynamic Data PVT Data
Assay Data Source Data
Structure Data Network Connectivity
Case Study Sizing Data
PVTGEN Results
A single simulation run cannot include all these data sections. For options, see PRINT,
p. 4-27.
Intermediate Printout
During solution of a network, PIPEPHASE iterates until it converges to within the error
tolerance you set or that is set by default. A summary of any errors or warnings
encountered during that iteration will be produced at the end of each iteration. The ITER
option on the PRINT statement can be used to request additional printout which shows
flowrates and pressures at each iteration of the solution path. This can be particularly
useful if you have inadvertently given conflicting specifications in the problem setup and
the program has failed to resolve the inconsistencies.
Solution Output
The solution output is made up of a number of sections as shown below. These sections
are listed in the order they appear in the output report, although not all simulation modes
will produce all sections (see Chapter 3, Using PIPEPHASE).
Table 5-2: Solution Output
Flash Report A flash report is produced by default for each node P. 4-27 PRINT
in a compositional run unless property tables are
being used. This report contains the temperature,
pressure, composition, flowrate, and properties for
each phase present at each node. The flash report
can be suppressed by the FLASH=NONE option on
the PRINT statement.
Separator Report A separator report is produced for each separator in P. 4-27 PRINT
a compositional run unless property tables are being
used. This report contains the temperature, pressure,
composition, flowrate, and properties for each
separator product.
Link Summary The link summary is produced by default for all P. 4-27 PRINT
PIPEPHASE simulations and shows the flowrates,
pressure, temperature, and holdups for each link in a
tabular format. The flowrates displayed are the
volumetric rates at actual flowing conditions for
each phase. This report can be suppressed by the
SUMM=NEW option on the PRINT statement.
5-4 Results
Table 5-2: Solution Output (cont.)
Node Summary The node summary is produced by default and P. 4-27 PRINT
shows the flowrates, pressure, and temperature at
each node in a tabular format. The flowrate is shown
for each phase, but the flow basis depends on the
fluid type. For a single-phase liquid or gas, standard
volumetric rates are shown. If the non-
compositional fluid is steam, weight flowrates and
quality are printed. For a compositional fluid, weight
flowrates and gravity are also given. This report can
be suppressed by the SUMM=NEW option on the
PRINT statement.
Device Summary The device summary is produced by default and P. 4-27 PRINT
summarizes each device (pipe, fitting, or item of
process equipment) in the order in which they were
defined in the link. The table shows the correlation
used, inside diameter, length, elevation change,
liquid holdup and the outlet temperature, pressure
and liquid fraction. The device summary can be
suppressed by the DEVICE=NONE or
SUMM=NEW options on the PRINT statement.
Structure Data The structure data summary is produced by default P. 4-27 PRINT
Summary and contains information for link devices including
length, elevation change and K-factor. This report
can be suppressed by the SUMM=OLD option on
Velocity Summary The velocity summary is produced by default and P. 4-27 PRINT
contains link fluid velocity-related information such
as inlet and outlet velocities, critical velocity (see ,
Critical Flow - A Qualitative Description), pressure
gradient and the pressure drop per device. This
report can be suppressed by the SUMM=OLD
option on the PRINT statement.
Results Summary The results summary is produced by default and P. 4-27 PRINT
contains flow, pressure, temperature and quality
information for device inlet and outlet points. This
report can be suppressed by the SUMM=OLD
option on the PRINT statement.

Link Device Detail The DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL option on P. 4-27 PRINT
Report the PRINT statement generates a link device detail P. 4-77 LINK
report for every link in the simulation. The PRINT
option on the LINK statements can be used to
restrict the report to specific links. The report for
each link is in several sections:
Pressure and Temperature Report - For pipes and
fittings, this shows the dimensions, pressure,
temperature, heat transfer coefficient, and ambient
temperature. For items of process equipment, the
calculated parameters, such as pump power or valve
resistance coefficient, are shown.
Pressure and Temperature Plots - If the
PLOT=FULL option is specified on the PRINT
statement, the pressure and temperature profiles
along the link are plotted.
Phase Envelope - For compositional fluids, a phase
envelope is produced when the PLOT=FULL option
is specified. A phase envelope plot and tabular data
are both shown.
Holdup and Velocity Detail Report - The liquid
holdup, liquid, gas and mixed phase fluid velocities,
flow regime, and sonic velocity are shown for each
calculation segment in the link.
Pressure Gradient Detail Report - This report is
only produced if the DEVICE=FULL option is
invoked on the PRINT statement. It shows the
pressure gradient and pressure drop in each
calculation segment and identifies the frictional and
elevation contributions of this value.
Taitel-Dukler Flow Regime Map - This is
produced for two-phase flow in links by specifying
the MAP=TAITEL option on the PRINT statement
along with DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL.
5-6 Results
Link Property The PROPERTY=PART or PROPERTY=FULL P. 4-27 PRINT
Detail Report option on the PRINT statement generates a link P. 4-77 LINK
property detail report for every link in the
simulation. The PRINT option on the LINK
statements can be used to restrict the report to
specific links. The report for each link is in several
sections:.
Viscosity and Density Results - This report shows
the viscosity and density at actual flowing
conditions for each phase at each calculation
segment.
Friction and Surface Tension Results - In addition
to the friction factor and surface tension, this report
shows the Reynolds number and the other properties
from which the friction factor is calculated.
Heat Transfer Calculations - This report is
produced only if the PROPERTY=FULL option is
specified on the PRINT statement. The report shows
fluid thermal conductivity and the thermal
resistances for each calculation segment. For
compositional or steam simulations, the phase
enthalpies are also shown. Hydrate formation is
flagged for compositional runs
Case Summary This report is produced for all simulations which use
the case study feature. The report summarizes the
node pressures, temperatures and flowrates for each
case study to allow easy comparisons of the cases.
Sphering Report This report is produced for all sphering calculation P. 5-29Sphering Report
runs. It shows the pressure, temperature, and
flowrate in the zones in front of, and behind, the
sphere as it proceeds along the pipeline. It also
shows the slug delivery time and rate and the time
required for the pipeline to re-establish steady state.

Input Reprint Examples
The input data reprint can be lengthy for large networks and can be partially or fully
suppressed by entering INPUT=PART or INPUT=NONE on the PRINT statement in the
General Data Category of input. It is generally best to use the default (INPUT=FULL)
when first running a simulation and only reduce the amount of reprint when the data are
known to be correct. Even with INPUT=NONE, the keyword data file is always printed
to the output.
Thermodynamic Data
VLE K-VALUE DATA FOR SET 'SET01'
The following data
section appears at the SRK PURE COMPONENT DATA
front of the data COMP CRITICAL CRITICAL ALPHA C1 C2 C3

TEMPERATURE PRESSURE TYPE
reprint when DEG F PSIA
INPUT=FULL is ---- ---------- ---------- ----- ---------- ---------- ----------
1 705.56 3208.12 2 1.0000 0.6620 0.8000
entered on the PRINT 2 87.87 1070.60 1 0.8342 N/A N/A
3 -232.42 492.31 1 0.5505 N/A N/A
statement. Component . . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
properties for the . . . . . . .
thermodynamic set are . . . . . . .
18 1083.13 182.05 1 1.7494 N/A N/A
reprinted first. 19 1167.95 161.99 1 1.9161 N/A N/A
SRK INTERACTION PARAMETERS
KIJ = A(I,J) + B(I,J)/T + C(I,J)/T**2
I J KA(I,J) KB(I,J) KC(I,J) UNITS FROM

--- --- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----
1 2 0.2300 0.00 0.00 DEG K SIMSCI BANK
1 3 0.5300 0.00 0.00 DEG K SIMSCI BANK
1 4 0.5200 0.00 0.00 DEG K SIMSCI BANK
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
1 17 0.4007 0.00 0.00 DEG K WATER CORRELATION
(more follow)
This is followed by THERMODYNAMIC SETS USED FOR EACH UNIT OPERATION

the thermodynamic DEFAULT METHOD IS SET01
method for each unit
THERMODYNAMIC SET UNIT OPERATIONS
operation (usually the ----------------- ---------------
same). SET01
A list of the methods THERMODYNAMIC METHODS USED FOR EACH SET

used for each THERMODYNAMIC SET SET01 (DEFAULT)
thermodynamic
PROPERTY METHOD
property is then -------- ------
shown. KVALUE(VLE) SOAVE-REDLICH-KWONG
KVALUE(LLE) UNSPECIFIED
KVALUE(SLE) UNSPECIFIED
LIQUID ENTHALPY SOAVE-REDLICH-KWONG
VAPOR ENTHALPY SOAVE-REDLICH-KWONG
LIQUID DENSITY API
VAPOR DENSITY SOAVE-REDLICH-KWONG
LIQUID ENTROPY SOAVE-REDLICH-KWONG
VAPOR ENTROPY SOAVE-REDLICH-KWONG
LIQUID VISCOSITY PETROLEUM
VAPOR VISCOSITY PETROLEUM
LIQUID CONDUCTIVITY PETROLEUM
VAPOR CONDUCTIVITY PETROLEUM
SURFACE TENSION PETROLEUM
LIQUID DIFFUSIVITY UNSPECIFIED
Note: The above is an abstract from the 3-Stage Letdown Application Brief.
5-8 Results
Component Data
In this example, the
first components are COMPONENT NBP CRIT. TEMP. CRIT. PRES. CRIT. VOLM.
F F PSIG BBL/LB-MOL
from the library and --------------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
1 H2O 212.000 705.560 3208.117 0.1581
the rest are from an 2 CO2 -109.264 87.872 1070.599 0.2682
assay. 3 N2 -320.440 -232.420 492.314 0.2571
4 C1 -258.682 -116.680 667.195 0.2824
. . . . .
. . . . .
17 CUT17 687.000 1007.408 202.182 3.0709
18 CUT18 770.000 1083.132 182.052 3.4567
19 CUT19 865.000 1167.948 161.988 3.9089
COMPONENT ACEN. FACT. HEAT FORM. G FORM.

BTU/LB-MOL BTU/LB-MOL
--------------------- ----------- ----------- -----------
1 H2O 0.34800 -104039.98 -98364.58
2 CO2 0.23100 -169171.97 -169565.78
3 N2 0.04500 0.00 0.00
4 C1 0.01040 -32066.21 -21726.14
. . . .
. . . .
17 CUT17 0.78729 -79780.78 MISSING
18 CUT18 0.89629 -79217.80 MISSING
19 CUT19 1.03130 -96327.40 MISSING
By default, fixed
properties are listed COMPONENT COMP. TYPE PHASE MOL. WEIGHT API
--------------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
for all components in 1 H2O LIBRARY VAP/LIQ 18.015 10.063
2 CO2 LIBRARY VAP/LIQ 44.010 39.600
the simulation. This 3 N2 LIBRARY VAP/LIQ 28.013 43.600
includes library 4 C1 LIBRARY VAP/LIQ 16.043 340.167
. . . . .
components, defined . . . . .
17 CUT17 PETRO CUT VAP/LIQ 300.000 30.000
petroleum 18 CUT18 PETRO CUT VAP/LIQ 360.000 26.000
19 CUT19 PETRO CUT VAP/LIQ 430.000 22.000
components and assay
derived pseudo-
components.
General Data
This includes all the CALCULATION OPTIONS
dimensional units, RUN TYPE........ NETWORK
FLUID TYPE...... LIQUID
global default values, HEAT BALANCE WILL BE TURNED OFF
flow codes and print DIMENSIONAL UNITS - PETROLEUM
options. TEMPERATURE..... DEG F PRESSURE........ PSIA
MOLAR RATE...... MOLE/HR WEIGHT RATE..... LB/HR
LIQUID RATE..... BBL/DAY VAPOR RATE...... MM FT3/DAY
COARSE LENGTH... FT FINE LENGTH..... IN
DENSITY/GRAVITY. DEG API VISCOSITY....... CP
DUTY............ MM BTU/HR POWER........... HP
VELOCITY........ FT/SEC
ADDITIONAL OUTPUT UNITS - SI

DEFAULTS
FLOW EFFICIENCY............ 100.00 PERCENT
HAZEN-WILLIAMS COEFF....... 150.00
ROUGHNESS.................. 0.00180 IN
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE........ 40.00 DEG F
INSIDE DIAMETER - PIPE..... 10.000 IN
THICKNESS - PIPE........... 0.313 IN
CONDUCTIVITY - PIPE........ 29.000 BTU/HR-FT-F

THICKNESS - INSULATION -
LAYER 1.................. 4.000 IN
LAYER 2.................. 0.000 IN
LAYER 3.................. 0.000 IN
LAYER 4.................. 0.000 IN
LAYER 5.................. 0.000 IN

CONDUCTIVITY - INSULATION -
LAYER 1.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
LAYER 2.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
LAYER 3.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
LAYER 4.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
LAYER 5.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
FLOW CODES
PIPE FLOW CODE IS BEGGS-BRILL (MOODY)
REYNOLDS NUMBER(LAMINAR)..... 3000.0000
BASE CONDITIONS
STANDARD TEMPERATURE....... 60.00 DEG F
STANDARD PRESSURE.......... 14.696 PSIA
MINIMUM PRESSURE........... 0.096 PSIA
MAXIMUM PRESSURE........... 25014.690 PSIA
MINIMUM TEMPERATURE........ -60.00 DEG F
MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE........ 800.00 DEG F
PRINT OPTIONS
INPUT........... GENERAL ASSAY COMPONENT
PVT FLOW TABLE METHOD
SOURCE STRUCTURE CASE STUDY
CONNECT......... PLOT
PVTGEN.......... NONE
SUMMARY......... OLD
DEVICE.......... PART
MAP............. TAITEL-DUKLER-BARNEA
PROPERTY........ FULL
FLASH........... FULL
STREAM.......... SUMMARY
SEGMENTATION OPTIONS
LENGTH CHANGE - HORIZONTAL....... 2000.0 FT
VERTICAL......... 1000.0 FT
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SEGMENTS....... 20
PVT Data
The gravity, viscosity, PVT DATA SUMMARY
and specific heat have 1 CORRELATION DATA SETS 0 ERRORS 0 WARNINGS
been entered for a
DEFAULT PVT METHODS OPTIONS
non-compositional
run. The default Z FACTOR METHOD.......... STANDING
LIQUID VISCOSITY METHOD.. FOR OIL VAZQUEZ (TUFFP)
options are also FOR WATER BEAL
shown.
CORRELATION SET DATA
CORRELATION SET NUMBER 1
GRAVITY OF LIQUID......... 46.0620 DEG API

VISCOSITY OF LIQUID
32.00 DEG F ........ 0.3950 CP
122.00 DEG F ........ 0.2460 CP
SPECIFIC HEAT OF OIL...... 0.5250 BTU/LB-F
5-10 Results
In this example, PVT DATA SUMMARY
property tables have 1 CORRELATION DATA SETS 0 ERRORS 0 WARNINGS
been requested for a CORRELATION SET DATA

CORRELATION SET NUMBER 1
compositional run
PVT TABLE GENERATION DATA
SET NUMBER 1
TABLE TYPE.............. 1
NO. PRESSURE POINTS..... 4

INITIAL PRESSURE........ 10.0000 PSIG
PRESSURE DIFFERENCE..... 40.0000 PSIG
NO. TEMPERATURE POINTS.. 16
INITIAL TEMPERATURE..... 0.0000 DEG F
TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE.. 30.0000 DEG F
PRESSURE TEMPERATURE
NO PSIG DEG F
-- -------- -----------
1 10.000 0.00
2 50.000 30.00
3 90.000 60.00
4 130.000 90.00
5 120.00
6 150.00
7 180.00
8 210.00
9 240.00
10 270.00
11 300.00
12 330.00
13 360.00
14 390.00
15 420.00
16 450.00
TABLES OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTIES WILL BE PRINTED
LIQ DENS
Network Data
The Solution SOLUTION METHODS/TOLERANCES
Methods/ Tolerances NETWORK SOLUTION METHOD IS PBAL
are shown for network MAXIMUM ITERATIONS..................... 20
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF INTERVAL HALVINGS.... 3
calculations only. ABSOLUTE PRESSURE TOLERANCE............ 0.100 PSIA
RATE PERTURBATION...................... 0.010000
METHOD OF INITIAL SOLUTION ESTIMATION.. FLOW = 1
ZERO FLOW IN CHECK VALVES.............. OFF
CHOKE CRITICAL FLOW MODEL (FORTUNATI) . EXPONENTIAL
NEW ACCELERATION OPTION IS............. OFF
Source Data
Compositional SOURCE FEED
source - the PHASE IS MIXED
composition of THIS SOURCE IS ON
PRESSURE.................. 1000.0001 PSIA
defined components TEMPERATURE............... 150.00 DEG F
as well as pressure Note: The above is an abstract from the 3-Stage Letdown Application Brief.
and temperature are

shown.

Structure Data
All information, LINK L001
including defaulted LINK IS FROM "100 " TO "SINK "
parameters, is shown "L001" FROM "100 " TO "SINK"
for each flow device DEVICE SA001, E001, IS A PIPE
and equipment item FLOW CODE IS BEGGS-BRILL (MOODY)
INSIDE DIAMETER.............. 10.0000 IN
along each link in the LENGTH....................... 1000.0 FT
ELEVATION CHANGE............. 0.0 FT
simulation. Estimated FLOW EFFICIENCY.............. 100.00 PERCENT
ROUGHNESS.................... 0.00180 IN
parameters at each
junction and sink are
also listed.
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE.......... 37.00 DEG F
WALL THICKNESS............... 0.3130 IN
THERMAL COND. OF PIPE........ 29.000 BTU/HR-FT-F
THERMAL COND. OF SOIL........ 0.800 BTU/HR-FT-F
VELOCITY OF WATER............ 1.000 MPH
DENSITY OF WATER............. 10.0000 DEG API
VISCOSITY OF WATER........... 1.0000 CP
THERMAL COND. OF WATER....... 0.3000 BTU/HR-FT-F
EFF. OUTSIDE HEAT TRANS COEFF 144.768 BTU/HR-FT2-F
(RELATIVE TO PIPE OUTSIDE DIAMETER)
INSULATION THICKNESS, LAYER 1 4.0000 IN
TOTAL INSULATION THICKNESS... 4.0000 IN
INSUL. THERMAL COND., LAYER 1 0.0150 BTU/HR-FT-F
EFF. INSULATION THERMAL COND. 0.0150 BTU/HR-FT-F
DEVICE SA002, E002, IS A REGULATOR

THIS IS A SURFACE DEVICE
REGULATES DOWNSTREAM PRESSURE
MINIMUM DELTA P.............. 0.000 PSIA
SET PRESSURE................. 300.000 PSIA
DEVICE SA003, E003 IS A COOLER

OUTLET TEMPERATURE........... 200.00 DEG F
PRESSURE DROP................ 0.00 PSIA
OVERALL HEAT TRANS. COEFF.... 20.0000 BTU/HR-FT2-F
DEVICE SA004, D1 , IS A GAS SEPARATOR

THIS IS A SURFACE DEVICE
GAS TO BE REMOVED............ 100.00 PERCENT
(Numerous devices in this link follow)

Network Connectivity
The connectivity NODE CONNECTIONS
shows the sources, ---- CONNECTIONS ----
NODE NODE NAME NODE TYPE TO NODE VIA LINK
junctions, and sinks. It ---- --------- --------- --------- ---------
does not show any of 100 100 SOURCE SINK L001
the flow devices SINK SINK SINK 100 L001
within the links.

LINK CONNECTIONS
LINK LINK NAME FROM NODE TO NODE

---- --------- --------- ----------
L001 L001 100 SINK
5-12 Results
+--------------------+
| |
| +----+ +----+ |
| |100.|----|SINK| |
| |SRCE| |SINK| |
| +----+ +----+ |
| |
+--------------------+
Sizing Data
The pipe sizes which LINE DATA
may be used during =========
the sizing calculations PIPE

DIAMETER
are listed. If no sizes IN
were entered by the =========
1.049
user, the standard 1.610
2.067
Schedule 40 sizes 2.469
3.068
shown here are used. 3.548
4.026
5.074
6.065
7.981
10.020
11.938
13.124
15.000
16.876
18.814
22.626
All the devices on this DEVICES TO BE SIZED

list will be sized. ===================
NAME DEVICE TYPE
==== ===========
Z001 PIPE
Z002 PIPE
Z003 PIPE
Z004 PIPE
Z005 PIPE
Z006 PIPE
Z007 PIPE

PVTGEN Results
The stream is flashed SET NUMBER 1
and properties are PRESSURE TEMPERATURE COMPOSITION
NO PSIG PSIA DEG F DEG F MOLE FRACT.
calculated, at each of __ _____ _____ _____ _____ ______
1 0.0000 14.6959 0.00 0.00 0.003116
the specified 2 10.0000 24.6959 30.00 30.00 0.006055
temperature/pressure 3 50.0000 64.6959 60.00 60.00 0.007642
4 90.0000 104.6959 90.00 90.00 0.018506
pairs. This example 5 130.0000 144.6959 120.00 120.00 0.011347
6 150.00 150.00 0.027595
has 5 pressures and 16 7 180.00 180.00 0.022891
8 210.00 210.00 0.027509
temperatures and so 9 240.00 240.00 0.037115
80 flashes are 10 270.00 270.00 0.050918
11 300.00 300.00 0.049701
required. 12 330.00 330.00 0.040284
13 360.00 360.00 0.035045
14 390.00 390.00 0.031831
15 420.00 420.00 0.029831
16 450.00 450.00 0.028681
80 POINTS FLASHED
STREAM MOLECULAR WEIGHT... 228.96

CRITICAL TEMPERATURE...... 789.97 DEG F
CRITICAL PRESSURE......... 310.16 PSIG
Tables and plots may LIQUID DENSITY DEG API

be requested for any TEMPERATURE DEG F
of the fluid properties. PRESSURE -------------------------------------------------------------
PSIG 0.00 30.00 60.00 90.00 120.00 150.00 180.00
The Vapor Viscosity -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
tables are shown here. 0.00 26.735 28.859 30.999 33.172 35.394 37.684 39.912
10.00 26.721 28.843 30.982 33.153 35.374 37.662 40.038
50.00 26.666 28.779 30.911 33.076 35.291 37.573 39.942
90.00 26.611 28.716 30.841 33.000 35.209 37.485 39.847
130.00 26.557 28.655 30.773 32.926 35.129 37.399 39.754
TEMPERATURE DEG F
PRESSURE -------------------------------------------------------------
PSIG 210.00 240.00 270.00 300.00 330.00 360.00 390.00
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
0.00 41.603 42.901 43.919 44.803 45.668 46.572 47.537
10.00 42.524 44.677 46.205 47.384 48.373 49.307 50.267
50.00 42.419 45.030 47.800 50.760 53.944 56.214 57.708
90.00 42.316 44.916 47.673 50.616 53.778 57.196 60.913
130.00 42.214 44.804 47.547 50.472 53.612 57.002 60.683
TEMPERATURE DEG F
PRESSURE --------------------
PSIG 420.00 450.00
-------- ------- -------
0.00 48.565 49.657
10.00 51.287 52.377
50.00 58.977 60.179
90.00 64.248 65.998
130.00 64.703 69.117
5-14 Results
Intermediate PRINTOUT Example
For network calculations, the intermediate printout details the path that the program took
to get to the final solution.
Network Directory
If the ITER option is PAGE CONTENTS
not specified on the
1 INTERMEDIATE PRINTOUT
PRINT statement,
CONVERGENCE TOLERANCE 0.5 PSI PRESSURE IMBALANCE AT SELECTED NODES
then only the (RMS VALUE USED FOR STEP-SIZE SELECTION)
maximum and RMS ITERATION NUMBER 0.0
(root mean square)
LINK FROM TO FLOW RATE PRESSURE IN PRESSURE OUT IMBALANCE
average pressure NAME NODE NODE M LB/HR PSIA PSIA PSIA

imbalances are Q-I Q I 33.000 179.70 179.53
printed.Spur links are R-E R E 40.000 179.70 176.64
W-A W A 70.000 184.70 184.25
printed after the A-B A B 62.000 184.25 183.29
M-B M B 30.000 184.70 183.56 0.271
network has B-D B D 2.000 183.29 183.27
converged. E-D E
D-F1 D
D
F
28.000
27.073
176.64
183.27
176.12
179.17
-7.150
D-F2 D F 2.927 183.27 182.90 3.724

F-G F G 20.439 179.17 179.01
F-H F H 9.561 179.17 178.76
G-H G H 5.439 179.01 178.99 0.223
I-H I H 33.000 179.53 177.94 -0.823
G-N G N 15.000 179.01 177.77 3.073
MAX PRESSURE IMBALANCE = 7.150 PSI AT NODE D

RMS AVERAGE PRESSURE IMBALANCE = 3.541 PSI
ITERATION NUMBER 1.0

First iteration:
NAME NODE NODE M LB/HR PSIA PSIA PSIA

Q-I Q I 33.000 177.71 177.53
R-E R E 40.000 181.81 178.79
W-A W A 70.000 179.75 179.28
A-B A B 62.000 179.28 178.29
M-B M B 30.000 179.46 178.29 -0.001
B-D B D 2.000 178.29 178.28
E-D E D 28.000 178.79 178.28 -0.003
D-F1 D F 22.954 178.28 175.28
D-F2 D F 7.046 178.28 175.94 0.662
F-G F G 22.481 175.28 175.07
F-H F H 7.519 175.28 175.02
G-H G H 7.481 175.07 175.03 0.013
I-H I H 33.000 177.53 175.92 0.904
G-N G N 15.000 175.07 173.81 -0.894
MAX PRESSURE IMBALANCE = 0.904 PSI AT NODE H


Second iteration: ITERATION NUMBER 2.0

NAME NODE NODE M LB/HR PSIA PSIA PSIA

Q-I Q I 33.000 177.70 177.53
R-E R E 40.000 182.49 179.48
W-A W A 70.000 180.43 179.97
A-B A B 62.000 179.97 178.98
M-B M B 30.000 180.14 178.98 0.000
B-D B D 2.000 178.98 178.97
E-D E D 28.000 179.48 178.97 0.000
D-F1 D F 22.270 178.97 176.16
D-F2 D F 7.730 178.97 176.14 -0.016
F-G F G 22.617 176.16 175.95
F-H F H 7.383 176.16 175.91
G-H G H 7.617 175.95 175.91 0.000
I-H I H 33.000 177.53 175.92 0.007
G-N G N 15.000 175.95 174.69 -0.007
MAX PRESSURE IMBALANCE = 0.016 PSI AT NODE F

********************************************
These are spur links: PBAL SOLUTION CONVERGED AFTER 2 ITERATIONS
********************************************
LINK FROM TO FLOW RATE PRESSURE IN PRESSURE OUT
NAME NODE NODE M LB/HR PSIA PSIA

H-S H S 18.000 175.91 174.66
H-P H P 30.000 175.91 168.55
E-L E L 12.000 179.48 178.93
B-K B K 90.000 178.98 176.11
A-J A J 8.000 179.97 179.90
5-16 Results
Solution Output Examples
The solution output for PIPEPHASE can be very brief or extremely lengthy, depending
on the problem and the level of output selected. In general, it is best to start with the
default output and only request additional information where required. In large network
runs, put the PRINT keyword on only those links where specific information is desired.
Flash Report
By default, flash NODE SINK AT 6.7 DEG C AND 87.0 BAR
reports are produced
for every node in a --------------------MOLE FRACTION-------------------
compositional run ----HYDROCARBON---- COMBINED TOTAL
unless property tables COMPONENT VAPOR LIQUID1 VAP+LIQ1 LIQUID2 STREAM
----------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
are being used. The N2 0.004003 0.000442 0.004000 0.000000 0.004000
CO2 0.004121 0.003518 0.004120 0.000000 0.004120
reports can be C1 0.957304 0.384112 0.956800 0.000000 0.956800
C2 0.033951 0.055872 0.033970 0.000000 0.033970
suppressed by C3 0.000289 0.001288 0.000290 0.000000 0.000290
specifying NC4 0.000099 0.001172 0.000100 0.000000 0.000100
NC5 0.000019 0.000588 0.000020 0.000000 0.000020
FLASH=NONE on NC6 0.000009 0.000697 0.000010 0.000000 0.000010
C7PLUS 0.000204 0.552312 0.000690 0.000000 0.000690
TOTAL RATE (INLET TO NODE IF JUNCTION)
KG/HR 8.5815E5 4117.44 8.6226E5 0.00 8.6226E5
KG-M/HR 5.1313E4 45.197 5.1358E4 0.000 5.1358E4
WT FRAC LIQ 0.004775 0.004775
PHASE PROPERTIES
----------------
MASS FRACTION 0.995225 0.004775 1.000000 0.000000 1.000000
VOLUME FRAC 0.999487 0.000513 1.000000 0.000000 1.000000
DENSITY LB/FT3 4.76 44.41 0.00
ACTUAL SPGR 0.577239 0.712141 0.000000
VISCOSITY CP 0.0132 0.2573 0.0000
ENTHALPY KCAL/KG 26.474 2.178 0.000 26.358
SURF TENS NEWTON/M 0.016 0.000
MOLECULAR WT 16.7238 91.1003 16.7892 0.0000 16.7892

Separator Report
A report is produced SEPARATOR S016 AT 20.6 DEG C AND 103.5 BAR
for every separator ----------- MOLE FRACTION ------------
present in a
FLUID FLUID
compositional run COMPONENT FEED REMAINING REMOVED
unless property tables --------- ---------- ---------- ----------
CO2 0.009900 0.009900 0.000000
are being used. C1 0.200000 0.200000 0.000000
C2 0.210000 0.210000 0.000000
C3 0.520000 0.520000 0.000000
IC4 0.021100 0.021100 0.000000
NC4 0.014000 0.014000 0.000000
NC5 0.007500 0.007500 0.000000
NC6 0.007500 0.007500 0.000000
NC7 0.005000 0.005000 0.000000
NC10 0.005000 0.005000 0.000000
PHASE LIQUID LIQUID VAPOR

TOTAL, 10**3 KG/HR 111.82 111.82 0.00
WT PCT TOTAL LIQUID 100.00 100.00 0.00
ENTHALPY KCALKG 13.84 13.84 0.00
MOLECULAR WEIGHT 37.33 37.33 0.00
VAPOR PHASE
-----------
GAS MM M3/HR 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
DENSITY KG/M3 0.00 0.00 0.00
VISCOSITY CP 0.000 0.000 0.000
LIQUID PHASE
------------
LIQUID M3/HR 259.62 259.62 0.00
DENSITY KG/M3 430.70 430.70 0.00
VISCOSITY CP 0.066 0.066 0.000
Link Summary
BASE CASE
This report shows the LINK SUMMARY
rate, pressure, and RATE, PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE SUMMARY
--------------------------------------
temperature at each FROM(F)
end of every link. By AND
TO(T) ----ACTUAL FLOW RATES***-- PRESS: ---HOLDUP**---
default, the report LINK NODE GAS OIL WATER PRESS: DROP TEMP: GAS LIQ
(MMCFD) (BPH) (BPH) (PSIG) (PSIG) (F) (MM (ABBL)
appears on every SCF)
PIPEPHASE output. ---- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ----- ------- -------
L001 100 (F) 0.0000 72624.2 3730.4 1000.0* 150.0
You may suppress it SINK(T) 0.8378 0.0 0.0 300.0 700.0 120.0 2.19E-5 102.7
by specifying the
* - INDICATES KNOWN PRESSURE
SUMM=NEW option ** GAS VOLUME REPORTED AT USER STANDARD CONDITIONS
on the PRINT *** RATE REPORTED AT ACTUAL TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE CONDITIONS
statement.
5-18 Results
Node Summary
This report shows the BASE CASE
rate, pressure, and NODE SUMMARY
temperature at each NODE PRES. -------GAS---- ------OIL------ ----WATER------ TOTAL TEMP

source, sink and (PSIG)
RATE
(LBHR)
GRAV RATE
(LBHR)
GRAV RATE
(LBHR)
GRAV RATE
(LBHR) (F)
junction. By default, ---- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------ -------- ----- -------- -------
FEED 114.0 * 0. 0.000 1500000. 0.870 0. 0.000 1500000. *60.0000
the report on every 0.0000(MMCFD) 4919.48(BPH) 0.00(BPH)
PIPEPHASE output. J1 106.3 0. 0.000 0. 0.870 0. 0.000 0. *1.002E2
0.0000(MMCFD) 0.00(BPH) 0.00(BPH)
You may suppress it J2 92.6 0. 0.000 0. 0.870 0. 0.000 0. *1.424E2
by specifying the 0.0000(MMCFD) 0.00(BPH) 0.00(BPH)
PROD 87.4 0. 0.000 -1.500E6 0.870 0. 0.000 -1.500E6 1.824E2
SUMM=NEW option 0.0000(MMCFD) -4919.48(BPH) 0.00(BPH)
on the PRINT * INDICATES KNOWN PRESSURE OR FLOW
statement. ** FLOW RATES REPORTED AT USER STANDARD CONDITIONS
Device Summary
This report gives DEVICE SUMMARY
summary information C
about each flow O ------- OUTLET ------ AVG.
LINK DEVI DEVI R INSIDE MEAS ELEV INSITU LIQ
device, fitting, and NAME NAME TYPE R DIAM LENGTH CHNG PRESS: TEMP: QUALITY
equipment item in the HOLDUP
(IN) (FT) (FT) (PSIA) (F) (FRAC)
simulation. It appears ---- ---- ---- ---- -------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------- --
----
by default on every L001 ***SOURCE*** RATE= 830134. (LBHR) 1000.0 150.0 QUAL=
0.00
output. You can 100 1000.0 150.0
suppress it by E001 PIPE BM 10.000 1000.0 0.0 993.0 150.0 0.00
1.00
specifying E002 DREG DN 0.000 0.0 0.0 300.0 148.8 0.00 0.00
E003 XCH1 TC 0.000 0.0 0.0 300.0 200.0 0.00 0.00
DEVICE=NONE or D1 SEPR GS 0.000 0.0 0.0 300.0 200.0 0.00 0.00
SUMM=NEW on the E004 SEPR LQ
E005 PIPE BM
0.000
8.000
0.0
50.0
0.0
0.0
300.0 200.0
299.1 200.0
0.00 0.00
2.81E-5
PRINT statement. 1.00
E006 DREG DN 0.000 0.0 0.0 100.0 192.7 0.00 0.00
E007 XCH1 TC 0.000 0.0 0.0 100.0 200.0 0.00 0.00
This example is the V1 SEPR GS 0.000 0.0 0.0 100.0 200.0 0.00 0.00
E008 SEPR LQ 0.000 0.0 0.0 100.0 200.0 0.00 0.00
Device Summary for E009 PIPE BM 8.000 40.0 0.0 99.3 200.0 4.38E-5
1.00
the Three-Stage E010 DREG DN 0.000 0.0 0.0 16.7 186.1 0.00 0.00
Letdown Application E011 SEPR LQ 0.000 0.0 0.0 16.7 186.1 0.00 0.00
E012 PIPE BM 10.000 20.0 0.0 16.6 186.1 1.00 0.00
Brief. E013 XCH1 TC 0.000 0.0 0.0 16.6 120.0 0.00 0.00
E014 SEPR LQ 0.000 0.0 0.0 16.6 120.0 0.00 0.00
E015 PIPE BM 10.000 20.0 0.0 16.6 120.0 1.00 0.00
E016 INJE 0.000 0.0 0.0 16.6 155.0 0.00 0.00
E017 COMP XX 0.000 0.0 0.0 100.0 275.1 0.00 0.00
E018 XCH1 TC 0.000 0.0 0.0 100.0 120.0 0.00 0.00
E019 SEPR LQ 0.000 0.0 0.0 100.0 120.0 0.00 0.00
E020 INJE 0.000 0.0 0.0 100.0 155.6 0.00 0.00
E021 COMP XX 0.000 0.0 0.0 300.0 252.0 0.00 0.00
E022 XCH1 TC 0.000 0.0 0.0 300.0 120.0 0.00 0.00
E023 SEPR LQ 0.000 0.0 0.0 300.0 120.0 0.00 0.00
SINK *** SINK *** PRES= 300.0 (PSIA) TEMP= 120.0 (F)

Structure Data Summary
major parameters for STRUCTURE DATA SUMMARY
each item in the
DEVICE DEVICE INLET DIA OUTLET DIA ELEVATION KMUL OR
simulation. By LINK NAME TYPE (NOM/ID) (NOM/ID) LENGTH CHANGE K FACTOR
default, the report (IN) (IN) (FT) (FT)
---- ------ ------ --------------- --------------- --------- --------- -
appears on every -------
LINK EN1 ENTR 3.068 3.068 0.0 0.0 0.5
PIPEPHASE output. LINK PIP0 PIPE 3.068 3.068 4.0 0.0
LINK PMP1 PUMP 0.0 0.0
You may suppress it LINK PIP1 PIPE 3.068 3.068 30.0 0.0
by specifying the LINK GAT1 VALV 3.068 3.000 0.0 0.0 13.0
LINK BEN1 BEND 3.000 0.0 0.0 30.0
SUMM=OLD option LINK PIP2 PIPE 3.068 3.068 10.0 10.0
LINK BEN2 BEND 3.000 0.0 0.0 30.0
on the PRINT LINK PIP3 PIPE 3.068 3.068 70.0 0.0
statement. LINK BEN3
LINK PIP4
BEND
PIPE
3.000
3.068 3.068
0.0
30.0
0.0
30.0
30.0
LINK BEN4 BEND 3.000 0.0 0.0 30.0

LINK EX1 EXIT 3.068 3.068 0.0 0.0 1.0
Velocity Summary
This report shows BASE CASE
velocities and pressure VELOCITY SUMMARY
drops for all flow
PRESSURE
devices. By default, DEVICE DEVICE MIXTURE VELOCITY CRITICAL GRADIENT PRESSURE
the report appears on LINK NAME TYPE (INLET/OUTLET) VELOCITY (INLET/OUTLET) DROP
(FPS) (FPS) (PSIFT) (PSIG)
PIPEPHASE output. ---- ------ ------ ---------------- -------- -------------- --------
LINK EN1 ENTR
You may suppress it LINK PIP0 PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -7.3E-3 -7.3E-3 -2.932E-2
LINK PMP1 PUMP
by specifying the LINK PIP1 PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -7.3E-3 -7.3E-3 -0.2
SUMM=OLD option LINK GAT1 VALV
LINK BEN1 BEND
on the PRINT LINK PIP2 PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -0.35 -0.35 -3.5
LINK BEN2 BEND
statement. LINK PIP3 PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -7.3E-3 -7.3E-3 -0.5
LINK BEN3 BEND
LINK PIP4 PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -0.35 -0.35 -10.4
LINK BEN4 BEND
LINK EX1 EXIT
5-20 Results
Results Summary
rate, pressure, and
temperature for each RESULTS SUMMARY
flow device. By
default, the report DEVICE DEVICE MIXTURE PRESSURE TEMPERATURE QUALITY
LINK NAME TYPE FLOW RATE INLET/OUTLET INLET/OUTLET INLET/OUTLET
appears on every (GPM) (PSIG) (F) (FRAC)-
--- ------ ------ --------- ----------------- ----------------- --------
PIPEPHASE output. ----
LINK EN1 ENTR
You may suppress it LINK PIP0 PIPE 101.68 -4.72E-2 -7.66E-2 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
by specifying the LINK PMP1 PUMP
LINK PIP1 PIPE 101.68 30.0 29.8 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
SUMM=OLD option LINK GAT1 VALV
LINK BEN1 BEND
on the PRINT LINK PIP2 PIPE 101.68 29.7 26.2 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
statement. LINK BEN2
LINK PIP3
BEND
PIPE 101.68 26.2 25.6 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
LINK BEN3 BEND
LINK PIP4 PIPE 101.68 25.6 15.2 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
LINK BEN4 BEND
LINK EX1 EXIT
Link Device Detail Report

Invoking DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL on the PRINT statement in the General
Data Category of input produces a series of detailed link reports. If the user specifies the
PRINT option on any individual LINK statements, detailed reports will be produced for
those links only.
Pressure and Temperature Report

This report is BASE CASE
LINK "L001" DEVICE DETAIL REPORT
produced with the
DEVICE=PART or PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE REPORT
-------------------------------
DEVICE=FULL DEVICE
NAME LENGTH I
option. AND SEGM INSIDE FROM & ELEV CALC CALCOVERALL AMB
TYPE NO DIAM. INLET O CHNG PRESS TEMPU-FACT TEMP QUAL
(IN) (FT) (FT) (PSIA) (F) (BTU/ (F) (FRAC)
HRFT2F)
------ ---- ------ --------- - -------- ------- ------ ------- ------ -------
GAS LB/HR 39338. 1.40 39338. 1.40
OIL LB/HR 11023. 0.61 0. 0.61
WATER LB/HR 1889. 0.99 0. 0.99
0.0 O 0.0 100.0 120.0
E020 0000 0.0 I 0.0 100.0 120.0 RATE IN 39338. LB/HR
(INJE) INJ. PRESSURE 300.0 PSIA
INJ. TEMPERATURE 200.0 DEG F
CHOKE REQ'D WITH DP -200.0 PSIA
RATE OUT 69567. LB/HR
0.0 O 0.0 100.0 155.6
E021 0000 0.0 I 0.0 100.0 155.6 AVG.POWER/STAGE HP
(COMP) AVAILABLE 0.0
REQUIRED 1133.8
SPEED(RPM) 0.0000
0.0 O 0.0 300.0 252.0 EFFICIENCY(FRAC) 1.00
E022 0000 0.0 I 0.0 300.0 252.0 DUTY MM BTU/HR
(XCH1) AVAILABLE 0.
0.0 O 0.0 300.0 120.0 REQUIRED -7.
E023 0000 0.0 I 0.0 300.0 IN OUT
(SEPR) RATE SP. GR RATE SP. GR
GAS LB/HR 59648. 1.08 59648. 1.08
OIL LB/HR 9035. 0.54 0. 0.54
WATER LB/HR 884. 0.99 0. 0.99
0.0 O 0.0 300.0 120.0

Pressure and Temperature Plots
Plots are produced for SURFACE PRESSURE PLOT FOR LINK
each link when 30.0 +-PPPPPPPPPPPPP---+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
PLOT=FULL is present | P | P | | | |
| P | P | | | |
on the PRINT | P | P | | | |
statement. A 27.0 + P | P | | | +
| P | PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP| | |
temperature plot is also | P | | PPPPPPPPPPP | |
| P | | | P| |
generated (not shown 24.0 +-P---------+-----------+-----------+-----------P-----------+
| P | | | |P |
here). The plots are | P | | | | P |
produced with the | P | | | | P |
P 21.0 + P | | | | P +
DEVICE=PART and R | P | | | | P |
E | P | | | | P |
DEVICE=FULL S | P | | | | P |
options. S
U
18.0 +-P---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------P----+
| P | | | | P |
R | P | | | | P |
E | P | | | | P |
15.0 + P | | | | P +
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
P 12.0 +-P---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
S | P | | | | |
I | P | | | | |
G | P | | | | |
9.0 + P | | | | +
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
6.0 +-P---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
3.0 + P | | | | +
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
0.0 PPP---+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
0.0 30.0 60.0 90.0 120.0 150.0
DIST. FROM 1ST SURFACE DEVICE INLET FT
5-22 Results
Phase Envelope Summary
This report is produced PHASE ENVELOPE SUMMARY (USING SRK)
for compositional fluids ----------------------------------
when the PLOT=FULL
option is present on the TEMPERATURE
F
PRESSURE
PSIG DESCRIPTION
PRINT statement. The --- ----------- ----------- ----------------------------------------
1 846.01 0.000 DEW POINT
report is produced with 2 882.53 9.534 DEW POINT
the DEVICE=PART 3 913.32 21.450 DEW POINT
4 945.27 39.228 DEW POINT
and DEVICE=FULL 5 977.91 65.749 DEW POINT
6 1010.23 105.313 DEW POINT
options. 7 1010.86 106.263 INTERPOLATED FROM SPECIFIED TEMP OR PRES
8 1015.73 114.004 INTERPOLATED FROM SPECIFIED TEMP OR PRES
9 1040.28 164.337 DEW POINT
10 1063.78 252.390 DEW POINT
11 1071.09 339.714 CRICONDENTHERM
12 1069.31 383.749 DEW POINT
13 1053.24 471.965 DEW POINT
14 1034.19 517.456 DEW POINT
15 1023.02 534.712 CRITICAL POINT
16 1011.92 547.550 BUBBLE POINT
17 982.98 567.154 BUBBLE POINT
18 953.39 572.792 CRICONDENBAR
19 894.20 556.061 BUBBLE POINT
20 834.90 515.069 BUBBLE POINT
21 777.18 460.866 BUBBLE POINT
22 725.73 405.645 BUBBLE POINT
23 679.63 353.606 BUBBLE POINT
24 637.97 306.327 BUBBLE POINT
25 599.99 264.189 BUBBLE POINT
26 565.08 227.043 BUBBLE POINT
27 532.78 194.523 BUBBLE POINT
28 502.72 166.185 BUBBLE POINT
29 474.63 141.573 BUBBLE POINT
30 448.28 120.252 BUBBLE POINT
33 400.12 85.907 BUBBLE POINT
34 378.03 72.189 BUBBLE POINT
35 357.12 60.372 BUBBLE POINT
36 337.29 50.201 BUBBLE POINT
37 318.48 41.449 BUBBLE POINT
38 300.59 33.920 BUBBLE POINT
39 283.58 27.442 BUBBLE POINT
40 267.37 21.869 BUBBLE POINT
41 237.18 12.937 BUBBLE POINT
42 209.63 6.302 BUBBLE POINT
43 172.61 -0.632 BUBBLE POINT

Phase Envelope Plot
This plot is produced P H A S E E N V E L O P E
for compositional P 750.+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
fluids when the : : : : : :
R : : : : : :
PLOT=FULL option : : : : : :
is present on the E 675.+ : : : : +
: : : : : :
PRINT statement. The S : : : : : :
: : : : : :
plot is produced with S 600.+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
: : : : P : :
the DEVICE=PART U : : : : B B: :
and DEVICE=FULL : : : : :C :
R 525.+ : : : : D +
options. : : : : B : :
E : : : : : :
: : : :B : D :
450.+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
P : : : : : :
S : : : B: : :
I : : : : : :
G 375.+ : : : : D +
: : : B : : :
: : : : : T :
: : : : : :
300.+-----------+-----------+------B----+-----------+-----------+
: : : : : :
: : : B : : :
: : : : : D :
225.+ : : B : : +
: : : : : :
: : : B : : :
: : B : : D :
150.+-----------+----------B+-----------+-----------+-----------+
: : : : : :
: X X : IB : : DI :
: : B : : : :
75.+ : B : : D: +
: : BB : : : :
: : BB : : D : :
: B:BB : : D D : :
0.+-----+-B-B-+-----+-----+-----+-----+----D+-----+-----+-----+
0. 125. 250. 375. 500. 625. 750. 875. 1000. 1125. 1250.
T E M P E R A T U R E F
I = INTERPOLATED B = BUBBLE D = DEW
X = TRAVERSE T = T EXTREMUM P = P EXTREMUM
C = CRITICAL
5-24 Results
Holdup and Velocity Report
The T-D FLOW REGM HOLDUP AND VELOCITY DETAIL REPORT
column heading refers ---------------------------------
DEVICE
to the Taitel-Dukler- NAME ---LIQUID HOLDUP--- SUPERFICIAL T-D
AND SEG. NO LIQ GAS MIX . FLOW FLOW SONIC
Barnea flow regime. TYPE NO. SLIP SLIP TOTAL VEL VEL VEL REGM REGM VEL
(AGAL) (FPS) (FPS)
The report is produced ------ ---- ----- ----- -------- ------- ------- (FPS) (FPS)
------- ---- ---- -------
with the E014 0001
E015 0000
DEVICE=PART and (PIPE) 0001 0.00 0.00 102.7 0.00 111.98 111.98 1-PH 1-PH 882.57
(INJE) 0000
DEVICE=FULL E016 0001
options (COMP) 0000
E017 0001
(XCH1) 0000
E018 0001
(SEPR) 0000
E019 0001
(INJE) 0000
E020 0001
(COMP) 0000
E021 0001
(XCH1) 0000
E022 0001
(SEPR) 0000
E023 0001
Fortunati model used to calculate sonic velocity.
Reported Fluid Velocity is at:

(1) calculation segment mid-point (default segment method)
(2) calculation segment inlet (SHORTPIPE method)
Pressure Gradient Detail Report

DEVICE=FULL is PRESSURE GRADIENT DETAIL REPORT
required to produce this -------------------------------
DEVICE
report. NAME
AND SEGM. --PRESSURE GRADIENT---- ---PRESSURE DROP---
TYPE NO: FRIC ELEV TOTAL FRIC ELEV
(PSIFT) (PSIFT) (PSIFT) (PSIG) (PSIG)
------ ---- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
EN1 0000
(ENTR) 0001
PIP0 0000
(PIPE) 0001 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -7.33E-3 0.0
0002 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -7.33E-3 0.0
0003 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -7.33E-3 0.0
0004 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -7.33E-3 0.0
(PUMP) 0000
PMP1 0001
PIP1 0000
(PIPE) 0001 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -5.50E-2 0.0
0002 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -5.50E-2 0.0
0003 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -5.50E-2 0.0
0004 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -5.50E-2 0.0
(VALV) 0000
GAT1 0001
(BEND) 0000
BEN1 0001
PIP2 0000
(PIPE) 0001 -0.0073 -0.3394 -0.3467 -1.83E-2 -0.8
0002 -0.0073 -0.3394 -0.3467 -1.83E-2 -0.8
0003 -0.0073 -0.3394 -0.3467 -1.83E-2 -0.8
0004 -0.0073 -0.3394 -0.3467 -1.83E-2 -0.8
(BEND) 0000
BEN2 0001
PIP3 0000

Taitel-Dukler-Barnea Flow Regime Map
The DEVICE=PART or !+----------------+-----------------+----------------+-------+!
DEVICE=FULL entry 20.00+ DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD AAAAAAAAA+
is required together ! DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD AAAAAAAAAA!
with the ! DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD AAAAAAAAAAA!
! DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD AAAAAAAAAAAAA!
MAP=TAITEL option 10.00+ DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAA+
to produce this report. ! DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
The characters on the ! DDDDDDDDDDD IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! DDDDD IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
report indicate the ! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
type of flow as ! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
follows: ! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
I = intermittent flow ! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA+AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
A = annular flow ! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
D = dispersed bubble ! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
W = stratified wavy ! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
S = stratified smooth 1.00+ IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA+
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
VSL ! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
0.10+ IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA+
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA W AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA WW AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA WW AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA WWW AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA WWW AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
0.01+ IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA WWW AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA+
!+----------------+-----------------+----------------+-------+!
0.1 1.0 10.0 100.0 300.0
VSG
VSL = SUPERFICIAL LIQUID VELOCITY (MPS)

VSG = SUPERFICIAL GAS VELOCITY (MPS)
+ = OPERATING POINT
PRESSURE= 25.0061(BAR)
TEMP: = 101.1447(C)
ANGLE = 0.6878(DEG)
Link Property Detail Report

Note: This option can generate very large output files.
5-26 Results
Viscosity and Density Results
Detailed property BASE CASE
tables for any or all LINK "1 " PROPERTY DETAIL REPORT
links are produced by VISCOSITY AND DENSITY RESULTS

-----------------------------
specifying the DEVICE
PROPERTY=PART NAME
AND SEGM ----------VISCOSITY---------- ------------DENSITY------------
or TYPE NO OIL LIQ VAP LIQ VAP SLIP NO-SLIP
(CP) (CP) (CP) (LB/CF) (LB/CF) (LB/CF) (LB/CF)
PROPERTY=FULL ------ ---- --------- --------- --------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Z001 0000
options. (PIPE) 0001 2.305 2.305 0.000 54.372 0.000 54.372 54.372
Z002 0000
(TEE ) 0001
Z003 0000
(PIPE) 0001 2.303 2.303 0.000 54.370 0.000 54.370 54.370
E1 0000
(DPDT) 0001
Z005 0000
(PIPE) 0001 1.583 1.583 0.000 53.416 0.000 53.416 53.416
Z006 0000
(VENT) 0001
Z007 0000
(CONT) 0001
Z008 0000
(PIPE) 0001 1.582 1.582 0.000 53.415 0.000 53.415 53.415
Friction and Surface Tension Results

This report shows the FRICTION AND SURFACE TENSION RESULTS
friction factor and the ------------------------------------
DEVICE
parameters used to NAME LIQ
AND SEGM --------------FRICTION------------ FRIC. REYNOLDS SURFACE
calculate it. The TYPE NUM. DENSITY VELO ID. VISCOSITY FACTOR NUMBER TENSION
report is produced by (LB/CF) (FPS) (IN) (CP) (DN/CM)
------ ---- ------- ------- -------- --------- -------- -------- --------
specifying the Z001 0000
(PIPE) 0001 54.372 9.76 12.000 2.305 0.0156 3.4248E5 29.83
PROPERTY=PART Z002 0000
(TEE ) 0001
or Z003 0000
PROPERTY=FULL (PIPE) 0001 54.370 14.05 10.000 2.303 0.0155 4.1134E5 29.83
E1 0000
options. (DPDT) 0001
Z005 0000
(PIPE) 0001 53.416 9.93 12.000 1.583 0.0150 4.9879E5 27.87
Z006 0000
(VENT) 0001
Z007 0000
(CONT) 0001
Z008 0000
(PIPE) 0001 53.415 14.30 10.000 1.582 0.0150 5.9868E5 27.87

Heat Transfer Calculations
HEAT TRANSFER CALCULATIONS
PROPERTY=FULL --------------------------
must be specified to DEVICE FLUID
NAME THERMAL ---------THERMAL RESISTANCE------- ----ENTHALPY---- HYD
produce this report. AND SEGM CONDUCT- INSIDE INSULAT- SURROUN-
(TYPE) NO: IVITY FILM PIPE ION DING LIQ VAP
The HYD column (KCMC) (HR-M2- (HR-M2- (HR-M2- (HR-M2- (KCALKG) (KCALKG)
C/KCAL) C/KCAL) C/KCAL) C/KCAL)
indicates whether or not ------ ---- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -
hydrates can form: -
(PIPE) 0001 0.045 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.000 55.712 N
N - not in hydrate region 0002 0.045 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 0.000 53.112 N
0003 0.045 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 0.000 50.225 N
I - type I hydrates 0003 0.045 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.000 50.225 N
formed 0004 0.046 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 0.000 47.785 N
0005 0.046 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 0.000 44.759 N
II - type II hydrates 0006 0.046 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 29.174 42.169 N
0007 0.047 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 27.765 39.939 N
formed 0008 0.048 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 26.494 37.990 N
U - unable to predict 0009
0010
0.048
0.049
0.0005
0.0004
0.0002
0.0002
0.0000
0.0000
0.0534
0.0534
25.338
24.271
36.305 N
34.866 N
HW - in hydrate region 0011 0.050 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 23.274 33.658 N
0012 0.051 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 22.774 33.099 N
but not enough free 0012 0.051 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 22.774 33.099 N
water present 0013 0.052 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 22.331 32.633 N
0014 0.053 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 21.480 31.815 N
P - Hydrate region but 0015 0.054 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 20.663 31.160 N
0016 0.055 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 19.878 30.660 N
insufficient free water 0017 0.056 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 19.122 30.296 N
PW - Water & Hydrates 0018 0.056 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 18.603 30.106 N
0018 0.056 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 18.603 30.106 N
but not enough water 0019 0.056 0.0003 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 18.026 30.051 P
0020 0.057 0.0003 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 17.234 30.077 P
NW - Water & Hydrate P011 0000
(PIPE) 0001 0.057 0.0003 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 16.819 30.112 P
formation S013 0000
HW - Water & Hydrate (SEPR) 0001
Case Summary
This report is always BASE CASE
produced to
summarize case study PRESSURE TEMPERATURE FLOW RATE
NODE PSIG DEG F LB/HR
results. It shows the ---- -------- ----------- ---------
node pressures, FEED 114.0 60.0 1500000.00
J1 0.106E+03 0.100E+03 0.00000E+00
temperatures, and J2 0.926E+02 0.142E+03 0.00000E+00
PROD 87.4 182.4 -1500000.00
flowrates for each
case. CASE STUDY 1
PRESSURE TEMPERATURE FLOW RATE

---- -------- ----------- ---------
FEED 125.0 60.0 1500000.00
J1 0.117E+03 0.100E+03 0.00000E+00
J2 0.104E+03 0.142E+03 0.00000E+00
PROD 98.4 182.4 -1500000.00
CASE STUDY 2
PRESSURE TEMPERATURE FLOW RATE

---- -------- ----------- ---------
FEED 114.0 60.0 1500000.00
J1 0.107E+03 0.100E+03 0.00000E+00
J2 0.932E+02 0.142E+03 0.00000E+00
PROD 88.0 182.4 -1500000.00
5-28 Results
Sphering Report
The sphering report is BASE CASE
produced when sphering
calculations are *******************
performed and * SPHERING REPORT *
*******************
DEVICE=PART, or
greater, is specified in the
print options. The effect INLET ----RE-EST: FLOW ZONE-- ----------------SPHERE-----------------
-----BEHIND SPHERE----
of the sphere is followed PRESS: FLOW
along the length of the TIME PRES: DISTANCE PRESS: TEMP: DISTANCE DROP PRESS: TEMP: RATE
pipeline. (SECS) (PSIA) (FT) (PSIA) (F) (FT) (PSIA) (PSIA) (F) (LBHR)
------- ------- -------- ------- ------ -------- ------- ------- ------ ----
This report shows the SPHERE NUMBER 1 LAUNCHED FROM STATION 1
conditions at the inlet, at
the re-established two- 19.0 360.4 32.1 360.3 119.9 494.3 8.5 359.5 118.4 41370.
38.0 361.7 64.1 361.5 119.8 984.7 8.5 359.8 116.7 41370.
phase flow zone, and at 57.0 361.7 96.2 361.4 119.7 1475.1 8.5 358.8 115.1 41370.
the sphere. 76.0 363.0 128.1 362.6 119.6 1959.5 8.5 359.2 113.5 41370.
95.0 363.0 160.2 362.5 119.5 2449.5 8.5 358.2 112.0 41370.
114.0 364.2 191.9 363.7 119.4 2928.8 8.5 358.6 110.6 41370.
133.0 364.2 224.0 363.6 119.3 3417.1 8.5 357.6 109.2 41370.
152.0 365.4 255.6 364.7 119.1 3891.6 8.5 357.9 107.8 41370.
171.0 367.1 286.9 366.3 119.0 4356.4 8.5 358.7 106.5 41370.
190.0 368.5 318.3 367.6 118.9 4819.6 8.5 359.2 105.3 41370.
209.0 369.8 349.6 368.8 118.8 5280.9 8.5 359.6 104.2 41370.
228.0 371.0 380.8 370.0 118.7 5740.0 8.5 359.9 103.1 41370.
This report follows the ----------------SLUG ZONE------------------

liquid slug in front of SLUG SLUG
the sphere. SLUG SLUG EDGE PRESS: EDGE
TIME VELO: LENGTH PRESS: DROP DISTANCE
(SECS) (FPS) (FT) (PSIA) (PSIA) (FT)
------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ---------
19.0 26.20 20.1 346.5 4.5 514.4
38.0 26.09 40.0 345.6 5.7 1024.7
57.0 26.10 59.8 343.4 6.9 1534.9
76.0 25.99 79.4 342.6 8.1 2038.9
95.0 25.99 99.6 340.4 9.4 2549.1
The slug delivery report SLUG DELIVERY

starts when the front of -------------
the slug reaches the end PRESS:
of the pipeline. SLUG SPHERE BEHIND
TIME VELOCITY VELOCITY SPHERE
(SECS) (FPS) (FPS) (PSIA)
------- -------- -------- -------
9.8 13.89 13.89 274.9
19.6 13.89 13.89 273.6
29.4 13.89 13.89 272.4
39.2 13.93 13.93 271.3
48.9 13.99 13.99 270.6
58.6 14.05 14.05 269.6
68.3 14.10 14.10 268.6
77.9 14.16 14.16 267.5
87.5 14.21 14.21 266.5
97.1 14.26 14.26 265.4
SLUG DELIVERY TAKES 181.3 SECS.
Finally, the time STEADY STATE NOT REACHED YET. TIME IS 30329.94 SECS.
required for the STEADY STATE NOT REACHED YET. TIME IS 30492.76 SECS.
pipeline to return to STEADY STATE NOT REACHED YET. TIME IS 30655.57 SECS.
steady state is shown. STEADY STATE NOT REACHED YET. TIME IS 30818.38 SECS.
STEADY STATE NOT REACHED YET. TIME IS 30981.19 SECS.
STEADY STATE NOT REACHED YET. TIME IS 31144.01 SECS.
STEADY STATE FLOW IS RE-ESTABLISHED AFTER 31306.8 SECS
Note - The above report is an extract from Example 6 of Applib files.

Valve Sizing Reports
These reports show FLARE SYSTEM VALVE SIZING REPORT
the results of the valve ================================
DEFAULT DISCHARGE COEFFICIENT USED IN API GAS RELIEF MODEL 0.975
sizing calculations in DEFAULT DISCHARGE COEFFICIENT USED IN API LIQUID RELIEF MODEL 0.700
DEFAULT DISCHARGE COEFFICIENT USED IN HEM-DIERS RELIEF MODEL 0.950
a Flare system study. NOTE : (1) NOT ALL VALVES SIZED WITH DEFAULT DISCHARGE COEFFICIENTS.
The first report, Flare SEE DETAILED VALVE SIZE REPORT (BELOW) FOR INDIVIDUAL
DISCHARGE COEFFICIENTS.
System Valve Sizing (2) API-520 DESIGNATION OF SIZING ONLY VALID WITH A GAS
DISCHARGE COEFFICIENT = 0.975.
Report provides (3) CAPACITY CORRECTION CORRELATIONS FOR BELLOWS VALVES ARE
VALID FOR A LIMITED RANGE OF BACK/RELIEF PRESSURES.
information on the COMPARE BELOW RESULTS WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS.
size requirements for
UPSTREAM BACK PRES VALVE SIZE RELIEF
all valves. LINK NODE TEMP PRESSURE PRES DROP HEM API-520 MODE
(F) (PSIA) (PSIA) (PSIA) (IN2) (IN2)

L1 S1 171.91 240.0 79.3 160.8 1.673* 1.521* GAS+LIQ
L2 S2 153.26 243.2 21.5 221.8 0.146* 0.135* GAS
*.....INDICATES THAT MODEL PREDICTS CRITICAL FLOW
The second report, VALVE SIZE SELECTION AND VALVE RATING REPORT
Valve Size Selection ============================================
VALVE API SIZE NOMINAL NOMINAL HEM MINIMUM VALVE
and Valve Rating NAME ESTIMATE SIZE TYPE RATING RATING CLASS
(IN2) (LBHR) (LBHR)
Report offers a - - - - -
selection of valve S1 1.5206 1.838 IN2 K 6.59E4 6.00E4 DEFAULT
S2 0.1346 0.110 FT2 D 3.30E5 3.05E3 B190
sizes based on the
nominal valve sizes
provided by the
manufacturer. The
report also rates the
capacity of the
selected nominal
valve size.
Finally, individual VESSEL S1 AT 171.9 DEG F AND 240.0 PSIA
valve reports are MOLE FRACTION-
HYDROCARBON COMBINED TOTAL
provided that describe COMPONENT VAPOR LIQUID1 VAP+LIQ1 LIQUID2 STREAM
-
the computations used C3 0.019421 0.012854 0.014000 0.000000 0.014000
to estimate valve PRLN 0.506044 0.302466 0.338000 0.000000 0.338000
NC4 0.472786 0.682627 0.646000 0.000000 0.646000
sizes. IC4 0.001749 0.002053 0.002000 0.000000 0.002000
NC5 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000
IC5 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000
N2 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000
C2 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000
TOTAL RATE (INLET TO NODE IF JUNCTION)
LB/HR 9920. 50080. 60000. -1.79E-3 60000.
MOLE/HR 199.5 943.3 1142.7 0.0 1142.7
WT FRAC LIQ 0.834668 0.834668
PHASE PROPERTIES

MASS FRACTION 0.165332 0.834668 1.000000 -2.98E-8 1.000000
VOLUME FRAC 0.717091 0.282909 1.000000 0.000000 1.000000
DENSITY LB/FT3 2.31 29.58 0.00
SPECIFIC GRAV 1.716592 0.474321 0.000000
VISCOSITY CP 0.0105 0.0817 0.0000
ENTHALPY BTU/LB 206.411 87.525 0.000 107.181
SURF TENS DYNES/CM 4.464 0.000
MOLECULAR WT 49.7331 53.0912 52.5051 0.0000 52.5051
5-30 Results
Source Vessel VESSEL SOURCE S1 VALVE SIZE REPORT
-
RELIEF VALVE OPERATION
VALVE FLOW RATE 5.9999E4 LB/HR
UPSTREAM TEMPERATURE 171.907 DEG F
DOWNSTREAM TEMPERATURE 95.153 DEG F
UPSTREAM PRESSURE 240.012 PSIA
DOWNSTREAM PRESSURE 79.252 PSIA
OVERPRESSURE FRACTION 1.100
GAUGE SET PRESSURE 204.829 PSIG
GAUGE BACK PRESSURE 64.552 PSIG
GAUGE RELIEF PRESSURE 225.312 PSIG
VALVE OVERPRESSURE 20.483 PSIG
INLET CONDITIONS GAS + LIQUID
API 520 API 520 VALVE SIZE MODEL
VALVE TYPE CONVENTIONAL
VALVE CLASS DEFAULT
DISCHARGE MODE GAS + LIQUID
GAS DISCHARGE COEFFICIENT 0.975 (API DEFAULT)
LIQUID DISCHARGE COEFFICIENT 0.700
VALVE SIZE ESTIMATE 1.521 IN2 CRITICAL FLOW ENCOUNTERED
AREA GAS RELIEF 1.269 IN2
AREA LIQUID RELIEF 0.251 IN2
HEAT CAPACITY RATIO (GAS) 1.035
CRITICAL FLOW PRESSURE (GAS) 143.682 PSIA
COMPRESSIBILITY FACTOR (GAS) 0.875
LIQUID SPECIFIC GRAVITY 0.548
VISCOSITY CORRECTION (LIQUID) 1.000
BACK PRESSURE CORRECTION (LIQ) 1.000 (API CONVENTIONAL DEFAULT)
BACK PRESSURE CORRECTION (GAS) 1.000 (API CONVENTIONAL DEFAULT)
LIQUID DISCHARGE RATE 3.1375E4 LB/HR
LIQUID DISCHARGE RATE (VOLUME) 114.508 GAL/MIN
GAS DISCHARGE RATE 2.8624E4 LB/HR
CALCULATION BACK PRES. (GAS) 143.682 PSIA
CALCULATION BACK PRES. (LIQ) 79.252 PSIA
HEM-Diers HEM-DIERS VALVE SIZE MODEL
HEM DISCHARGE COEFFICIENT 0.950
VALVE SIZE ESTIMATE 1.673 IN2 CRITICAL FLOW ENCOUNTERED
CRITICAL FLOW PRESSURE 174.005 PSIA
Valve Selection and VALVE SELECTION AND RATING
Rating NOMINAL VALVE SIZE 1.838 IN2
NOMINAL VALVE IDENTIFICATION K
NOMINAL VALVE RATING 6.5920E4 LB/HR

5-32 Results
Chapter 6
Technical Reference
Chapter Contents
About This Chapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

An Introduction to Fluid Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Basic Fluid Flow Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
The Steady State Flow Process Single-Phase Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Laminar and Turbulent Single-phase Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Laminar Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Laminar and Transitional Flow Inside Pipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Turbulent Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Non-Newtonian Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Two-Phase Fluid Flow in Pipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Liquid & Gas Holdup - Slip & No-Slip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Two-Phase Mixture Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Single and Two-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations in PIPEPHASE. . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Critical Flow - A Qualitative Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Single-Phase Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Two-Phase Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Mechanistic Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Ansari. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Xiao . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
TACITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
OLGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Recommendations on Pressure Drop Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Solution Algorithms Used in PIPEPHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
The Calculation Segment and Iteration Methodology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
The Calculation Segment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Default Segment Calculation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
The SHORTPIPE Segment Calculation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
The Network Calculation Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Definition of a Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Pressure Balance Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Mass Balance Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
How to Set up a Network Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
The Flare Network Calculation Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
How to Set up a Flare Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
How the Flare Solution Algorithm Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Critical Flow Developed in the Middle of a Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Flare Network Line Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Studying Different Relief Scenarios with the Sizing Algorithm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Valve Sizing Methodology and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
API Recommended Practice 520 (1993) for Single-Phase Relief. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Sizing For Gas Relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Conventional Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Balanced Bellows Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Sizing for Liquid Relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
API Derived Method for Two-Phase (Gas/Liquid) Relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
HEM-DIERS Valve Sizing Methodology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
User-Specificable Valve Sizing Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Discharge Coefficients (Kd) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Gas Discharge Back Pressure Capacity Correction Factors (Kb) . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Liquid Discharge Back Pressure Capacity Correction Factors (Kw) . . . . . . . . . 46
Allowable Overpressure Fraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Valve Selection and Valve Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Depressuring Calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
How the Depressuring Unit Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Fluid Models Used in PIPEPHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Non-Compositional Fluid Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Single-phase Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Gas Compressibility (z) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Gas Density (rG ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Gas Viscosity (mG ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Gas Specific Heat Capacity (CpG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Single-Phase Liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Hydrocarbon Liquid Viscosity (ml) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Beggs and Robinson Correlation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Standing Correlation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Glaso Correlation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Vazquez and Beggs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Woelflin's Correlation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Water Viscosity (mw) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Fluid Mixing Rules for Blackoil Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Steam Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Compositional Fluid Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Accuracy of Compositional Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Properties Calculated Using the Compositional Fluid Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Equilibrium K-Values (Phase Split) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Enthalpy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Heat Transfer in Flow Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Heat Transfer for Non-Compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
6-2 Technical Reference
Heat Transfer for Compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
The Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient (U-value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Equations used in PIPEPHASE to Calculate Resistances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Inside film resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Pipe resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Insulation resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Buried surroundings (e.g., soil resistance) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Fluid surroundings (e.g., air, water) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Additional inside/outside resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Radiation film resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Partially Buried Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Equipment & Fittings Flow Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
DPDT Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Chokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Single-Phase Gas and Single-Phase Liquid Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Compositional and Steam Fluid Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Check Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Heaters and Coolers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Single-Phase Gas and Single-Phase Liquid Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Compositional and Steam Fluid Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Separators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Two-Phase Flow Pressure Drop Corrections for Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Chisholm Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Homogeneous Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Converging Network Simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
User Requirements for this Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
General Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Simulation Input Granularity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Estimates of Pressure and Flowrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Network Structure and Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Maximum Number of Iterations (NM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Iteration History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Specific Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Link Shut-Ins (NM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Flowrate Estimation in Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Guidelines on User-Estimation of Link Flow Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Recommendations for Networks which Include Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Other Problems In Network Convergence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
High Velocity Flow (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Problems with Large Flare Networks (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Specific Keyword Assistance in Converging Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
PBAL Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
MBAL Solution Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Sub-Network Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
FAQ 1: What are the merits of the K-factor and K-multiplier in
fitting pressure drops?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
FAQ 2: Should one use equivalent lengths inside links with two-phase
flow to represent fitting pressure drops?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
FAQ 3: How do you explain a pressure recovery over an expansion device?. . . . 100
FAQ 4: Why does PIPEPHASE have two network solution
methods (Flare and Network)? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
FAQ 5: What is the relation between discharge coefficients used in valve
sizing and the K-factor used to define pressure drop? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
FAQ 6: What is the relation between the flow coefficient of a valve (Cv)
and the K-factor for the valve? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
FAQ 7: What is the relation between the Joule-Thomson effect
and adiabatic flashing? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
FAQ 8: How can I make PIPEPHASE use my own mixture physical
property data in compositional fluid-type simulations? . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
FAQ 9: How can I increase the speed of execution of a simulation run? . . . . . . . 111
FAQ 10:What are the *.GR1, *.GR2, *.GR3, and *.GR4 files that are
produced when I run PC PIPEPHASE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
FAQ 11: Why is the OLGAS model reporting a negative frictional pressure loss? 112
Data Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Procedure for Accessing PRO/II Stream Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Extracting Component Data and Temperature for a
Source PRO2 Keyword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Extracting Component Data, Pressure and Temperature for a
Source PR2F Keyword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Extracting Pressure Estimate, Component Data, and Temperature for a
Source PR2E Keyword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Restrictions on the Use of the Stream Data Transfer Facility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
About This Chapter

This chapter provides detailed information regarding the calculation procedures used for
all aspects of the PIPEPHASE program. The chapter is not intended to be a complete
work on multiphase flow or thermodynamic theory. Instead, it aims to provide sufficient
background theory and simulation guidelines so that a user can be more confident in
using the program and making better engineering decisions prior to executing the task.
An Introduction to Fluid Flow

Basic Fluid Flow Theory
Except where specified otherwise, the term fluid is used in this chapter to denote either
a single-phase gas, single-phase liquid, or a multiphase stream comprising a gas phase
and one or more liquid phases.

As with any field of scientific analysis, it is worthwhile to take time to understand the
fundamentals behind the basic pressure drop equation. This pressure drop equation,
which is derived from the general energy equation, is given in its simplest form in
equation (6-1):
P TOT = P ELEV + P FRIC + P ACCEL (6-1)
A summary of this derivation procedure is provided here for reference purposes.
The Steady State Flow Process Single-Phase Fluids

A fluid passing from point 1 to point 2, in Figure 6-1 below, must be subject to the
general principle of the conservation of energy. This states that, at steady state, the
enthalpy of the fluid at point 1, plus any work performed on or by the fluid, plus any heat
taken from or added to the fluid, must equal the enthalpy of the fluid at point 2.
Figure 6-1: Conservation of Energy - Fluid Flow in a Simple System
The steady state energy balance equation is shown in equations (6-2a)-(6-2c):
Energy input to system = Energy output from system (6-2a)
(Heat Exchange + Shaft Work Exchange + Internal Energy +

Fluid Work + Kinetic Energy + Potential Energy) in = (6-2b)
(Internal Energy + Fluid Work + Kinetic Energy + Potential Energy) out
2 2
mv 1 g mv 2 g
Q + Ws + U 1 + p 1 V 1 + ---------- + mZ 1 ----- = U 2 + p 2 V 2 + ---------- + mZ 2 ----- (6-2c)
2g c gc 2g c gc
where:
Q= heat added to, or taken away from, the fluid (e.g., by a heat exchanger, or by
transfer to or from the surroundings)
Ws = shaft work done on or by the fluid (e.g., by a pump, or in a turbine)

Note: The subscript S is used to distinguish work exchanged by the fluid
through a shaft from that work done by the fluid itself on the system in
entering and leaving the control volume under study. This is the pV
component of equation (6-2c).
U= fluid internal energy
p= fluid pressure
V= fluid specific volume
m= fluid mass flowrate
1/gc = proportionality/dimension constant
g= gravitational constant
v= fluid velocity
Z= elevation of the fluid, referenced to one (arbitrary) datum level
Changing the basis of equation (6-2c) to that of unit mass, and looking at differential
changes rather than macro-system changes results in equation (6-3):
p
du + d --- + vdv g
--------- + -----dZ + dq + dw s = 0 (6-3)
gc gc
where:
u= specific internal energy of the fluid
q= specific heat exchanged
ws = specific shaft work
r= fluid density
The specific enthalpy change, dh, in a system is defined as:
dh = du + d pV (6-4a)
Equation (6-4a) can also be written as:
p
dh = du + d ---

(6-4b)
1 1
= du + --- dp + pd ---

For a reversible system:
du = dq rev dw rev (6-5)
from the Second Law of Thermodynamics, for reversible work, wrev, and heat, qrev:

dw rev = pdV
1 (6-6)
= pd ---

and
dq rev = TdS (6-7)
where:
ds = the differential specific entropy change in a system
T= the absolute temperature value at which q is exchanged
Therefore, equation (6-4a) may be rearranged to make du the subject and equations (6-6)
and (6-7) can be substituted into relationship (6-5). The resultant expression may then be
directly substituted into equation (6-3), to create equation (6-8):
p p vdv
Tds + dp g
------ d --- + d --- + --------- + -----dZ + dq + dw s = 0 (6-8)
g g
c c
Equation (6-7) is valid for a truly reversible process. In reality, due to irreversibilities
such as friction, there will always be losses inherent in any process. Equation (6-7) for
irreversible processes then becomes:
dq + dL w = TdS (6-9)
where:
Lw = lost friction work
If the assumption is made that there is no shaft work performed by, or on, the fluid
(ws=0), then expression (6-9) becomes:
dp
------ + vdv g
--------- + -----dZ + dL w = 0 (6-10)
gc gc

Figure 6-2: Schematic Representation of Piping Inclination
A pipe, inclined at an angle to the horizontal, as shown in Figure 6-2, will effect a
change to the vertical dZ term in equation (6-10). Since dZ = dL sin , multiplying
equation (6-10) through by/dL gives:
g sin dL w
vdv + -----
dp- ------------
----- + + ---------- = 0 (6-11)
dL g c dL g c dL
Equation (6-11) can then be rearranged and integrated over a pipe length L to give the
familiar steady state pressure drop equation (6-12). The resulting equation is known as
Bernoullis equation for the case of integrating for fluids of constant density, or as
Eulers equation when used for an ideal fluid, where the loss term, (Lw), is set to zero.
2
g- L sin + L + -
p = ---- w ----------------- (6-12)
gc 2g c
When computing the total pressure drop, p, the lost work due to friction must be
expressed in more common terms. The loss component from equation (6-11), (dLw/
dL), can be more explicitly defined by performing a simple force balance on a section of
circular pipe between the wall shear stress (which accounts for the frictional losses) and
pressure forces (Figure 6-3).
Figure 6-3: Force Balance on Circular Pipe Section
2
dp-dL g c d i = d dL
p 1 p 1 ----- ---------------
- (6-13)
dL 4 w i

where:
tw = shear stress, or shear resistance to flow
di = internal pipe diameter
Equation (6-13) can be written as:
dp- 4g c w dL w
----- - = ----------
dL FRICTION = ---------------
di dL
(6-14)
Substituting for dLw into equation (6-15) gives:
vdv + -----
dp- + ------------
----- g sin + 4g c w- = 0
--------------- (6-15)
dL g c dL g c di
For both laminar (streamline) and turbulent flow, a dimensionless friction factor, f, is
defined as the ratio of shear stress to the fluid kinetic energy per unit volume:
w 2 w
f FANNING = ---------------
- = ---------
- (6-16)
2 2
v 2 v
Equation (6-16) represents one of the original friction factor formulations as defined by
Fanning. The Darcy-Weisbach (or Moody1) friction factor, fd, is used in PIPEPHASE,
and is defined as being four times larger than the Fanning factor:
w 8 w
f d = ---------------
- = ---------
- (6-17)
2 2
v 8 v
Note: The superscripts given in the text in this chapter refer to the appropriate entry in
C.
Substituting equation (6-17) into the pressure loss component of equation (6-15) gives:
2 2
dp-
-----
di fd v di fd v
= w ----------- = -------------
- ----------------
- = -------------- (6-18)
dL FRICTION gc Ai 8g c d 2 4 2g c d i
i
The general pressure drop expression for a single-phase fluid can then be re-written as:

2
dp- fd v
g sin + ------------- vdv
----- = ----- - + ------------ (6-19)
dL g 2g d g
c c i c dL
Note: Users of SI or Metric units of measure: The unit of force in SI and Metric unit sets
is the Newton. The Newton is defined so as to make the proportionality constant, gc,
unity, thus eliminating it from equation (6-19).
Laminar and Turbulent Single-phase Flow

Laminar Flow
At low velocities, a single-phase fluid in pipes flows in one direction, and the velocity
within the pipe changes across the plane perpendicular to its axis, from a maximum in
the center of the pipe, to zero at the pipe wall. For a circular pipe, the velocity profile is a
parabola (see Figure 6-4), where the fluid particles move in straight, parallel paths in
layers, or laminae. The term laminar flow is therefore used to describe this condition. In
laminar flow systems, analytical laws relating shear stress (and hence friction) to the rate
of angular deformation may be applied. Since the viscosity of the fluid is dominant in
laminar flow, this suppresses any tendency toward turbulent conditions (see below).
Figure 6-4: Laminar Flow in a Circular Pipe
For a laminar flowing fluid, the following equation for the Darcy-Weisbach friction
factor can be derived analytically from Poiseuilles equation:
64
f d = ----------- (6-20)
vd i
where:
= fluid viscosity

Laminar and Transitional Flow Inside Pipes
PIPEPHASE incorporates the unified correlation developed by Churchill74 for heat
transfer calculations. This correlation spans the laminar and turbulent regions, and it
calculates a constant Nusselt number of 4.36 when the Reynolds number falls below
2300. Therefore, the user has no control over the critical Reynolds number below which
laminar conditions are applied. In other words, the keyword entry of
LAMINAR=value has no influence in calculating the heat-transfer coefficient.
However, the Churchill correlation has not been implemented for calculating the friction
factor. Therefore, the keyword entry of LAMINAR=value will still be used to
influence the friction pressure drop calculations.
Reynolds Number
For the benefit of fluid flow studies, a dimensionless value representing the ratio of a
fluids inertia forces to its viscous forces has been defined. This is known as the
Reynolds number, Re, and is commonly utilized as an indication of the turbulence of the
fluid. For circular pipes, the Reynolds number is defined as:
vd
Re = -----------i (6-21)

This number is used as a basis for many pressure drop- and heat transfer-related
correlations.
Turbulent Flow
As the flowrate of a fluid is increased from laminar flow conditions, the fluid particles
begin to move randomly in all directions of flow, and in a more haphazard fashion as
velocities increase. As the flowrate increases even further, the fluctuations in the
behavior of the particles becomes more significant, and the flow is termed turbulent.
Typically, the transition between laminar flow and full turbulent flow occurs over a
region between Reynolds numbers of 2000 and 3000.
Figure 6-5: Turbulent Flow in a Circular Pipe

It then becomes impossible to track the movement of an individual particle, and the
velocity profile of the fluid becomes correspondingly more uniform, or flat, in the plane
perpendicular to the axis of the pipe (see Figure 6-5). It is not possible to predict the
friction factor associated with turbulent flow using the same analytical methods as for
laminar conditions. To better predict friction factors under turbulent conditions,
experimental observations are combined with the previous theoretical fluid flow
relationships. Friction factors for turbulent flow are then defined empirically usually in
terms of the Reynolds number, Re.
The Darcy-Weisbach friction factor, fd, has been found to be a function of Reynolds
number alone in the case of smooth pipe walls, and for rough pipe walls as a function of
both Reynolds number and the relative roughness of the pipe inside wall. Relative
roughness is a dimensionless quantity, and is thought to be more indicative than absolute
pipe roughness on the effect on pressure gradient.
The relative roughness is usually abbreviated in its equation form, /d, where is the
absolute pipe mean roughness, and d is the (smooth) pipe inside diameter. An example of
a friction factor expression for single-phase flow in circular pipes with rough walls is
shown in equation (6-22), which was developed by Colebrook2:
1- 2 18.7 -
-------- = 1.74 2log 10 ----- + --------------- (6-22)
fd d
i Re f
d
To solve these types of equations usually requires an iterative procedure to determine fd.
In standard texts these equations are represented as graphs of friction factor versus
Reynolds number, containing lines of constant /d (see Figure 6-6).
Figure 6-6: Friction Factor Chart (Semi-Log fd vs Log Re) after Moody

Non-Newtonian Flow
All previous and subsequent discussions in this chapter refer to so-called Newtonian
fluids (where shear stresses are postulated to be directly proportional to the time rate of
deformation of a fluid element). Non-Newtonian fluids do not obey newtonian flow
dynamics, and include common fluids such as some oil/water mixtures, mud, cement,
and a variety of plant-processed slurry streams. Non-Newtonian fluids can behave in
different ways in response to a constant shear force - such as decreasing viscosity (so-
called pseudoplastic or thixotropic [for time-dependent responses] fluids) or increasing
viscosity (so-called dilatant or rheopectic [for time-dependent responses] fluids). Non-
Newtonian fluids can be modeled in PIPEPHASE currently only by specifying an
appropriate user-defined pressure drop method (see Chapter 3, Input Reference).
Two-Phase Fluid Flow in Pipes

Up until this point in our discussion of fluid flow, all assumptions have been for single-
phase fluids. In the topics covering laminar and turbulent flow, it was seen that fluid flow
theory can take us only as far as single-phase, laminar flow. Once the laminar to
turbulent flow transition is made for single-phase fluids, modeling the flow becomes
complex. Fluid flow theory then enters a gray area where empirical correlations and
experimental observation account for a large portion of key areas in the prediction of
pressure drop. All salient equations describing two-phase flow build on existing single-
phase equation forms. However, they are far more empirical than their single-phase
equivalents due to the complex nature of multiphase flow.
In single-phase laminar flow, fluid properties such as density, , and viscosity, , must be
known prior to any pressure drop formulation being applied (see equations (6-19) and
(6-20)). This concept is relatively simple for a single-phase fluid simple temperature-
and pressure-dependent correlations and mixing rules can be applied with confidence for
all but the heaviest and non-ideal of fluids. However, the definition and meaning of two-
phase fluid physical properties such as density or viscosity requires further discussion.
Clearly some type of viscosity and density must be used in the overall pressure drop
expression, and since the only physical data available to the researcher and engineer are
viscosities of both phases in isolation, a suitable mixing rule for the two-phases must be
formulated. Before this can be accomplished, there must be a knowledge of the relative
amounts of both phases existing at the point of interest in the pipe. The term holdup is
commonly used to describe this quantity.
Liquid Holdup and Superficial Velocities
Two quantities are used extensively in two-phase flow analyses, the superficial velocity
of each phase, and the liquid or gas holdup.
The superficial velocity is defined as the velocity at which one-phase would travel if it
alone occupied the whole pipe, and can be calculated from volumetric flowrates:

q
v s L = -----L for the liquid (6-23a)
A
q
v s G = -----G- for the gas (6-23b)
A
where:
q= volumetric flowrate of the phase
A= cross-sectional area of the pipe
s = superficial velocity of the phase
subscripts G and L refer to the gas (vapor) and liquid phase respectively
The fluid mixture velocity is then defined as the velocity of the total mixture, and can be
shown to be equal to the sum of the component superficial velocities:
L q +q G
M = ------------------
- (6-24a)
A
M = s L + s G (6-24b)
where:
subscript M refers to the mixture
Liquid & Gas Holdup - Slip & No-Slip

Liquid holdup, HL, is defined as the fraction of the pipes cross-sectional area occupied
by liquid (see Figure 6-7):
A
H L = -----L- (6-25)
A
For the complementary gas holdup:
AG
H G = ------
- (6-26)
A
For a given steady-state snapshot of a two-phase fluid flowing in a pipe, there can be
two feasible liquid holdup scenarios slip liquid holdup (where the gas and liquid are
traveling at different velocities) and no-slip liquid holdup (where both phases are
actually traveling at the same speed). These concepts are important in the study of two-
phase flow systems, and will be utilized fully when describing two-phase pressure drop

correlations. In either scenario the liquid holdup varies from a value of one for all liquid
flow, to zero for all gas flow. The term positive slip is used to describe situations where
the gas is traveling faster than the liquid, and negative slip for the reverse situation.
Figure 6-7: Liquid and Vapor Holdup
The slip velocity is defined as the difference between the actual gas and liquid
velocities:
s = G L (6-27)
Now,
q
G
G = ------
- (6-28a)
AG
q
L = -----L- (6-28b)
AL
Then from equations (6-23a), (6-23b), (6-25) and (6-26) it is simple to show that, for
cases of no-slip w hereG = L:
s L
L = H L, NO SLIP = -------
- (6-29)
M
where:
L= no-slip liquid holdup
Therefore, the no-slip liquid holdup can be shown to be a function only of the superficial
velocities of each phase, and is thus simple to calculate if the volumetric flowrate of each
phase is known.

In a majority of two-phase flow situations, however, the no-slip assumption is false, and
should not be used for reasonable pressure drop predictions. This is typically because of
the flow pattern, and/or the topology of the piping system (which can encourage slip
conditions through inclined and vertical pipe sections). In these cases, liquid holdups
must be calculated from empirical correlations.
Once the liquid holdup value has been determined for the segment of piping under study,
then its first use is in calculating actual gas and liquid velocities from their
corresponding superficial values (from equations (6-26), (6-28a) and (6-28b)):
qL
L = ----------
- (6-30)
AH L
Two-Phase Mixture Properties

A two-phase fluid mixture density, m, can be defined using the holdup as the weighting
factor between both phases. Although some researchers use different formulations,
equation (6-31) represents one of the most common relationships for density used to
calculate the elevation term in the pressure drop equation (in this equation HL refers to
either the slip or no-slip liquid holdup):
M = L HL + 1 HL G (6-31)
The viscosity of a fluid is used in all pressure drop correlations, at least in the
determination of the friction factor, fd, via the Reynolds number, Re. It is also typically
used within correlating parameters in more empirically-based methods. This can be seen
in the two-phase pressure drop correlations given in Table A-6a through Table A-6e,
Two-Phase Pressure Correlations. These types of equation formulated for two-phase
viscosities are more varied than those developed for density (above), since the concept of
a mixture viscosity is more difficult to comprehend. A typical formulation for mixture
viscosity is shown in equation (6-32):
HL HG
M = L G (6-32)
In dealing with two-phase flow, surface tension is another physical property which
affects pressure drop. It is typically used as a correlating property in determining slip
liquid holdup, as well as in determining the different flow regimes (described later).
In systems involving a wet hydrocarbon mixture, there will often be enough water
present to form a separate, second liquid phase. A majority of the current, accredited
industry-standard methods are available in PIPEPHASE. In each method only one liquid
phase is considered to be present. Therefore, when two liquid phases actually exist, they
are bulked together to form one liquid phase. The physical transport properties required
by the pressure drop method for the bulk liquid are then calculated by weighting the

relative amounts of each phase present. Liquid viscosity, density and surface tension are
all calculated in this fashion. In equation (6-33), any of these properties can substituted
for x:
x L = x HC VOLFR HC + x WAT VOLFR WAT (6-33)
where:
x= liquid viscosity, density, or surface tension
VOLFR = volume fraction
subscripts HC and WAT refer to the hydrocarbon and aqueous phase respectively
Other viscosity mixing rules, e.g., the API methods and the Woelflin procedure (for
cases involving water-in-oil emulsions) are also available in PIPEPHASE.
Two-Phase Flow Pressure Drop
The formula for calculating the pressure drop for two-phase fluids in pipes is analogous
to the equivalent single-phase flow version shown in equation (6-19), except that the
friction factor and physical properties are replaced by their two-phase equivalents:
2
dP g sin + f M M M + M M d M
------- = ----- --------------------- ------------------------- (6-34)
dL gc M 2g c d i gc dL
Note: The definitions of the mixture density (M) and mixture friction factor (fM) terms
are specific to the correlation in which they are employed.
The pressure loss term in equation (6-34) includes a two-phase friction factor, fM. In the
past, researchers have spent a majority of effort in developing predictive correlations for
the two-phase friction factor, as well as the slip liquid holdup term.
Flow Regimes
When two fluids with different physical properties flow together in the same pipe, there
will be a wide range of possible flow regimes. A flow regime (or flow pattern) is
essentially a description of the flow structure, or distribution of one fluid phase relative
to the other. For example, for upward flow of air and water in an inclined pipe, the
dominant flow regime is generally described as either mist flow or slug flow. Different
inclinations of pipe, together with the direction of flow, both have a major effect on the
actual flow regime. Several correlations have been developed specifically for one type of
topology and flow direction (see A). The types of flow regime encountered include, but
are not limited to, those shown in Figure 6-8. Depending on the researcher, categories of
flow regime may be labeled differently.

Figure 6-8: Flow Regimes in Two-Phase Flow (using Beggs & Brill Terminology)
A flow regime map is generally included as a front-end to most modern two-phase

pressure drop calculation methods. The Taitel-Dukler-Barnea map, for example, is a
graphical representation of flow regime correlated against superficial gas and superficial
liquid velocities. Once the respective superficial velocities are known (for example,
calculated from equations (6-23a-b)), the flow regime can be easily read off the graph.
Depending on which flow regime is suggested for those superficial velocities, a regime-
specific correlation for liquid holdup is then invoked. It must be noted at this point that
different pressure drop correlations begin with a different flow map, since the link
between resultant pressure drop and flow regime has typically been made by regression
during the experimental phase of the research.
Note: The flow regime predicted by an individual pressure drop correlation may not
reflect the actual regime encountered in reality, but the use of this regime in that
particular correlation will produce the results as correlated and expected by the
researchers.
One of the latest flow pattern predictions is the Taitel-Dukler-Barnea model. The Taitel-
Dukler-Barnea flow map can be used as a good yardstick to determine which flow
regime will actually prevail. The user can then utilize this map to design out undesirable
topological components of a piping run which are found to instigate severe losses, or
which produce mechanical and/or operational problems. An example of a plant process
which exemplifies typical operational problems due to high-velocity two-phase flow
(slugging) is shown below. This is a section of piping which is used to transport a
refinery atmospheric bottoms stream from a charge heater to the vacuum unit.

Figure 6-9: Example of Two-Phase Flow in a Refinery
Knowledge of the two-phase flow patterns and holdup behavior allow the engineer to
make better decisions, whether mechanically retrofitting an existing system, or when
developing a new design.
In the holdup and velocity detail report section of the output to PIPEPHASE, both the
flow regime (FLOW REGM) as predicted by the pressure drop correlation, and the flow
regime (T-D FLOW REGM) predicted by the Taitel-Dukler map are presented to the
user for reference (PRINT DEVICE=DETAIL must be selected in the General Data
Category of input).
Steps to determine flow Pattern using T-D method:
Operational Variables: Flow Rates qL and qg
Geometrical Variables: d,
Physical Properties: L, g, L, g,
Calculate equilibrium liquid level (holdup) from combined momentum equation
Check transition A: stratified flow or non stratified flow
If stratified, check transition C: smooth stratified or wavy stratified
If non-stratified, check transition B or D
Transition B: intermittent-annular transition
Transition D: intermittent-bubble transition
The decision path is shown below:
Figure 6-10: Decision Path
Transition Criterion
Generalized T-D Flow Pattern Map

Figure 6-10a: Generalized T-D Flow Pattern Map
Single and Two-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations in PIPEPHASE

In PIPEPHASE the available pressure drop correlations for flow in circular pipes fall
into four categories:
1. Single phase gas
2. Single phase liquid
3. Two-phase fluid
a) Standard correlations
b) Hybrid correlations
c) High velocity correlations
4. User-defined correlations
Categories (1) and (2) are relatively straightforward (see the discussion in the previous
sections on single-phase fluid flow), and are generally based on the basic pressure drop
equation (6-19).
Category (3) is divided into three types of correlation:

a) Standard correlations which have been incorporated directly into the PIPE-
PHASE program from their published form.
b) So-called hybrid correlations which mix components of certain standard cor-
relations to produce new correlations.The components that are taken from the
standard correlations include the holdup method, the pressure drop components -
friction, elevation and acceleration, and the flow map method. The mixes
between components of standard correlations have been made such that the rele-
vant transplants are consistent with the original correlation. This results in a
wider choice of correlations from which a field data match may be found. In
addition, more confidence may be gained in bracketing a solution value by the
use of similar correlations. See Appendix A for a detailed breakdown of these
hybrid correlations.
c) High velocity correlations, which have been developed as enhancements to stan-
dard correlations. These correlations may be used to model high accelerational
fluid systems where the standard correlations would normally break down.
Category (4) is a facility for users to implement their own pressure drop correlation(s)
for pipes and/or for fittings. Further details on flow through fittings are given in later
sections.
Critical Flow - A Qualitative Description

It can be shown that when a single-phase, compressible fluid flows in a pipe of constant
diameter the velocity of the fluid cannot physically exceed the velocity of sound in the
fluid medium. The term sonic velocity is used to describe the velocity of sound in the
medium.
Critical or choked flow may be described by an example.
Consider a compressible fluid flowing in a horizontal pipe of uniform diameter and fixed
inlet pressure. As the outlet pressure is gradually decreased, the flowrate will gradually
increase. This trend will continue until the mass flux (i.e., velocity) reaches a maximum
possible value at the outlet. Further lowering of the outlet pressure does not increase the
flowrate. This flow condition is called critical, or choked flow. The outlet pressure at
which critical flow is initiated is called the critical pressure.

Figure 6-11: Relationship Between Critical Velocity and Liquid Holdup
This phenomenon of critical flow is observed for single-phase gas as well as two-phase
gas-liquid flow. For single-phase gas, the critical flow is reached when the velocity
reaches sonic velocity. For multiphase flow situations, sonic velocity and critical flow
velocity are not equal in magnitude.
A plot of critical velocity versus the liquid holdup generates an unusual U-shaped curve
(see Figure 6-12). This indicates that the critical velocity for two-phase flow (HL > 0.0)
may be much less than the critical velocity for gas only flow (HL = 0.0). The minimum
critical velocity is reached at a liquid holdup value of approximately 0.5.
The Pressure Discontinuity
When the critical, or choked flow condition has been reached, further lowering of the
outlet pressure does not increase the flowrate. In reality, a pressure (and temperature)
discontinuity occurs at the outlet of the pipe. Referring to Figure 6-12, to the left of the
discontinuity, the velocity is critical and the pressure is critical pressure. To the right of
the discontinuity, the flow is subcritical and the pressure is set pressure, which is less
than the critical pressure.
For flow in a pipe of uniform cross sectional area, a pressure discontinuity and critical
flow can normally occur only at the outlet of the pipe. This implies that critical flow can
potentially occur where the flow area changes to a higher value (such as expansions).
In reality, the pressure discontinuity manifests itself as a shock wave. Critical flow is
therefore often accompanied by an intense rhythmic dissipation of energy and vibrations.
A localized increase in the rate of heat transfer may also be observed.

In INPLANT the flare algorithm uses the Moody Pulse Model to calculate the critical
velocity. The critical velocity is a function of pressure, temperature, liquid holdup and
flow pattern.
Note: Currently, PIPEPHASE solves for critical flow at junctions only.
Figure 6-12: Pressure Discontinuity
Single-Phase Flow
Table 6-1 lists recommendations for the single-phase pressure drop correlations
available in PIPEPHASE. The recommendations are provided to help the user choose the
most appropriate correlation for a given application. For users who need more
information, see A.
Note: The original Panhandle B and Weymouth correlations for gas flow were
reformulated to separate the pressure losses due to friction, elevation, and acceleration.
Equivalent friction factors were also derived.
Table 6-1: Recommendations for Single-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations
Correlation Recommendations
Gases
Panhandle B Good for long and/or large diameter pipes.
Weymouth Good for short and/or small diameter pipes.
Moody (default) Applicable for all diameters and lengths. Especially good for
high velocity lines since acceleration losses are considered.
American Gas Association Recommended by the American Gas Association.
Liquids
Hazen-Williams Applicable for low viscosity fluids like water and gasoline.
Should not be used for high viscosity fluids.
Correlation Recommendations
Moody (default) Applicable for fluids over a wide range of conditions.
Two-Phase Flow
The available two-phase empirical correlations for Horizontal and Inclined Flow are
listed in Table A-2, Recommendations for Two-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations
Note: BBM correlation is recommended for all angles.
In addition, PIPEPHASE offers several hybrid correlations, see Table A-4, Hybrid
Models Summary.
Note: Mukherjee-Brill correlation is recommended for inclined pipeline profiles

especially for downward two-phase flow.
While the extensive selection of correlations available in PIPEPHASE offers a variety of

methods for predicting two-phase fluid flow behavior, it also presents the typical user,
who is not necessarily an expert in fluid flow methods, with a problem in selecting the
appropriate correlation. Table A-2, Recommendations for Two-Phase Pressure Drop
Correlations, presents a set of recommendations for selecting the appropriate correlation
from the range of available choices.
Mechanistic Models
PIPEPHASE supports the following mechanistic two-phase flow correlations:
The Ansari model for vertical flow
The Xiao model for horizontal and near-horizontal flow
The comprehensive TACITE hydrodynamic model, and
The comprehensive OLGA hydrodynamic model.
Note: TACITE and OLGA are steady-state implementations of commercial transient

codes.
A brief description for each of these methods is provided in the following sections.
Ansari
The Ansari75 method, developed at the Tulsa University Fluid Flow Projects (TUFFP) is
a comprehensive mechanistic model for upward two-phase flow, covering each of the
flow patterns encountered as well as the corresponding transitions.

The model first determines the existing flow pattern from the transition relationships.
These transitional relationships are based primarily on the work of Taitel et al.76 and
Barnea77.
When dispersed bubble flow is predicted, the flow characteristics are modeled on the
basis of a homogeneous, no-slip model. At lower liquid velocities, the bubble flow
model, based on an analysis of the bubble rise velocity, is an extension of the work by
Caetano78. The slug flow model is characterized by a series of Taylor bubbles separated
by liquid slugs. Separate models have been formulated for both developing and fully
developed slug flow, depending on the nature of the Taylor bubble. The analysis is based
on the work of Fernandes79, Caetano78, and Sylvester80. Annular flow is characterized by
a liquid film surrounding a gas core, comprising of both gas and entrained liquid
droplets. The annular flow model is based on Barneas analysis, originally developed for
flow pattern prediction.
The acceleration component of the pressure drop has been ignored for all flow regime
models.
Experimental validation of the Ansari model was achieved by comparing predictions
against the data available for vertical wells in the TUFFP Databank. This included some
of the recent data obtained from Arcos operations in the Prudhoe Bay field in Alaska.
Xiao
Like the Ansari work, the Xiao81 model was also developed at TUFFP. It is a
comprehensive mechanistic model developed for horizontal and near-horizontal
pipelines. Flow pattern prediction, which forms the basis of the analysis, were based on
the pioneering work of Taitel and Dukler82 and its subsequent extensions.
The Taitel and Dukler two-fluid formulation has been used as the basis for the stratified
flow model. Interfacial shear has been addressed through a combination of the separate
approaches by Andritsos and Hanratty83, and Baker et al.84 The treatment of the annular
flow geometry, under the assumption that flow in the gas core is homogeneous, is similar
to the two-fluid stratified flow model. The Oliemans et al.85 model, originally developed
for vertical annular flow, was used to represent interfacial friction and liquid entrainment
Intermittent flow was characterized by alternating liquid slugs and gas pockets, with a
stratified layer flowing along the bottom of the pipe. The Taitel and Barnea86 approach
was used to develop the fundamental slug flow model, with the Taitel and Dukler
approach to shear stress modified for the specific flow geometry.
Field validation was based on the American Gas Association (AGA) database, as well as
field data presented by Mcleod et al. A majority of the validation was based on
comparison of model predictions against small-scale laboratory data.

TACITE
The TACITE hydrodynamic model is the steady-state basis for a comprehensive
transient simulator. The details of the model are outlined in the work of Pauchon et al.87
TACITE, which is applicable for any pipe inclination, is based on the concept of
characterizing any flow pattern as a combination of two basic geometries: separated and
dispersed. Slug flow, for example, may be described as a combination of the stratified
and dispersed flow patterns.
The bases for the formulation are the transport equations for multiphase flow. These
include separate mass conservation equations for each of the two phases, and combined
momentum and energy balances. The remaining equation, defining closure, is obtained
from the prevailing flow pattern.
For dispersed flow, the closure equation is the drift flux relationship for the gas velocity
as a function of the mixture velocity, where the bubble diameter is obtained by balancing
the work of surface tension with turbulent dissipation.
For stratified flow, the pressure gradient term in the separate gas and liquid momentum
balance equations are equated. The interfacial shear stress term is approximated from the
law proposed by Andritsos and Hanratty.88
The intermittent flow regime is treated as a periodic structure of dispersed and separated
flows. The slug velocity is determined from an extension to relationship proposed by
Nicklin et al.,89 using Andreussi and Bendiksens90 void fraction model for the liquid
slug.
Validation of TACITE is based on data collected from a variety of sources, including the
Boussens databank, stratified flow data obtained by TUFFP, and data obtained from the
MPE project of BHRG. It has also been validated with field data collected by ELF
Aquitaine and TOTAL. TACITE is presently being tested against the database developed
by a consortium of oil companies and research organizations for the MIRANDA project.
OLGA
The OLGA model has been described by Bendiksen et al.91 The physical model, valid
across the range of inclination angles, is based on separate conservation of mass
relationships for the gas and liquid phases, as well as for the entrained liquid droplets.
The additional equations in the formulation are momentum balances for each of the two
phases, and a combined mixture energy balance.

As with any other mechanistic approach, the application of the conservation equations is
flow pattern-dependent. In particular, the friction factor and wetted perimeter terms are
based on the predicted geometry of the flow distribution. As such, the first step in the
algorithm is the determination of the flow pattern, based on the local distribution of two-
phase parameters.
OLGA has been compared with data from various experimental facilities, covering a
wide range of pipe sizes, fluids, inclination angles and operating conditions. The bulk of
this data was obtained from experiments at the SINTEF Two-Phase Flow Laboratory in
Norway. The model was also tested with good agreement against a number of oil field
facilities.
Recommendations on Pressure Drop Correlations

For recommendations on Single-Phase Methods and Two-Phase and Compositional
Methods, see A.
Solution Algorithms Used in PIPEPHASE

The Calculation Segment and Iteration Methodology
The Calculation Segment
For pressure drops over pipes, INPLANT works in segments. A segment is a calculation
increment, and can be defined as a sub-section of a larger length of pipe as shown in
Figure 6-13. This can be seen in the device detail report section of almost any INPLANT
output which involves at least one pipe as a flow device. Each segment of the pipe is
numbered sequentially, beginning from 0001. In the General Data Category of input, the
user is able to change the segment size or number of segments per device. These options
should be considered prior to any simulation involving single-phase gases, multiphase
flow, or liquids undergoing large temperature changes, since each of these types of
model potentially involves a significant change in fluid density. The user-specified
reduction of the segment size will generally increase the mathematical accuracy of the
simulation, since smaller differentials are used in the calculations.

Figure 6-13: The Calculation Segment
Note: In Figure 6-13, m represents the total mass flowrate of fluid.
When specifying the size of a pipe segment, a general rule of thumb is that the pressure
drop across the segment should be 2-10% of the segment inlet pressure. If you are unsure
as to what this value will approximately be, then you should first run the simulation with
default segmenting. In subsequent runs, the segment sizes should be adjusted using the
results of a prior run. In high-velocity systems, such as flare relief networks, the
automatic segmenting option may be useful. This method should not be relied upon
alone as a catch-all for segment size problems. In these particular cases, you are
strongly advised to inspect the DEVICE DETAIL REPORT section of the output in
order to judge whether the changes in pressure over segments in high-velocity pipe
devices are high enough to warrant and additional simulation run with smaller defined
segments.
Default Segment Calculation Procedure

Figure 6-14 outlines the segment calculation procedure for every pipefor compositional
or steam systems. The procedure for implementing the pressure drop equations for flow
devices described in the section titled, An Introduction to Fluid Flow, is iterative, since
average conditions of pressure and temperature are required to calculate the phase
equilibria and physical properties that are required by the pressure drop and energy
balance calculations. To achieve this, PIPEPHASE employs an inner loop for the
convergence on pressure, and an outer loop for enthalpy convergence.
For single-phase fluids where there are no enthalpy calculations, the segment calculation
procedure reduces to a single iteration loop.

Figure 6-14: Default Segment Pressure and Temperature Calculation Procedure

The SHORTPIPE Segment Calculation Procedure
The user has the option of employing a different algorithm for the calculation segment,
known as the SHORTPIPE method (Figure 6-15). This method is activated from the
CALCULATION statement in the General Data Category of input. Instead of using an
iterative procedure to find average temperature and pressure over a segment, this method
uses the inlet conditions to the segment on which to base all property and flash
calculations. This technique therefore avoids any iteration, and is much faster than the
default method. The user should consider using the SHORTPIPE method in the
following situations (with associated restrictions):
Simulations where pipe runs contain fluids undergoing small pressure changes relative
to the node inlet pressure. In these cases, fluid properties do not change significantly
over a segment, and the assumption of using inlet conditions is valid. Using the
SHORTPIPE method under these conditions will reduce the execution time
considerably.
1. In high velocity/accelerational systems such as flare simulations where link conver-
gence has been encountered. In these cases, the reverse of case (1) is true, and fluid
properties change significantly across a given segment. Therefore, in switching to
the SHORTPIPE method, the user should increase the number of segments per pipe
(i.e. reduce the segment size) to increase each SHORTPIPE calculation segment
accuracy.
2. In large compositional systems. In these cases, using the default segment calculation
method results in very long execution times. In these situations the SHORTPIPE
method may be specified in order to reduce execution times, but the number of seg-
ments per pipe should be generally increased to ensure accurate physical property
and flash calculations across each segment.

Figure 6-15: SHORTPIPE Segment Calculation Procedure
The Network Calculation Method

A typical network which can be solved using PIPEPHASEs network solution algorithm
is shown in Figure 6-16.

Figure 6-16: A Typical Network
Definition of a Network
An INPLANT network is defined as a system of two or more links joined together. A
link is defined as a connection between two nodes. A node can be a sink (where fluid
leaves the system), a source (where fluid enters the system), or a junction (where two
links join together).
The network solution algorithm can be used to solve any type of pipeline network, from
complex, multiphase looped systems to simpler single-phase fluid distribution systems
(e.g. instrument air, cooling water, etc.).
Internally, PIPEPHASE generates a set of material and pressure balance equations from
the input data, and proceeds to solve these equations simultaneously using a Newton-
Raphson scheme and a matrix solver. As will be seen in the following section, almost
any combination of flow and pressure node conditions can be solved, which gives you
tremendous flexibility in solving a wide variety of problems.
Pressure Balance Method

The methodology for determining the pressure and flow distribution in a pipeline
network is based on a pressure balance (PBAL) solution algorithm.
From a network flow balance, the PBAL algorithm first identifies the set of starting link
flows which is the minimum set of link flow rates that completely define the network flow
distribution. Spur links, which are flowrate-specified isolated sections that do not affect
the rest of the solution, are identified and solved, independently of the general network
solution.

The primary variables for the solution matrix are the starting link flowrates and all
unknown pressure values at source boundaries. Pressure imbalances are computed at all
fixed pressure sink or junction node boundaries, as well as at nodes with two or more
incoming flows.
Newton-Raphson iterations are employed to solve the non-linear equation set. The
elements of the solution Jacobian can be determined from the partial derivative of the
node pressures with respect to the incoming link flowrates and the corresponding
upstream pressures.
Mass Balance Method

The mass balance (MBAL) solution method is used to provide PBAL with a good initial
estimate of the flow and pressure distribution in the network. The algorithm is based on
the principle that the sum of all flows into (and out of) all nodes in a network must equal
zero. Mathematically, the sum of all junction flows can be expressed as non-linear
functions of the nodal pressure and temperature distribution in the network. The MBAL
algorithm solves the non-linear set of equations by decoupling the network temperature
field from the pressure field. Newton-Raphson iterations are used to solve the non-linear
set of equations for nodal pressures. The solution for the decoupled temperature field
follows from the conservation of energy at the junction nodes.
How to Set up a Network Problem

There are some basic rules common to any type of simulation which are listed below
along with the rules which must be followed in setting up a network problem in
PIPEPHASE.
Before the PIPEPHASE program is used, you should write down the objective of the
simulation, i.e., list which answers you want from the program output. This step pro-
vides a focus which saves time and effort in entering data into the program.
The network that is to be simulated should then be translated into a network dia-
gram, similar to the one shown in Figure 6-16. Here the diagram consists only of
nodes (sources, junctions and sinks), links, and alphanumeric names for each node,
which can be up to four characters. Importantly, the network diagram includes
arrows on each link to denote assumed input flow direction, and also marks the loca-
tion and label of major items of process equipment, if relevant.
The number of nodes in the system should then be counted, and next to each node a
pressure (P) and flowrate (Q) annotation should be added.
In a direct analogy with Kirchoffs Laws in electrical engineering theory, any net-
work must be configured such that the total number of pressures (Ps) and flowrates
(Qs) that are fixed by the user must equal the number of nodes present in the sys-
tem, or

P + Q FIXED = Nodes = P + Q TO BE CALCULATED (6-35)
To assist in setting up networks and to follow good simulation practice:

Each boundary node should have one fixed value and one estimated value.
At least one boundary node pressure must be fixed.
In Figure 6-16, there are 7 nodes, and hence the number of Ps and Qs to be fixed must
equal 7 (i.e., the total number of P = and Q = ). All other Ps and Qs are to be
calculated by the program. The Ps and Qs to be calculated by PIPEPHASE must be
given an estimated value, either by the user in the input data, or automatically allocated
by the program itself (denoted by P = and Q = ). With this equality rule in mind,
the user has full flexibility in which node P and Q values are to be fixed, and which are
to be calculated. The flowrate, Q, at a junction is zero, and is therefore always a fixed
value. This is because at steady state, the net flow at the junction point is given by:
Q in = Q out (6-36)
Therefore,
Q net = 0 (6-37)
You may then specify the details of the structure within the links. The devices
appearing in each link should be ordered sequentially in the direction dictated by the
FROM=/TO= statement (see 4), or, in the case of loop links, the expected direction
of flow.
Assuming all other categories of input are satisfied, you are then ready to run the
simulation. When problems are encountered, a printed iteration history can assist in
diagnosing which course of action to take to produce a solution. To do this, use the
ITER keyword in the PRINT statement prior to executing the run.
There are several additional tips on the setting up of networks, and these are given in a
later section on Converging Network Simulations.
The Flare Network Calculation Method

The flare network calculation method is a special algorithm written specifically for
networks which are:
true gathering networks (see Figure 6-17),
have only one sink,
have a compositionally-defined fluid model, and

are assumed to transfer a negligible amount of heat to the surroundings.
Figure 6-17: Flare Network
Flare relief systems analysis for the venting of process fluids in the event of an upset
requires special treatment in both the solution algorithm and modeling logic. This is
because of the inherent likelihood of high velocities, high accelerations, and the
occurrence of critical flow in such systems. Generally, aside from the network piping
and device topology, the relief flowrates (loadings) are known. Also known is the
pressure at the base of the flare stack. The relief load can be found by using the
depressuring unit in INPLANT, or by direct input by the user. The relieving calculation
can be integrated with any relieving source, and can therefore automatically feed in the
stream conditions at relief for the users convenience (see a later section on Depressuring
Calculations). The objective of the majority of flare system simulations falls into one or
more of the following categories:
Evaluation of relief valve sizes for emergency discharge scenarios.
Checking existing flare line capacity for emergency discharge scenarios. Additional
sources added to a flare system in a revamp situation are often justified simplisti-
cally on the basis of assuming single-phase flow, or worse have been justified with-
out simulating the relieving network in its entirety. The checking of existing designs
and existing implementations is a common use of the flare solution algorithm in
INPLANT.
Evaluation of the occurrence of critical flow, its severity, and location(s) of inci-
dence. In addition to this, the case study feature in INPLANT is typically used once
problem areas have been identified, in order to find a local device (e.g., pipe) size
which eliminates the critical condition.

Determination of the capacity of the pre-flare base liquid knockout drum.
How to Set up a Flare Network

The details presented in the earlier section on How to Set up a Network apply to the flare
algorithm also, but with the following conditions:
Sources: The flare algorithm has been formulated as a special, non-simultaneous
solution method. The pressure and flowrate definition flexibility at nodes similarly
requires the user to follow certain guidelines. In flare simulations the user requires
the backpressures on the relief vessel valves to be calculated by the program. The
user specifies the vessel discharge pressure (through the PDISCHARGE keyword),
which provides INPLANT with the correct source fluid enthalpy, and at solution a
pressure differential from which a relief valve can be sized. By allowing each source
pressure to be calculated, each source flowrate must be fixed by either directly enter-
ing the relief loading, or by attaching a depressuring unit to one or more sources so
that the relief loads may be calculated. Source rates may be any combination of
direct data entries and depressuring unit calculations.
Sinks: The sink node in flare studies is by definition the flare base, and the user must
supply a fixed pressure, and have an estimated flowrate generated by the program.
Junctions: User-supplied pressure estimates at junctions are not required in the flare
algorithm.
How the Flare Solution Algorithm Works

Because the flare relief system problems are typically specific to a particular network
topology (i.e., a true gathering system) and node pressure configuration, a more specific
algorithm has been designed in order to offer more options to the user.
Referring to Figure 6-17, the flare solution method begins with the link connected to the
flare base (whose pressure is fixed), and performs iterative, forward marching
calculations from this node until the target outlet pressure is reached. The total source
fluid enthalpy is then assumed equal to its enthalpy at the inlet of this link. This is
normally a good assumption because the heat transfer is low in high-velocity relief lines.
However, the fluid enthalpy is also affected by changes in potential and kinetic energy.
Elevation changes have a negligible effect on the enthalpy. Kinetic energy changes can
have a measurable impact on the enthalpy, although the effect is not usually seen in
properly sized lines.
The calculation is repeated for the next upstream link(s) until the source link pressures
have all been calculated. At each junction in the network, INPLANT checks for the
critical flow condition using the Moody Pulse Model4. This is performed at the same
time that the solution method moves from the flare base back through the flare network
(Figure 6-18).

Figure 6-18: Checking for Critical Flow
critical flow graphic
Let us assume that there is a critical flow condition at the point marked (1) in
Figure 6-18. INPLANT begins its iterative, segment-by-segment calculations and finds a
pressure, Pb, at junction B, based on the known pressure downstream at node C, which
in this example is the flare base sink. At junction B, a critical flow check is made on the
devices immediately upstream of the junction (in this case 2 and 6 pipes), which we
will assume have an outlet pressure of P1. To begin the critical flow check, we will
assume that P1= Pb.
The actual mass flux, Gb, at the junction may be compared with the critical mass flux,
Gc1, as predicted by the Moody Pulse Model at the pipe outlet temperature, T1, pressure,
P1 (= Pb for the primary check), and specific link composition. If the actual value is
greater than the critical mass flux (i.e., Gb > Gc1), then the situation is infeasible and a
new (higher) pressure is calculated for the outlet of the upstream device such that Gb =
Gc1 and critical flow prevails.
The pressure which corresponds to this criterion is the critical pressure at the pipe outlet,
and consequently provides the solution algorithm with the next fixed pressure point with
which node A can be pressure balanced.
Critical Flow Developed in the Middle of a Link

As discussed above, INPLANT currently checks for critical flow only at junctions, and
then only at the outlet of the device immediately upstream of that node. The user may
then ask how critical flow can be identified at a different part of a link, in which case
there are two important points to note.
1. In flare relief simulations, the user should always obtain a full printout of device
velocities (PRINT DEVICE=DETAIL in the General Data Category), and carefully

inspect these reports to verify the likelihood of the incidence of intra-link critical
flow or any other flow-related anomalies.
2. If a fitting or diameter change appears likely to cause critical flow from (1), then the
user should insert a new junction node immediately before that device (in the direc-
tion of the FROM=, TO= declaration), so that the critical flow check is made on the
outlet of the device in question.
After the flare solution algorithm reaches a relieving source, the calculated backpressure
is checked against the user-supplied source discharge pressure, and if it is larger then the
user is informed that the reported solution is infeasible.
Flare Network Line Sizing

If the user invokes the Sizing Data Category of input in a simulation using the flare
algorithm, then INPLANT will automatically size either all pipes or those specifically
listed by the user, subject a to user-supplied percentage of critical flow and/or the
maximum back pressure on a relieving source, whichever restriction is violated first. In
addition, INPLANT will also size, automatically, those fittings that are associated with
the pipes being sized. Refer to Figure 6-19 for the logic applied to the sizing algorithm.
As discussed previously, INPLANT works backwards through the flare network from
the link from the flare base to each relieving source. If, in any link, the user-defined
maximum percentage of critical flow (PCRIT) is violated, then INPLANT will
immediately increase the pipe diameter in the link in which the criterion has been
exceeded to the next size as either input as part of a selection by the user, or using the
program default pipe inside diameter set. This will be repeated until a pipe size is found
which does not cause a violation of the PCRIT criterion, and is repeated on every pipe
device within each link.
Once the algorithm has reached the relieving sources, a check is then made on whether
the maximum back pressure (MAXBP) criterion has been violated (if input by the user).
If so, then the nearest pipe device in the immediate downstream link is resized. The
sizing logic demands that the pipe sizes must increase towards the flare base, and
therefore if the pipe resizing produces a situation where a downstream pipe is smaller
than the resized upstream pipe, then INPLANT will also resize the downstream pipe.
This resizing continues throughout the flare network up to the flare base, and when this
logic is completely satisfied then the flare network simulation is automatically re-run
from the node downstream from the link in which the last re-sizing operation occurred.

Figure 6-19: Line Sizing with the Flare Algorithm
In the example shown in Figure 6-19, let us assume that the relieving source 4, which
has a user-supplied ID of 4, is found after solution to have its user-supplied maximum
back pressure violated. INPLANT will then select the next largest pipe ID in link 4-3,
which in this case the user has supplied as 6.5.
Resizing this pipe to 6.5, however, violates the logic that all pipes must increase in
diameter towards the flare base, since link 3-2 is only 6 ID. Therefore the pipe in link 3-
2 also has its diameter increased to the next supplied value, 8. No further resizing needs
to be performed from this point, since link 2-1 piping has the same ID, 8.
Note: If the user does not define a pipe inside diameter set from which the algorithm is
to choose a next largest diameter, and a feasible solution does not exist, then INPLANT
will continue increasing the pipe size until an limit of 99 is reached.
Pipe line resizing will only be invoked if a maximum source back pressure or percentage
critical flow limit is violated. If a pipe is oversized, therefore, the sizing algorithm will
not attempt to reduce the diameter. In flare system sizing simulations, therefore, the user
is advised to undersize the original supplied pipe diameters so as to invoke the resizing
algorithm. The user is also advised to undersize the diameters reasonably to ensure
convergence.
Studying Different Relief Scenarios with the Sizing Algorithm

The user can take advantage of the sizing algorithm in multiple flare relief scenarios by
using the CASESTUDY option to vary relief flowrates and/or which sources are
relieving at any one time. If the user avoids using the CHANGE RESTORE statement in
the Casestudy category of input, then the pipe sizing will be retained from case-to-case
and the cumulative result of the final case will represent the minimum flare system size
which will accept all relief scenarios. (For more information on the CASE STUDY
category of input, see 4.)

Valve Sizing Methodology and Features
INPLANT allows the sizing of relief valves for discharges that involve gas-liquid
mixtures of varying qualities. Relief valves are sized by the following methods:
API Recommended Practice 520 (1993) for problems of single-phase gas relief.
API Recommended Practice 520 (1993) for problems of single-phase liquid relief.
An interpretation of API Recommended Practice (520) for problems of two-phase
(gas/liquid) relief.
Homogeneous Equilibrium Model for problems of one-phase and two-phase relief.
INPLANT lets you adjust the parameters that are used in the models of valve sizing. The
adjustment might be required to have the sizing equations used by INPLANT conform to
those recommended by valve manufacturers.
Based on the results of the valve size calculations, INPLANT selects a standard valve
size (from a user specifiable list of standard valve sizes) that satisfies the API-520
estimates of valve sizes. In addition, INPLANT rates the capacity of the selected
standard valve size by the Homogeneous Equilibrium Model.
The following sections provide descriptions of the valve sizing and valve selection
procedures that are provided in INPLANT.
API Recommended Practice 520 (1993) for Single-Phase Relief

INPLANT applies the API 5205 (1993) model to estimate the relief requirements of
valves for single-phase discharges of either gas or liquid. A single phase discharge of gas
is presumed to occur when at relief conditions, i.e., at conditions of upstream
temperature and pressure, the fluid to be discharged is gas. A single-phase discharge of
liquid is presumed to occur when only liquid phase exists at both relief conditions. Here
downstream conditions are taken to be the conditions that exist following an isenthalpic
expansion from relief conditions to the superimposed back pressure on the valve.
Sizing For Gas Relief
Following API Recommended Practice 520, the size of a relief valve required for gas
discharge follows from:.
W TZ
A = --------------------------------- (6-38)
CK d P 1 K b M
where
A= Area of the relief valve (in2)
W= Required flow through the valve (lb/hr)

T= Absolute temperature of inlet vapor (R)
M= Fluid mass flowrate
Z= Vapor/gas compressibility factor evaluated at upstream conditions
P1 = Upstream relieving pressure (psia)
Kd = Effective coefficient of discharge of valve. Following API guidelines, INPLANT uses as
default Kd=0.975. This value can also be modified: see discussion below.
C= Coefficient determined by the ratio of the specific heats (Cp and Cv) of the gas at standard
conditions, which in INPLANT are approximated by those at upstream conditions. (Eqn.
6-39)
k= Defined as the ratio of the specific heats, Cp/Cv
Kb = Valve dependent capacity correction factor due to back pressure. This factor accounts for
the possibility that discharge from the valve can result in choked flow and it depends on
whether the valve-type is Conventional or Balanced Bellows.
and
k+1
------------
k1
2
C = 520 k ----------- (6-39)
-
k+1
Conventional Valves
For conventional safety relief (not balanced bellows), INPLANT uses the API-520
recommended formulae for back pressure correction. Thus for critical flow, or choked
flow,
Kb = 1 (6-40a)
and for subcritical flow:
735F 2 1 r
K b = ------------------------------
- (6-40b)
C
where:
r= Defined as the ratio of the absolute back pressure, P2, to the upstream pressure, P1
and
2--- k----------
1- k
k ----------
k
k - -------------------
1r 2 k1
---------- r ,r r c = ------------
k 1 1r k + 1
= (6-41)
k
----------
2 k1
1 ,r r c = ------------
k + 1

where:
rc Value of r at which choked (critical) flow occurs
Clearly, for choked flow the API formulae yield a back pressure correction of unity
(Kb=1), as is expected.
INPLANT also allows the user to specify a curve that defines the relation between Kb
and the pressure ratio P2/P1 for circumstances in which the manufacturer might
recommend a different correlation.
Balanced Bellows Valves
INPLANT uses as default values of back pressure capacity correction, Kb, that are
suggested by API-520 (1993) at an overpressure of 10 percent (see Figure 7-21). The
predictions in Figure 6-20 show a correlation between Kb and the ratio of gauge back
pressure to gauge set pressure (Pb/Ps). The gauge set pressure of a valve is the difference
between the gauge relief pressure and the overpressure on the valve. The correlation
shown in Figure 6-20 is valid when the overpressure is 10 percent of the gauge set
pressure.
INPLANT allows the user to override the default back pressure correlation shown in
Figure 6-20 and the default overpressure ratio of 10 percent. The user is advised to
override the back pressure defaults when appropriate data are available from the valve
manufacturer.
Figure 6-20: API 520 Suggested Kb for Balanced Bellows Valves in Vapor Relief
API 520 vapor graph
Sizing for Liquid Relief

Following API Recommended Practice 520, the size of a relief valve in liquid discharge
follows from:
Q G
A = -------------------------- ------------------ (6-42)
38K d K w K v P 1 P 2
where:
A= Required effective discharge area (in2)
Q= Flowrate (U.S. gallons per minute)
Kd = Effective coefficient of discharge. This value should be obtained from the valve
manufacturer. INPLANT uses a default value of 0.65 which can be overridden.
Kw = Correction factor due to back pressure. For conventional valves INPLANT uses a
default value of Kw=1. For balanced bellows valves, default values of Kw are shown in
Figure 6-21. The values in Figure 6-21 are those recommended by API 520 (1993) in
the absence of manufacturer valve data. INPLANT also allows the user to override the
default values for Kw when valve data are available.
Kv = Correction factor due to viscosity, as determined from Figure 32 of API 520 (1993).
G Specific gravity of the liquid at the flowing temperature referred to water = 1.0 at 70oF.
In INPLANT this value is approximated by the specific gravity that applies at upstream
conditions of temperature and pressure.
P1 Upstream relieving pressure (psig)
P2 Back pressure (psig)
Figure 6-21: API 520 Kw for Balanced Bellows Valves in Liquid Relief
API Derived Method for Two-Phase (Gas/Liquid) Relief

INPLANT uses an approximation to the API-520 recommended practice for the sizing of
relief valves in two-phase (gas/liquid) discharge. The API-520 recommended practice
suggests that, in cases of mixed two-phase relief, valve size requirements be obtained by
summation of the areas required to satisfy, separately, the liquid and gas portions of the
discharge. The required discharge rates of gas and liquid are suggested to be those in
effect following an isenthalpic expansion of the discharged fluid from the relieving
conditions to the critical downstream pressure or to the back pressure on the valve,
whichever is greater. INPLANT uses a conservative approximation to the API procedure
by use of the liquid and gas discharge rates that are in effect following an isenthalpic
expansion to the back pressure on the valve. In subsequent calculations of valve
discharge requirements by the API formulae, INPLANT uses thermodynamic properties
for the gas and liquid (i.e. mole weight, specific gravity, viscosity, heat capacity ratio and
compressibility) that are in effect at the back pressure on the valve.
HEM-DIERS Valve Sizing Methodology

INPLANT also provides valve sizing estimates by the Homogeneous Equilibrium Model
(HEM) of valve sizing (see Leung,62 Simpson64 and Nazario and Leung63). The popular
Leung model for valve sizing is an approximation to the HEM procedure used by
INPLANT to size valves in one and two-phase discharges.
According to the HEM procedure, the mass flux per unit area through a nozzle follows
from:
max P P
2 P c
V dP
W o
G = ---------- = --------------------------------------------- (6-43)
AK d V
where
G= Rate of mass discharge through valve per area of relief valve
A= Area of relief valve
Kd = User specifiable discharge coefficient for valve
Po = Upstream pressure at relieving conditions
P= Downstream pressure
Pc = Critical (choked flow) pressure of discharging fluid. Pc is defined to be that pressure
which maximizes the value of G in equation (6-43)
V Specific volume of the discharging fluids
dP Differential of pressure.
The evaluation of the integral in equation (44) requires the specification of a

thermodynamic path that connects the upstream relieving pressure to the greater of the
downstream pressure or the choked flow pressure of the discharging fluids. Strictly, for
the Homogeneous Equilibrium Model, that path is defined to be isentropic. However, in
INPLANT, the procedure is to approximate the path by an isenthalpic expansion.
Equation (6-44) can be rearranged to yield the equation that INPLANT uses to estimate
the size, A, required of a relief valve:
W-
A = ---------- (6-44)
Kd G
User-Specificable Valve Sizing Parameters
INPLANT enables the user to specify the adjustable parameters that appear in the
API 520, and HEM-DIERS valve-sizing equations. For details on the format required to
specify these parameters, see 4 for a description of keyword requirements for valve size
estimation.
Discharge Coefficients (Kd)
When not specified, the following values are used as default:
Kd=0.975 in the API 520 model for gas relief. Note that this value is the API stan-
dard.
Kd=0.65 in the API 520 model for liquid relief.
Kd=0.975 in the HEM model for one and two-phase relief.
Gas Discharge Back Pressure Capacity Correction Factors (Kb)
INPLANT allows the user to specify a piece-wise linear approximation to this function.
For balanced bellows valves, INPLANT requires that Kb be expressed as a function of
the ratio of gauge back pressure to gauge set pressure. The set pressure on the valve is
related to the relieving pressure by a user-specifiable valve overpressure fraction. For
conventional valves, INPLANT requires that Kb be expressed as a function of the ratio of
absolute relieving pressure to absolute back pressure. When the capacity correction
factor Kb is not specified, INPLANT uses API 520 recommended default values (see
Figure 6-20 and equations (6-40a) and (6-40b).
Liquid Discharge Back Pressure Capacity Correction Factors (Kw)
INPLANT allows the user to specify a piece-wise linear approximation to this function
in terms of the ratio of gauge back pressure to gauge set pressure. As in the case of gas
discharge, INPLANT relates the set pressure on the valve to the relief pressure through
the specification of a valve overpressure fraction. When not specified, INPLANT uses
API 520 recommended values for Kw. Therefore, for conventional valves, INPLANT
uses Kw=1, and for balanced-bellows valves, INPLANT uses values for Kw that are
shown in Figure 6-21.
Allowable Overpressure Fraction
This variable is the ratio of the gauge relief pressure to the gauge set pressure on a valve.
With balanced-bellows valves, INPLANT uses the overpressure fraction to calculate the
set pressure on a valve from its relief pressure. The set pressure is then used to calculate
the capacity correction factor for the valve. When not specified, INPLANT uses a
default value of 110% for the overpressure fraction. Since correlations for capacity
correction due to back pressure depend on the overpressure fraction (see Figure 27 of
API 520), the user is warned to check that the specified overpressure fraction is
compatible with the specified back pressure capacity correction factor.

Valve Selection and Valve Rating
Following the computation of valve size requirements by the methods described above,
INPLANT will:
Suggest a standard valve size that meets the discharge requirements computed by the
API-520 valve size models,
and
Rate (i.e., determine) the capacity of the selected valve by the HEM method.
INPLANT allows you to specify standard valve sizes and standard valve size identifiers
for the valve selection and rating calculations. When not specified, INPLANT uses as
default the standard valve sizes and valve identifiers that are described in API Standard
52663.
Depressuring Calculations
The depressuring unit in INPLANT is able to be run either as an independent unit, or
alternatively simulated as part of a relief network. In a flare relief system, depressuring
units may be mixed with sources which have specified flowrates. Up to 50 depressuring
units may be simulated in a single INPLANT simulation.
How the Depressuring Unit Works
(For a more general discussion of the general material and energy balance equations
which apply to a vessel subject to emergency relief, the reader is referred to a 1992
publication by Fisher60.)
The Depressuring Data Category of input allows you specify one or more vessels which
are in relief under fire conditions (see 4). The user inputs the initial temperature and
pressure, together with the vessel volume, initial wetted area (directly or via geometry),
and the vessel source which defines the vessel composition. The operation of the relief
vessel is specified by inputting the relief pressure, the maximum allowable operating
pressure (MAOP) for the vessel, the time for the simulation to run, the time step for
integration, the type of disengagement model (gas or homogeneous), and the phase of
the vented fluid. Finally, the model for the inflow of heat to the vessel is chosen and
specified by the user, including any supplementary data relevant to that method.
Note: INPLANT currently does not model depressuring where mass continues to flow
into the vessel.
When the simulation is run, INPLANT performs the following steps to achieve the vent
rate which is to be used in the flare relief network.
1. From the conditions within the vessel at a given time (initial conditions to begin
with), INPLANT simulates the addition of heat to that vessel by performing a flash

calculation, from which an incremented temperature and pressure are computed.
The new conditions are reset to become the current conditions in the vessel.
2. Step (1) is continued until the user-specified relief pressure is reached, where an ini-
tial vent rate (optionally specified by the user using the IRATE keyword, or esti-
mated by INPLANT to be 0.5% of the initial fluid mass) is taken off.
3. Steps (1) and (2) are then continued until either the vessels MAOP is exceeded, or
the simulation time is completed (specified by the user through the FTIME key-
word).
4. If the MAOP is exceeded, then the vent rate initially estimated in Step (2) is
increased by either a user-defined increment (using the keyword DRATE) or as a
default 0.5% of the initial fluid mass.
5. Step (4) is continued until a vent rate is used which prevents the vessels MAOP
being exceeded.
6. If the depressuring unit is being used in conjunction with a flare relief network sim-
ulation, then the vent rate determined in step (5), together with the associated relief
temperature, pressure and vent composition at relief, are used as source data to the
flare solution algorithm.
Figure 6-22: Determination of Safe Depressuring Vent Rate
API 520 liquid graph
User Notes to Figure 6-22

The user must ensure that, when supplying an initial vent rate, the estimate is not
overly conservative (i.e., too high), since if the initial rate input does not violate the
vessels MAOP, then it will be deemed a satisfactory rate and the program will not
reduce the rate to approach the PMAX line.

In this case the solution vent rate may be conservatively higher, and any subsequent
designs may be oversized to an unacceptable degree. In these cases the user should
carefully inspect the output to check whether any iterations on vent rate have been
performed by the program, and if not, how far PMAX differs from the peak vessel
pressure during depressuring.
The user should also ensure that the incremental changes in vent rate specified with
the DRATE keyword are reasonable to ensure that the PMAX limit is approached as
closely as possible. This is also true for the selection of the time step through the
keyword DTIME. With too high a time step a solution may be missed completely,
while with too low a time step the simulation
Fluid Models Used in PIPEPHASE

PIPEPHASE allows you to choose between two different categories of fluid models:
Non-Compositional fluid,
and
Compositional fluid
All heat transfer and pressure drop calculations performed by the program use certain
fluid physical properties. The accuracy of these fluid properties is therefore of primary
importance in system modeling. This section of the technical reference will enable you
to choose the most appropriate method(s) for fluid properties, and to be conversant with
the program default methods as detailed in the main manual text.
Non-Compositional Fluid Models

There are three fluid types under this category:
Single-phase gas
Single-phase liquid
Steam
These fluid models predict bulk fluid properties from the gas or liquid gravities (or
densities) alone, and thus are useful in systems where there is little information known
concerning stream compositions.
Single-phase Gas
This fluid model is used when there is no liquid phase present throughout the simulation.
The gas specific gravity is used to calculate required physical properties.

Gas Compressibility (z)
You have the choice between the Standing-Katz7 (default) and Hall-Yarborough7 (for wet
or dry gases) correlations to calculate the gas compressibility (z-factor). Standing-Katz
data were taken from experiments with natural gas only, and the resultant z-factor
accuracies are strongly reliant on a precise specific gravity entry. Standing-Katz is also
able to correct for the existence of contaminants such as nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or
hydrogen sulfide. The Hall-Yarborough methods for dry and wet gases result from
curve-fitting original Standing-Katz data, and are also able to correct for the existence of
contaminants. Both methods correlate z-factor as a function of specific gravity,
temperature and pressure.
Gas Density (G )
This is calculated from:
PM-
G = --------- (6-45)
zRT
Gas Viscosity (G )
You have the choice between the Lee8 (default, shown below) and the Katz9 correlations.
Both correlations calculate the gas viscosity as a function of specific gas gravity,
temperature, and pressure. The Katz method uses experimental data in the range 40-
400F and 1<Pr<20.
Lee (default)
P-
G = 0.0001K exp 0.0433X G ----- (6-46)
zT
1.5
9.4 + 0.02M T A
K = --------------------------------------------
- (6-47)
209 + 19M + T A
986- + 0.01M
X = 3.5 + -------- (6-48)
TA
where:
TA = Temperature in Rankine
Gas Specific Heat Capacity (CpG)
Specific heat is calculated as a function of temperature (F) using the correlation:
C pG = 0.39 + 0.00085 T 100 (6-49)

where:
T= Temperature in F
CpG = Heat capacity in BTU/lb
Single-Phase Liquid
The single liquid phase fluid model is used when there is no gas phase present
throughout the simulation. The liquid specific gravity is used to calculate required
physical properties. With the non-compositional single-phase fluid model the you are
able to specify the liquid as water or hydrocarbon, and in doing so activate the relevant
default physical property correlations.
Hydrocarbon Liquid Viscosity (l)
You have the choice between the TUFFP (Beggs/Robinson)10 (default, described below)
and Beal-Standing/Chew-Conally11 correlations for hydrocarbon liquid viscosity
calculations. The latter method is based on an API gravity of 60 or lower, and a
temperature of 300F or lower. Also, PIPEPHASE sets a minimum viscosity of 0.2 cP
and a maximum of 10,000 cP for the Beal-Standing/Chew-Conally method.
Beggs and Robinson Correlation

The TUFFP (Beggs/Robinson) correlation is based on gravities in the range 16 < API <
58, temperatures in the range 70 < T (F) < 295, and pressures in the range 0 < P (psig) <
5250.
Standing Correlation
Beal had presented a graphical correlation to determine dead-oil viscosity. However,
Standing was able to present Beal's correlation with a mathematical equation for dead-oil
viscosity. The API gravity and temperature should be known. The pressure should be 1-
atm and temperature expressed in R. Refer 6-2.
Glaso Correlation
This correlation has been found to be extremely accurate for the ranges it has been
recommended to be used. Glaso had derived the empirical correlation using data from
North Sea. Refer Table 6-2.
Vazquez and Beggs

Vazquez gave a correlation that accounted for increase in viscosity of oil, at a pressure
above bubble point. However, this correlation is applicable for some specific data
ranges, also presented in the Table 6-2. This method is used as default in PIPEPHASE.
Note: Vazquez and Beggs correlation is not applicable for dead oil

Woelflin's Correlation
William Woelflin presented data that could be used to estimate the viscosity of a brine-
in-oil type of emulsion from a known clean-oil viscosity. He proposed that the emulsions
produced by incremental addition of water and mechanical mixing, the viscosity of the
resulting emulsion increases exponentially with the water-cut, up to a point where the
viscosity drops sharply to a value close to that of the parent water. The point at which the
viscosity drops sharply is the inversion point, marking the inversion of the emulsion.
Refer .
However, weakness of this approach lies in the following assumptions:
The reference graph takes no account of the varying degrees of mixing in practice but
assumes total emulsification of the oil-water mixture. This may lead to over-estimation
of pressure loss in pipes.
It is inaccurate to assume that all oils have the same inversion water-cut. The error in
equipment specification due to this assumption could be large, especially for water cuts
close to the inversion point.
Table 6-2:
BEGGS & x Used for Ranges:
L = 10 1
ROBINSON68
3.0324 0.02023API 16 < API < 58
X = 10
----------------------------------------------- 70 < T (F) < 295
1.163 0 < P (psig) < 5250
T
API Used for oil-water mixture.
PROCEDURE
Water Viscosity (w)

You have the choice between the Beal (default) and ASME12steam table methods.
Fluid Mixing Rules for Blackoil Models

Fluid mixing occurs when two (or more) links having fluid coming into one node.
Consider the following case in the below figure:

Gathering Network System
Fluid flows from sources A1, A2, and A3 to junction node A. Then, the combined fluid
flows through link A-B.
Assume that the sources are associated with different PVT data sets to represent their
fluid properties. What set of PVT properties are we going to use to calculate pressure
drop or heat transfer in link A-B?
Node GHV (BTU/SCF)
A1 1200
A2 1100
A3 1250
The combined (or composite) GHV value is calculated as follows:

GHVc = (QgA1 * GHVA1 + QgA2 * GHVA2 + QgA3*GHVA3)/ (QgA1 + QgA2 + QgA3)
where:
GHVc: Combined Gross Heating Value to be used in Link A-B

QgA1: Volumetric Gas Flow Rate at Standard Conditions in Source Node A1
GHVA1: Gross Heating Value for Fluid Coming from Source Node A1
Fluid properties like Oil Gravity, Gas Gravity, and Water Gravity for link A-B are also
calculated as an average weighted volumetric average:
For Oil Gravity:
API c = (QoA1 * APIA1 + QoA2 * APIA2 + QoA3*APIA3)/ (QoA1 + QoA2 + QoA3)
where:
API c: Combined Oil Gravity to be used in Link A-B
QoA1: Volumetric Oil Flow Rate at Standard Conditions in Source Node A1
APIA1: Oil Gravity for Fluid Coming from Source Node A1
Note: Mixing methods are the same as blackoil.
Steam Model
Although the methods used are actually compositional, the steam fluid model is listed in
this category because its use is activated by a statement which does not fall under the
compositional fluid model category. This model involves a pressure-enthalpy
formulation in order to calculate a pressure and temperature traverse. For water systems
modeled with the steam method, PIPEPHASE uses the methods given in Table 6-3 for
calculating fluid properties:
Table 6-3: Steam Property Calculation Methods
Property Method
Steam quality and enthalpy SimSci steam package51

Property Method
Steam viscosity SimSci component library
Water enthalpy SimSci steam package
Water viscosity Bingham & Jackson data32
Steam and water densities ASME steam tables (1967)
Compositional Fluid Models

Compositional Fluid Modeling is a method for describing a flow stream based on its
pure and other pseudocomponents. Equilibrium phase splits and homogeneous phase
properties are determined by blending the properties of the stream constituents.
Accuracy of Compositional Modeling

The accuracy of a compositional fluid model depends on the accuracy of the pure
component properties, the accuracy and applicability of the thermodynamic property
(phase split, enthalpy, density) generator selected, and the accuracy of the mixing
correlations used in stream transport property calculations.
The compositional fluid model in PIPEPHASE is based on stream composition data
input by the user. Pure component properties are taken directly from the PIPEPHASE
component data library (Appendix A). For petroleum (pseudo-) components, the
equivalent pure properties are calculated using industry standard characterization
methods based on gravity, normal boiling point, and molecular weight.
Properties Calculated Using the Compositional Fluid Model

The following properties are determined for each component:
Equilibrium K-values (phase split)
Gas and liquid enthalpies
Gas and liquid densities
Gas and liquid viscosities
Surface tension
Gas and liquid thermal conductivities
Equilibrium K-Values (Phase Split)

Equilibrium K-values are used to predict the phase split for a given composition,
pressure, and temperature.
Table 7-2 lists notes and references for the K-value methods currently available in
PIPEPHASE. The references indicated in this table are given in C. These correlations
were developed for, and are applicable primarily to hydrocarbon systems. Some of the

equation-of-state methods require component properties such as critical temperature,
critical pressure, and acentric factor. For pure components this information is available
in PIPEPHASEs data libraries, but for pseudocomponents this information must be
predicted empirically. The methods so used and available in PIPEPHASE are given
below:
Cavett Method52 default method, widely used in industry
Cav80 Method53 same as Cavett, but uses 1980 API Technical Data Book method
Lee-Kesler23
Twu54
Table 6-4: Notes and References for Equilibrium K-value Correlations for Compositional Fluids
Correlation Equation of State Notes
Soave-Redlich-Kwong27 Soave-Redlich-Kwong Gives reasonable results for a wide
range of conditions including
cryogenic temperatures and pressures
up to 5000 psia.
Correctly predicts the homogeneous
(dense) phase.
Predicts phase behavior in the critical
region. However, calculations become
unstable at the critical point.
Results for hydrogen-aromatic
systems may be poor.
Peng-Robinson22 Peng-Robinson Notes listed under Soave-Redlich-
Kwong also apply to Peng-Robinson.
Lee-Kesler-Plocker23 Modified Mixing rules handle mixtures of
asymmetric molecules better than
Benedict-Webb-Rubin mixing rules.
Inaccurate near the critical point. Do
not use for Tr > 0.96.
Benedict-Webb-Rubin- Benedict-Webb-Rubin- Generates data for a full range of
Starling-Twu29 Starling-Twu fluids including light gases, synthetic
fuel, and coal tar.
Incorporates Starlings binary
interaction data modified by Twu.

Correlation Equation of State Notes
31
Chao-Seader Hildebrand equation for Valid ranges: 0-500 F (-20-250C);
liquid activity coefficients, <1500 psia (10,000 kPa)
Redlich Kwong equation for For hydrocarbons except methane,
vapor fugacity valid for 0.5 < Tr < 1.3.
Should not be used when the
concentration of H2 and CH4 in the
liquid phase exceeds 20% of the other
dissolved gases.
Uses special coefficients for N2, H2S,
and CO2 developed from data with
< 5% CO2 or H2S at < 400 F (200 C)
and < 1000 psia (7000 kPa).
Not recommended for fluids with > 5
mol% CO2 or H2S.
Grayson-Streed32 Valid ranges: 0800 F (-20450 C);
< 3000 psia (20,000 kPa).
Extension of Chao-Seader.
Often used for hydrogen-rich systems
and heavy ends.
Has been extrapolated to 1000 F
(550 C) with good results.
Braun K1033 Valid ranges: > 100 F (40 C);
< 100 psia (700 kPa).
Good for low pressures only.
Good for heavy ends.
Results found reasonable up to 1200 F
(650 C).
Enthalpy
The energy balance part of the iterative calculation segment solution procedure is based
on fluid enthalpy. Fluid enthalpies are calculated (except for the Johnson-Grayson
correlation) from the relationship:
V
* *
H = H H = H + RT z 1 + Td
-----P- P dV (6-50)
dT v
where
H= Enthalpy
H* = Ideal gas enthalpy of the mixture
H = Enthalpy deviation for the mixture
Table 6-5 lists notes and references for the enthalpy correlations currently available in
PIPEPHASE.

Table 6-5: Notes and References for Enthalpy Correlations for Compositional Fluids
Correlation Notes
Soave-Redlich-Kwong27 Comparisons with experimental values show an average deviation of
1 Btu/lb.
Produces reasonable results for non-hydrocarbons when Tc, Pc and are
known.
Peng-Robinson22 Essentially the same as the Soave-Redlich-Kwong correlation except
uses the Peng-Robinson equation of state.
See notes listed above for Soave-Redlich-Kwong.
Lee-Kesler25 Recommended by the API Technical Data Book.
Results good for a wide variety of hydrocarbon mixtures.
Covers a wide range of reduced pressure and temperature.
Gives reasonable results for slightly polar chemical mixtures.
Uses a three-parameter corresponding states principle.
Developed from two equations of state similar to the Benedict-Webb-
Rubin equations.
Lee-Kesler-Plocker23 Modification of the Lee-Kesler correlation.
See notes listed above for Lee-Kesler.
Benedict-Webb-Rubin- Computes deviations from ideal gas enthalpies.
Starling-Twu29
Curl-Pitzer19 Good for Pr < 10, 0.35 < Tr < C 4.0 for liquids, 0.6 < Tr < 4.0 for
gases.
Limited to non-polar mixtures.
Predicts both liquid and gas enthalpies.
Relates deviation from ideal gas enthalpy to Tr , Pr , and for the
mixture.
Uses the mole average acentric factor and calculates mixture Tc and Pc
from mixing rules by Stewart, Burkhart, and Voo.
Johnson-Grayson44 Essentially an ideal enthalpy correlation for petroleum fractions.
Useful for heavy ends between 0 and 1200 F (-20650 C). May be
extrapolated to higher temperatures.
Should not be used for C4C5 or lighter mixtures.
Calculates gas phase corrections using the Curl-Pitzer equation.
Heat Transfer in Flow Devices

The effect of heat transfer in flow devices can significantly alter the overall accuracy of
the simulation. The addition or removal of a small amount of heat to or from a system
may alter the physical properties of the fluid enough to cause a significant change in the
pressure drop across a device. Therefore, in certain systems, the accurate simulation of
heat transfer is important for the reliable prediction of pressure drop.

The heat transfer to a flow device is calculated in two ways depending on whether the
fluid model is non-compositional or compositional.
Note: See The Calculation Segment, p. 6-28, for a discussion of the calculation
segment, and Enthalpy, p. 6-57 for the logic for enthalpy balancing
Heat Transfer for Non-Compositional Fluids

For non-compositionally (empirically) defined fluids, PIPEPHASE assumes that the heat
transferred from the fluid to its surroundings is equal to the heat change in the fluid
itself. In differential form, the heat transferred from the fluid to the surroundings is given
by:
dq = U TdA (6-51)
where:
dq = rate of heat transfer from the fluid to the surroundings
U= overall heat transfer coefficient
T = temperature difference between fluid and the surroundings
dA = area through which heat flows and on which U is based = d dL
d= diameter
L= length
The change in the fluid temperature due to heat transfer from the fluid is given in
differential form as:
dq = mC p dT (6-52)
where:
dq = rate of heat change in the fluid ( denotes difference with Eqn. (6-51))
m= mass flowrate
Cp = specific heat capacity of the fluid
dT = differential change in fluid temperature ( denotes difference with Eqn. (6-51))
In order to calculate the fluid temperature changes, equations (6-51) and (6-52) are set
equal, and integrated over the segment length L.
A special numerical integration yields an approach to an exponential curve, where the
fluid temperature approaches the ambient temperature.

Heat Transfer for Compositional Fluids
Heat transfer for compositionally-defined fluids or PIPEPHASEs steam fluid model is
calculated using an enthalpy balance. Over each calculation segment, a change in
enthalpy may result from a change in fluid kinetic energy, a change in fluid potential
energy, or energy lost to or gained from the surrounding medium. This enthalpy balance
is given by equation (6-53).
H = HKE + H PE + Q out (6-53)
where:
H = Overall change in enthalpy
HKE = Change in enthalpy due to kinetic energy
HPE = Change in enthalpy due to potential energy
Qout = Energy change with surrounding medium
Equation (6-53) can be further expressed as:
m sG P U d T avg T G L
z -----------------------------------------------
H = ----------------------------------
- + ------------- - (6-54)
778 3217 P 778 3600 m
where:
P = Estimated change in pressure over the segment (psia)
P= Average pressure in the segment (psia)
z = Vertical elevation change over the segment (ft)
L = Length of the segment (ft)
d= Reference diameter on which U is based (usually di or do)
Tavg = Estimated average temperature in the segment (F)
TG = Ambient Temperature at the middle of the segment (F) = TGa - (Tgrad)(z)
TGa = ambient temperature at the middle of the previous segment (F)
Tgrad = Temperature gradient (F per ft. elevation)
vm = Mixture velocity
vsG = Superficial gas velocity

Figure 6-23: Heat Transfer for Compositional Fluid Models and Steam
Figure 6-23 (a) represents the analytical solution of equation (6-54). This would be the
result if PIPEPHASE were able to compute an infinite number of segments. Instead,
PIPEPHASE uses numerical integration techniques. Therefore, as shown in Figure 6-23
(b) and (c), the approach to reality (Figure 6-23 (a)) becomes closer with the more
calculation segments you specify.
The Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient (U-value)

For pipes in PIPEPHASE, the U-value defaults to a value of 1.0 BTU/hr-ft2-F unless
you specify otherwise in the input. PIPEPHASE is able to rigorously calculate the U-
value and also allows you to override individual heat transfer coefficients, if desired.
Figure 6-24 shows a cross-section of a pipe, including each layer through which heat
must pass to be transferred from the fluid to the surroundings, or vice-versa. These layers
have an overall resistance comprised of the sum of the resistances of the individual
layers.
Figure 6-24: Pipe Heat Transfer Resistances

The U-value for a pipe is calculated from:
1
U = -------------------------------------- (6-55)

Resis tan ces
The overall resistance is given by:
Resis tan ces = Rinside, film + Rpipe + Rinsulation + Rsurr + Rinside + Routside + Rrad (6-56)
where:
Rinside, film = Boundary layer on the inside of the pipe
Rpipe = Material from which the pipe is made
Rinsulation = Insulation (up to five concentric layers)
Rsurr = Surroundings (soil, air, water or user-defined)
Rinside = An additional resistance inside the pipe (optional)
Routside = An additional resistance outside the pipe (optional)
Rrad = Radiation (optional)
Equations used in PIPEPHASE to Calculate Resistances

Inside film resistance
d
R inside, film = ---------------------------
- (6-57)
0.8
0.27k f Re
where:
d= pipe inside diameter
kf = thermal conductivity of the film
Re = Reynolds number
The Reynolds number is given by equation (56):
L L + G G L + G d i 124.016
Re = -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- (6-58)
L L + G G
Pipe resistance
dlog e d o d i
R pipe = --------------------------------
- (6-59)
24k p
where:
di = pipe inside diameter

do = pipe outside diameter
kp = thermal conductivity of pipe
Insulation resistance
n
dj
1 1
R insulation = ------ d ---- log e -----------
(6-60)
24 k d j 1
j=1 j
where:
subscript j refers to the Jth layer of insulation (1J 5), and as applied to the diameter, d,
subscript J refers to the outer diameter of the Jth layer, and J-1 refers to the inside
diameter of the Jth layer.
Buried surroundings (e.g., soil resistance)
2 2 0.5
dlog e 2D + 4D D t D t
R surr = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- (6-61)
24k surr
where:
D= depth from top of soil to pipe center line
Dt = diameter of pipe plus insulation
ksurr = thermal conductivity of surroundings
Fluid surroundings (e.g., air, water)
do
R surr = -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (6-62)
0.333
12k surr 10 log Re surr 1.3681 Pr
The Reynolds number in equation (6-62) is given by:
181.89 surr surr D t

Re surr = -----------------------------------------------
- (6-63)
surr
Additional inside/outside resistance
R inside = 1 H inside (6-64)
R outside = 1 H outside (6-65)

where:
Hinside = Additional inside heat transfer coefficient (BTU/hr-ft2-F)
Houtside = Additional outside heat transfer coefficient (BTU/hr-ft2-F)
Note: You can supply the inside and outside heat transfer coefficients by using the
HINSIDE and HOUTSIDE keywords.
Radiation film resistance
R rad = 1 H rad (6-66)
where:
Hrad = Radiative heat transfer coefficient (BTU/hr-ft2 F)
Note: You can supply the radiative heat transfer coefficient by using the HRAD
keyword.
The additional inside resistance (Rinside) is added to the Inside Film Resistance (Rinside,
film) and the additional outside heat resistance, (Routside) is added to the fluid
surroundings resistance or buried surrounding resistance, (Rsurr).
If the radiation film resistance (Rrad) is available, then this contribution is not added to
(Rsurr + Routside) but rather treated as a parallel contributor in the following way:
(Rsurr + Routside)*Rrad/ (Rsurr + Routside + Rrad) (6-67)
Partially Buried Pipes

It is possible for pipes to transfer heat to two different media (air and soil, for example)
simultaneously. To achieve this, PIPEPHASE allows negative values for the keyword
BDTOP. For example, values of BDTOP < 0 and |BDTOP| < OD indicates a partially
buried pipe.
For this situation, the program calculates two different values for the heat-transfer
coefficient: one for the buried portion and the other for the exposed portion. Then, an
area-weighted equivalent value is calculated to represent the outside heat-transfer
coefficient. The calculations do not take into consideration any variation in the wall
temperature between these two portions of the pipe.

Equipment & Fittings Flow Devices
In addition to modeling pipes, PIPEPHASE also enables you to model items of process
equipment and pipe fittings inside links. These items are viewed as flow devices, and are
therefore treated in an analogous fashion to the pipe device available in the program. The
accurate modeling of process equipment, such as heaters, coolers and pumps, is
especially important in systems where pressure changes are largely due to these items,
rather than the piping runs.
The calculations associated with the equipment flow devices given in Table 6-6 are
discussed in this section.
Note: PIPEPHASE does not consider any length or elevation pressure drop effects
within these equipment types.
Table 6-6: Equipment Devices Modeled by PIPEPHASE
Pump Compressor
DPDT device Choke
Check Valve Heaters and Coolers
Separators
A discussion of the available fittings devices is presented later in this section.

Pump
The pump device should only be used for incompressible fluids. If the fluid is
compressible then the compressor unit should be used instead.
PIPEPHASE uses the standard GPSA pump equation to relate power and pressure
increase:
Q P
Power = --------------- (6-68)
1715
where:
Qv the volumetric flowrate (gpm)

the percentage pump efficiency
In equation (6-68), power is measured in horsepower, hp.
Lost work (through pump inefficiency) is converted to heat, which may cause the fluid
temperature to rise. The resulting fluid temperature is given by equation (6-69).

2.31 P 1
T inlet + ---------------- ----------
1
T outlet = -------------------------------------------------------------- (6-69)
780C P
where:
the specific gravity of the fluid
T= the temperature in degrees Rankine (R)
Cp = the fluid specific heat capacity at constant pressure, and for compositional fluids is
equal to dH/dT, which is computed rigorously through flash calculations.
Subscripts inlet and outlet refer to the pump inlet and outlet conditions respectively.
Compressor
PIPEPHASE uses the standard GPSA equation to relate compressor power and outlet
pressure:
k----------
1-
k
1545mz avg T inlet P 2 P 1 1
Power = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (6-70)
550M adia k 1 k
where:
zavg = the compressibility at average temperature and pressure
adia the adiabatic compressor efficiency
Cr = fluid specific heat capacity and constant volume
m= mass flowrate
M= average molecular weight of fluid
P2 = outlet pressure
P1 = inlet pressure
Lost work (through inefficiency) is assumed to be converted to heat which may cause the
temperature of the fluid to rise:
k 1-
----------
k
T inlet P 2 P 1 1
T outlet = T inlet + --------------------------------------------------- (6-71)
adia
DPDT Devices
DPDT devices simulate equipment for which no standard PIPEPHASE model exists.
These devices are typically used to model the performance of specially designed valves
and fittings. For these devices, you supply data relating the fluid flowrate, the pressure
change and temperature change in tabular form.

PIPEPHASE linearly interpolates this table during calculations, and therefore you
should ensure that data entered covers the whole range of anticipated equipment process
conditions. If the entered range of data is exceeded at any point in during the simulation,
PIPEPHASE uses the last tabular data point. Therefore if you are unsure as to the likely
simulation range, then a dummy high or low value should be entered in this device in
order that a reasonable value is selected by PIPEPHASE in any possible simulation
condition.
Chokes
The fluid model type you have chosen dictates which correlations are used for
calculating the pressure drop across a choke.
Single-Phase Gas and Single-Phase Liquid Models

For these fluid models, the choke pressure drop is calculated from equations (6-726-76)
based on a square-edged orifice (shown in Figure 6-25).
Figure 6-25: Choke Model in PIPEPHASE Schematic
P = P1 P2 (6-72)
2
o o 96.26YC
P 1 = --------------------------------------------
- (6-73)
1
2 2 o
2
-----------
o o ----------- 2 2 2 2
o --------- -1
64.4 64.4 64.4

P 2 = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (6-74)
144
4
Y = 1 0.41 + 0.35 1 k 1 P o P 1

4 0.5
C = D dis 1 (6-75)
= d0 d1 (6-76)
where:
k= Specific heat ratio, Cp/Cv
Y= Gas expansion factor for nozzles
Ddis = Orifice discharge coefficient
If a discharge coefficient of zero is input, PIPEPHASE will calculate the coefficient

from the diameter ratio, , and the Reynolds number.
B
Aq l R p
P l = ----------------
C
- (6-77)
d
Compositional and Steam Fluid Models

For these fluid models, PIPEPHASE calculates the choke pressure drop from the
correlations developed for multiphase fluids. The Fortunati method55 involves two steps:
A Fortunati curve is interpolated to determine whether the flow is subcritical or crit-
ical.
In the case of subcritical flow, the Fortunati curve is used to determine an outlet-to-
inlet pressure ratio. From this ratio, the upstream or downstream pressure is calcu-
lated. In the case of predicted critical flow, the critical pressure ratio is used to calcu-
late the outlet pressure which is the maximum outlet pressure possible to allow
critical flow.
Check Valves
Check valves are used to permit flow in one direction only. To effect this, the valve
closes to prevent backflow. In PIPEPHASE, these actions are similarly simulated and the
relevant pressure drop calculations use the square-edged orifice equations as per the
choke device implementation. If the flow is determined to be multiphase, PIPEPHASE
uses the same square-edged orifice equations, but assumes the fluid is a uniform mixture.
Heaters and Coolers

The fluid model type you have chosen dictates which correlations are used to relate the
heater or cooler duty to the fluid temperature change.

Single-Phase Gas and Single-Phase Liquid Models
Q = mC p T (6-78)
Compositional and Steam Fluid Models
Q = mH (6-79)
The pressure drop across the heater or cooler device can be modeled either by:
Specifying the value directly
or
Defining the coefficient and exponential term in the relationship:
exp
P=coeff .(rate) (6-80)
where the rate is always expressed in units of pounds per second (lb/sec).
Separators
In INPLANT separators are used in simulations with compositionally-defined fluids
only. In this type of equipment, the user specifies a fluid separation by percentage by
volume or absolute volumetric rate of fluid of a phase or of phases. The equilibrium
phase split calculations are determined by a flash calculation at the separator temperature
and pressure conditions.
Fittings
PIPEPHASE allows you to specify the pipe fittings shown in Table 6-7 as flow devices
within any link:
Table 6-7: Equipment Devices Modeled by PIPEPHASE
Expansion Contraction
Valve Bend
Orifice Nozzle
Venturimeter Entrance
Exit Tee
With the exception of the nozzle and venturimeter devices, all other fittings pressure
drop equations are taken from the Crane57 manual. The nozzle and venturimeter pressure
drop equations have been taken from Blevins.59 You are referred to these publications for
further details concerning these formulations.

Two-Phase Flow Pressure Drop Corrections for Fittings
The pressure drop equations for the fittings given in Table 6-7. These equations can only
be applied with any reliability to single-phase gas, or single-phase liquid flow. If a two-
phase fluid flows through any of these devices, then the associated pressure drop tends to
be higher than the single-phase flow equivalent.
In PIPEPHASE you have two options to calculate a factor which is subsequently used as
a two-phase multiplier to the standard single-phase pressure drop equations. These are
referred to as the CHISHOLM or HOMOGENEOUS methods. The general format for
this correction factor can be represented as:
2
P FITTING = K FITTING
---------
2g c
(6-81)
2
f d
= Kmul FITTING -------------
2g c
where:
= the two-phase multiplier for the standard pressure drop equation
KFITTING = the (single-phase) K-factor for the fitting device
KmulFITTING = the (single-phase) K-multiplier (KMUL), or L/d, for the fitting device
fd = friction factor of the device
Chisholm Method
The two-phase pressure drop across a fitting using the Chisholm model, PTP, is given
by:
P TP
- = 1+C 1-
= ------------ ---- + ----- (6-82)
PL X X2
when:
The factor C in equation (6-82) is given by:
lg 0.5 g 0.5 l 0.5

C = + C 2 ------ ----- + ----- (6-83)
g l g
P L 0.5
X = ----------- (6-84)
P G
2n
= 0.5 2 2 (6-85)

where:
PL and PG = Pressure drops over the fitting with only single-phase liquid or single-phase gas
flowing respectively at the same total mass rate as the two-phase fluid
v= Specific volume of the gas (vG), liquid (vL), or the difference between both phases
(vG - vL = vGL)
n= Constant in PIPEPHASE that is set to zero (the default value of is therefore 1.00).
The user is able to alter the value of directly in the fittings statements
C2 = User-definable constant in the above expression that defaults to a value of 0.50 in
PIPEPHASE (unless otherwise stated in 4)
Changing either the or C2 default values is only recommended when users are
experienced in the application of the Chisholm correlations. These default values have
been chosen to be conservative for a majority of applications.
Homogeneous Model
The homogeneous model requires no user input, and the value appropriate to the
device is defined as:
GL
= 1 + --------- x (6-86)
L
where:
x= Mass vapor quality

Converging Network Simulations
This section aims to provide users of the network solution algorithms in PIPEPHASE
with more information on practical ways of converging simulations when difficulties
have been reported during the solution procedure.
Note: For an introduction on how the network solution methods operate, refer to 3:
User Requirements for this Section

To gain maximum benefit from this section, the user is assumed to have the following
information available:
A network diagram or sketch was detailed in an earlier section of this chapter, How to
Set up a Network Problem, p. 6-34. This diagram consists only of nodes, links, flow
direction arrows, major devices and labels for clarity. It is important that, particularly on
larger networks, the user check that the structure has been entered precisely according to
the network diagram.
Note: The importance of having a network diagram cannot be overstressed. Technical

support experience has shown that most problems relating to network simulations can be
attributed to the poor initial set-up of the Structure Data Category of input.
You can have PIPEPHASE print out a simple box diagram of the structure once all data
has been entered. This is achieved, in the General Data Category of input, by including
the following statements:
CALC NORUN, ..... $$ Which stops PIPEPHASE from performing any calculations
PRINT CONNECT=FULL $$ Which activates the box structure diagram
All pressures and flowrates (i.e., fixed or estimated) for each node should be clearly
marked on the network diagram. Any subsequent changes in problem definition to
assist convergence can be evaluated and implemented simply and quickly.
A hard copy of the PIPEPHASE keyword file for the simulation. This allows you to
check categories other than the Structure Data Category of input where necessary, so
that all link flow device data can be referenced and checked.
A list of the objectives of the simulation. You can then efficiently evaluate the
impact on simulation objectives of all possible changes in network configuration.
Recommendations for converging network simulations are broken into two main
categories.

The first category gives general recommendations on how to set up networks to
avoid the majority of problems during the solution procedure (i.e., preventative mea-
sures).
The second category provides more specific examples on network algorithm anoma-
lies, and provides direction on how to interpret warning or error messages. This
allows you to take any appropriate action necessary in order to achieve a solution.
General Recommendations
Simulation Input Granularity
Within the simulation itself, you must make common sense decisions concerning
which flow devices are important to the simulation and which are not. For high pres-
sure drop systems such as in long pipe runs, it is unlikely that simulating all fittings
in every pipe run will enhance the simulation accuracy by any substantial degree.
However, in low pressure drop systems, the simulation of every part of each pipe
configuration may be critical to ascertaining the pressure drop accurately.
Estimates of Pressure and Flowrate

PIPEPHASE requires that estimates be supplied for either pressure and/or flowrate
at each node, depending on the configuration of network and type of network algo-
rithm that have been chosen. These estimates may all be supplied by the user, or you
may specify (by not supplying estimates) that the program generates its own esti-
mates where required, or a mixture of user-supplied and program-generated esti-
mates may be specified. Estimates of flowrates for sources or sinks must be supplied
by the user. Generally, you should supply pressure estimates only at nodes where a
value can be confidently predicted (normally from field data and experience, or from
other simulation runs). When estimates are supplied for pressure, you should ensure
that the data is consistent with the flow directions and are consistent with other esti-
mated values. When you supply estimates for flowrates, you should ensure that they
are in approximate material balance with other estimated and fixed values.
The Use of Junctions
The junction node should only be used in the following circumstances:
The network structure dictates that one or more links are joining together or
splitting apart. The junction is used here as a structural node.
The user requires the generation of a phase envelope or two-phase flow map or
flash report (compositional runs only) at a particular point in the network which
is not described by any other node.
There are no other reasons for using junction nodes in addition to the given above.
As discussed in Chapter 2, Using PIPEPHASE, the network algorithm is a simulta-

neous solution procedure. Adding unnecessary nodes only serves to increase the size
of the matrix and so increase computing time. Therefore, while there is a tendency
for neatness in input by splitting long links into smaller links using junctions, the
user should bear in mind the possibility of detrimental effect on the simulation solu-
tion procedure
Note: Outside of their use in the above list, junctions must be viewed as simulation
devices only, and should not be confused with any physical representation of the plant.
Network Structure and Topology

Following are basic guidelines for good simulation practice when setting up any net-
work simulation in PIPEPHASE:
There should be only one link to a sink node.
There should be only one link from a source node.
Unnecessary nodes (see The Use of Junctions above) should be eliminated.
Definitions of flow direction in link statements should be checked for consis-
tency with the overall network source(s)-to-sink(s) logic. Flow direction should
not form closed flow loops.
When using the network algorithm, as a general rule, network simulations solve
more easily when more flowrates are input as fixed values, rather than fixing
pressure values. This is especially true in networks which include loops. By
swapping a fixed pressure for a fixed flowrate, you may still investigate the
effect of varying this pressure using multiple CASESTUDYs.
Items of process equipment within links should have performances specified so
that their outlet conditions do not conflict with other nodes in the system. See
Figure 6-26 for a typical example of this erroneous input.
Figure 6-26: Process Equipment Definition

In this case, since node A and B flowrates have been fixed, the subsequent fixing of
both pump outlet pressures ensures that it is impossible to balance pressures at junc-
tion C. This type of incorrect setup can be more easily identified in existing simula-
tions, or avoided in future simulations, by referring to a previously prepared network
diagram.
Maximum Number of Iterations (NM)

By default, PIPEPHASE will use 20 iterations to try to reach a solution to network
problems. For large and complex systems, it is recommended that this number be
reduced so that minimum time is spent waiting for a potentially diverging simulation
to finish. This is particularly true for calculation-intensive compositional fluid simu-
lations. In the Network Data Category of input, if you specify SOLUTION MAX-
ITER=5, then the simulation will stop after five iterations (if it has not already
reached solution). You may then diagnose whether additional iterations will produce
a solution, or alternatively which actions should be taken in order to achieve conver-
gence. By using restart files, you can continue the simulation where it stopped.
Iteration History
You should include the statement PRINT ITER in the General Data Category of
input when running new or problematical simulations. This will ensure that the con-
vergence history is printed both to the screen and to the output file, to facilitate fault
diagnosis.
Specific Recommendations
Link Shut-Ins (NM)
A link shut-in is the description given to a link (a series of devices between two
nodes) which PIPEPHASE has closed down and removed completely from the solu-
tion procedure.
Link shut-ins occur during the network solution procedure in these circumstances.
When a source tries to becomes a sink.
When a sink becomes a source.
When insignificant flowrates are determined for a link within a loop configura-
tion.
If a sink or source has reversed its flow directions, the user should first look at the
way the simulation has been structured around the problem link(s). INPLANT will
print out messages warning the user that the link has been shut-in, and therefore any
results from the simulation will be incorrect. As part of INPLANTs network algo-
rithm, a link may be shut-in during the solution procedure, but then be brought back
into the simulation at a later stage of the iteration so that a true solution is reached.

By requesting a full iteration printout, the user may easily inspect whether the sus-
pected shut-in link has indeed been included in the final solution.
If a loop link has been shut-in during simulation, the usual cause has been that
almost zero flow (and therefore almost zero pressure drop) has been allocated to that
link during solution. INPLANT then subsequently deems that link irrelevant to the
simulation. Practically speaking, this is a fatal situation indicative of an incorrect
fixed pressure or fixed flowrate entry. The user should once again return to the net-
work diagram and closely inspect how realistic the pressure definitions are. In addi-
tion, the user should also look for misentered estimates. Because the network
algorithm is simultaneous in nature, a problem which occurs during the solution pro-
cedure may begin in one link, but manifest itself more significantly in another.
In this and other cases, the user should inspect the iteration history and look more
closely at the first link which is causing problems. If there are no obvious anomalies
in the input after careful inspection, the user should first try to reformulate the local
boundary node pressure and flowrate definitions (for example, swap a fixed pressure
for a fixed flowrate). Secondly, the user should enter link flowrate estimates for all
local links. When an internal link shut-in occurs, the user may also see the link
shut-in error message.
There is also an option in the Methods Data Category of input to instruct PIPE-
PHASE not to reverse flows during solution (the NOFR keyword). Activating this
feature will assist particularly in loop configurations where the direction of flow is
known (for example cooling water networks). However, this option can generally be
detrimental in systems where the estimated flow directions are incorrect.
Flowrate Estimation in Links

In addition to ensuring that the best estimates are supplied for node pressures and
flowrates (or having PIPEPHASE generate estimates automatically), you may also
provide link flowrate estimates to assist PIPEPHASEs own auto estimation logic.
PIPEPHASE has four methods for allocating link flowrates prior to the start of the
solution procedure:
Flow Allocation Model 1
This is the default method, and allocates initial link flows based on the diameter of
the first pipe device that appears in the link. Therefore, once PIPEPHASEs node
pressure estimation logic/user-supplied estimates has initialized each node with a
starting pressure, the link flowrate is found from the relation:
2 5
Qi di Pi (6-87)
where:

subscript i represents the ith link
You should therefore ensure that the first pipe device input to each link structure is
approximately representative of the bulk of the link.
This model assigns a flowrate to each link based on the relative frictional resistance
in that link, or:
n 5
2 d i
Qj ------- P j
li
(6-88)
i=1 j
where:
subscript j represents the jth link
In this model, each pipe (from pipe 1 to pipe n) of diameter d and length l in the link
is taken into account in the link flow allocations.
Note: The flow allocation models 1 and 2 can be specified in the Methods Data
Category of input of input using the FLOWALLOCATION keyword
(FLOWALLOCATION=1 and FLOWALLOCATION=2 respectively)

According to this model, PIPEPHASE initializes the nodal pressure distribution and
link flows of the network by solving an approximation to the equations that describe
the conservation of mass at network nodes. The solution algorithm that is used for
this model is essentially identical to that used by preliminary solution stage of the
MBAL flow balance algorithm. The only difference is that in multiphase systems the
Beggs-Brill-Moody (BBM) model is used to approximate the pressure drop across
links. In single-phase systems, the BBM model reduces to the Colebrook equation
used in the preliminary solution stage of the MBAL algorithm. Again, as is the case
with the MBAL algorithm, only average link fluid properties (e.g., qualities, no-slip
holdup, viscosities, and densities) are used in the traverse calculations that accom-
pany this flow allocation model.
When selected, this option allows you to use initial estimates to the network solution
that are provided in a restart file. The restart file must be named filename.rst. For
example if the run file is named run.inp, the restart file must be named run.rst.

The PBAL algorithm of PIPEPHASE generates a restart file (with the rst suffix) at
the termination of a run. This file presents data on pressures and temperatures, as
well as data on link flows. You can modify this file, and can use it to initialize a sub-
sequent run with the PIPEPHASE algorithm.
User-supplied Link Flow Estimates
To assist convergence, you may input link flow estimates to methods 1 and 2, in
order to selectively override internally generated values and so assist conver-
gence. The use of user-defined link flow estimates should be necessary only in
sensitive and/or highly looped networks. There are different requirements for
each of the two flow allocations models. With the first model, described above,
the concept of a spur link in a simulation must be introduced.
The term spur link is used in PIPEPHASE to denote a link or set of links which,
for the purpose of the simultaneous network solution algorithm, can be decou-
pled from the rest of the network.
Figure 6-27: The Spur Link
In Figure 6-27, the sinks J, L and M all have fixed flowrates. Taking the individ-
ual link KM as an example, the sink node M flowrate is known and therefore its
pressure must be calculated. This calculation is based only on the calculated
pressure at junction node K.
Therefore link KM can be left out of the network solution until the nodes on
which iteration must be performed (including node K) have reached a solution.
KM is thus known as a spur link. Similarly, since sink nodes L and M also have
known flowrates, the section of links to the right of junction node I then form a

larger spur link, since all of their pressure calculations rely on the solution to the
pressure at node I.
For flow allocation model 1, you must supply link rate estimates for all non-
spur links. If any non-spur link flowrate estimations are not input by the user,
then all flowrate estimates revert back to those predicted by flow allocation
model 1, and any other user entries are ignored. If you are unsure which links
are spur links in the network, then set SOLUTION MAXITER=0 (in the Meth-
ods Data Category of input), with PRINT ITER (in the General Data Category
of input). Those links printed out after the iteration history are the spur links
(see the Intermediate Printout Example in 5).
For flow allocation model 2, there is more flexibility in allowing you to selec-
tively override internal program link rate estimates. If you wish to take advan-
tage of this, then only those links which form the outlet of a node can be
supplied with user estimates, and all links arising from the same node must be
given estimates.
Figure 6-28: Link Flowrate Estimates
As a theoretical example, for the network defined in Figure 6-28, you have dis-
covered that by using PIPEPHASEs flow allocation model 2, the output link
CF is being allocated only 10% of the total inlet rate to junction node C. Using
this model then subsequently causes convergence problems, as indicated in the
convergence history. You may then override this initial internal flow allocation
by supplying the value directly in the link statement. You must remember that
all links emanating from the node which produces link CF must also be given
rate estimates. In this example, this means that link CE must be given an esti-
mate in addition to CF. The reason for this logic is that PIPEPHASE uses the
ratio of outflowing link rate estimates in allocating the actual link rate estimates.
Let us continue with this example, and track PIPEPHASEs processes up to the
beginning of the simultaneous solution procedure. Let us first assume that the
flowrates at nodes A and B in Figure 6-28 have user-supplied estimates of 100
and 80 lb/hr respectively, and also that you expect the flows in links CF and CE
to be approximately equal. PIPEPHASE then follows the steps given in the
paragraphs below:
First, PIPEPHASE takes all fixed and user-estimated pressures at each node, and
based on these pressures produces its own estimates for nodes which have not
been supplied with any pressure value.
Second, PIPEPHASE uses the flow allocation model (in this example, model 2)
to assign flowrates to each link. If you have supplied any flowrates, (in this case
let us assume that you have given estimates of 80 lb/hr for each of the links CF
and CE emanating from node C) then these will be summed together and a ratio
produced. In this case, the sum is 160 lb/hr, and the ratio is 50% to link CF and
50% to link CE.
Third, PIPEPHASE performs a material balance using estimated and fixed flow-
rates at the source and sink nodes. In this example, the source rate estimates of
180 lb/hr total are fed to node C, where the user-defined split ratio of 50/50 is
used to produce link rate estimates of 90 and 90 lb/hr in links CF and CE (there-
fore overriding the users incorrect estimates of 80 lb/hr per link). The material
balance algorithm is also an iterative process and will override user-defined sink
rate estimates where necessary to be consistent with fixed values elsewhere in
the network. This completes the initial estimation procedure for PIPEPHASE,
and the program will then continue to perform the simultaneous solution proce-
dure until either convergence or the maximum iteration limit is reached.
Guidelines on User-Estimation of Link Flow Rates

If you suspect that PIPEPHASEs flow allocation models are producing link flowrate
estimates which are causing the problem not to converge, then the values that are
predicted after mass balance (i.e., the third step in the above procedure) can be inspected
in the output, by specifying the statement SOLUTION MAXITER=0 in the Methods
Data Category of input.
For flow allocation model 1, user link flowrate estimates should be in material balance.
Convergence of the network problem may be placed completely off-course if errors are
inadvertently made by the user in setting up unbalanced link rates for all non-spur links.
If the solution/iteration history to a problem suggests that by giving more iterations a
solution will be achieved, it is advised to use selected final link rates from the previous
solution, together with flow allocation model 1.

Recommendations for Networks which Include Loops
Guidelines presented previously in this chapter also apply to systems involving loops.
You should also be acquainted with the following guidelines so as to maximize the
possibility of solving even the most complex looped network.
Hydrostatic Impossibilities
A common mistake in loop definitions is in the user defining inconsistent pipe eleva-
tions in the links which comprise the loop. Referring to the example in Figure 6-29,
loop A-B-C has been defined by the user such that the absolute elevation of the pipe
device x in link B-C is different (in this case, less) than the absolute elevation of
the pipe device y in link A-C. This is an impossible situation, and PIPEPHASE
will indicate, in the iteration history, that a constant maximum error has been
reached. Analogous physical situations are encountered in INPLANT where a small
change in link inlet pressure produces a large change in outlet pressure. The program
will indicate that the pressure tolerance has been overridden in these cases, since the
solution algorithm will dictate that all node conditions have been satisfied except the
single unreasonable condition which has arisen.
Figure 6-29: Elevation Inconsistency in Loop
Jump-Over Piping
So-called jump-overs are short pipe runs that connect longer, parallel pipes in
order that flows in each pipe are relatively well-balanced. These jump-over pipes are
usually of no hydrostatic significance, and the loop that is created by virtue of their
inclusion in the simulation can be eliminated by making the two junction nodes into
one, as is shown inFigure 6-30, with negligible loss in simulation accuracy.

Figure 6-30: Jump-Over Line Simulation Technique
General Tips for Loops Where the Flow Direction is Known or Unknown
Networks which include loops fall into two basic categories those which all link
flow directions are known, and those which one or more link flow directions are
unknown.
Interval Halving and Loops Where Flow Direction is Known
In these simulations, you need to check all of the input link flow direction logic in
order to ensure all FROM=., TO=. link statements are as required, and to spec-
ify the keyword NOFR in the Methods Data Category of input. This will ensure that
PIPEPHASE will not attempt to reverse flows during the solution procedure, and
therefore should assist in converging with these network types. A typical situation
encountered where the user has instructed PIPEPHASE not to reverse flow direc-
tions (see also Using Regulators, below) is in interval halving. In links where a flow
reversal cannot occur, PIPEPHASE will instead halve the absolute change in flow-
rate that has been predicted by the solution algorithm in order to try to prevent flow
reversal in the link.
Figure 6-31 shows a refinery case where the user has fixed the flowrates of sinks D
and E at values of 5,000 and 10,000 bpd respectively. In addition, the user has speci-
fied in the input that no flow reversals are allowed (the schematic is part of a larger
network, upstream, and the FROM=..., TO=... definitions are as indicated in the first
diagram).
For iteration 1 (i=1), the upstream network is producing a feed to node A of 15,000
bpd, which is split accordingly to satisfy the two fixed sink flowrates. The flow
direction in loop link BC is as input by the user.
In the next iteration, 2, (i=2), the upstream network increases the next estimate for
the flow to node A to 20,000 bpd. PIPEPHASE then splits the flow according to its
solution algorithm, and finds that its first attempt requires the loop link CB to change

in flow direction in order to satisfy the fixed sink rate of 5000 bpd. Since the user has
instructed PIPEPHASE not to reverse flows from iteration to iteration, the program
then interval halves, by subtracting the CB link rate in iteration 2 (-333 bpd) from
that in iteration 1 (+1000 bpd), and dividing the result by two. Therefore:
New interval halved link rate = 1000 - (1000 + 333)/2 = +333.5 bpd
This new value results in a flowrate of 4,665 bpd required in link AB in order to sat-
isfy the fixed sink rate D rate, and consequently requires 10,333.5 bpd in link AC.
This then demands that a flowrate of 15,000 bpd be fed to node A. Subsequently the
new iteration information is fed back to the upstream network.
It should be noted that if the user has incorrectly defined a loop link flow direction,
and then instructed PIPEPHASE (via NOFR or using a REGULATOR device) not to
reverse flows during simulation, the network will fail to converge. The interval halv-
ing will continue until almost zero flow is found in the link. An error message is then
produced (or the link is shut in), and the user may inspect the iteration history to find
which link is producing the error by identifying the link which has near-zero flow.
Figure 6-31: Interval Halving
Loops Where Flow Direction is Unknown

Some network simulations include more than one loop configuration, where one or
more of the loops contains links in which the flow direction is not known to the user.
This is especially true in existing designs, and must be addressed in a special man-
ner. Problems are usually not found in looped networks until at least one simulation
has been run. If the problem has not converged, the user can generate the full itera-
tion output (using PRINT ITER in the General Data Category of input). The output

can be inspected to diagnose problems. Figure 6-32 shows a typical example of the
maximum error (i.e., pressure imbalance as reported in the iteration history) against
number of iterations:
Figure 6-32: Looped Network Example Flow Reversal Problem
This example shows that the network is converging successfully up until the point
indicated by the arrow. When this position has been reached, PIPEPHASE decides to
reverse the flow direction in one or more links of a particular loop. By reversing the
flow in this/these links, the solution path begins to diverge and a final solution
becomes unachievable. The user may inspect the iteration history to ascertain in
which link the flow reversal occurred first. Placing a regulator device in that link
will prevent the flow reversal.
Using Regulators
A regulator is a device which is used to maintain flow at a fixed downstream pres-
sure. In flow through such a regulator, if the inlet pressure is greater than the user-set
pressure, then the outlet pressure becomes the user-set pressure, and if the inlet pres-
sure is less than the set pressure, then the outlet pressure is set equal to the inlet pres-
sure. In network configurations involving loops, however, its use is almost
exclusively tailored to preventing flow reversals in loop links. Regulators are used in
looped networks mainly to assist convergence
Note: A general rule-of-thumb is to restrict the use of regulators to an intelligent

minimum. The user should rarely need more than one such device installed per loop to
assist in convergence.
To prevent link flow reversal during solution, you should set the regulator outlet
pressure (in the flow direction) to an unrealistically high value (e.g., 9999 psig). This
action enables the use of the regulator as a convergence aid without affecting the
pressure traverse calculation in that link.

Regulators generally are of greatest use in situations where loop link flow reversals
cause a circular flow path (i.e., effectively a closed flow loop), or where a particular
flow reversal during solution causes a direct or indirect (via another link) problem
divergence. Both of these situations can be identified by close inspection of the iter-
ation history.
A simple use of a regulator can be seen in Figure 6-33, where the flow directions are
known.
Figure 6-33: Simple Use of Regulators to Assist Convergence
Use of two regulators in this example prevents the situation where flow travels from
node B to node C via one loop, and back to node B via the other.
Other Problems In Network Convergence

Problem Solution Does Not Exist
There are network configurations that will not solve in any circumstances. These
networks are physically unrealistic and a solution will therefore never be obtained.
You can see where these situations have been encountered by messages which
include:
ERROR - ALL UNKNOWN PRESSURE AND RATES ARE WITHIN 0.100 PER-
CENT OF UPPER OR LOWER BOUNDS (i.e., program limits have been reached
for pressure and rate values)
or
ERROR - SINGULAR MATRIX AT ITERATION *** NO PIVOT FOUND IN
COLUMN
(i.e., PIPEPHASEs solution matrix has one or more zero values for pressures and/or
flowrates)

In either of these cases a previously drawn network diagram will identify any errors
made in the configuration.
High Velocity Flow (FM)

In flare systems, if there is non-convergence in any link because of high pressure drop/
high velocity flow situations, greater stability can generally be afforded by the user
inserting more junctions in the problem link. In addition to this (or instead of this) the
SHORTPIPE segmentation method may be used.As previously mentioned, INPLANT
iterates on the upstream node pressure until the target pressure at the downstream node is
reached within tolerance. Sometimes at very high accelerations, a very small change in
the upstream pressure causes a very large change in the downstream node pressure. Due
to finite digit arithmetic, the program is unable to get close to the target pressure within
this tolerance. In this case INPLANT checks whether or not the upstream node pressure
has been bracketed within a close tolerance. If this bracketing occurs, then solution to the
link is considered to have been reached, and INPLANT then uses the higher of the two
bracketing pressures.
Problems with Large Flare Networks (FM)
Large flare systems can often become cumbersome to solve, involve large amounts of
computing time, and the output from such program runs can be consequently far in
excess of the original objectives of the simulation. The following strategy can assist the
user in problem diagnosis and greatly decrease the time taken to achieve total system
convergence.The flare solution algorithm works backwards, from the flare base to the
relieving sources, and does so isenthalpically. Because of this logic, for cases of
unwieldy and large flare gathering networks in which critical flow is suspected, the user
may opt to segregate parts of the system. The user may then approximately simulate
each section independently from the others in order to gain a better understanding of the
full network flow behavior. In order to achieve this, the user must take the network
diagram and identify which section or sections require attention (because of non-
convergence) or more detailed analysis (because of potential non-convergence), and then
strip the existing network down to the trunk of the gathering system. Taking
Figure 6-34 as an example, diagram A shows the overall flare network with the sub-
network of particular interest highlighted. Since all of the source flowrates are known (or
can be found using the depressuring units in an independent simulation), each branch of
the system can be reduced to an overall flow into the trunk line of the network, as shown
in diagram B. This simplified network is then simulated to provide the junction node
pressures (diagram C) which are required to satisfy the flowrate and flare base pressure
boundary constraints. The pressure at the trunk/branch junction of interest, Px, is then
used as the new fixed sink pressure in the second simulation. The sub-network can
then be inspected and evaluated fully to isolate and resolve any local convergence
problems.

Figure 6-34: Flare Network to Sub-Network Conversion
The approximations inherent in using the strategy outlined above are the temperature at
the new, truncated sources depicted in diagram B at the as yet unknown value of Px, as
well as the PDISCHARGE value that should be used. For these values the user should, in
a separate simulation, mix all of each sub-networks relieving source fluids adiabatically
at their lowest source pdischarge, and use the resultant temperature and PDISCHARGE
as values for the new source.
Specific Keyword Assistance in Converging Networks

The default parameters for the PBAL and MBAL algorithms are selected to achieve
satisfactory convergence for representative networks. However, you can encounter cases
in which the defaults require modification for successful solution of network flows.
PBAL Algorithm
This algorithm is sufficient for the overwhelming majority of problems you will
encounter. Nevertheless, there are cases in which the parameters that govern the
performance of this algorithm require your adjustment. The following section offers
assistance on the use of the adjustable parameters that modify the performance of the
PBAL algorithm.
The parameters that have the greatest effect on the performance of PBAL are the
parameters that control
the initial estimation of link flows and junction pressures, and
extent of damping (also relaxation) of the PBAL algorithm.

The former is controlled by adjustment of the FLOW allocation parameter, while the
latter is controlled by adjustment of the QDAMP, PDAMP, HALVINGS, NOLOOP and
NOFR keywords.
Initial Solution Estimation. The FLOWALLOC keyword controls the procedure
used by PIPEPHASE to generate an initial estimate of the flowfield prior to the use
of the PBAL iteration procedure. In general, the performance of PBAL improves
with the selection of an allocation method that generates initial estimates of flows
and pressures that are closer to the converged solution of the network flow field.
The FLOWALLOC keyword allows the user to specify one of four flow allocation
algorithms. The default is FLOWALLOC=1. In circumstances in which the default
allocation method is not satisfactory, you have the option of selecting two other flow
allocation models (FLOW=2 and FLOW=3), as well as the ability to generate initial
estimates from a previously generated restart file (FLOW=4). As described previ-
ously, the allocation option (FLOW=3) requires the solution of an approximate; but,
nonlinear network flowfield. Because of the nonlinearity, there are several adjustable
parameters that can be used to control the convergence performance of the FLOW=3
allocation model. These are described below. The FLOW=4 option requires the use
of a previously generated restart file, and examples of its use are discussed below.
PBAL Under-Relaxation Procedures. Even with the provided flow allocation
models, there can still be circumstances in which initial estimates are not sufficiently
close for the Newton-Raphson iterations used by PBAL to converge to a solution. In
these circumstances, a damping or under-relaxation of the Newton-Raphson steps
can be required to obtain a solution. The adjustable parameters that effectively con-
trol the amount of damping in the Newton Raphson procedure include: QDAMP,
PDAMP, HALVINGS, NOLOOP, and NOFR. Some comments follow.
QDAMP and PDAMP. These keywords control the magnitude of the Newton-
Raphson corrections to the link flow distribution and the nodal pressure distribu-
tion that are computed by PBAL. The use of QDAMP is appropriate when
PBAL is unable to converge because of large changes in link flows. Similarly,
the use of PDAMP is appropriate when PBAL fails to converge because of large
changes in nodal pressures in successive Newton-Raphson iterations.
Trial and error is required to select an appropriate magnitude for QDAMP and/
or PDAMP. If these magnitudes are set too low, then PBAL can require an
excessive amount of computational time to obtain a solution. On the other hand,
if these magnitudes are set too high, then PBAL can rapidly diverge from the
network solution. Clearly, the danger exists that through use of excessively
large values of QDAMP/PDAMP that an initially adequate (and occasionally
difficult to obtain) initial estimate can be lost within a few PBAL iterations.
Because of this, you are advised to save the restart file associated with the initial

estimate, and use the restart allocation option (FLOW=4) in the trial and error
searches for QDAMP/PDAMP.
HALVINGS. This parameter controls the number of interval halvings that are
used by PBAL to correct the magnitude of changes to Newton Raphson correc-
tions in the flow and pressure fields. The default value is (HALVINGS=3).
Increasing this parameter can effectively shrink the magnitude of the Newton-
Raphson corrections in PBAL. You are generally not advised to modify this
parameter.
NOLOOP. As described in the manual this option effectively scales the magni-
tude of Newton-Raphson corrections in PBAL so as to prevent the formation of
closed loops. The option can be appropriate in circumstances in which flow
reversals are expected in looped pipe networks.
NOFR. This option is used to prevent the occurrence of flow reversals in suc-
cessive Newton-Raphson iterations of the PBAL algorithm. This option is
appropriate in cases where PBAL fails to converge because of excessive flow
reversals, and the final distribution of link flows is known.
FLOWALLOC=3. As described above, this algorithm estimates the initial net-
work flowfield by solution of approximate; but, nonlinear equations that con-
serve mass at network junctions. The equations are approximate because
the Beggs-Brill-Moody (BBM) model with no acceleration is used to approxi-
mate the pressure drop across links, and
fluid properties are only evaluated at a fixed number of points (usually only one)
in a traverse across a link.
The nonlinear equations in the initialization scheme are solved by Newton-
Raphson iteration. Generally, the default parameters in the SOLUTION and
TOLERANCE cards are sufficient to ensure that the initialization procedures
converges to a solution. However, there can be circumstances in which adjust-
ment of the default settings are required. Some suggestions follow.
Convergence. You can monitor the convergence of the solution procedure used
in the allocation method through use of the ITER keyword on the PRINT card.
Residuals in the changes of the pressure field between successive Newton Raph-
son iterations, and the magnitude of flow imbalances at network nodes are dis-
played in the iteration history display for the method. Generally the allocation
model will converge to a solution, so long as the displayed residuals of pressure
and flow decrease, more or less continuously, with successive iterations.
Occasionally, the residuals of either one or both of the displayed quantities will
exhibit a sustained increase with successive iterations. In these circumstances the

method will not converge, unless adjustments are made to default settings on the
SOLUTION card. The primary candidates for keyword adjustment are:
a) the extent of under-relaxation, or damping, to the Newton Raphson iterations
through use of the DAMP keyword,
b) the maximum number of allowed iterations through the use of the SUBITERA-
TION keyword, and
c) in multiphase flows in networks (or gathering systems) with large elevation
changes the angle that governs the transition between no-slip and slip flow
through use of the SLIP keyword.
DAMP. In circumstances in which the iteration procedure fails, the user is
advised to increase the amount of damping or under-relaxation through the use
of the DAMP keyword. The default value of DAMP is 0.25. Damping is
increased by decreasing the value of DAMP, e.g., by equating DAMP to 0.05
instead of 0.25. The advantage to increased damping is increased stability in the
solution procedure. The disadvantage is a possible increased requirement for
computational time through an increase in the number of iterations to achieve a
solution.
SUBITERATION. The default number of iterations for this method is 200. This
number might not be sufficient for the amount of damping that is required to
obtain a solution. In these circumstances the value of SUBITERATION should
be increased.
SLIP. The solution procedure used for FLOWALLOC=3, can occasionally fail
with multiphase flows in networks or gathering systems with large elevation
changes. This occurs because the BBM method used to estimate link capacities
can admit more than one solution in links with elevation change. This problem is
alleviated by use of the no-slip BBM model in links in which the elevation
change exceeds the angle define by SLIP.
Tolerances. Occasionally, a display of the iteration history for the iterations
associated with FLOWALLOC=3 will show that the residuals have reached a
lower limit (for pressure change and/or flow imbalance) that exceeds the limits
on the TOLERANCE statement. This implies that the allocation model has
reached a best possible solution for the network. To reduce the number of subi-
terations that are performed, on subsequent runs of PIPEPHASE, you can either
reduce the number of subiterations or can increase the values of PTOL and
QTOL on the TOLERANCE statement.
There are also circumstances in which an examination of the residual history shows
that the residuals for the allocation model are falling when either PTOL or QTOL are
reached. This implies that by lowering the tolerances PTOL and QTOL, the user

should be able to obtain an even better solution to the approximate network flow
field. The effort to do this, however, is often not necessary, as the PBAL algorithm
that follows the FLOWALLOC=3 initialization procedure does require an accurate
initial solution estimate.
Miscellaneous Assists to PBAL Convergence. The keywords CHOKE and
WELLS on the SOLUTION statement, and the keyword QMIN on individual link
statements offer additional features that can help the PBAL algorithm to converge to
a solution. The explanation is given below.
CHOKE. The ability of the PBAL algorithm to converge to a solution of a pipe
network is often strained by the presence of one or several chokes that operate in
the regimes of critical flow. This occurs because the presence of chokes in criti-
cal flow introduces a discontinuity into the pressure distribution within links.
6-35 below shows a typical choke performance curve. The Newton-Ransom method has
no problem solving the network when the choke is in the sub-critical flow region.
However, when the flow becomes critical, the Newton derivative approaches infinity and
the N-R method mathematically breaks down. As a result the N-R solver has great
difficulty finding a solution in the critical flow region.
Figure 6-35: Choke Performance Curve (Choke Outlet Pressure vs. Flow Rate)
In order to assist PBAL, there are 4 options:

The default method (CHOKE = 1) is to use an exponential broadening of the pressure
transition that accompanies critical flow. The PIPEPHASE choke model substitutes the
straight vertical line, denoting critical flow, with an exponential curve. This is the red

dashed line shown in 6-35 above. In this way the Newton-Ransom solver finds it easier
to calculate a critical flow value for the choke. Option two (CHOKE = 2) replaces the
exponential curve with a straight line (i.e. blue dashed line shown in 6-35 above)
Engineers simulating a PIPEPHASE network containing chokes in critical flow will
often modify the slopes of these lines to make it easier for the N-R solver to reach a
converged solution. The slope is adjusted by specifying the "Rate Tolerance".
See "Max Possible Error" illustrated in 6-35.
Clearly as the Rate Tolerance is increased, the solver finds it easier to reach a solution.
However, the critical flow rate calculated using this method has the potential to exceed
the actual critical flow rate by a fraction of the value specified in the Rate Tolerance
window. Generally the relative size of this flow rate error is small when compared to the
total flow rate of the well. This approach ensures the results generated give an accurate
picture of the true potential of the well.
In option 3 (CHOKE = 3), the user activates an algorithm in PIPEPHASE such that it
calculates the critical flow rate for the link before solving the network. This method is
only applicable for Source links where the pressure has been fixed. For such simulations,
"DP from Network" is the recommended choke method as its the most mathematically
stable and rigorous.
Figure 6-36: DP from Network Method
Figure 6-30: By selecting "DP from Network", (Choke=3) the user forces PIPEPHASE
to calculate the critical flow rate for a given Pin and set this as the Qmax constraint for
the link. The Critical flow rate is defined as the intersection of the Tubing Performance
Curve and the Critical Choke Performance Curve.

Once PIPEPHASE calculates the Critical flow rate, Qmax for the link is set to this value.
In other words it sets a constraint, which specified that as long as the BHP remains
constant, the flow rate in the link cannot exceed the calculated Critical flow rate. This
acts as a safety net to ensure that PIPEPHASE can never calculate an unrealistic flow
rate through the choke (i.e. for a given bottom hole pressure PipePhase will always
calculate a flow rate less than or equal to the Critical flow rate for the link). The Qmax
logic enables PIPEPHASE to solve the Network rigorously and in a very stable manner
while at the same time preserving the physics of the choke flow as expressed in the
equations below.
P out
--------- r c
P in
(6-89)
Q Qc
(6-90)
where:
Pout = Pressure down stream of the Choke
Pin = Pressure upstream of the Choke
rc = Critical Pressure Ratio
Qc = Critical Flow Rate
Q = Flow rate through the choke
Note the Gilbert choke model only operates on the Critical Choke Performance Curve.
The Gilbert coefficients determine the slope of this line. Fortunati, Perkins, and Ueda on
the other hand can operate on the Critical Choke Performance Curve plus anywhere
within the Sub-Critical Flow Region.
For "Critical Pressure Ratio", (i.e. CHOKE=4) a different convention is used. Instead of
PIPEPHASE imposing constraints by way of an exponential or linear curve the
following equation is used.
For Q > Qcritical
P out
--------- r c
P in
(6-91)

This convention makes for a stable network model as the choke outlet pressure is simply
computed using above equation for the Critical Pressure Ratio. Ueda, Fortunati &
Perkins models can all predict critical flow and an associated critical pressure ratio. The
user can override the calculated critical pressure ratio by specifying a value in the Choke
unit DEW.
Unfortunately as demonstrated in the diagram below, by calculating the outlet pressure
of the choke based solely on the critical pressure ratio, there are cases where this method
will quite happily predict flow rates through the choke far in excess of the real critical
flow rate for a given bottom hole pressure. As a result, this method is not recommended
when modeling chokes.
Figure 6-37: Choke Performance Curve
Figure 6-31: Choke Performance Curve as defined by Choke=4. Notice following this
curve it is possible to predict flow rates through the choke far in excess of the actual
critical flow rate. As a result, this method is not recommended when modeling chokes.
QMIN. This keyword appears on individual LINK statements. This keyword
constrains the minimum flow in links to be greater than a user specifiable value.
This feature can be useful in seeking the solution to network flows in which
links not associated with wells can display heading phenomena.
MBAL Solution Algorithm
The MBAL solution algorithm offers an alternative to PBAL for the solution of single
phase network flows. As with PBAL, the defaults that govern the operation of this
algorithm can require adjustment for successful solution of network flow fields.
Suggested keywords for modification include: RELAX, DAMP, SUBITERATION,
QTOL, PTOL and TTOL. Explanations follow:
DAMP and RELAX. As with the Newton-Raphson procedure used with the
FLOWALLOC=3 option of PBAL, under-relaxation of Newton-Raphson steps can
be required with the MBAL algorithm. The keyword DAMP applies to the initial
solution estimate used by MBAL (this is the same algorithm that is used in the
PBAL initialization procedure FLOWALLOC=3), and the keyword RELAX applies
to the non-linear MBAL solution procedure. The default value of both keywords is
0.25. A reduction in the value of these parameters is warranted in circumstances in
which an examination of the residual history (either flow imbalances or nodal pres-
sures) does not show a sustained decrease. Please see above comments for the use of
the DAMP keyword in the FLOWALLOC=3 option of PBAL.
SUBITERATIONS. Because the MBAL algorithm is independent of PBAL, you
must ensure that sufficient iterations are allocated for the chosen level of under-
relaxation through either DAMP or RELAX for the desired solution tolerances to be
attained. The default value of the parameter is 200.
QTOL, PTOL and TTOL. These define the required level of convergence for the
nodal flows, and the changes in the pressure and temperature fields. You are advised,
that often the application of the MBAL algorithm yields minimum values of these
quantities that exceed the specified values of QTOL, PTOL and TTOL. Often this
can not be changed. In these circumstances, you are advised to relax the solution
requirements for the MBAL algorithm.

Sub-Network Algorithm
Introduction
In a network, PIPEPHASE allows the user to specify upstream pressure or flow rate to a
Choke (MCHOK)/ Regulator (MREG) or the inlet pressure to a compressor
(MCOMPRESSOR). When these specifications are invoked, PIPEPHASE automatically
breaks the original network at the device inlet into two new separate subnetworks
(pseudo-links). PIPEPHASE then uses the sub-network algorithm to rigorously solve the
resultant network.
If MCHOK is specified, PIPEPHASE will calculate the choke size that is required to
meet the specification. Similarly PIPEPHASE will calculate the Compressor Power if
the MCOMP with specified inlet pressure is invoked.
Figure 6-38: Original Link
Link name = L1
A B
Mreg or Mchok or
Mcomp
Inlet Pressure or Flow specified
When the specification as mentioned above are invoked for the devices, subnetworks are
formed with
Upstream link containing all the devices before the break point
Downstream link containing all the devices after the break point.
During the formation of subnetwork, a new sink (pseudo sink) is created for the
upstream link and simultaneously a new source (pseudo-source) is created for the
downstream link. The upstream link retains the original link name but the downstream
link will be given an unique link name. The new nodes (pseudo-sink and pseudo-source)
are also assigned internally generated unique names.
Many sub-networks will be created if several such devices are included in the network.
At calculation time the sub-network containing the upstream link(s) is solved prior to the
sub-network containing the downstream link(s). The flow coming out of the upstream
link (pseudo sink) is transferred to the downstream link (pseudo source); prior to the
calculation of the downstream sub-network pseudo link.
Figure 6-39: Broken Links (Sub-Network)
Flow specified
source
Link name = L1 Link name = 1
A 2 3 B
Mreg or Mchok or
Mcomp
Pressure or flow
specified sink
To properly set up sub-network problems the following conditions must be met:

Each pseudo-sink and pseudo-source pair must occur in separated sub-network.
Each sub-network's boundary conditions must be such that each sub-network prob-
lem is an independent well-posed network problem. Ensure that the boundary condi-
tion of each sub-network honors the required Network Well-Posedness conditions.
Each pseudo-link must have at-least one pressure loss device (not counting the
MCHOK, MREG, or MCOMPRESSOR).
Some Network Well-Posedness conditions that needs to be met for each sub-network:
At least one pressure in the network must be fixed.
At least one sink or source must occur.
Each link must have at least one device that has a consistent variation of pressure-
drop as a function of flow rate (flow-pressure drop performance relationship).
Frequently Asked Questions

This section presents and answers those queries most commonly asked through SimScis
worldwide technical support network. PIPEPHASE users and readers of this manual are
encouraged to provide feedback on the content and layout of this section to ensure future
editions of the manual are of practical use to the user.

FAQ 1: What are the merits of the K-factor and K-multiplier in
fitting pressure drops?
Referring back to equation 6-18 where the form of the frictional pressure loss in a pipe of
circular cross-section was derived:
2
dp- fd v
-----
dL FRICTION = -------------
2g c d i
- (6-92)
Integrating equation (6-92) over a section of pipe of length L gives:
2
f d v
P = ------------ (6-93)
2g c d
If we now define the term head, which is gained or lost over a length of pipe L, as hL,
where P = ghL (for each pressure drop term in equation (6-19)), then the velocity in a
pipe changes at the expense of the static, or elevation head. Therefore the decrease in
the elevation head due to velocity is known as the velocity head:
2
v-
H L = ------- (6-94)
2g c
The flow of fluid through a valve or other pipe fitting, such as an elbow, will also result
in a change in head. This may also be expressed in terms of the velocity head:
2
v
H L = K -------- (6-95)
2g c
The loss term K in equation (6-95) is defined as the resistance coefficient, K-factor, or
number of velocity heads. The K-factor, therefore, can be viewed as a constant for any
particular valve or fitting, and independent of friction factor or Reynolds number. From
equation (6-93), the frictional pressure drop over a straight section of pipe is similarly
given by:
2
L v
H L = f --- -------- (6-96a)
d 2g c
where:
L
K = f --- (6-96b)
d

L
K MUL = --- (6-96c)
d
Therefore by equating equations (6-100) and (6-101), it can be seen that the K-factor is
equivalent to (f L/d), where the ratio L/d is the equivalent length (in pipe diameters) of
straight pipe that will cause the same pressure drop as the valve or fitting under the same
flowing conditions.
Crane57 presents evidence that in valves and fittings the K-factor varies with size as
does the friction factor, f, for straight clean commercial steel pipe at flow conditions
resulting in a constant friction factor, and [the] equivalent length L/d tends toward a
constant for the various sizes of a given line of valves or fittings at the same flow
conditions. This conclusion leads to the idea that instead of using a K-factor, the
equivalent length, L/d, should instead be used as a constant multiplier of the friction
factor. The value of the constant should then be derived from field test data and
applicable to all sizes of the particular valve or fitting with which it is identified. In
PIPEPHASE the equivalent length constant, as reported in standard publications such as
Crane, is known as the K-multiplier (keyword KMUL).
In summary, therefore, the K-multiplier should always be chosen, if available, in
preference over a K-factor value, since the K-factor varies with the size of the valve or
fitting.
FAQ 2: Should one use equivalent lengths inside links with two-phase
flow to represent fitting pressure drops?
The K-factor - pipe equivalent length analogy was originally derived only for
incompressible single phase flow (see previous FAQ), where the pressure drop is due
only to friction. The analogy is also applicable for single phase compressible flow where
velocities and velocity changes (i.e., acceleration) are low.
However, for two-phase flow in pipes the same analogy cannot be applied, and the use of
equivalent pipe lengths is not recommended as good simulation practice. The
equivalent length value (i.e., the K-multiplier) multiplied by the prevailing friction
factor is not the same as the true K-factor because the accelerational effects are not
considered in its evaluation. In typical piping system simulations these acceleration
terms may be significant and can cause pressure drops to be predicted which are much
higher than the K-factor method. In the case of two-phase flow, there is no direct
established procedure, equivalent to that presented in the previous FAQ, to derive the
equivalent length analogy, and therefore it should not be used in these situations. A
two-phase multiplier, j, is used in PIPEPHASE (see a previous section in this chapter on
Fittings for further information) to correct the single phase pressure drop equation
(6-96a) for a fitting device to account for two-phase flow.

FAQ 3: How do you explain a pressure recovery over an expansion
device?
An expansion is a device in PIPEPHASE which models the pressure change in a fluid
moving from one pipe diameter to another of larger diameter. The pressure change over
an expansion across which fluid is moving from one circular pipe to another circular
pipe of larger diameter (as opposed to a pipe exit, where no velocity recovery can occur),
consists of two terms:
1. Velocity head change
2. Friction head loss
Qualitatively, the velocity head tends to cause a pressure increase, and the friction
component causes a pressure decrease. The pressure drop equation over an expansion for
a single phase fluid can be shown to be (see Crane57, p2-11):
2
A 2 L v
P = 1 -----1 K exp --------- (6-97)
A2 2g c
where:
subscripts 1 and 2 refer to the small and large diameter points respectively, and
Kexp = the user-supplied K-factor
If we define as the ratio A1/A2, then it can be seen by inspection of equation (6-97) that
if 1-2- Kexp > 0 then P2 > P1 and there is a pressure recovery.
This phenomenon occurs when the 1-2, or velocity head loss is larger than the frictional
pressure loss over the expansion (as calculated by the Crane methods). Pressure rises
over expansion devices are generally unusual, but if they occur in network simulations,
then PIPEPHASE may have trouble solving pressure balances because of this behavior.
In these cases the user should replace these devices with other devices exhibiting
equivalent, but continuous, pressure vs. flow behavior, such as DPDT devices or
alternative fittings with similar K-factors.
2
v v
2
P = K exp -------1- + ----------------
- (6-98)
2g c 2g c
Since PIPEPHASE evaluates conditions at the inlet conditions to the fitting, the velocity
head term can be expanded:

2 L 2 2
v - = -------
---------------- -v v (6-99)
2g c 2g c 2 1

From the Conservation of Momentum equation, and using inlet densities:
A1 v1 = A2 v2 (6-100)
2 2
A1 v
-----2 = ----22 (6-101)
A2 v1
2 2
A
2 v2 v1
-----1 1 = --------------- (6-102)
A 2 2
v1
2
v
2 L v1 A1 2
----------------- = ----------- ----- 1 (6-103)
2g c 2g c A 2
Substituting equation (6-103) into equation (6-99), and reversing the signs gives
equation (6-88).
FAQ 4: Why does PIPEPHASE have two network solution

methods (Flare and Network)?
The Network solution method in PIPEPHASE is a general purpose algorithm, geared
towards solving as wide a variety of networks as possible. In the case of flare networks,
the nature of such systems dictates the possibility of very high velocities and perhaps
critical flow in parts of the system. The general purpose network algorithm (PBAL)
operates in a forward-marching, simultaneous manner. Therefore if a discontinuity were
to occur at the end of a link in this algorithm, there may conceivably be multiple
solutions for the true outlet pressure of that node. In the Flare algorithm the algorithm
works backwards from the flare base, and therefore a check can be made at the
beginning of each link for critical flow. The upstream pressure which would be required
to achieve this condition can then be calculated.
FAQ 5: What is the relation between discharge coefficients used in valve

sizing and the K-factor used to define pressure drop?
PIPEPHASE models the pressure drop across a device/fitting as:
q 2
K ---
A
p = ---------------- (6-104)
2
where:
p = device pressure drop
q/A = mass flux per unit area

= no-slip fluid density
= two-phase fluid multiplier
K= device K-factor
The device K-factor that appears in equation (6-104) can be related to the discharge
coefficient Kd used to size valves in the API 520 (1993) formula for liquid relief:
Q G
A = -------------------------- ------- (6-105)
38K d K w K v P
where:
A= Required effective discharge area (in2)
Q= Flowrate (US gal/min)
Kd = Effective coefficient of discharge for valve
Kw = Correction factor due to back pressure (Kw=1 for conventional valves)
Kv = Correction factor due to viscosity as determined from Figure 32 of API 520 (1993)
G Specific gravity of the liquid at the flowing temperature referred to water = 1.0 at
70 F
P Valve pressure drop
In the limit of single-phase liquid flow, equation (6-105) can be combined with equation
(6-104) to yield the following relation for K-factor in terms of the valve discharge
coefficient Kd and viscosity correction factor Kv:
1
K = ------------
2 2
- (6-106a)
Kd Kv
In the limit of high Reynolds number flows Kv approaches 1, so that equation (6-106a)
can be approximated as:
1-
K = ----- (6-106b)
2
Kd
FAQ 6: What is the relation between the flow coefficient of a valve (Cv)
and the K-factor for the valve?
The flow coefficient Cv of a valve is defined as the volumetric flux of water, in either
UK or US gallons per minute, at a temperature of 60 and at a pressure drop of one
pound per square inch (1 psia) across the valve (Crane, 1988).
The following expressions relate the resistance coefficient K to Cv:
For valve flows in UK gallons per minute:

2
24.9d
C v = ---------------- (6-107a)
K
For valve flows in US gallons per minute:
2
29.9d
C v = ---------------- (6-107b)
K
where:
d = diameter of the value (in)
Clearly, the coefficient Cv can be related to the discharge coefficient Kd of a valve
through equations (6-107a) and (6-107b).
FAQ 7: What is the relation between the Joule-Thomson effect

and adiabatic flashing?
Gases can often be cooled when subject to a sufficiently rapid expansion. The cooling
phenomenon, which is termed the Joule-Thomson effect, forms the basis of a number of
refrigeration processes. In everyday use, the Joule-Thomson effect can be seen in the
temperature fall that accompanies the rapid release of the contents of an aerosol can.
When flowing gases are allowed to expand from a higher pressure to a lower pressure
without producing work, i.e., across an insulated valve, the heat transfer effects are
negligible and the flow can be approximated as adiabatic. Furthermore, if the changes in
kinetic and potential energy are negligible, then the expansion can be approximated as
isenthalpic: see equation (6-4a). Thus:
H = H 2 H 1 (6-108)
where:
H1 and H2 = the enthalpies upstream and downstream of the expansion
The temperature drop that accompanies the pressure drop across the expansion is termed
the Joule-Thomson65 effect. In the limit of incremental changes in pressure, the
temperature change across the expansion is quantified by the Joule-Thomson coefficient:
T
JT = ------ (6-109)
P H
where:

JT = Joule-Thomson coefficient
Note: JT can be either positive or negative. In an ideal gas, JT is zero. The Joule-
Thomson effect occurs in those gases for which JT is positive.
FAQ 8: How can I make PIPEPHASE use my own mixture physical

property data in compositional fluid-type simulations?
Note: This method is not applicable when using the SHORTPIPE segment calculation
method.
When running single-link or network-type simulations using the compositional fluid

model, physical and thermodynamic properties are generated automatically by
PIPEPHASEs transport and thermodynamic methods, using information from pure
component databanks and/or built-in predictive property correlations.
Users may occasionally prefer to use their own values for certain physical properties,
such as mixture fluid density, mixture vapor thermal conductivity, etc., They can do this
by using the PVTGEN option on the CALCULATION statement in the General Data
Category of input.
By using the PVTGEN option, the user can instruct PIPEPHASE to suppress any
thermophysical property calculations and instead generate a separate file containing all
PVT data required for the subsequent simulation. The flow chart outlining this procedure
is shown below in Figure 6-40, using a single link example, of filename TEST.INP:
Figure 6-40: Flowchart for Problem TEST.INP

For this example, let us assume that the user wishes to override PIPEPHASE-generated
values for liquid density. The step-wise procedure for achieving this is:
Construct the PIPEPHASE input file so as to generate a PVT property data file,
TEST.PVT. Refer to 4, for the keyword constructs and see the following TEST.INP file
as an example. Note that when using the CALC ...PVTGEN option the entry of any
device data in the Structure Data Category of input is disallowed, and that in the PVT
Property Data Category of input only one source can have property data generated over a
user-defined temperature and pressure range. This means that in network simulations
where there is more than one source composition, this method is inapplicable as a one-
run solution, and the user must split the system up into one-source-composition sub-
structures and run each concurrently. In entering the range of temperatures and pressures
over which the property data tables are to be generated, the user must ensure all
simulation conditions are covered, and must pay particular attention to two-phase
systems where a sudden phase transition may occur. In these cases the temperature range
must be input such that smaller temperature increments are specified over the boiling
range of the fluid.
TEST.INP
TITL PROJ=PVT EX, PROB=MANNUAL, DATE=JUN94$
DESC This file generates a .PVT file which is to be used
DESC in a subsequent run. Note that device data input is not
DESC permitted for any .PVT file generation runs.
$
DIME PETRO,TEMP=C,PRES=KPA,RATE(M)=MOLH,RATE(W)=LBHR,*
RATE(LV)=GPM,RATE(GV)=CFD,LENG=FT,IN,DENS=SPGR, *
VISC=CP,DUTY=BTUH,POWER=HP,VELO=FPS
CALC COMPOSITIONAL, PVTGEN
DEFA TAMB=85.
PRINT DEVICE=PART,INPUT=FULL,CONNECT=NONE,PLOT=NONE,FLASH=NONE,ITER
$
PVT PROPERTY DATA
SET SETN=1,VISC(C,CST)=150,2.2/250,.9
GENERATE SOURCE=S1,SETN=1,TEMP=100,150,200,250,300,*
PRES=40,80,120,160,180,200,240 *
PRINT=LDEN,LVIS
$
COMPONENT DATA
LIBID 1,NC12/2,DOWG
PETRO 3,DOW2,300,0.8100,425
$
METHODS DATA
THERMO SYSTEM=SRK
$
STRUCTURE DATA
SOURCE NAME=S1,PRES=181,TEMP=200,RATE(W,ESTI)=760000,*
COMP=1,0.11/2,0.8/3,0.09, SETN=1
$
SINK NAME=SK1,PRES=181,RATE(W,ESTI)=760000
$
LINK NAME=L1,F=S1,T=SK1
$
END
The file TEST.PVT which is generated from step (1) is shown below (in abridged format
for clarity). PIPEPHASE uses the data in this file in step (3) when the original file
TEST.INP is re-run. The data contained within the file are in fixed format, and the units
of measure for each property are also fixed. Since in this example the user wishes to
override liquid density information (to make all values of density at all specified
temperature and pressure ranges equal to 50 lb/ft3), the new values are manually input by
the user, overwriting those internally generated:
TEST.PVT
6 1 COMPOSITIONAL TABLE
1 INTRP 0 EXTRP
6 TEMP 5.19670E+02 6.71670E+02 7.61670E+02 8.51670E+02 9.41670E+02
1.03167E+03
8 PRESS 5.80152E+00 1.16030E+01 1.46959E+01 1.74046E+01 2.32061E+01
2.61068E+01 2.90076E+01 3.48091E+01
3 COMP 1.10000E-01 8.00000E-01 9.00000E-02
0 BUB-T
0 DEW-T
0 WAT-T
0 BUB-P
0 DEW-P
0 WAT-P
AMW 2.12138E+02
TCRIT 1.44092E+03
PCRIT 3.45631E+02
1 PHASE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 PHASE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 PHASE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 PHASE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
5 PHASE 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
6 PHASE 1 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
1 VFRAC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 VFRAC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 VFRAC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 VFRAC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 VFRAC 7.75616E-01 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 VFRAC 1.00000E+00 9.25658E-01 8.43983E-01 6.98157E-01 7.42643E-02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 LFRAC 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
2 LFRAC 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
3 LFRAC 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
4 LFRAC 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
5 LFRAC 2.24384E-01 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
6 LFRAC 0.00000E+00 7.43422E-02 1.56017E-01 3.01843E-01 9.25736E-01
1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
1 VMW 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 VMW 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 VMW 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 VMW 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 VMW 2.04269E+02 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 VMW 2.12138E+02 2.08475E+02 2.06323E+02 2.04524E+02 1.96965E+02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 LMW 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
2 LMW 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02

2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
3 LMW 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
4 LMW 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
5 LMW 2.39336E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
6 LMW 0.00000E+00 2.57746E+02 2.43593E+02 2.29748E+02 2.13355E+02
2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02 2.12138E+02
1 VDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 VDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 VDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 VDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 VDENS 1.19806E-01 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 VDENS 1.13306E-01 2.26543E-01 2.86308E-01 3.38524E-01 4.40871E-01
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 LDENS 6.32289E+01 6.32318E+01 6.32334E+01 6.32348E+01 6.32377E+01
6.32392E+01 6.32406E+01 6.32436E+01
2 LDENS 5.96295E+01 5.96336E+01 5.96358E+01 5.96377E+01 5.96418E+01
5.96439E+01 5.96459E+01 5.96500E+01
3 LDENS 5.75040E+01 5.75087E+01 5.75112E+01 5.75133E+01 5.75180E+01
5.75203E+01 5.75226E+01 5.75272E+01
4 LDENS 5.52552E+01 5.52608E+01 5.52637E+01 5.52664E+01 5.52719E+01
5.52747E+01 5.52775E+01 5.52831E+01
5 LDENS 4.95052E+01 5.27863E+01 5.27903E+01 5.27938E+01 5.28012E+01
5.28049E+01 5.28086E+01 5.28161E+01
6 LDENS 0.00000E+00 4.46015E+01 4.63987E+01 4.85330E+01 5.02346E+01
5.00085E+01 5.00138E+01 5.00244E+01
1 WDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 WDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 WDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 WDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 WDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 WDENS 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 VENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 VENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 VENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 VENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 VENTH 9.91163E+03 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 VENTH 1.88580E+04 1.48200E+04 1.29382E+04 1.26260E+04 2.36420E+04
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 LENTH -2.26520E+04 -2.26476E+04 -2.26452E+04 -2.26432E+04 -2.26388E+04
-2.26365E+04 -2.26343E+04 -2.26299E+04
2 LENTH -1.72126E+04 -1.72085E+04 -1.72062E+04 -1.72043E+04 -1.72002E+04
-1.71981E+04 -1.71961E+04 -1.71919E+04
3 LENTH -1.37436E+04 -1.37398E+04 -1.37377E+04 -1.37358E+04 -1.37321E+04
-1.37301E+04 -1.37282E+04 -1.37243E+04
4 LENTH -1.00723E+04 -1.00689E+04 -1.00670E+04 -1.00654E+04 -1.00620E+04
-1.00603E+04 -1.00586E+04 -1.00552E+04
5 LENTH 1.18035E+04 -6.17741E+03 -6.17622E+03 -6.17498E+03 -6.17230E+03
-6.17096E+03 -6.16969E+03 -6.16693E+03
6 LENTH 0.00000E+00 4.08897E+04 2.52328E+04 9.91483E+03 -2.56503E+03
-2.03245E+03 -2.03175E+03 -2.03032E+03
1 WENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 WENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 WENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 WENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 WENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 WENTH 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 VENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 VENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 VENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 VENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 VENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 VENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 LENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 LENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 LENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 LENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 LENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 LENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 WENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 WENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 WENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 WENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 WENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 WENTR 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 VVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 VVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 VVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 VVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 VVISC 8.96134E-03 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 VVISC 9.11876E-03 9.48192E-03 9.68948E-03 9.81842E-03 9.81146E-03
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 LVISC 5.89668E+01 5.89696E+01 5.89711E+01 5.89723E+01 5.89751E+01
5.89765E+01 5.89778E+01 5.89806E+01
2 LVISC 4.41840E+00 4.41871E+00 4.41887E+00 4.41901E+00 4.41932E+00
4.41947E+00 4.41962E+00 4.41992E+00
3 LVISC 2.02648E+00 2.02664E+00 2.02673E+00 2.02680E+00 2.02697E+00
2.02705E+00 2.02713E+00 2.02729E+00
4 LVISC 1.16371E+00 1.16383E+00 1.16389E+00 1.16395E+00 1.16406E+00
1.16412E+00 1.16418E+00 1.16430E+00
5 LVISC 7.13697E-01 7.61000E-01 7.61058E-01 7.61108E-01 7.61215E-01
7.61268E-01 7.61322E-01 7.61429E-01
6 LVISC 0.00000E+00 4.81529E-01 5.00933E-01 5.23975E-01 5.42346E-01
5.39905E-01 5.39962E-01 5.40076E-01
1 WVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 WVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 WVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 WVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 WVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 WVISC 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 VCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 VCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 VCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 VCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 VCOND 1.38256E-02 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 VCOND 1.55415E-02 1.61361E-02 1.64906E-02 1.67451E-02 1.72699E-02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 LCOND 6.39367E-02 6.39571E-02 6.39671E-02 6.39755E-02 6.39928E-02
6.40011E-02 6.40092E-02 6.40251E-02
2 LCOND 5.79183E-02 5.79404E-02 5.79511E-02 5.79601E-02 5.79784E-02
5.79872E-02 5.79958E-02 5.80124E-02
3 LCOND 5.41696E-02 5.41940E-02 5.42058E-02 5.42157E-02 5.42357E-02
5.42452E-02 5.42546E-02 5.42726E-02
4 LCOND 5.02529E-02 5.02810E-02 5.02944E-02 5.03056E-02 5.03284E-02
5.03392E-02 5.03498E-02 5.03701E-02
5 LCOND 4.70671E-02 4.61722E-02 4.61888E-02 4.62024E-02 4.62299E-02
4.62430E-02 4.62556E-02 4.62798E-02
6 LCOND 0.00000E+00 4.40660E-02 4.32161E-02 4.25578E-02 4.26664E-02
4.29022E-02 4.29182E-02 4.29487E-02
1 WCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 WCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 WCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 WCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 WCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 WCOND 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
1 LSURF 3.94058E+01 3.94058E+01 3.94058E+01 3.94058E+01 3.94058E+01
3.94058E+01 3.94058E+01 3.94058E+01
2 LSURF 3.17187E+01 3.17187E+01 3.17187E+01 3.17187E+01 3.17187E+01
3.17187E+01 3.17187E+01 3.17187E+01
3 LSURF 2.73074E+01 2.73074E+01 2.73074E+01 2.73074E+01 2.73074E+01
2.73074E+01 2.73074E+01 2.73074E+01
4 LSURF 2.30138E+01 2.30138E+01 2.30138E+01 2.30138E+01 2.30138E+01
2.30138E+01 2.30138E+01 2.30138E+01
5 LSURF 1.80006E+01 1.88521E+01 1.88521E+01 1.88521E+01 1.88521E+01
1.88521E+01 1.88521E+01 1.88521E+01
6 LSURF 0.00000E+00 1.37379E+01 1.42221E+01 1.48285E+01 1.50154E+01
1.48410E+01 1.48410E+01 1.48410E+01
1 WSURF 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 WSURF 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 WSURF 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 WSURF 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 WSURF 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 WSURF 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0 0 END-OF-FILE

Again, referring to 4, the original TEST.INP file should be modified so as to:
Eliminate the PVTGEN keyword from the CALC... statement.
Replace the PVT Property Data Category of input GENERATE statement with the
statement FILE SETN=1. This ensures the declared SET NUMBERS match
between TEST.INP and TEST.PVT files.
Add all relevant device data to the link statement(s).
TEST.INP
TITL PROJ=PVT EX, PROB=PVT READ, DATE=JUN94
$
DESC
DESC This file reads in the previously generated .PVT
DESC
$
DIME PETRO,TEMP=C,PRES=KPA,RATE(M)=MOLH,RATE(W)=LBHR,*
RATE(LV)=GPM,RATE(GV)=CFD,LENG=FT,IN,DENS=SPGR, *
VISC=CP,DUTY=BTUH,POWER=HP,VELO=FPS
CALC COMPOSITIONAL
DEFA TAMB=85.
PRINT DEVICE=PART,INPUT=FULL,CONNECT=NONE,PLOT=NONE,FLASH=NONE,ITER
$
PVT PROPERTY DATA
SET SETN=1
$
COMPONENT DATA
LIBID 1,NC12/2,DOWG
PETRO 3,DOW2,300,0.8100,425
$
METHODS DATA
THERMO SYSTEM=SRK
$
STRUCTURE DATA
SOURCE NAME=S1,PRES=181,TEMP=200,RATE(W,ESTI)=700000,*
COMP=1,0.11/2,0.8/3,0.09, SETN=1
$
SINK NAME=SK1,PRES=181,RATE(W,ESTI)=700000
$
LINK NAME=L1,F=S1,T=SK1
PIPE ID=16 ,LENGTH=40
PIPE ID=16 ,LENGTH=28
VALV IDIN=16,IDOUT=16,K=533
PUMP CURVE(GPM,FT)=1000,341,35/2000,337,57/*
3000,328,73/4000,315,81/5000,284,85
PIPE ID=12,LENGTH=80
PUMP CURVE(GPM,FT)=1000,341,35/2000,337,57/*
3000,328,73/4000,315,81/5000,284,85
DPDT NAME=DP1,CURVE(,KPA,C)=198600,-43,0/396000,-172,0/79200,-688,0
HEATER NAME=H1,TOUT=260
CONTR IDIN=12,IDOUT=6
DPDT NAME=DP2,CURVE(,KPA,C)=214500,-34.5,0/429000,-138,0/858000,-552,0
COOLER NAME=CRX1,TOUT=205
$
END

FAQ 9: How can I increase the speed of execution of a simulation run?
For simulations involving large networks and using a compositional fluid model,
calculation times may be large. If several cases of such simulation types require running
in succession, then time-saving measures should be taken seriously in completing a
study. Calculation time-saving measures, with comments, are given below.
Switch segment calculation type from the default to the SHORTPIPE method. The
SHORTPIPE method is non-iterative and can speed up execution time by up to an
order of magnitude. Care must be taken when using this method, however, in high
velocity flow systems. Since SHORTPIPE uses inlet conditions to a segment to com-
pute physical properties, any large change in these properties over the length of a
segment (as encountered in high velocity systems) will be missed. For such systems,
you should ensure the segment length corresponds to at most 10% of the pipe inlet
pressure. This will generally mean running the simulation twice first to ascertain
pressure drops, and second to implement the required change to the segment size.
Low velocity systems generally need less attention to such segment size restrictions.
(Not when using the SHORTPIPE method.) If the fluid in the simulation is known to
remain in only the liquid or in only the gas phase for all conditions, then a qualifier
may be used in the CALCULATION COMPOSITIONAL statement which disables
any flash calculations being performed (i.e., COMP(GAS) or COMP(LIQ)). This
will speed up execution time by up an order of magnitude.
If only one source composition is being used, the PVTGEN option (explained in
FAQ 8 and detailed in 4) can be invoked where PIPEPHASE will neither perform
flash calculations nor property calculations and instead look up any required value
from a pre-generated table (.PVT file). This table can be generated and saved for use
in subsequent simulations, or can be generated and used in the same simulation (in
which case the .PVT file will not be saved). Significant calculation time enhance-
ments can be expected using this procedure. However, care must be taken in the gen-
eration of the property tables to ensure that phase transitions are adequately bounded
by temperature and pressure points, and upper and lower tabulated limits cover the
expected simulation range.
If the simulation involves low velocity fluids, then the accelerational component of the
overall fluid pressure drop will not be significant, and by invoking CALC
NOACCELERATION this calculation is disabled. Only marginal calculation speed
increases can be expected using this option. This option should be used only as a last
resort and has been included in this FAQ section for completeness.

FAQ 10: What are the *.GR1, *.GR2, *.GR3, and *.GR4 files that are
produced when I run PC PIPEPHASE?
The *.GR? files are ASCII text files which are used by the PC Graphical User Interface
to plot information to the screen.
The *.GR1 file contains link plot information.
The *.GR2 file contains node summary information.
The *.GR3 file contains information for the link phase envelope.
The *.GR4 file contains information from depressuring vessel simulations.
FAQ 11: FAQ 11: Why is the OLGAS model reporting a negative frictional
pressure loss?
The OLGAS mechanistic model occasionally shows negative frictional pressure losses
in vertical slug flow with low flow rates. In slug flow, OLGAS calculates the pressure
drop in the slug and the bubble. In the bubble, the liquid may be flowing downward,
down the walls of the pipe, giving a negative friction pressure gradient. If the friction
gradient is low in the slug, the net result may be an overall negative frictional pressure
gradient. It is usually a small number compared to the overall pressure gradient.
Data Transfer System

PIPEPHASE is able to read in stream data from the output of a PRO/II simulation. A
block diagram showing how this information link works is shown below in Figure 6-41.
Figure 6-41: Block Diagram of Data Transfer System

Procedure for Accessing PRO/II Stream Data
Assuming there is a PRO/II simulation input file named PROII.INP, you should first run
the PRO/II simulation. Include the statement DBASE DATA=STREAM in the General
Data Category of input (see example input files below). This will produce a text file
named PROII.P2I (alongside normally produced output files) which contains
information for all input and calculated streams in a format which is readable to both
PRO/II and PIPEPHASE.
The PROII.P2I file should then be copied from the PRO/II user directory into the
PIPEPHASE user directory, and the file should be renamed to be the same as the target
PIPEPHASE input file name, but keeping the extension .P2I. In this example, let us
assume that our PIPEPHASE input file is named TEST.INP. The stream data file
PROII.P2I should then be renamed TEST.P2I.
The source data input in the Structure Data Category of input in the PIPEPHASE file
must include one of the keywords documented below, depending on which data is to be
retrieved from the PRO/II stream output. The PRO/II file which generated the TEST.P2I
file is shown below:
TITLE PROJECT=SAMPLE,PROBLEM=DATA,USER=SIMSCI,DATE=1994
DESC FOR USE IN STREAM DATA TO EXAMPLE
DIME SI, TEMP=C, PRES=KPA, XDEN=SPGR
PRINT RATE=M, STREAM=ALL, INPUT=PART
DBASE DATA=STREAM
*
COMPONENT DATA
*
LIBID 1,NITROGEN/2,CO2/3,METHANE/4,ETHANE/5,PROPANE/*
6,IBUTANE/7,BUTANE/8,IPENTANE/9,PENTANE/10,HEXANE
*
PETRO 11,BP135,120.,0.757,135/ *
12,BP260,200.,0.836,260/ *
13,BP500,500.,0.950,500
*
THERMODYNAMIC DATA
*
METHOD SYSTEM(VLE)=SRK,SET=SET01,DEFAULT
*
STREAM DATA
*
PROP STREAM = 1,TEMP=200,PRES=2000,PHASE=M,RATE(M)=7200, *
COMP(M)= 1,180.004 / 2,190.904/ 3,1443.03/ 4,902.218/*
5,721.914 / 6,76.5715/ 7,279.406/ 8,94.7819/*
9,162.403 /10,153.303/11,1191.03/12,902.218/*
13,902.218 ,NORMALIZE
*
PROP STREAM=R1R,REFS=1,RATE(M)=1
PROP STREAM=R2R,REFS=1,RATE(M)=1
PROP STREAM=FD-1,TEMP=40,PRES=2000,PHASE=M,*
RATE(M)=16000,*
COMP(M)=4,4000/5,8000/6,4000, NORMALIZE
*
NAME 1,MAIN,FEED/R1R,BALANCE-1/R2R,BALANCE-2/*
FD-1,SEC-FEED/OV8,COL-OVERHEAD/BT8,COL-BOTTOMS
*
UNIT OPERATIONS
*
FLASH UID=F1,NAME=FEED FLASH
FEED 1,7
PROD V=3

ADIA DP=0
METHOD SET=SET01 $ SET01
*
HX UID=HX1,NAME=AFTERCOOL-1
HOT FEED=3,R1R,V=4,METH=SET01
COLD FEED=FD-1,R2R,V=PR-2,METH=SET01
OPER HTEMP=90
*
FLASH UID=F2,NAME=STAGE 1 SEP
FEED 4
PROD V=6,L=5
ISO TEMP=10,PRES=1000
METHOD SET=SET01
*
SPLITTER UID=SP1,NAME=UNIT-SP1
FEED 5
PROD M=7,M=8
SPEC STREAM=7,RATE(M), *
RATIO, *
REFFEED,RATE(M) *
VALUE=0.1
METHOD SET=SET01 $ SET01
*
COLUMN UID=COL2,NAME=FRAC-002
PARAM TRAY=22,IO=20
FEED 8,9,NOTSEP
PROD OVHD=OV8,BTMS=BT8,4289
COND TYPE=BUBB,PRESS=1000
DUTY 1,1,-40/2,22,40
PSPEC TOP=1000
PRINT PROP=PART,ITER=PART,XYDATA
ESTI MODEL=SIMPLE,CTEMP=-100,TTEMP=-50,BTEMP=50,RTEMP=140, *
RRATIO=2
SPEC COLUMN=COL2,TRAY=1,PHASE=L,RATE(M),*
RATIO, *
This*Page Intentionally Blank
STREAM=OV8, RATE(M),
VALUE=2
SPEC STREAM=BT8,RATE(M), *
VALUE=4289
VARY DUTY = 1,2
TOLER ENTH = 0.001
METHOD SET=SET01,22
*
END
Extracting Component Data and Temperature for a

Source PRO2 Keyword
Let us assume that the PRO/II file (above) contains stream 6 (a vapor product from the
stage 1 separator F2) which PIPEPHASE requires to be its source KA. The structure of
the PIPEPHASE file would then be as shown below, with the PRO2 keyword used on
the SOURCE statement.
TITLE PROJECT=IPM,PROBLEM=DATA,USER=SIMSCI,DATE=1994
DESC STREAM DATA TRANSFER FROM PRO/II SAMPLE.INP
DIMEN SI,TEMP=C,PRES=KPA,DENS=SPGR
FCODE PIPE=BBM
DEFAULT TAMBIENT(F)=100,ROUGH(IN)=0.0018,THKPIP(IN)=0.55,*
CONINS(BTUFTF)=0.019,0.23,0.4,THKINS(IN)=2,0.125,2.03
CALC SING,COMP
PRINT DEVICE=FULL,INPUT=FULL,PROP=NONE,CONN=NONE,PLOT=FULL,FLASH=FULL
$
COMPONENT DATA
$
PETRO 11,BP135,120.,0.757,135/ *
12,BP260,200.,0.836,260/ *
13,BP500,500.,0.950,500
$
THERMODYNAMIC DATA
METHOD SYSTEM=SRK, TRANS=PETRO
$
STRUCTURE DATA
SOURCE NAME=KA,RATE(W,LBHR)=58358,PRES(PSIG)=2000,NOCHECK,PRO2=6
$
SINK NAME=SNK, PRES(ESTI,PSIG)=1000
$
LINK NAME=LNK1,FROM=KA,TO=SNK
PIPE ID(IN)=4,LENGTH(FT)=10
EXPA IDIN(IN)=4.,IDOUT(IN)=8.
PIPE ID(IN)=7.981,LENGTH(FT)=325
CONT IDIN(IN)=8,IDOUT(IN)=4
PIPE ID(IN)=4,LENGTH(FT)=0.5
EXIT IDPIPE(IN)=4
$
END
In this case, the temperature and composition of stream 6 in the PRO/II file is used
automatically to complement data entered for source node KA.
Extracting Component Data, Pressure and Temperature for a

Source PR2F Keyword
In this case, the structure of the PIPEPHASE file would be as shown below, with the
PR2F keyword used on the SOURCE statement.
FCODE PIPE=BBM
CALC SING,COMP
$
COMPONENT DATA
$
PETRO 11,BP135,120.,0.757,135/ *
12,BP260,200.,0.836,260/ *
13,BP500,500.,0.950,500
$
THERMODYNAMIC DATA
$
STRUCTURE DATA
SOURCE NAME=KA,RATE(W,LBHR)=58358,NOCHECK,PR2F=6
$
SINK NAME=SNK, PRES(ESTI,PSIG)=1000
$
EXIT IDPIPE(IN)=4
$
END

In this case, the source KA is using the temperature, pressure and composition of PRO/II
stream 6 as fixed values in the simulation.
Extracting Pressure Estimate, Component Data, and Temperature for a

Source PR2E Keyword
In this case, the structure of the PIPEPHASE file would then be as shown below, with
the PR2E keyword used on the SOURCE statement.
FCODE PIPE=BBM
CALC COMP,NETWORK
$
COMPONENT DATA
$
PETRO 11,BP135,120.,0.757,135/ *
12,BP260,200.,0.836,260/ *
13,BP500,500.,0.950,500
$
THERMODYNAMIC DATA
NETWORK DATA
SOLUTION PBAL
$
STRUCTURE DATA
SOURCE NAME=KA,RATE(W,LBHR)=58358,NOCHECK,PR2E=6
$
SINK NAME=SNK, PRES(PSIG)=1000,RATE(ESTI)=1
$
EXIT IDPIPE(IN)=4
$
END
Here, the component data and temperature of PRO/II stream 6 are used as fixed values,
where the pressure from stream 6 is used as an estimate value.
Restrictions on the Use of the Stream Data Transfer Facility

DIMENSIONS must be declared to be the same in both PRO/II and PIPEPHASE
input files. Local units of measure can be used to override the global defaults at any
location in either program, so that the user need not be constrained.
The Component Data Category of input must be consistent in both PRO/II and
PIPEPHASE input files. The total number of components declared in the Compo-
nent Data Category of input of the PRO/II input file must not exceed 50. Therefore
library (LIBID), user-supplied (NONLIB), pseudo- (PETRO) and assay (via TBP-
CUTS) components must number in total less than or equal to 50. For pseudocompo-

nents, the defined properties should be similar in both input files. When simulating
with assay-defined data, it is recommended that you create the input file from the
P2I file generated by the PRO/II run. This ensures that the pseudocomponents in
PIPEPHASE are consistent with the PRO/II input file.
The Thermodynamic Data Category of input must be the same or similar in both
PRO/II and PIPEPHASE input files.
In the PIPEPHASE Structure Data Category of input, those values that are to be
replaced by the PRO/II stream must be absent from the statement. Also, the keyword
NOCHECK must appear before the PRO2, PR2E and PR2F keywords on the
SOURCE statement for correct operation.

Chapter 7
Component Data Summary
About This Chapter

This section provides an overview of the Component Data Category. Detailed
documentation, along with examples of common usage of all the component features, is
contained in a separate document, the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data
Input Manual. Unless noted otherwise, sections referred to in this chapter are located in
Chapter 1 of the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.
General Information
The Component Data category defines the pure and pseudocomponents in the problem
and, if necessary, defines or modifies component properties. All components
encountered in a problem, except for assay stream components, must be defined in this
category. Streams defined by distillation assay curves in the Stream Data category are
broken into pseudocomponents based on the rules defined in the Component Data
category.
Using keyword input, PRO/II accepts an unlimited number of components.
PRO/II Component Library

PRO/II comes with an extensive pure component data base of over 1,750 components,
tabulated in Sections 1.3-1.5 of the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input
Manual. All components capable of vapor-liquid phase behavior have sufficient
information to be used with generalized K-value predictors and density calculations.
Most components have built in transport property correlations. A majority of PRO/II
simulations with pure components use this library exclusively and require no additional
pure component data. Refer to the PRO/II Reference Manual for additional details on the
structure of the pure component data base and the information it contains.

Non-Library Components
Components not found in the PRO/II library may be entered as NONLIBRARY
components. The format for entering user components is straightorward, however users
who do this regularly or need help in estimating unknown required properties should use
SIMSCIs Property Data Management functionality present in PRO/II with PROVISION
to assist the user in determining all necessary component properties and develop a
keyword file segment in PRO/II ready form.
Petroleum Components
PRO/II handles petroleum components using industry standard characterization
techniques. PRO/II estimates all required component data given two out of three of
molecular weight, boiling point, or gravity.
Refer to the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual for
instructions on how to enter basic PETROLEUM data, how to change the default
characterization procedures, and entering stream assay data.
Solid Components
PRO/II handles solids with particle size distributions and user-defined attributes. See the
SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual for information on
property data requirements for solid components and associated input format. The
SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual is also used to define
particle size intervals and GENERAL attributes, and for entering actual solid component
attribute values.
Component Properties
The user may define or override component properties for all components in the
simulation. This includes components in the PRO/II component library, user-defined
components, petroleum pseudocomponents and solid forming components. The
properties include constants (such as molecular weight or critical properties), as well as
temperature dependent properties (such as enthalpies in various phase states). Where
appropriate, properties may be given on a mole or weight basis. Refer to Section 1.8 of
the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual for entering component
property values.
UNIFAC Data
Section 1.9 of the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual
discusses the methods for assigning UNIFAC structural groups and van der Waals
parameters for pure components. As discussed starting in Section 20 and in the PRO/II
Reference Manual, UNIFAC provides a means of estimating liquid activity coefficients
when actual VLE or LLE data are unavailable.
7-2 Component Data Summary

Category Heading Statement (required)
COMPONENT DATA
The COMPONENT DATA statement has no entries and is required for all PRO/II
simulations.
Remaining COMPONENT Data Category Statements
The remaining Component Data category statements are discussed in the SIMSCI
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.
Component Definition
Petroleum Component Characterizations
Solid Attributes
Component Properties
Component Structural Data for UNIFAC
Category Heading Statement (required)
COMPONENT DATA
Component Definition (conditional - Section 1.2)

LIBID i, library name, library number, alias/...,
{BANK=PROCESS, SIMSCI, DIPPR, bankid...}
{FILL=SIMSCI}
NONLIBRARY i, name/...
{FILL=SIMSCI}
PETROLEUM i, name, MW, std liquid density, NBP/ ...
(densunit, tunit)
PHASE DEFAULT= VL or LS or S or VLS,
{VL= i, j,..., LS= i, j,...,
S= i, j,..., VLS= i, j,...}
Petroleum Component Characterizations (optional - Section 15)

ASSAY FIT= SPLINE or QUADRATIC or PDF(NONE, IP, EP, BOTH)
CHARACTERIZE = SIMSCI or EXTAPI or CAVETT or CAV80 or LK or
HEAVYO,
MW = SIMSCI or EXTAPI or CAVETT or CAV80 or LK or HEAVYO,
CHARACTERIZE = SIMSCI or EXTAPI
CONVERSION=API94 or API87 or API63,
CURVEFIT= VER6 or IMPR
GRAVITY= WATSONK or PRE301,
{TBPIP= 1, TBPEP= 98}, {NBP=LV or MID}

CUTPOINTS TBPCUTS= to, t1, ncuts {/t2, ncuts/...},{CUTSET=SIMSCI},
{BLEND=name}, {DEFAULT}
Component Definition for Synfuel Components (optional - Section 15)

SYNCOMP COMP#, {NAME, MW, DENS}, NBP, {TYPE,
ZNUM, CNUM}
SYNLIQ COMP#, NAME, MW, DENS, NBP, P, O, N, A
(W or V or M)
Solid Attributes (optional - Section 16)

ATTR COMP= i, {PSD= s0, s1,...,}
GENERAL=10, {GNAME=text1,text2,...}
Component Properties (optional - Section 17)

Component invariant properties and constants
MW i, value/...
SPGR i, value/...
API i, value/...
NBP(unit) i, value/...
ACENTRIC i, value/...
VC(unit, M or WT) i, value/...
TC(unit) i, value/...
PC(unit) i, value/...
ZC i, value/...
RACKETT i, value/...
CNUM i, value/...
ZNUM i, value/...
DIPOLE(unit) i, value/...
RADIUS(unit) i, value/...
SOLUPARA i, value/...
MOLVOL(unit) i, value/...
STDDENSITY(unit) i, value/...
HCOMBUST(unit, M or WT) i, value/...
HVAPORIZE(unit, M or WT) i, value/...
HFUSION(unit, M or WT) i, value/...
NMP(unit) i, value/...
PTP(unit) i, value/...
TTP(unit) i, value/...
GHV(unit, M or WT) i, value/...
LHV(unit, M or WT) i, value/...
SVTB i, value/...
7-4 Component Data Summary

SLTB i, value/...
SLTM i, value/...
HVTB i, value/...
HLTB i, value/...
HLTM i, value/...
Multi-property entries
FORMATION(V or L or S, unit, M or WT) i, enthalpy, Gibbs/...
VANDERWAALS i, area, volume/...
Component temperature-dependent properties

General format:
<Property> (phase, tunit, propunit, M or WT)
CORRELATION= icorr,
LN or LOG or EXPFAC=ipos,
DATA= i, tmax, tmin, C1, ..., C8 /...
or
TABULAR= t1, t2, ....,/i, p1, p2, ..., /...
<Property> types may be:

VP(L or S, propunit, tunit),
ENTHALPY(I or L or S, propunit, tunit, M or WT),
CP(propunit, tunit, M or WT)
LATENT( propunit, tunit, M or WT),
DENSITY(L or S, propunit, tunit, M or WT),
VISCOSITY(V or L, propunit, tunit),
CONDUCTIVITY(V or L, propunit, tunit),
SURFACE(L, propunit, tunit)
Component Temperature Dependent Special Properties

KVIS(M or WT or LV) {GAMMA=value,
REFINDEX=value,
REFVALUE(kvisunit)=value,}
DATA(tunit, kvisunit) t1, t2, /i, p1, p2, /... ,
INDEX(tunit) t1, t2, /i, p1, p2, /...
Note: If data or index values are not supplied, the kinematic viscosity is computed using the Twu method
Component Structural Data for UNIFAC (Optional - Section 18)

STRUCTURE i, igroup(n)/...
GROUP igroup, Qj, Rj

Chapter 8
Thermodynamic Data Summary
About This Chapter

This section provides an overview of the Thermodynamic Data Category. Detailed
documentation, along with examples of common usage of all the thermodynamic
features, is contained in a separate document, the SIMSCI Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual. Unless noted otherwise, sections referred in this
chapter refers to volume 2 of the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input
Manual.
Heading Statement (required)
THERMODYNAMIC DATA
The METHOD Statement (required)

Selecting a Predefined System of Methods
METHOD SYSTEM(VLE or VLLE)= option,
{KVALUE(SLE)= option}, {L1KEY= i and L2KEY= j},
{KVALUE(VLE or LLE or VLLE)=option,
ENTHALPY=option, DENSITY=option,
ENTROPY=option}, {RVPMETHOD}, {TVPMETHOD}
{PHI= option}, {HENRY},
{PROPERTY(qualifier)=method}, {SET=setid, DEFAULT}
or
TRANSPORT= NONE
TRANSPORT= PURE or PETRO or TRAPP or TACITE or U1
or U2 or U3 or U4 or U5
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual March 2013 8-1

Selecting Individual Methods
METHOD SET= setid, {DEFAULT},
KVALUE(VLE)= option, {KVALUE(SLE)=option},
{KVALUE(LLE)= option}, {L1KEY= i and L2KEY= j},
{PHI= option}, {HENRY},
or
KVALUE(VLLE)= option, {L1KEY= i and L2KEY= j},
{KVALUE(SLE)= option}, {PHI= option}, {HENRY},
ENTHALPY(VL)= option
or ENTHALPY(V)= option and ENTHALPY(L)= option,
{RVPMETHOD}, {TVPMETHOD},
PROPERTY=method},
or DENSITY(VL)= option
DENSITY(V)= option and DENSITY(L)= option,
or ENTROPY(VL)= NONE
ENTROPY(V)= option, ENTROPY(L)= option,
TRANSPORT= NONE or TRANSPORT=PURE or

PETRO or TRAPP or TACITE or U1 or U2 or U3 or U4 or U5
or
VISCOSITY(VL)= NONE or VISCOSITY(VL)= PURE or
PETRO or TRAPP or U1 or U2 or U3 or U4 or U5
or
VISCOSITY(V)= option, VISCOSITY(L)= option,
and/or
CONDUCTIVITY(VL)= NONE or CONDUCTIVITY(VL)=PURE or
PETRO or TRAPP or U1 or U2 or U3 or U4 or U5
or CONDUCTIVITY(V)= option, or
CONDUCTIVITY(L)= option
and/or
SURFACE= NONE or SURFACE= PURE or
PETRO or U1 or U2 or U3 or
U4 or U5
DIFFUSIVITY (L) = NONE or DIFFUSIVITY(L)=WILKE

or DIFDATA
8-2 March 2013 Thermodynamic Data Summary

Method-Specific Water Handling Options (optional - Section 2.1.6)
WATER DECANT= ON or OFF, {GPSA},
SOLUBILITY= SIMSCI or KEROSENE, or EOS
PROPERTY= SATURATED or STEAM
Property Statements (optional)

Vapor-Liquid Equilibrium Options (optional)
KVALUE(VLE) POYNTING= OFF or ON,

MOLVOL= STANDARD or RACKETT or RCK2 or LIBRARY,
BANK= SIMSCI or ALCOHOL or GLYCOL or NONE or bankid,
FILL= NONE or UNIFAC or UFT1 or REGULAR or FLORY,
AZEOTROPE= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid
{WRITE= fileid}
ALPHA= ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or bankid
(default depends on method)
<optional data statements> ...
Note: Only the STANDARD option is available for molar liquid volume (MOLVOL) calculations when
the WILSON K-value method is selected.
Liquid-Liquid Equilibrium Options (optional)
KVALUE(LLE) BANK= SIMSCI or ALCOHOL or GLYCOL or NONE or bankid,

FILL= NONE or UNIFAC or UFT1 or REGULAR or FLORY,
AZEOTROPE= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid
{WRITE= fileid}
(default depends on method)
Solid-Liquid Equilibrium Options (optional - Section 2.7)
KVALUE(SLE) FILL=VANTHOFF or ONE or FREE

SOLUTE i, j, .....
SOLDATA(tunit) i, l, c1, c2, c3, / ...
Diffusivity Options (optional - Section 2.7.3)
DIFFUSIVITY(L)
DIFDATA (tunit) i, j, c1, c2, c3 / ...
Vapor Fugacity Options (optional - Sections 2.5.12, 2.5.13)
PHI BANK=SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,

ALPHA=ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or bankid

Henrys Law Options (optional - Section 2.5.11)
HENRY BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or
bankid i, j, ...
SOLUTE i, l, c1, c2, c3, c4 / ...
HENDATA(punit, tunit)
Density Options (optional)
DENSITY(VL) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,

ALPHA= ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or
bankid
or
DENSITY(V) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,
ALPHA=ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or
bankid
and/or
DENSITY(L) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,
ALPHA= ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or
bankid
Enthalpy Options (optional)
ENTHALPY(VL) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,

HMIX= IDEAL or GAMMA or RK1 or RK2
or
ENTHALPY(V) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,
and/or
ENTHALPY(L) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,
HMIX= NONE or GAMMA or RK1 or RK2
Entropy Options (optional)
ENTROPY(VL) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,

ALPHA=ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or bankid,
or
ENTROPY(V) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,
ALPHA= ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or bankid,
and/or
ENTROPY(L) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,

User-Supplied K-value Data (optional - Section 2.3.12)
(Use with KVALUE statements)
KVALUE(VLE or LLE)
KDATA CORR=icorr, LN or LOG or EXPFAC=ipos,
PREF(punit)=value
DATA=i, tmax, tmin, c1, ...c8/ ...
or
KDATA TABU=t1, t2, .../ i, p1, p2, .../ ..., PREF(punit)=value
Binary Interaction Data (optional)

(Use with KVALUE, PHI, DENSITY, ENTHALPY, or ENTROPY statements)
BWRS Equation Of State Data (optional - Section 2.4.6)
BWRS i, j, kij / ...
HEXAMER Equation of State Data (optional - Section 2.4.7)
HEXA(K or R) i, j, kija, kjia, kijb, kjib, kijc, kjic, cij, cji / ...
LKP Equation Of State Data (optional - Section 2.4.8)
LKP i, j, kij / ...
Hayden-OConnell Data (optional - Section 2.5.12)
(For vapor fugacity, vapor density, vapor enthalpy, and vapor entropy)
HOCV i, i, nii / i, j, nij / ...
Truncated Virial Data (optional - Section 2.5.13)
(For vapor fugacity)

TVIRIAL i, hi
IDIMER Data (optional - Section 2.5.14)
(For vapor fugacity, vapor density, vapor enthalpy and vapor entropy)
IDIMER i, i, Aii, Bii / i, j, Aij, Bij / ...
Redlich-Kister Excess Properties Data (optional - Section 2.5.15)

(Currently for heat of mixing only)
RK1(K or KCAL or KJ) i, j, aij, bij, cij, dij, eij, fij, gij, hij, / ...
or
RK2(K or KCAL or KJ) , j, aij, bij, cij, dij, eij, fij, gij, hij, / ...
Soave-Redlich-Kwong or Peng-Robinson Equation of State Interaction Parameters

(optional - Section 2.4.1 to 2.4.3)
SRK(K or R) or i, j, kija, kijb, kijc / ...

PR(K or R)
or
SRKKD(K or R) i, j, kija, kijb, kijc / ...
or
SRKP(K or R) or i, j, kija, kjia, kijb, kjib, kijc, kjic / ...
PRP(K or R)
or
SRKM(K or R) or i, j, kija, kjia, kijb, kjib, kijc, kjic, cij, cji / ...
PRM(K or R)
or
SRKH(K or KCAL or KJ)or i, j, aij, bij, cij, aji, bji, cji, aij, bij / ...
PRH(K or KCAL or KJ)
or
SRKS(K or R) i, j, kija, kjia, kijb, kjib, kijc, kjic, cij, cji / ...
Liquid Phase Activity Binary Interaction Data (Section 2.5)

NRTL Data (optional - Section 2.5.1)
NRTL3(K or KCAL or KJ) i, j, bij, bji, aij / ...

or
NRTL(K or KCAL or KJ) i, j, aij, bij, aji, bji, aij / ...
or
NRTL6(K or KCAL or KJ) i, j, aij, bij, aji, bji, aij, bij / ...
or
NRTL8 (K or KCAL or KJ) , j, aij, bij, cij, aji, bji, cji aij, bij / ...
UNIQUAC Data (optional - Section 2.5.2)
UNIQUAC(K or KCAL or KJ) i, j, aij, aji / ...

and/or
UNIQ4(K or KCAL or KJ) i, j, aij, aji, bij, bji / ...

Wilson Data (optional - Section 2.5.5)
WILSON(K or KCAL or i, j, aij, aji / ...

KJ or NODIME)
Van Laar Data (optional - Section 2.5.6)
VANLAAR i, j, aij, aji / ...
Margules Data (optional - Section 2.5.7)
MARGULES i, j, aij, aji, dij, / ...
Flory-Huggins Data (optional - Section 2.5.9)
FLORY i, j, / ...
Other Binary Data For Liquid Activity Methods (Section 2.5)

(For use with liquid activity methods, such as all forms of NRTL, UNIQUAC, Wilson,
van Laar, and the Margules methods.)
AZEOTROPE(basis, punit, tunit) i, j, pres, temp, xi / ...
INFINITE(tunit) i, j, temp, , / ...
MUTUAL(basis, tunit) i, j, temp, , / ...
IDEAL i, j / ...
Henrys Law Data (optional - Section 2.5.11)
SOLUTE i, {j ...}
HENDATA(pres, temp) i, l, c1, c2, c3, c4 / ...
UNIFAC Group Contribution Data (optional - Section 2.5.3 to 2.5.4)
(For K-value calculations only)

UNIFAC(K or KCAL or KJ) l, k, Alk, Akl / ...
UNIFT1(K) l, k, alk, akl, blk, bkl, clk, ckl / ...
or
or
UNFV(K or KCAL or KJ) l, k, alk, akl / ...
UNIWAALS Modified Group Contribution Interaction Data (optional - Section 2.4.4)

UNIFAC(K or KCAL or KJ) l, k, Alk, Akl / ...

Pure Component Alpha Formulations (optional - Section 2.4.5)
Special Property Methods (Used with PR, SRK, or UNIWAALS methods)
PA01 or SA01 or VA01 i, c1 / ...

PA02 or SA02 or VA02 i, c1, c2, c3 / ...
PA03 or SA03 or VA03 i, c1, c2 / ...
PA04 or SA04 or VA04 i, c1, c2 / ...
PA05 or SA05 or VA05 i, c1, c2 / ...
PA06 or SA06 or VA06 i, c1, c2, c3 / ...
PA07 or SA07 or VA07 i, c1 / ...
PA08 or SA08 or VA08 i, c1, c2, c3 / ...
PA09 or SA09 or VA09 i, c1, c2, c3 / ...
PA10 or SA10 or VA10 i, c1, c2, / ...
PA11 or SA11 or VA11 i, c1, c2, / ...
LS Data (optional - Section 2.8.2)
Property(qualifier) {GAMMA=value, REFINDEX=value,

REFVALUE(unit)=value},
{NCFILL=ncfill},
{NCBLEND=ncblend}
DATA(unit) i,datvalue/...
INDEX i,indvalue/ ...
Method-Specific Pure Component Data (optional - Section 2.9)
C(unit) i, value/...
PC(unit) i, value/...
VC(unit) i, value/...
ZC i, value/...
ACENTRIC i, value/...
NBP(unit) i, value/...
MOLVOL(unit) i, value/...
DIPOLE(unit) i, value/...
RADIUS(unit) i, value/...
SOLUPARA i, value/...
RACKETT i, value/...
WDELT i, value/...
PARACHOR i, value/...
PENELOUX(volunit) i, value/...

Appendix A
Pressure Drop Correlations
Appendix Contents
Recommendations on Pressure Drop Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Single-Phase Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Two-Phase and Compositional Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Table A-1: Single-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Weymouth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Moody (default) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
American Gas Association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hazen-Williams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Moody (default) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Table A-2: Recommendations for Two-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations. . . . . . . 4
Lockhart-Martinelli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Eaton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Dukler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Beggs & Brill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Mukherjee-Brill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Table A-3: Experimental Information for Two-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations. 4
Table A-4: Hybrid Models Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Table A-5: Correlations Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Table A-6a: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Duns & Ross. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Hagedorn & Brown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Angel-Welchon-Ross . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Table A-6b: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orkiszewski . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Flanigan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Table A-6c: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Beggs & Brill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Lockhart & Martinelli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Eaton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Table A-6d: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual A-1

Table A-6e: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
General Guidelines on Correlation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Recommendations on Pressure Drop Correlations

Single-Phase Methods
Single-phase pressure drop correlations (see Eqn. 6-19) tend to be based more on theory
than experiment (with the exception of the American Gas Association method for single-
phase gas, and the Hazen-Williams expression for single-phase liquid), and therefore
fewer deviations can be expected for a majority of simulations between the methods.
The default methods invoked will produce reasonable results in most cases and are
therefore recommended for all such situations. In the case of high velocity gas flow, the
Panhandle B and Weymouth methods both ignore the accelerational component of the
pressure drop, and results should be inspected carefully and compared with those
produced by using the Moody equation. If the flow is reported to be at or near to critical
flow, then these correlations cannot be relied upon to be consistent in this region and the
user should switch the fluid model to compositional and use one of the special high
velocity correlations available (such as Beggs & Brill High Velocity), possibly in
conjunction with the flare algorithm which can model physical occurrences such as
critical pressure discontinuities.
Two-Phase and Compositional Methods

This appendix also contains a table that shows the merits for each of the major two-phase
pressure drop correlations. Because of the heavy experimental basis of each of the two-
phase methods, no single correlation can be recommended for all systems. Most piping
systems contain topologies within which fluids flow in all directions and through a
variety of valves and fittings. Therefore, if one were to select the appropriate correlation
for each pipe run within an INPLANT link, should the answer then be necessarily more
accurate? The answer to this question is: probably not. The majority of the two-phase
correlations available today have been produced to address much larger piping systems,
typically transporting oil, gas and/or water, where the flow rates are relatively large, and
much work has been performed on studying the effects of flow regime and other large
topological changes on overall pressure drop. When this analysis is brought down to the
level of refinery- or chemical plant-sized piping runs and typical simulations, these
large-scale phenomena begin to lose meaning in translation, and the choice of pressure
drop correlation, outside the arena of critical flow, tends to have correspondingly less
impact on the results. With any two-phase flow system, the user is recommended to
bracket the solution to the simulation by using two or more appropriate correlations.
Bracketing means that the user may have more confidence in the true solution being
between the values reported using the different correlations.
A-2 Pressure Drop Correlations

General Guidelines on Correlation Selection may be found at the end of this appendix.
Table A-1: Single-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations
Names and Friction Factor Elevation Factor Acceleration Factor
References (dP/dL)f (dP/dL)e (dP/dL)acc
Panhandle B 2
dP g sin - dP
dP fv -
------- = -------------------- ------- = ----------------- ------- = 0
dL f 2g c d144 dL e g c 144 dL acc
1 p b 0.04
f = ------ ------------
94 vT b
Weymouth 2
g sin -
dP
------- fv - dP
------- = ----------------- dP
------- = 0
dL f = --------------------
2g c d144 dL e g c 144 dL acc
1 -
f = ---------------------
0.33
71.6d
Moody (default) 2
dP g sin - dP V 1 V 1 V 2
dP
------- fv - ------- = ----------------- -------
dL acc = --------------------------------
-
dL f = --------------------
2g c d144 dL e g c 144 144g c L
1
----- 2 18.7
= 1.74 2 log ----- + ---------------
f d N f Re
American Gas 2 2 0.5

Association103,1 P 1 P 2 Z avg T avg
---------------------------------------------
- 0.0375 e
04 2
52 12 12
g P avg
Q g = 38.77d 1 f E5280 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
L
Qg = gas flow rate, standard (ft3/ Tavg = average 2

For NRe > 2000: f = f 4
day) (SCFD) flowing
P1 = upstream pressure (psia) temperature of gas f 4 = min f 2 f 3
P2 = downstream pressure (psia) (OR)
3.7
g= gas specific f 3 = 4 log ---------
E = 5280 (coefficient) d
e = elevational change (ft) gravity (Air=1.00)
For NRe 2000: N Re
d1 = inside diameter of the pipe f 2 = 3.84 log ---------------------
1.4124f 1
(in) N Re
f = --------
- N Re
vd 16
f 1 = 4 log --------- 0.6
N Re = 1488 --------- f1

Z = gas compressibility factor at
the flowing temperature and
pressure (dimensionless)
f = friction factor (dimensionless)
Hazen-Williams 2.63 P 1 P 2 0.433 e L 0.54
Q = 15.2Ed 1 ----------------------------------------------------------
- Q = bbl/day
L L
E = Hazen-Williams coefficient; e = elevational change (ft); d1 = diameter (in)

Names and Friction Factor Elevation Factor Acceleration Factor
References (dP/dL)f (dP/dL)e (dP/dL)acc
Moody (default) 2
g sin -
dP fv -
------- = -------------------- dP
------- = ----------------- dP
------- = 0
dL f 2g c d144 dL e g c 144 dL acc
vd
N Re = 1488 ---------

f from Moody diagram
Table A-2: Recommendations for Two-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations

Correlation Ref Correlation Recommendations*
Horizontal Flow
Lockhart-Martinelli 40 Widely used in the chemical industry. Applicable for annular and annular
mist flow regimes if flow pattern is known a priori. Do not use for large
pipes. Generally overpredicts pressure drop.
Eaton 41 Do not use for diameters < 2 inches. Do not use for very high or low
liquid holdup. Underpredicts holdup for HL < 0.1. Works well for 0.1 <
HL < 0.35.
Dukler 46 Good for horizontal flow. Tends to underpredict pressure drop and
holdup. Recommended by API for wet gas lines.
Beggs & Brill 37 Use the no-slip option for low holdup. Underpredicts holdup. Most
consistent and well-behaved correlation.
Inclined Flow
Mukherjee-Brill 43 Recommended for hilly terrain pipelines. New correlation based heavily
on in-situ flow pattern. Only available model that calculates flow patterns
for all flow configurations and uses this information to determine
modeling technique.
* Note: Vertical upward flow correlations are not available in INPLANT -- most correlations were developed for
large scale production applications.
Table A-3: Experimental Information for Two-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations

Correlation Ref Date Basis Pipe Size(s) Fluids
Vertical Flow
Duns & Ross 33 1961 Lab. and field data wide range oil, gas, water
Angel-Welchon-Ross 36 1964 Field data Large-diameter gas, water
Hagedorn & Brown 34 1965 Lab and field data 1" 4" oil, gas, water
Orkiszewski 35 1967 Review and wide range oil, gas, water
modification of other
methods
Aziz & Govier 36 1972 Lab. and field data wide range oil, gas, water
Beggs & Brill 37 1973 Lab data 1", 1.5" gas, water
Horizontal Flow
Lockhart-Martinelli 40 1949 Lab. data 0.0586" - 1.1017"
Eaton 41 1966 Lab. and field data 2", 4"

Correlation Ref Date Basis Pipe Size(s) Fluids
Dukler 46 1969 Data and similarity wide range oil, gas, water
analyses
Inclined Flow
Mukherjee-Brill 43 1983 Lab data 1.5" kerosene, lube
oil, gas
Table A-4: Hybrid Models Summary

FCODE MAP HOLDUP PRESSURE DROP
FRICTION ELEVATION ACCELERATION
Dukler-Eaton None Eaton Dukler Flanigan Eaton
Flanigan Flanigan (Eaton (Flanigan
(DE) Holdup) Holdup)
Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill Beggs & Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill
Moody (BB) Brill with Moody
(BBM) Friction
Factor
Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill No-slip Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill
No-slip Holdup with Moody (No-slip
(BBNS) Friction Holdup)
Factor
Dukler None Dukler Dukler Flanigan No acceleration
Flanigan Flanigan (Dukler (Flanigan
(DF) Holdup) Holdup)
Eaton None Eaton Eaton Flanigan
Flanigan (EF) Flanigan (Eaton (Flanigan
Holdup) Holdup)
Mukherjee- Mukherjee- *Eaton Mukherjee- Mukherjee- Mukherjee-Brill
Brill Brill Brill Brill
Eaton
Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill *Dukler Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill
Moody Moody
Dukler Friction
(BBMD) Factor
Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill *Eaton Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill
Moody Eaton Moody
(BBME) Friction
Factor
* Angle corrected by Beggs & Brill method
Table A-5: Correlations Summary

Beggs & Brill (BB) Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill
Mukherjee-Brill Mukherjee-Brill Mukherjee-Brill Mukherjee-Brill
(MB)
Eaton (Eaton) None Eaton Eaton

Dukler (Duckler) None Dukler Dukler
Lockhart-Martinelli None Lockhart- Lockhart-Martinelli
Martinelli
Table A-6a: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations

Name Holdup(HL)
Duns & Ross Flow patterns from Duns & Ross flow pattern map
Bubble flow, slug flow
2
V m V s + 4V s + V sl
H l = V s V m + ------------------------------------------------------------
-
2V s
V s calculated from correlation
Mist flow
V sl
H l = l = ----------------------
V sl + V sg
Transition flow
H l = A 1 H l slug + B 1 H l slug
A 1 = f(dimensionless numbers), 0 A1 1
B1 = 1 A1
Hagedorn & Brown H l = f (dimensionless numbers), calculated from correlation
Angel-Welchon-Ross Hl = l (no-slip holdup)

Table A-6a: Duns & Ross33; Hagedorn & Brown34; Angel-Welchon-Ross36
Friction (dP/dL)f Elevation (dP/dL)e Acceleration (dP/dL)acc

Bubble and Slug Flow Bubble, Slug and Mist Flow Bubble and Slug Flow
dP f m l V sl V m dP tp V sl g sin dP
------- = ------------------------- ------- = -----------------------------
- ------- = 0
dL f 2g c d 144 dL e g c 144 dL acc
f m from correlation tp = l H l + g H g
Mist flow Mist flow
f g V sg
2
dP V m V sg n dP
dP
------- = --------------------------
- ------- - -------
= ---------------------
dL f dL acc g c P 144 dL T
2g c d 144
2 n = l l + 1 l g
V sg d
V sg = ------------------
-
2
d
e = roughness from pipe and
liquid film
f calculated from Moody diagram
Transition Flow Transition Flow Transition Flow
dP
------- = dP
------- = dP
------- =
dL f dL e dL acc
dP dP dP dP dP dP
A 1 ------- + B 1 ------- A 1 ------- + B 1 ------- A 1 ------- + B 1 -------
dL f slug dL f mist dL e slug dL e mist dL acc slug dL acc mist
f t Vm
2
dP s g sin dP V m V sg n dp
dP ------- = -------------------
- ------- - ------
= ---------------------
------- = -----------------------
- dL e g c 144 dL acc g c P 144 dL T
dL f 2g c d 144
2

t = -----n-
s
s = l Hl + g Hg
s = l Hl + g Hg
1488 n V m d
N Re = ----------------------------
-
s
dP f m l V sl V m dP s g sin dP
------- = ------------------------- ------- = -------------------
- ------- = 0
dL f 2g c d 144 dL e g c 144 dL acc

Table A-6b: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations
Name Holdup(HL)
Orkiszewski Flow patterns from Orkiszewskis suggested flow pattern map

Bubble Flow
Vm V m 2 V sg
H l = 1 1--- 1 + ------
- 1 + ------
- 4 -------
- V s = 0.8ft s
2 Vs Vs Vs
Slug Flow
s g
H l = ----------------
-
l g
s = l V sl + V b + s V sg + l
V b = f N Re
N Re = f V b
(calculation is iterative)
Mist Flow
Same as Duns & Ross
Transition Flow
H l = A 1 H l slug + B 1 H l slug
A 1 = f(dimensionless numbers), 0 A1
B1 = 1 A1
Flanigan 1
H l = --------------------------------------
-
1.05
1 + 0.3264V sg

Table A-6b: Orkiszewski35; Flanigan39

Bubble flow Bubble, Slug and Mist Flow Bubble and Slug flow
dP s g sin dP
V sl 2 ------- = -------------------
- ------- = 0
f l ------- dL e g c 144 dL a
Hl
dP
------- = -----------------------
-
dL f 2g c d 144
Slug flow
V sl 2 dP
------- =
f l ------- dL f
dp Hl
------ = ----------------------- dP dP
- A 1 ------- + B 1 -------
dL f 2g c d 144 dL f slug dL f mist
Mist Flow Mist Flow

Same as Duns & Ross
dP V m V sg n dP
------- - -------
dL acc = ---------------------
g c P 144 dL T
n = l l + 1 l g
Transition Flow Transition Flow
dP
------- dP
-------
dL f = dL acc =
dP dP dP dP
A 1 ------- + B 1 ------- A 1 ------- + B 1 -------
dL f slug dL f mist dL acc slug dL acc mist

Table A-6c: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations
Name Holdup(HL)
Beggs & Brill Flow Pattern from Beggs and Brill Flow Pattern Map
b
a L
-
H l = --------
c
N Fr
= 0, = 0
0, = 1 + C sin 1.8 0.33 sin 1.8
f g
C = 1 L ln d L eN LV N Fr
a,b,c,d,e,f,g = constants, f(flow pattern)
TransitIon Flow
H L = A 4 H L seg + B 4 H L int
A 4 = f(dimensionless numbers), 0 A4 1 B4 = 1 A4
Lockhart & Martinelli HL = f(x), calculated from correlation
dp- s 1---
----- 2 2
dL L dp- s f L L V sL L V sL d
x = --------------s- ----- -----------------------
- N Re,L = 1488 ------------------
dp- dL L = 2g d 144 L
----- c
dL g
2
dp- s
----- f L g V sg g V sg d
= -----------------------
- N Re,g = 1488 -----------------
dL g 2g c d 144 L
Eaton HL = f(dimensionless numbers), calculated from correlation

Table A-6c: Beggs & Brill37; Lockhart & Martinelli40; Eaton41
Segregated, Intermittent, Distributed Flow
f tp s V m
2 dp-
----- s g sin dp-
----- V m V sg s dp
dp-
----- = ----------------------
-
f tp
----- = e
5
dL e
= -------------------
- = ---------------------- ------
dL f g c 144 dL acc g c P 144 dL T
2g c d 144 fn
n Vm d s = L HL + g Hg
N Re = 1488 ----------------
n
fn from Moody diagram for smooth pipe
y
S = ----------------------------------------------------------
-
2 4
a0 + a1 y a2 y a4 y
a0 = 0.0523 a1 = 3.182
a2 = 0.8725 a4 = 0.01863
y y
S = ln 2.2 e 1.2 if 1 e 1.2
L
y = ln -----2-
L
Transition Flow:
dp-
----- dp-
----- dp-
-----
dL f = A 4 dL f,seg + B 4 dL f,int
2 dp s 2 dp s dp- s g sin dp-

g ------ + g ------ ----- = -------------------
- -----
dL acc = 0
dp
----- dL g dL L dL e g c 144
- = -------------------------------------------------
-
dL f 2 s = L HL + g Hg
g = f X 1 N Re,g L = f X 1 N Re,L
f tp n V m
2 dp-
----- s g sin W L V L + W g V g
2 2
dp-
----- = -------------------
- dp-
-----
dL f
= ----------------------
- dL e g c 144 dL acc
= ------------------------------------------
-
2g c d 144 2g c q m L 144
f tp calculated from correlation s = L HL + g Hg

Table A-6d: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations
Name Holdup(HL)
Aziz Flow pattern from Aziz et al. flow pattern map

Bubble flow
V sg
H l = 1 -------
- V bf = 1.2V m + V bs
V bf
1
---
L g L g 4
V bs = 1.41 --------------------------------
2
L
Slug Flow
V sg
H l = 1 ----------
- V bfsl = 1.2V m + V bsl
V bfsl
1
---
dg L g 2
V bfsl = C ----------------------------
2
-
L
C = f(dimensionless numbers), calculated from correlation
Mist Flow
Same as Duns & Ross
TransitIon Flow
H L = A 3 H L slug + B 3 H L mist
A 3 = f(dimensionless numbers), 0 A3 1 B3 = 1 A3
Gray 1
A
Hl = 1 Hg 1e -
H g = ----------------
R+1
1
B
A = 2.314 N v 1 + 205
---------
1
N d
B = 0.0814 1 0.05554 ln 1 + 0.730R

-----------------
1
R+1
2 2 2
V sl m V sm g l g D
R = -------
- N v = -----------------------------
- N d = -------------------------------
-
V sg g l l g l
o q o + 0.617 w q w
l = ---------------------------------------------
- = surface tension
q o + 0.617q w

Table A-6d: Aziz36; Gray38
Bubble Flow: Bubble and Slug Flow
f s Vm
2
dP s g sin dP
dP
------- = ----------------------- 1488 l V m d ------- = -------------------
- ------- = 0
dL f
- dL e g c 144 dL acc
2g c d 144 N Re = ----------------------------
l
f from Moody diagram s = l Hl + g Hg
Slug Flow:
2
dp-
----- f l Vm Hl 1488 l V m d
dL f = 2g
-----------------------
- N Re = ---------------------------
-
c d 144 l
Mist Flow Mist Flow
Same as Duns & Ross dp- V m V sg s dp

----- = ---------------------- ------
dL acc g c P 144 dL T
Transition Flow Transition Flow
dp-
----- dp dp dP dP dP
= A 4 ------ + B 4 ------ ------- = A -------
dL a 1 dL a, slug
+ B -------
1 dL a, mist
dL f dL f, slug dL f, mist
f tp s V m
2
1488 n V m d dP s g sin dp- V m V sg s dp
dp-
----- - = -------------------
- ------ - ----- = ---------------------- ------
dL f = 2g
-----------------------
- N Re = ---------------------------- dL e g c 144 dL acc g c P 144 dL T
c d 144 n
s = l Hl + g Hg

Table A-6e: Two-Phase Pressure Correlations
Name Holdup(HL)
Dukler HL = calculated from correlation iteratively
2
H L = f L N Rek N Rek = f H L
2 2
k Vm d L L g g
N Re = 1488 ---------------- k = -----------
- + ------------
n HL Hg
Mukherjee & Brill Flow pattern from Mukherjee and Brill flow pattern map
b
a L
- p
H l = --------
c
N Fr
< 0 Bubble, Slug, Mist flow
0.371771
H2 N GV
HL = e H 2 = H 1 --------------------
0.393952
-
N LV
2
H 1 = 0.51664 + 0.789805 sin + 0.551627sin 2 + 15.519214 N L
< 0 Stratified flow
0.079951
H2 N GV
HL = e H 2 = H 1 --------------------
0.504887
-
N LV
2
H 1 = 1.330282 + 4.808139 sin + 4.171584sin 2 + 56.262268 N L
< 0 All flow patterns
0.475686
H2 N GV
HL = e H 2 = H 1 --------------------
0.288657
-
N LV
2
H 1 = 0.380113 + 0.129875 sin + 0.119788sin 2 + 2.343227 N L

Table A-6e: Dukler46; Mukherjee & Brill43
f tp k V m
2 dp-
----- s g sin 2 2
dp-
----- = -------------------
- g V eg L V sL
dL f = -------------------------
- dL e g c 144 -------------- + ---------------
2g c d144 dp- Hg HL
----- = ----------------------------------------------
s = L HL + g Hg dL acc g c L 144
f y
---- = 1 + ------------------------------------------------------------------------
fn a0 a1 y + a2 y a3 y + a4 y
2 3 4
a0 = 1.261 a1 = 0.478
a2 = 0.444 a3 = 0.094
a4 = 0.0084
y = ln L
fn = 0.0056 + 0.5 N Rek
Stratified Flow
f g V g
2 dp-
----- s g sin dp-
----- V m V sg s dp
dp-
----- dL e = -------------------
- ---------------------
- ------
dL f
= ------------------------- g c 144 dL acc = g c P 144 dL T
2g c d h 144
g Vg dh s = L HL + g Hg
N Re = 1488 ------------------
g s = g for stratified flow
d h = hydraulic diameter of the pipe
Bubble, Slug Flow
2
dp-
----- f m V m
= ----------------------
-
dL f 2g c d 144
n Vm d
N Re = 1488 ----------------
g
Mist Flow
2
dp-
----- f fr g V g
= ----------------------
-
dL f 2g c d 144
n Vm d
N Re = 1488 ----------------
n
f fr calculated from correlation
f from Moody diagram

General Guidelines on Correlation Selection
For gas-dominated two-phase pipe runs with sub-critical flow:
Use the Dukler-Eaton correlation, and for cases with very low liquid loadings (less
than 10 bbl/MMSCF, or 0.056 m3 /1000 sm3) bracket with the Beggs, Brill & Moody
correlation. Mukherjee-Brill is better for 0.1< HL< 0.35.
For single-phase liquid and liquid-dominated fluid lines, like crude oil and its prod-
ucts and water:
Use the Beggs, Brill and Moody correlation.
For dense phase gas pipelines, such as CO2 or NH3:
Use the Beggs, Brill and Moody correlation.
For downward flowing pipes containing two-phase fluids or steam:
Use the Beggs & Brill No-Slip correlation.
For all steam piping, except downward flowing pipes (as above):
Use the Beggs, Brill & Moody correlation.
For high velocity and critical flow systems:
Use the high velocity modifications to the standard Beggs & Brill, and Beggs, Brill
& Moody correlations.

Appendix B
Glossary
Glossary of Frequently Used Terms

This section lists the meanings of frequently used terms in the
INPLANT application.
Compressibility Generally only of importance in gas phases, this term refers to
the gas deviation from ideal behavior.
Critical Flow Also referred to as sonic or limiting flow for single phase
fluids. This term refers to the maximum speed of a fluid as
being that of the speed of sound in the local fluid medium for
single phase fluids. For multiphase fluids, critical and sonic
flow are not equal, and critical flow becomes a practical quan-
tity corresponding to a maximum mass flux.
Device This term describes any item of process equipment, pipe or
fitting through which fluid is able to flow. A link comprises
one or more devices.
Discontinuity In the context of critical flow, a pressure discontinuity occurs
in a pipe section or device when critical flow has been
achieved. Under these conditions the fluid velocity cannot
increase and so the corresponding pressure cannot decrease
until downstream conditions dictate otherwise. Critical dis-
continuities by nature can only be sustained over short dis-
tances, and the energy associated with the discontinuity is
normally dissipated in the form of a shock wave.
Enthalpy This term refers to the heat content of a fluid. This value is
related to the fluid temperature, pressure and composition and
is used in pipe devices for heat balance calculations.
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual B-1

Equivalent Length (Also known as K-multiplier) This term is used for specifying
the pressure drop over a valve or fitting in terms of an equiva-
lent number of pipe diameters. The equivalent length (in pipe
diameters) is equal to L/d.
Equation-of-State This term describes an equation which relates pressure, volume,
and temperature for a fluid. The ideal gas law is one such exam-
ple, and modern cubic equations-of-state such as SRK are able
to predict multiphase mixture behavior.
Equipment This phrase refers to devices which are typically described as
process equipment, such as pumps, compressors, heaters, etc.
Flare Method This term describes a network solution method that is comple-
mentary to the network method. This method is applicable to
relief networks that are specifically pure gathering systems with
one sink and no loops. This method also contains special capa-
bilities in handling critical flow and in automatic line and valve
sizing.
Flow Pattern In INPLANT, available flow patterns depicted on the Taitel-
Dukler-Barnea flow map are intermittent, annular, dispersed
bubble, stratified wavy and stratified smooth flows.
Flow Pattern Map This term typically describes a graphical representation of
superficial liquid velocity versus superficial gas velocity. Each
flow regime is marked on different segments on the graph.
Flow Regime This phrase is used to describe either turbulent or laminar flow.
This term is often used interchangeably with Flow Pattern.
Fluid This term defines a single-phase or multi-phase group of com-
ponents which are able to flow within a piping configuration.
Fortunati Model The Fortunati Model55 describes a method for the determination
of critical flow in two-phase systems. This method arose from
work on multiphase critical flow through chokes.
Friction Factor This term refers to the relative importance of wall shear stress to
the total losses. The friction factor is generally related to the
Reynolds number and to the ratio of wall roughness to the inter-
nal pipe diameter.
Heat Transfer This term describes the rate of heat transfer from one medium to
Coefficient another medium per unit heat transfer area per degree of tem-
perature. The media may be fluid flowing inside a pipe transfer-
B-2 Glossary
ring heat to the pipe wall medium. Heat transfer coefficients are
generally complex empirical correlations, and are related to a
number of dimensionless numbers, including the Reynolds
number. The individual heat transfer coefficients may be com-
bined to produce the overall heat transfer coefficient,
Heat Transfer Is the reciprocal of the heat transfer coefficient,
Resistance
Internal Energy This describes the energy possessed by a fluid by virtue of its
existence at a certain temperature (for an ideal gas) and pressure
(for a real gas). Only differences in internal energy are of use in
analysis, and then only in deriving other functions such as
enthalpy, heat capacity at constant volume (Cv), etc.
Interval Halving This phrase refers to a network method solution technique when
flow reversals are detected in loop configurations, but where
flow reversals during the solution procedure have been disal-
lowed by the user.
Junction This term describes a node which connects two or more links
together.
K-factor (Also known as resistance coefficient.) This term refers to the
number of velocity heads equivalent to the frictional pressure
drop over a valve or fitting. The K-factor is numerically equal to
fL/d.
K-multiplier See Equivalent Length.
Kinetic Energy This term refers to the energy possessed by a fluid by virtue of
its motion. Kinetic energy is related to the mass and velocity of
the fluid.
Laminar Flow Also known as Streamline Flow. This term refers to single
phase fluid flow where the value of the Reynolds number is less
than 3000 (user-definable value).
Link This is the term used to describe the serial string of devices
which appear between any two nodes. The series of devices are
ordered in the direction of flow as specified by the user.
Liquid Holdup This term is defined as the fraction of a pipes cross-sectional
area which is occupied by liquid. Holdup is used extensively in
two-phase fluid flow analyses, including the determination of

flow regime and in the calculation of two-phase physical prop-
erties such as density and viscosity.
Loading Refers to the fluid flow rate arising from a flare relief depressur-
izing source.
Loop This phrase refers to a particular configuration of piping net-
work where two or more junctions join together to form a loop.
Marching Algorithm This is a term used to describe the manner by which the device
calculations are solved by INPLANT. The solution proceeds in
a sequential manner, where the outlet conditions of a fluid from
one calculation segment are used as the inlet conditions for the
next segment. In networks, INPLANT always works in the for-
ward direction (i.e., in the link FROM=, TO= definition) when
conducting pressure drop calculations.
Mixing Rule This term refers to the mathematical method used to combine
properties into a single value for subsequent use in a correlation.
An equation-of-state uses a mixing rule in combining compo-
nent properties in order to predict overall fluid phase behavior.
However, a non-compositional viscosity method may use a
mixing rule in order to combine overall phase viscosities in
order to generate a single value for use in the relevant pressure
drop correlations.
Moody Pulse Model The Moody Pulse Model4 is a method for the determination of
critical flow in two-phase systems. In this method the critical
mass flux is ascertained for both homogeneous and separated
flow patterns
Network Diagram This term refers to a diagram of the structure of an INPLANT
network which contains only the nodes and links, with their
labels, together with flow direction arrows and major devices.
This diagram is essential for diagnosing any convergence prob-
lems and as accompanying documentation to any network simu-
lation.
Network Method This is a simulation type which normally involves more than
one source and/or more than one sink. The Network Method is
the algorithm invoked to solve these configurations, and may
operate also on problems referred to as single link.
No-Slip This term is used to describe two-phase fluid flow where both
phases are traveling at the same velocity.
B-4 Glossary
Node This phrase refers to a fluid source, sink or junction.
Potential Energy This term is the energy possessed by a fluid by virtue of its posi-
tion. Potential energy is related to the mass and elevation of the
fluid relative to a reference datum.
Pressure Traverse Is a phrase used to describe the pressure drop calculation across
a calculation segment in the forward direction.
Resistance Coefficient See K-factor.
Reynolds Number This is a dimensionless number which represents the ratio of a
fluids inertia forces to its viscous forces. This number is used
extensively in pressure drop analyses and correlations.
Roughness This term describes the absolute value of the mean size of
roughness on the inside of a section of pipe. This factor is used
in correlations for the prediction of friction factors.
Segment A calculation segment in INPLANT refers to that subdivision of
pipe over which iterative heat and mass balances are performed.
Shear Stress This term refers to the frictional force working at the pipe wall
against the direction of fluid flow.
Shock Wave This term describes a fast and violent dissipation of energy
associated with the change from a critical flow condition to that
of subcritical flow.
Shut-in This phrase refers to a source or sink in a network which has
either zero flow during (or at) solution, or has become its oppo-
site number by virtue of flow reversal in the connecting link.
This source or sink is subsequently eliminated from the solution
procedure together with corresponding feed link(s).
Single Link Method This term describes a simulation type which involves only one
fluid source, one sink, and one series of devices.
Sink This is a node from where fluid leaves, or is rejected from, the
system.
Slip This term is used to describe a two-phase fluid flow phenome-
non where one phase travels at a different speed than the other.
The faster phase is then said to slip past the slower phase.
Positive slip refers to situations where the gas phase is travel-
ling faster than the liquid, and negative slip refers to the reverse
situation.

Sonic Flow See Critical Flow.
Source This is a node from where a fluid is introduced into the system.
Spur Link In the network method, this term describes a sink link which has
its flow rate fixed by the user, and can consequently be decou-
pled from the main iterative solution matrix.
Steady State A condition which does not change with time. Steady state flow
therefore refers to a condition where all aspects of the fluid
flow, from physical properties to flow regime, do not change
with time.
Streamline Flow See Laminar Flow.
Superficial Velocity This term is defined as the velocity of a particular phase of fluid
in a pipe if it alone occupied the entire area for flow.
Turbulent Flow This refers to fluid flow where the value of the Reynolds num-
ber is greater than 3000 (a user-definable value) in
INPLANT.
Work This term refers to energy applied to, or taken from, a system by
means other than heat input or output. Shaft work refers to the
work done on or by a flowing fluid through a mechanical device
which uses a shaft. Examples include a pump (for shaft work
done on the fluid) or a turbine (for work done by the fluid).
B-6 Glossary
Appendix C
References
Bibliography
1. Moody, L.F.: Friction Factors for Pipe Flow, Trans. ASME, V.66, p.671, 1944.
2. Colebrook, C.F., J. Inst. Civil Engrs. (London), 11:1333 (1938).
3. Y. Taitel & A.E. Dukler: A Model for Predicting Flow Regime Transitions in Hori-
zontal and Near Horizontal Gas-Liquid Flow, AIChE Journal Vol. 22, No. 1, Jan.
1976, pages 47-55.
Y. Taitel, D. Barnea & A.E. Dukler: Modeling Flow Pattern Transitions for Steady
Upward Gas-Liquid Flow in Vertical Tubes, AIChE Journal Vol. 26, No. 3, May.
1980, pages 345-354.
D. Barnea, Y. Taitel & O. Shoham: Flow Pattern Transition for Vertical Downward
Two-Phase Flow, Chemical Eng. Science, Vol. 37, No. 5, 1982, page 741-744.
D. Barnea, Y. Taitel & O. Shoham: Flow Pattern Transition for Downward Inclined
Two-Phase Flow Horizontal to Vertical, Chemical Eng. Science, Vol. 37, No. 5,
1982, page 735-740.
4. Moody, F.J.: A Pressure Pulse Model for Two-Phase Critical Flow and Sonic
Velocity, Journal of Heat Transfer, Aug. 1969, Transactions of the ASME.
5. API Recommended Practice 520: Recommended Practice for the Design and
Installation of Pressure-Relieving Systems in Refineries: Part I - Sizing and Selec-
tion, Sixth Edition (1993).
6. Leung, J.: Size Safety Relief Valves for Flashing Liquids, Chemical Eng. Prog-
ress, Feb. 1992, pages 70-75.
7. Standing, M.B. and D.L. Katz: Density of Natural Gases Trans. AIME, 1962, 140.
Yarborough, L. and K.R. Hall: How to Solve Equations of State for Z Factors, Oil
and Gas Journal.
Keyword Manual C-1

8. Lee, A.L. et al: The Viscosity of Natural Gases, Trans AIME, (1966) 997.
9. Katz, D.L. & Carr, N.L. et al: Viscosity of Hydrocarbon Gases Under Pressure,
Trans AIME (1954) page 264.
10. Beggs, H.D. and Robinson, J.R.: Estimating the Viscosity of Crude Oil Systems,
JPT (September 1975) 1140.
11. Beal, C.: The Viscosity of Air, Water, Natural Gas, Crude Oil and Its Associated
Gases at Oil Field Temperatures and Pressures, Trans AIME (1946), 94.
Chew, J. and C.A. Conally, A Viscosity Correlation for Gas Saturated Crude Oils,
Trans AIME (1951), 223.
12. 1967 ASME Steam Tables. 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017.
13. SIMSCI Component Library.
14. Reid, Prausnitz and Sherwood: The Properties of Gases and Liquids, McGraw-
Hill, 1977.
Letsou, A., and L.I. Stiel, A.I.Ch.E. J., 19, p. 409 (1973).
Partington: An Advanced Treatise on Physical Chemistry, Vol. 2, Longmans,
1949.
Thomas, J., Chem. Soc., Part II, pp. 573-579 (1946).
Gunn, R.D. and T. Yamada, A.I.Ch.E. J., 17, p. 1341 (1971).
Andrade, E.N., Nature, 125, p. 309 (1930).
Kouzel, Hydrocarbon Proc., 44, p. 120 (1965).
Riedel, Chem. Ing. Tech., 26, p. 83 (1954).
Kendall and Monroe, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 39, p. 1787 (1917).
15. Thodos, G. and Yoon, A.I.Ch.E. J., 16, p. 300 (1970).
Dean, D.G. and L.S. Stiel, A.I.Ch.E. J., 11 p. 526 (1965).
Herning and Zipperer, Gas-U. Wasserfach, 79, p. 69 (1936).
16. Leland, T.W., J.S. Robinson, and G.A. Suther, Trans Farad. Soc., 64, 1447, 1968.
17. API Technical Data Book, 5th Ed. (1978).
Reid, Prausnitz and Sherwood: The Properties of Gases and Liquids, McGraw-
Hill, p. 524 (1977).
Riedel, L., Chem. Ing. Tech., 21, p. 349 (1949).
18. Roy, D. and G. Thodos, I & E.C. Fund., 9, p. 71 (1970).
Stiel, L. I. and G. Thodos, A.I.Ch.E. J., 10 p. 26 (1964).
C-2 References
Reid, Prausnitz and Sherwood: The Properties of Gases and Liquids, McGraw-
Hill, p. 481-504 (1977).
Perry, R.H. and C.H. Chilton: Chemical Engineers Handbook, McGraw-Hill, p. 3-
244 (1973).
19. API Technical Data Book - Petroleum Refining, 5th Revision (1978), pp. 6-45, 6-46.
20. Soave, G., Chem Engr. Sci., 27, No. 6, p. 1197 (1972). Erbar, J.H., GPA K & MOD
II Program (August 1974).
Reid, Prausnitz, and Sherwood, The Properties of Gases and Liquids, 3rd Edition
(1977).
21. Peng, D.Y., and D.B. Robinson: A New Two Constant Equation of State, I. & E.C.
Fund., 51, pp. 59-64 (1976).
22. Kesler, M.G. and B.I. Lee, A.I.Ch.E. J., 21, No. 3, p. 510 (1975).
Kesler, M.G. and B.I. Lee, Hydrocarbon Proc., p. 153, March 1976.
Tarakad, R.R. and Ronald Danner, A.I.Ch.E. J., 22, No. 2, pp. 409-411, March 1976.
API Technical Data Book - Petroleum Refining, 3rd Edition, pp. 2-1 to 7-4.
23. Lee, B.I., M.G. Kesler, A.I.Ch.E. J., 21 (3), 510 (1975).
Leland, T.W., W.H. Mueller, I. & E.C., 51 (4), 597, (1959).
Pitzer, K.S., G. O. Hultgren, J.Am.Chem.Soc., 80, 4793 (1958).
Plocker, U., Helmut Knapp, John Prausnitz, I. & E.C. Proc.Des.Dev., Vol. 17, No. 3
(1978).
Prausnitz, J.M., R.D. Gunn, A.I.Ch.E.J., 4, 430, 494 (1958).
24. Simulation Sciences Inc., 1983: The Twu Method for Prediction of Critical Proper-
ties and Molecular Weights for Petroleum and Coal Tar Liquids, Technical Bulletin
#27.
Starling, K.E., J.E. Powers, I. & E.C. Fund., 9,531 (1970).
Starling, K.E., L.L. Lee, C.H. Twu, K.C. Mo, 1978: Self Consistent Correlation of
Thermodynamic and Transport Properties, Thesis, Gas Research Institute and
A.G.A. School of Chemical Engineering, University of Oklahoma.
Twu, C.H.: Prediction of Thermodynamic Properties of Normal Paraffins Using
only Normal Boiling Point, Fluid Phase Equilibria, 11 (1983), 65-81, Elsevier Sci-
ence Publishers, B. V., Amsterdam.
Twu, C.H.: Boiling Point as a Third Parameter for Use in a Generalized Equation
of State, Fluid Phase Equilibria, 13, (1983), 189-194, Elsevier Science Publishers.
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual C-3

Twu, C.H.: An Internally Consistent Correlation for Predicting the Critical Proper-
ties and Molecular Weights of Petroleum and Coal Tar Liquids, Fluid Phase Equi-
libria, 00, (1984), FLU00628, Elsevier Science Publishers.
25. Kesler, M.G. and B. I. Lee, A.I.Ch.E. Journal, Volume 21, No. 3, pp. 510-527, May
1975.
Kesler M.G. and B.I. Lee, Hydrocarbon Processing, March 1976, p. 153.
26. Twu, Chorng H.: An Internally Consistent Correlation for Predicting Critical Prop-
erties and Molecular Weight of Petroleum and Coal Tar Liquids, 1983 submitted
for publication.
27. Grayson, H.G., and G.W. Streed: Vapor Liquid Equilibria for High Temperature,
High Pressure Systems, 6th World Petroleum Congress, West Germany, June
(1963).
28. Redlich, O., and J.N.W. Kwong, Chem. Rev., 44,233 (1949).
29. Ibid, Procedure 7h2.1, pp. 7-201 to 7-202.
Stewart, Burkhart and Voo: Prediction of Pseudo-critical Constants for Mixtures,
A.I.Ch.E Meeting, Kansas City, May 18, 1959.
30. Johnson and Grayson, Petroleum Refiner, 40, No. 2, p. 123, (1961).
31. Chao, K.D. and J.D.Seader, A.I.Ch.E. Journal, pp. 598-605, December 1961.
Hildebrand, H.H. and R.L. Scott: The Solubility of Nonelectrolytes, 3rd edition,
Reinhold, New York(1950).
Redlich, O., and J.N.W. Kwong, Chem. Rev., 44,233 (1949).
32. Bingham & Jackson Bureau of Standards Bulletin 14,75 (1918) referenced in
Langes Handbook of Chemistry and Perrys 4th edition.
33. Duns, H., Jr. and N.C.J. Ros: Vertical Flow of Gas and Liquid Mixtures in Wells,
Proc., 6th World Pet. Congress (1963), 451.
34. Hagedorn, A.R. and K.E. Brown: Experimental Study of Pressure Gradients
Occurring During Continuous Two-Phase Flow in Small-Diameter Vertical Con-
duits, J. Pet. Tech. (April, 1965) 475-484.
35. Orkiszewski, J.: Predicting Two-Phase Pressure Drops in Vertical Pipes, J. Pet.
Tech. (June, 1967) 829-838.
36. Aziz, K., G.W. Govier, and M. Fogarasi: Pressure Drop in Wells Producing Oil and
Gas, J. Cdn. Pet. Tech. (July-Sept., 1972) 38-48.
37. Beggs, H.D.: An Experimental Study of Two-Phase Flow in Inclined Pipes, Ph.D.
Dissertation, the U. of Tulsa (1972).
38. Gray, H.E.: Vertical Flow Correlation in Gas Wells, in User Manual for API 14B,
Subsurface Controlled Safety Valve Sizing Computer Program, App. B (June 1974).
C-4 References
39. Flanigan, O.: Effect of Uphill Flow on Pressure Drop in Design of Two-Phase
Gathering Systems, Oil and Gas Jour. (March 10, 1958) 56.
40. Lockhart, R.W. and R.C. Martinelli: Proposed Correlation of Data for Isothermal
Two-Phase, Two Component Flow in Pipes, Chem. Eng. Prog. (Jan. 1949) 45, 39.
41. Eaton, B.A.: The Prediction of Flow Patterns, Liquid Holdup and Pressure Losses
Occurring during Continuous Two-Phase Flow in Horizontal Pipelines, Ph.D. The-
sis, The U. of Texas (1966).
42. Steady-State Flow Computation Manual for Natural Gas Transmission Lines, Amer-
ican Gas Association, New York (1964).
43. Mukherjee, H. K.: An Experimental Study of Inclined Two Phase Flow, Ph.D. dis-
sertation, University of Tulsa, 1979.
44. Browne, E.J.P.: Practical Aspects of Predicting Errors in Two-Phase Pressure Loss
Calculations, SPE 5000, Presented at the 49th Annual SPE fall Meeting, Houston,
Texas, 1974.
45. Degance, A.E. and R.W.Atherton: Horizontal - Flow Correlations, Chem. Eng.
(July 13, 1970), 95.
46. Dukler, A.E., et al: Gas-Liquid Flow in Pipelines, I. Research Results, AGA-API
Project NX -28 (May 1969).
47. Mandhane, J.M.,G.A.Gregory,K.Aziz: Critical Evaluation of Holdup Prediction
Methods For Gas-Liquid Flow in Horizontal Pipes, SPE 5140, Presented at SPE
Annual Fall Meeting, Houston, Texas, Oct. 1974.
48. Vohra, I.R., et al: Comparison of Liquid Holdup Correlations For Gas-Liquid Flow
in Horizontal Pipes, SPE 4690, Presented at the SPE Annual Fall Meeting, Las
Vegas, Nev., Oct. 1973.
49. Palmer, C.M.: Evaluation of Inclined Pipe Two-Phase Liquid Holdup Correlations
Using Experimental Data, M.S. Thesis, The U. of Tulsa (1975).
50. Payne, G.A.: Experimental Evaluation of Two-Phase Pressure Loss Correlations for
Inclined Pipe, M.S. Thesis, The U. of Tulsa (1975).
51. SIMSCI Steam Package from: Keenan, J.H. et al: Thermodynamic Properties of
Water Including Vapor, Liquid and Solid Phases, John Wiley & Sons Inc.
52. Eaton, B.A.: The Prediction of Flow Patterns, Liquid Holdup and Pressure Losses
Occurring during Continuous Two-Phase Flow in Horizontal Pipelines, Ph.D. The-
sis, The U. of Texas (1966).
53. API Technical Data Book for Petroleum Refining (1980). Procedure 2B2.1
54. Twu, Chorng H.: An Internally Consistent Correlation for Predicting Critical Prop-
erties and Molecular Weight of Petroleum and Coal Tar Liquids, 1983 submitted
for publication.
55. Fortunati, F.: Two-Phase Flow Through Wellhead Chokes, SPE 3742, presented at
SPE European Spring Meeting, Amsterdam, the Netherlands, May, 1972.

56. Hazen-Williams.
57. Crane Ltd.: Flow of Fluids Through Valves, Fittings and Pipe. Technical Paper
No. 410M, 1988.
58. Barua, S., Sharma, Y., and Brosius, M.G.: Two-phase flow model aids flare net-
work design, Oil & Gas Journal, Jan. 27 1992, pp. 90-94.
59. Blevins, Robert D.: Applied Fluid Dynamics Handbook. Van Nostrand Reinhold
Company.
60. Fisher, H.G. et al: Emergency Relief System Design Using DIERS Technology-
Project Manual. AIChE, 1992.
61. API Standard 526, Flanged Steel Safety--Relief Valves, Third Edition (1989).
62. Leung, J.C., A Generalized Correlation for One-Component Homogeneous Equi-
librium Flashing Choked Flow, AIChE J., 1743--1746, October (1986).
63. Nazario, F.N. and J.C. Leung, Sizing pressure relief valves in flashing two-phase
service: an alternative procedure, J. Loss Prev. Proc. Ind., 263-269, 5 (1992).
64. Simpson, L.L., Estimate Two-Phase Flow in Safety Devices, Chem. Eng., 98--
102, August (1991).
65. Smith, J.M., and H.C. Van Ness, Introduction to Chemical Engineering Thermody-
namics, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill (1981).
66. API Recommended Practice 520: Recommended Practice for the Design and
Installation of Pressure-Relieving Systems in Refineries: Part II - Design, Sixth
Edition, (1993).
67. Lasater, J.A.: Bubble Point Pressure Correlation, Trans. AIME, 1958, 379.
68. Beggs, H.D. and Robinson,J.R.: Estimating the Viscosity of Crude Oil Systems,
JPT (September 1975) 1140.
69. Glaso, O. Generalized Pressure-Volume-Temperature Correlations, JPT (May
1980) 785; Trans., AIME, 269.
70. Standing, M.B.: A General Pressure-Volume-Temperature Correlation -- For Mix-
tures of California Oils and Greases, Drilling and Production Practice API (1947),
275.
71. Vazquez, A., M.E.: Correlations for Fluid Physical Property Prediction, M.S. The-
sis, Tulsa University.
72. Ramey, H.J. Jr., Wellbore Heat Transmission, J. Pet. Tech., April 1962, 427-440.
73. Churchill, S.W., Comprehensive Correlating Equations for Heat, Mass and
Momentum Transfer in Fully-Developed Flow in Smooth Tubes, Industrial &
Engineering Chemistry Fundamentals, 1977, 16 (1), pp 109-115.
74. Churchill, S.W. (1977), Comprehensive Correlating Equations for Heat, Mass, and
Momentum Transfer in Fully Developed Flow in Smooth Tubes, Ind. Eng. Chemis-
try Fundamentals, Vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 109-115.
C-6 References
75. Ansari, A.M.: A Comprehensive Mechanistic Model for Upward Two-Phase
Flow, MS Thesis, University of Tulsa (1988).
76. Taitel, Y., Barnea, D., and Dukler, A.E.: Modelling Flow Pattern Transition for
Steady Upward Gas-Liquid Flow in Vertical Tubes, AIChE J. (1980), 26, 345- 354.
77. Barnea, D.: A Unified Model for Predicting Flow-Pattern Transition for the Whole
Range of Pipe Inclinations, Int. J. Multiphase Flow (1987), 13, 1-12.
78. Caetano, E.F.: Upward Vertical Two-Phase Flow Through an Annulus, Ph.D. Dis-
sertation, University of Tulsa (1986).
79. Fernandes, R.C., Semait, T., and Dukler, A.E.: Hydrodynamic Model for Gas-Liq-
uid Slug Flow in Vertical Tubes, AICHE J., (1986), 29, 981-989.
80. Sylvester, N.D.: A Mechanistic Model for Two-Phase Vertical Slug Flow in Pipes,
ASME J. Energy Resources Tech., (1987), 109, 206-213.
81. Xiao, J.J., Shoham, O., and Brill, J.P.: A Comprehensive Mechanistic Model for
Two-Phase Flow in Pipelines, 65th Annual SPE Conference, New Orleans, Sep-
tember 23-26, 1990.
82. Taitel, Y. and Dukler, A.E.: A Model for Predicting Flow Regime Transitions in
Horizontal and Near Horizontal Gas-Liquid Flow, AIChE J., 22, No. 1, 47-55
(1980).
83. Andritsos, N. and Hanratty, T.J.: Influence of Interfacial Waves in Stratified Gas-
Liquid Flow, AIChE J., 33, No. 3, 444-454 (1987).
84. Baker, A., Nielsen, K. and Gabb, A.: Pressure Loss, Liquid Holdup Calculations
Developed, Oil & Gas J., 55-59 (March 14, 1988).
McLeod, W.R., Rhodes, D.F., and Day, J.J.: Radiotracers in Gas-Liquid Transpor-
tation Problems - A Field Case, J.Pet.Tech., 939-947 (August, 1971).
85. Oliemans, R.V.A., Potts, B.F., and Trope, N.: Modelling of Annular Dispersed
Two-Phase Flow in Vertical Pipes, Int. J. Multiphase Flow 12, No. 5, 711-732
(1986).
86. Taitel, Y. and Barnea, D.: A Consistent Approach for calculating Pressure Drops in
Inclined Slug Flows, Chem. Eng. Sci. 45, No. 5, 1199-1206 (1990).
87. Pauchon, C., Dhulesia, H., Lopez, D., and Fabre, J.: TACITE: A Comprehensive
Mechanistic Model for Two-Phase Flow, BHRG Conference on Multiphase Pro-
duction, Cannes, June 16-19, 1993.
88. Andritsos, N. and Hanratty, T.J.: Influence of Interfacial Waves in Stratified Gas-
Liquid Flows, AIChE J., Vol. 33, 444-454.
89. Nicklin, D.J., Wilkes, J.O, and Davidson, J.F.: Two-Phase Flow in Vertical Tubes,
Trans. Inst. Chem. Engrs., Vol 40, 497-514.
90. Andreussi, P. and Bendiksen, K.: An Investigation of Void Fraction in Liquid Slugs
for Horizontal and Inclined Gas-Liquid Flow, Int. J. Multiphase Flow, Vol 15, 2,
937-946.

91. Bendiksen, K.H., Malnes, D., Moe, R., and Nuland, S.: The Dynamic Two-Fluid
Model OLGA: Theory and Application, SPE Production Eng., May 1991.
92. Pratts, Michael.:Thermal Recovery, SPE Monograph., Volume 7.
93. Barua, S.: Computation of Heat Transfer in Wellbores in Single and Dual Comple-
tions, SPE 22868.
94. Perkins, Thomas K.: Critical and Subcritical Flow of Multiphase Mixtures Through
Chokes, SPE 20633.
95. Ueda, Y., Samizo, N., and Shirakawa, S.: Application of Production System Analy-
sis to an Offshore Oil Field, SPE 21419.
96. Jones, L., Blount, E., and Glaze, C.: Use of Short Term Multiple Rate Flow Tests to
Predict Performance of Wells having Turbulence, SPE 6133, Oct. 3-6, 1976.
97. Hong, K. C.: Two-Phase Flow Splitting at a Pipe Tee, JPT, pp. 290, 1978.
98. Bergman, D. F., Tek, M. R., and Katz, D. L.: Retrograde Condensation in Natural
Gas Pipelines, AGA Project PR 26-69, 191-199, 1975.
99. Johansen, S. E.: Experimental Study of Gas-Liquid Flow in a Pipe Tee, M.S. The-
sis, Univ. of Tulsa, 1979.
100.Chien and Rubel: SPE 22764, Nov. 1992, SPEJ.
101.Seeger et al: International Journal of Multiphase Flow, Vol. 12, No. 4, 575-585,
1986.
102.Ely, J.F., and H.J.M. Hanley: Prediction of the Viscosity and Thermal Conductivity
in Hydrocarbon Mixtures - Computer Program TRAPP, Proceedings of 60th
Annual Convention, Gas Processors Association, 1981.
103.Shashi Menon, E.: Gas Pipeline Hydraulics.
104.Hein, M.A.: Pipeline Hydraulics and Heat Transfer Programs.
C-8 References
Appendix D
Default Values of Schedule Pipe Sizes
Steel Pipe Wall Thicknesses Used by INPLANT

Table D-1: Commercial Steel Pipe Based on ANSI B36.10:1970 and BS
1600: Part 2: 1970 Schedule Wall Thicknesses
Nominal Pipe Outside Thickness Inside Diameter
Size (in) Diameter (mm) (mm) (mm)
14 355.6 6.35 342.9
16 406.4 6.35 393.7
Schedule 10
18 457.2 6.35 444.5

20 508.0 6.35 495.3
24 609.6 6.35 596.9
30 762.0 7.92 746.2
8 219.1 6.35 206.4
10 273.0 6.35 260.3
12 323.9 6.35 311.2
Schedule 20
14 355.6 7.92 339.8

16 406.4 7.92 390.6
18 457.2 7.92 441.4
20 508.0 9.52 489.0
24 609.6 9.52 590.6
30 762.0 12.70 736.6
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual D-1

8 219.1 7.04 205.0
10 273.0 7.80 257.4
12 323.9 8.38 307.1
Schedule 30
14 355.6 9.52 336.6

16 406.4 9.52 387.4
18 457.2 11.13 434.9
20 508.0 12.70 482.6
24 609.6 14.27 581.1
30 762.0 15.88 730.2
1/8 10.3 1.73 6.8
1/4 13.7 2.24 9.2
3/8 17.1 2.31 12.5
1/2 21.3 2.77 15.8
3/4 26.7 2.87 21.0
1 33.4 3.38 26.6
1-1/4 42.2 3.56 35.1
1-1/2 48.3 2.68 40.9
2 60.3 3.91 52.5
2-1/2 73.0 5.16 62.7
Schedule 40
3 88.9 5.49 77.9

3-1/2 101.6 5.74 90.1
4 114.3 6.02 102.3
5 141.3 6.55 128.2
6 168.3 7.11 154.1
8 219.1 8.18 202.7
10 273.0 9.27 254.5
12 323.9 10.31 303.3
14 355.6 11.13 333.3
16 406.4 12.70 381.0
18 457.2 14.27 428.7
20 508.0 15.09 477.8
24 609.6 17.48 574.6
D-2 Default Values of Schedule Pipe Sizes

8 219.1 10.31 198.5
10 273.0 12.70 247.6
12 323.9 14.27 295.4
Schedule 60
14 355.6 15.09 325.4

16 406.4 6.64 373.1
18 457.2 19.05 419.1
20 508.0 20.62 466.8
24 609.6 25.61 560.4
1/8 10.3 2.41 5.5
1/4 13.7 3.02 7.7
3/8 17.1 3.20 10.7
1/2 21.3 3.73 13.8
3/4 26.7 3.91 18.9
1 33.4 4.55 24.3
1-1/4 42.2 4.85 32.5
1-1/2 48.3 5.08 38.1
2 60.3 5.54 49.2
2-1/2 73.0 7.01 59.0
Schedule 80
3 88.9 7.62 73.7

4 114.3 8.56 97.2
5 141.3 9.52 122.3
6 168.3 10.97 146.4
8 219.1 12.70 193.7
10 273.0 15.09 242.8
12 323.9 17.47 289.0
14 355.6 19.05 317.5
16 406.4 21.44 363.5
18 457.2 23.82 409.6
20 508.0 26.19 455.6
24 609.6 30.96 547.7
8 219.1 15.09 188.9
10 273.0 18.26 236.5
Schedule 100
12 323.9 21.44 281.0

14 355.6 23.82 308.0
16 406.4 26.19 354.0
18 457.2 29.36 398.5
20 508.0 32.54 422.9
24 609.6 38.89 531.8
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual D-3

4 114.3 11.13 92.0
5 141.3 12.70 115.9
6 168.3 14.27 139.8
8 219.1 18.26 182.6
Schedule 120
10 273.0 21.44 230.1

12 323.9 25.40 273.1
14 355.6 27.79 300.0
16 406.4 30.96 344.5
18 457.2 34.92 387.4
20 508.0 38.10 431.8
24 609.6 46.02 517.6
8 219.1 20.62 177.9
10 273.0 25.40 222.2
Schedule 140
12 323.9 28.58 266.7

14 355.6 31.75 292.1
16 406.4 36.52 333.4
18 457.2 39.69 377.8
20 508.0 44.45 419.1
24 609.6 52.39 504.8
1/2 21.3 4.78 11.7
3/4 26.7 5.56 15.6
1 33.4 6.35 20.7
1-1/4 42.2 6.35 29.5
1-1/2 48.3 7.14 34.0
2 60.3 8.74 42.8
2-1/2 73.0 9.52 54.0
3 88.9 11.13 66.6
Schedule 160
4 114.3 13.49 87.3

5 141.3 15.88 109.5
6 168.3 18.26 131.8
8 219.1 23.01 173.1
10 273.0 28.58 215.8
12 323.9 33.34 257.2
14 355.6 35.71 284.2
16 406.4 40.49 325.4
18 457.2 45.24 366.7
20 508.0 50.01 408.0
24 609.6 59.54 490.5
D-4 Default Values of Schedule Pipe Sizes

Appendix E
User-Definable Nominal Pipe Sizes
Format for User-Created NPS Database

The following is the format of the user-created database of nominal pipe sizes. The files
must have the *.DAT extension, e.g., Names.DAT.
FIELD DATA DESC FORMAT
Description Character CC......C (Maximum length 20)
Pipe Schedule Character CCCC
Nominal Diameter (inches) Real RRR.RR
Inside Diameter (inches) Real RRR.RR
Inside Diameter (millimeter) Real RRRR.RR
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual E-1

Index
A B
ACCELERATION 4-47 Ball valve 4-102
Acceleration Basis
network solution 4-47 mass 4-20
pressure gradient 3-27 measurement 4-9
ACENTRIC 4-38 BEND 4-91
Acentric factor 4-38 Bend 4-91
Adiabatic angle 4-92
compressor 4-84 elbow 4-92
efficiency 4-82, 4-83 mitre 4-92
Air pressure drop calculation 3-30
density of surrounding 4-80 resistance coefficient 4-91
thermal conductivity 4-23, 4-80 roughness 4-92
velocity 4-80 user-defined pressure drop 4-92
viscosity of surrounding 4-80 Benedict-Webb-Rubin-Starling 4-55
Ambient temperature 3-34, 4-23, 4-80 Binary
Angle interaction parameters 3-12
of bend 4-92 user-supplied 4-50
of contraction device 4-96 Buried pipe 3-34, 4-23, 4-80
of expansion device 4-99 depth 4-24
of valve 4-103 partially buried 4-81
Angle valve 4-102 Butterfly valve 4-102
API gravity 4-38, 4-70 BWRS 4-55
API statement 4-38
ASSAY 4-35
Assay
C
in source 4-67
Assay data 3-10, 4-32 CALCULATION 4-19
API gravity 4-38 Calculation
characterization 4-35 accelerated 4-47
cutpoints 4-32, 4-38 automatic segmentation 4-25
lightends 4-71 keywords 4-19
method 4-35 limits 3-7
molecular weight 4-35, 4-71 maximum segments 4-25
specific gravity 4-35 modes 2-3
ASTM network method 4-76
D1160 4-69 phase-splitting at junction 4-77
D2887 4-69 Prandtl number 4-19
D86 4-69 segment 4-25
solubility 4-55
Automatic segmentation 4-25
tolerances 4-46
Auxiliary
Calculation segment 2-8
power for pump 4-89
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual I-1

joining together 2-9 Component
Calculation type data category 4-6
selecting 4-19 identifier 4-34
Calculations 3-4 input data in report 5-9
heat transfer 3-34 list 4-33
isothermal 4-19 mixed types 3-11
pressure drop 3-25 properties from SIMSCI databank 4-34
sphering 4-19 Components
Calculator 3-24 capabilities 3-11
fixed properties 4-38
Case study 3-35
library 3-8, 4-34
data category 4-6
non-library 3-9, 4-33
global changes 3-36
other property requirements 3-11
individual changes 3-36
petroleum pseudocomponents 3-9, 4-34
output 5-28
solid 4-33
Categories of input 4-6 structure 3-11
case study data 4-6 synthetic 3-11
component data 4-6 synthetic fuel 4-33
general data 4-6, 4-12 temperature dependent properties 4-39
line sizing data 4-6 user-defined 3-9
network data 4-6
Composition 4-67
PVTdata 4-6
structure data 4-6 Compositional
thermodynamic data 4-6 component list 4-33
unit operations 4-6 fluid properties 3-7, 4-59
unit operations data 4-108 fluid viscosity 4-59
source 4-68
Chebychev equations 4-40
sources 3-18
CHECK 4-92
Compressibility factor 4-38, 4-59
Check data 4-19
COMPRESSOR 4-81
Check valve 4-92, 4-102
Compressor
pressure drop calculation 3-30
coolers 4-83
Chisholm flow model 4-924-103 multispeed 3-31
Chisholm two-phase correction 3-30 multistage 3-31
CHOKE 4-93 multi-train 4-82
Choke 4-93 rigorous 3-31
multi-networks 4-94 simple 3-31, 4-81
pressure drop calculation 3-30 CONDUCTIVITY 4-39
Coefficient Conductivity 4-39
flow 4-99, 4-100, 4-103 Contaminants
Fortunati 4-95 gas 3-16, 4-58
Hazen-Williams pressure drop 4-24, 4-80 Continuing statements 4-10
resistance for bend 4-91
CONTRACTION 4-96
resistance for contraction 4-96
resistance for entrance 4-97 Contraction
resistance for exit 4-98 pressure drop calculation 3-30
resistance for expansion 4-99 Contraction device 4-96
resistance for tee 4-101 angle 4-96
resistance for valve 4-102 resistance coefficient 4-96
Comments 4-8 user-defined pressure drop 4-96
COMPONENT 4-33 Convergence 3-20, 4-25, 4-78
flow tolerance 4-78
I-2 PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual
iterations 4-25 non-compositional properties 3-15
parameters 4-42 pressure drop methods 3-7
power 4-86 pseudo-component 3-9
pressure balance solution method 2-10 pseudocomponent data 3-10
COOLER 4-84 pseudocomponent methods 3-9
Cooler 3-31, 4-84 pseudocomponent variable data 3-10
interstage duties 4-84 transitional flow 3-7
interstage temperatures 4-84 DENSITY 4-39
CORRELATION 4-59 Density 4-39
Correlation liquid 4-33
options 4-59 methods 3-12
viscosity 4-59 of surrounding medium 4-23, 4-80
Rackett parameter 4-33
CP 4-39
results 5-27
Critical standard 4-39
pressure 4-39 thermodynamic method 4-51
temperature 4-39
Depressuring calculations 4-19
volume 4-39
Depth
Critical flow
of buried pipe 4-80
at junctions and sinks 2-11
in choke valves 4-45 DESCRIPTION 4-13
CSOURCE 4-68 Descriptive text 3-4
general data 4-13
Curves
performance 4-83 Device
link output 5-21
CUTPOINTS 4-38
report 5-19
Cutpoints 4-32, 4-38
Devices 3-6
Diameter
D actual inside 4-24
nominal 3-28
nominal inside 4-24
D1160 4-69
Dipole moment 4-33
D2887 4-69
Discharge pressure 4-83
D86 4-69
Distillation data 4-69
Dead-end tee 4-76 TBP 4-69
DEFAULT 4-23 Distillation data statement 4-69
Default DPDT device 3-32, 4-85
flow device parameters 3-6
heat transfer 3-6
limits 3-7 E
pressure drop methods 3-7
thermodynamic set 3-14
transitional flow 3-7 Eclipse link 4-12
Default data 4-8, 4-23 Efficiency 4-82
adiabatic 4-83
Defaults 3-6
of flow 4-24
Definition of pump 4-89
flow device parameters 3-6 performance curves 4-83
fluid properties 3-7 polytropic 4-84
heat transfer 3-6
Elbow bend 4-92
limits 3-7
Electric submersible pump 3-33
Elevation pressure gradient 3-27 WatsonK characterization 4-70
English z 4-59
units of measurement 4-14, 4-15 FCODE 4-20
ENTHALPY 4-39 Field data
Enthalpy 3-12, 4-39 matching 4-24
aqueous phase 3-12 FILE 4-62
convergnece tolerance 4-25 Film coefficient 4-23, 4-80
methods 3-12 Fitting
thermodynamic method 4-51 device summary report 5-19
ENTRANCE 4-97 schedule 4-24
Entrance device 4-97 Fittings
pressure drop calculation 3-30 available fittings 3-23
resistance coefficient 4-97 pressure drop calculation 3-29
Equation of state two-phase correction 3-30
interaction parameters 4-55 Fixed property requirements 3-11
Equipment Flare networks
device summary report 5-19 with loops or multiple sinks 4-19
devices 4-81 FLARE relief algorithm 2-11
keywords 4-81
Flare solution method 4-19, 4-67, B-2
Equipment devices 3-23
FLAREDEF 4-29, 4-118
fittings 3-23
process 3-24 Flash
unit operations 3-24 report 5-4, 5-17
results 3-6
Equipment items 3-31
Flow
EVALUATE 4-116
coefficient for nozzle 4-99
EXIT 4-97 coefficient for orifice 4-100
Exit device 4-97 coefficient for venturimeter 4-103
pressure drop calculation 3-30 device summary report 5-19
resistance coefficient 4-98 efficiency 4-24
user-defined pressure drop 4-98 efficiency in pipe 4-80
EXPANDER 4-86 maximum rate 4-78
Expander 3-32, 4-86 minimum rate 4-78
EXPANSION 4-98 rate 4-67
tolerance 4-46, 4-78
Expansion
pressure drop calculation 3-30 Flow devices 3-23
calculations 3-26
Expansion device 4-98
keywords 4-79
angle 4-99
parameters 3-6
resistance coefficient 4-99
pipe 3-23
user-defined pressure drop 4-99
sizing 3-24
Flow regime
F Taitel-Dukler map 5-26
Flowrate
performance curves 4-83
Facilities planning 3-35
Fluid
Factor
property interpolation 4-47
compressibility 4-59
Palmer correction 4-80 Fluid properties
UOP characterization 4-70 compositional 3-7
compositional fluid 4-59

correlation options 4-59 gas 4-15, 4-58
defining 3-7 liquid 4-57
non-compositional 3-15 specific 4-70
non-compositional gas 3-16, 4-58 standard liquid 4-70
non-compositional liquid 3-16, 4-57 steam 4-58
steam 3-17, 4-58 tabular data 4-59
water solubility in hydrocarbons 3-8 Gravity data 4-70
Fluid type 2-2 Gyration
selecting 4-19 radius 4-33
Foot valve 4-102
Fortunati Model 4-95, B-2
Friction results 5-27
H
Frictional pressure gradient 3-26
Fugacity Hayden-OConnell method 4-33
vapor 4-50 Hazen-Williams
coefficient 4-80
method 4-24
G Head
performance curves 4-83
Gas Heat
contaminants 4-58 latent 4-39
gravity 4-58 specific 4-39
non-compositional properties 4-58 Heat capacity
z-factor 4-59 ratio 4-58
Gas lift analysis 3-4 Heat transfer 3-6
Gas properties additional resistance 4-23, 4-80
contaminants 3-16 calculations 3-34
non-compositional 3-16 results 5-28
specific heat ratio 3-16 Heat transfer coefficient
Z-factor 3-16 film coefficient 4-23, 4-80
GENERAL 4-12 for buried pipe 4-23
Generated properties overall 2-9
output 5-14 overall value 4-23
print options 4-61 pipe 4-80
read from file 4-62 radiant 4-24, 4-80
Geothermal gradient 3-34 HEATER 4-86
Gereral data 4-12 Heater 3-32, 4-86
Global changes Henrys Law 4-50
case study 3-36 Hildebrand solubility 4-33
Global default Holdup
setting 4-23 output 5-25
Global parameters 4-12 Palmer correction factors 4-20
Global settings 3-4 Homogeneous two-phase correction 3-30
Globe valve 4-102 Homogeneous two-phase flow model 4-924-103
GRAVITY 4-59 Hydrate
prediction output 5-28
Gravity
API 4-70 Hydrate prediction 4-115
HYDRATES 4-115

I J
INJECTION 4-87 Joule-Thomson effect 2-3
Injection 4-87 JUNCTION 4-76
scrubber fluids 4-84 Junction
Injection device 3-32 dead-end tee 4-76
Input straight-through tee 4-76
categories 4-6 Junction-phase-splitting method 4-77
comments 4-8
component report 5-9
continuing statements 4-10 K
data check 4-19
defaults 4-8 Keyword input 4-8
general data category 4-12 calculation 4-19
general data report 5-9 continuing statements 4-10
in results output 5-3 conventions 4-10
keyword qualifiers 4-7 keywords 4-7
keywords 4-7 layout 4-10
layout 4-10 qualifiers 4-7
network data report 5-11 units of measurement 4-9
PVT data report 5-10
Keywords
source data report 5-11
equipment devices 4-81
structure data report 5-12
flow device 4-79
thermodynamic report 5-8
GENERAL 4-12
title 4-13
system nodes 4-66
unit operations data category 4-108
unit operations data 4-108
units of measurement 4-9
K-value 3-11
Input data check 3-5
thermodynamic method 4-51
Input reprint 3-5
Inside diameter
actual 4-24 L
fittings 4-24
nominal 4-24
Laminar flow
pipe 4-24
llimit 4-20
Insulation
LATENT 4-39
thermal conductivity 4-24
thickness 4-24, 4-81 Latent heat 4-39
Interaction parameters 4-55 Lee-Kessler-Plocker 4-55
Interstage Legend for description 4-10
cooler duties 4-84 Length
temperatures 4-84 of pipe segment 4-25
Isothermal LIBID 4-34
calculations 3-34 Library components 3-8, 4-34
calculations, specify globally 4-19 LIGHTENDS 4-71
Iterations 4-25 Lightends 3-10
Iterative results 3-6 in assay 4-71
Line sizing 3-24
data category 4-6
default diameters 5-13

report 5-13 Method
schedule 4-24 Chisholm 4-924-103
LINK 4-77 Henrys Law 4-50
Link 2-7, 4-77 Homogeneous two-phase 4-924-103
device summary report 5-19 liquid activity 4-50
individual print option 4-79 network 4-76
joining together 2-9 phase-splitting at junction 4-77
output 5-21, 5-26 prediction 3-13
property detail output 5-26 thermodynamic 4-51
report 5-18 UNIFAC 4-33, 4-50
summary 5-4 UNIQUAC 4-33
UNIWAAL 4-50
Liquid
viscosity 3-16
activity methods 4-50
gravity 4-57 Metric
molar volume 4-33 units of measurement 4-14, 4-15
non-compositional properties 4-57 Mitre bend 4-92
standard gravity 4-70 Mixed component types 3-11
Liquid density 3-12 Molecular weight 4-38
Rackett parameter 4-33 assay 4-71
Liquid holdup of pseudocomponent 4-35
Palmer correction 4-80 MREGULATOR 4-95
Palmer correction factors 4-20 MW 4-38
LKP 4-55
N
M
NETWORK 4-42
MAOP Max. Allowable Operating. Pres. 6-47 Network 2-7
Mass basis 4-20 accelerated calculations 4-47
Matching field data 4-24 acceleration 4-47
Material calculation method 4-76
thermal conductivity 4-24 connectivity plot 5-12
convergence 3-20, 4-78
Maximum power 4-82
convergence parameters 4-42
Maximum pressure 4-82 data category 4-6
Maximum speed 4-82 initial estimates 3-20
MCHOKE 4-94 input data in report 5-11
MCOMPRESS 4-82 junctions 3-21
links 3-21
Measurement
pressure balance solution method 2-10
basis 4-9
results 5-15
Medium solution 4-42
conductivity of surrounding 4-23 steam 3-22
density of surrounding 4-23, 4-80 structure 3-20
surrounding pipe 4-23, 4-80 subnetwork 3-22
temperature of surrounding 4-80 tolerance 4-46
thermal conductivity 4-80
Network Well-Posedness 6-97
velocity of surrounding medium 4-80
viscosity of surrounding 4-23, 4-80 Node
reports 4-28, 5-5, 5-19
METHOD 4-51
system 4-66

Nominal P
inside diameter 3-28, 4-24
Non-compositional
Palmer liquid holdup
fluid properties 3-15, 4-57
correction factors 4-20
gas properties 3-16, 4-58
sources 3-18 Palmer liquid holdup correction factors
in pipes 4-80
Non-library components 4-33
Parallel compressor trains 4-83
Normal boiling point (NBP) 4-39
Parameter
NOZZLE 4-99
Hildebrand solubility 4-33
Nozzle 4-99
Parameters
flow coefficient 4-99
binary interaction 4-50
convergence 4-42
interaction 4-55
PC 4-39
O Performance curves 4-83
PETROLEUM 4-34
ORIFICE 4-100 Petroleum
Orifice 4-100 pseudocomponents 4-34
flow coefficient 4-100 units of measurement 4-14, 4-15
pressure drop calculation 3-30 Phase envelope
user-defined pressure drop 4-100 output 5-23
OUT-DIMENSION 4-29 plot 5-24
Output Phase separation 3-11
case study 5-28 Pigging
component input 5-9 time step 4-25
density 5-27 PIPE 4-79
friction 5-27 Pipe 3-23, 4-79, 4-81
general input data 5-9 buried 3-34, 4-23
heat transfer 5-28 buried partially 4-81
holdup 5-25 density of surrounding 4-80
hydrate prediction 5-28 depth of buried 4-24, 4-80
link property detail 5-26 diameter in report 5-13
network connectivity 5-12 flow efficiency 4-80
network input data 5-11 heat transfer 3-34
pipe diameter 5-13 heat transfer calculations 3-34
pressure gradient 5-25 heat transfer coefficient 4-80
print options 4-27 insulation thickness 4-81
PVT input data 5-10 Palmer correction factors 4-80
results 5-4, 5-15 pressure drop correlations 3-25
solutions 5-17 roughness 4-24, 4-80
source input data 5-11 schedule 4-24
sphering 5-29 segmentation 4-25
structure input data 5-12 sizing data output 5-13
surface tension 5-27 surrounded by air 3-34
thermodynamic input 5-8 surrounded by soil 3-34
units of measurement 4-29 surrounded by water 3-34
velocity 5-25 surrounding medium 4-23, 4-80
viscosity 5-27 temperature of surrounding 4-80
Output units 3-5 thermal conductivity 4-24, 4-81

thermal conductivity of surrounding 4-80 vapor 4-39
thickness 4-24, 4-81 Pressure balance solution method 2-10
velocity of surrounding 4-80 Pressure drop
viscosity of surrounding 4-80 across segment 4-25
Pipe schedule 3-28 calculations 3-25, 3-26
from external file 4-24 correlations 3-25, 4-20
Piping structure 3-4 fitting calculation 3-29
Planning Hazen-Williams method 4-24
facilities 3-35 selecting global correlations 4-20
Plot Pressure Drop Methods 2-3
phase envelope 5-24 Pressure drop methods 3-7
pressure 5-22 Pressure gradient
temperature 5-22 acceleration 3-27
Plotting options 3-6 elevation 3-27
Plotting results 3-6 frictional 3-26
Polytropic Pressure limits 3-7
compressor 4-84 Pressure ratio
efficiency 4-84 warning 4-84
Power PRINT 4-27
auxiliary for pump 4-89 Print options 3-5, 4-27
available 4-83 devices 3-6
maximum 4-82 flash results 3-6
of pump 4-88 for individual links 4-79
PR 4-56 generated properties 4-61
Prandtl number input reprint 3-5
rigorous calculation 4-19 iterative results 3-6
Prediction methods 3-13 output units 3-5
plotting options 3-6
Pressure
properties output 3-6
change device 4-85
convergence tolerance 4-25 Process equipment 3-31
critical 4-39 available equipment items 3-24
difference 3-32 Properties
discharge 4-83 interpolations 4-47
gradient report 5-25 Properties output 3-6
interstage compressor 4-83 Property
losses 4-84 compositional fluid 4-59
maximum 4-82 correlation options 4-59
plot 5-22 non-compositional 4-57
report 5-21 non-compositional gas 4-58
suction 4-83 read from file 4-62
tolerance 4-46 set for streams 4-57
user-define drop through bend 4-92 steam 4-55, 4-58
user-define drop through contraction 4-96 water 4-55
user-define drop through exit 4-98 Pseudocomponents 3-9, 4-34
user-define drop through expansion 4-99 fixed property data 3-10
user-define drop through nozzle 4-100 properties 4-35
user-define drop through orifice 4-100 property calculation methods 3-9
user-define drop through tee 4-101 specific gravity 4-35
user-define drop through valve 4-103 variable property data 3-10
user-define drop through venturimeter 4-103

PUMP 4-87 network input data 5-11
Pump 4-87 node 4-28
auxiliary power 4-89 node summary results 5-19
curve 4-88 pipe diameters 5-13
degradation 4-89 pressure 5-21
efficiency 4-89 pressure gradient 5-25
electric submersible 3-33 PVT input data 5-10
multispeed 3-32 PVTGEN results 5-14
power 4-88 results 5-15
RILING correction 4-88 results summary 5-21
simple 3-32 separator results 5-18
PVT data solution 5-17
input data in report 5-10 source input data 5-11
sphering 5-29
PVTGEN results 5-14
structure data summary 5-20
structure input data 5-12
temperature 5-21
Q thermodynamic input 5-8
velocity 5-25
Qualifiers 4-7 velocity summary 5-20
Quality Reservoir simulators
steam 4-68 Eclipse link 4-12
Quality of steam 3-18 Resistance coefficient
bend 4-91
contraction 4-96
R entrance 4-97
exit 4-98
Rackett parameter 4-33 expansion device 4-99
tee 4-101
Radiant heat transfer resistance 4-24, 4-80
valve 4-102
Radius
Results
of curvature 4-92
case study 5-28
of gyration 4-33
density 5-27
REGULATOR 4-89 device summary 5-19
Regulator 4-89 flash 5-17
multi-network 3-33, 4-95 friction 5-27
simple 3-33 heat transfer calculation 5-28
Relief valve sizing hydrate prediction 5-28
calculations 3-7 input reprint 5-3
data input 4-118 intermediate printout 5-4, 5-15
Relief vent rate calculation 3-19 link detail 5-21
link summary 5-18
Report
network directory 5-15
component input 5-9
node summary 5-19
device summary results 5-19
output 5-4
flash results 5-17
output dimensions 4-29
general input data 5-9
pressure 5-21
holdup 5-25
reports 5-3
link detail 5-21
separator 5-18
link property detail 5-26
solution output 5-17
link summary results 5-18
sphering 5-29
network connectivity 5-12
structure data summary 5-20
summary 5-21 flow devices and lines 3-24
surface tension 5-27 Soil
temperature 5-21 thermal conductivity 4-24, 4-80
tolerances 4-46 Solid
velocity summary 5-20 components 4-33
viscosity 5-27
Solubility
Reynolds number parameter 4-33
limit for laminar flow 4-20 water in hydrocarbons 3-8
RILING correction 4-88 SOLUTION 4-42
Roughness SOURCE 4-66
of bend 4-92
Source
of pipe 4-24, 4-80
assays in 4-67
of tee 4-101
composition 4-67
compositional 3-18, 4-68
S input data in report
non-compositional
5-11
3-18
Specific gravity 4-38, 4-70
Saturated steam 3-17 for assays 4-35
Schedule Specific heat 4-39
default fitting 4-24 ratio 4-58
default pipe 4-24
Speed
from external file 4-24
maximum 4-82
line sizing 4-24
pipe 3-28 SPGR 4-38
Scrubber fluids 4-84 Sphering 3-4, 4-25
invoking calculations 4-19
SEGMENT 4-25
output 5-29
Segment
Spur link 6-78
automatic 4-25
length for pipe 4-25 SRK 4-56
maximum number 4-25 Stages
number of 4-81 number for pump 4-89
pressure drop 4-25 number of compressor 4-82, 4-83
size 4-81 STDDENSITY 4-39
temperature drop 4-25 Steam
Segmentation expander 3-32, 4-86
of links 4-25 gravity 4-58
SEPARATOR 4-89 network 3-22
Separator 3-33, 4-89 properties 3-17, 4-55, 4-58
injection 3-32 quality 3-17, 3-18, 4-68
report 5-18 saturation 3-17
SET 4-57 Stream
name 4-66
Set global defaults 4-23
Structure
Shock wave 2-11
data category 4-6
Shortpipe procedure 4-19 data report 5-20
SI input data in report 5-12
units of measurement 4-14, 4-15 Submersible
SIMSCI databank pump 3-33
component properties 4-34 Subnetwork 3-22
Sizing
compressor 3-31 pipe material 4-81
regulator 3-33 Thermodynamic
Suction pressure 4-83 binary interaction data 4-50
SURFACE 4-39 capabilities 3-14
Surface tension 4-39 data category 4-6
results 5-27 input data in report 5-8
Swing valve 4-102 Thermodynamic methods 3-11, 4-51
Benedict-Webb-Rubin-Starling 4-55
Synthetic components 3-11
density 3-12, 4-51
Synthetic fuel 4-33 enthalpy 3-12, 4-51
System for entire system 4-51
nodes 4-66 K-value 4-51
thermodynamic methods 4-53 Lee-Kessler-Plocker 4-55
liquid activity 4-50
Peng-Robinson 4-56
T predefined sets 4-53
Soave-Redlich-Kwong 4-56
Tabular data steam 4-55
gravity 4-59 system 4-53
UNIFAC 4-33
Taitel-Dukler
UNIQUAC 4-33
flow regime map 5-26
water 4-55
TBP distillation property 4-69
Thermodynamic properties 3-11
TC 4-39 aqueous phase enthalpy 3-12
TEE 4-101 binary interaction 3-12
Tee 4-101 multiple methods 3-14
dead-end 4-76 Thickness
pressure drop calculation 3-30 of insulation 4-24, 4-81
resistance coefficient 4-101 of pipe 4-24, 4-81
roughness 4-101 Time step
straight-through 4-76 sphering and pigging 4-25
time step 4-25
Temperature
TITLE 4-13
ambient 3-34, 4-23, 4-80
change device 4-85 TOLERANCE 4-46
critical 4-39 Tolerance 4-46, 4-78
difference 3-32 enthalpy 4-25
drop across segment 4-25 power 4-86
interstage 4-84 pressure 4-25
plot 5-22 Total power 4-82
report 5-21 Transitional flow 3-7
tolerance 4-46
Transport properties 3-13
warning 4-84
Temperature limits 3-7
Text comments 4-8 U
Thermal conductivity 4-39
of insulation 4-24 UNIFAC method 4-33, 4-50
of pipe 4-24
UNIQUAC method 4-33
of soil 4-24
of surrounding 4-80 UNIT 4-108, 4-109
of surrounding medium 4-23 Unit operations 4-109

available items 3-24 user-defined pressure drop 4-103
data category 4-6 Vessel depressuring algorithm 3-19
keywords 4-108 VISCOSITY 4-39
Units of measurement 3-5, 4-9 Viscosity 4-39, 4-58
basis of measurement 4-9 compositional fluid 4-59
different output units 4-29 correlations 3-16, 4-59
English 4-14, 4-15 method 3-16
metric 4-14, 4-15 of surrounding medium 4-23, 4-80
mulitiple dimensional units 4-9 overriding 3-13
petroleum 4-14, 4-15 overriding data 3-16
SI 4-14, 4-15 results 5-27
UNIWAAL method 4-50 RILING correction 4-88
UOP factor 4-70 specification 3-13
Volume
critical 4-39
V liquid molar 4-33
percent of scrubber fluids 4-84
VALVE 4-102 VP 4-39
Valve 4-102
angle 4-103
balanced bellows 4-119 W
overpressure 4-120
pressure drop calculation 3-30 Warning
resistance coefficient 4-102 pressure ratio 4-84
selection and rating 6-47 temperature 4-84
sizing methodology 6-41 WATER 4-55
sizing reports 5-30 Water
user-defined pressure drop 4-103 density of surrounding 4-80
velocity constant 4-103 options 4-55
Van der Waals properties 4-55
area and volume 4-33 solubility calculation 4-55
Vapor thermal conductivity 4-23, 4-80
density 3-12 velocity 4-80
fugacity 4-50 viscosity of surrounding 4-80
pressure 4-39 Water solubility 3-8
VC 4-39 WATSONK factor 4-70
Velocity
constant for valve 4-103
data report 5-20 Z
of surrounding medium 4-80
output 5-25 ZC 4-38
VENTURIMETER 4-103 Z-factor
flow coefficient 4-103 gas 3-16, 4-59

Invensys Systems, Inc.
26561 Rancho Parkway South
Lake Forest, CA 92630
United States of America
http://iom.invensys.com
Global Customer Support

Inside U.S.: 1-866-746-6477
Outside U.S.: 1-508-549-2424 or contact your
local Invensys Representative.
Email: iom.support@invensys.com
Website: http://support.ips.invensys.com

INPLANT Keyword Manual

Transféré par

Informations du document

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

INPLANT Keyword Manual

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

SimSci-Esscor

2013 by Invensys Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Invensys Systems, Inc.

PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual TOC-1

Chapter 3 Using PIPEPHASE

Chapter 4 Input Reference

Chapter 6 Technical Reference

Chapter 7 Component Data Summary

Chapter 8 Thermodynamic Data Summary

Appendix A Pressure Drop Correlations

Appendix D Default Values of Schedule Pipe Sizes

Appendix E User-Definable Nominal Pipe Sizes

INPLANT Keyword Manual TOC-9

About This Manual

PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 1-1

Note: If you read nothing else, read Chapter 3, Using PIPEPHASE.

PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 1-3

About This Chapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 2-1

Scope and Objectives of INPLANT

Figure 2-1: Scope of INPLANT Application

Pressure Drop Methods

PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 2-3

Figure 2-2: An INPLANT Flare Gathering System

PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 2-5

Figure 2-5: A Steam Utility System

Slug Catcher Sizing

Solving Networks with PIPEPHASE

Figure 2-6: Example of an INPLANT Link A Process Transfer Line

PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 2-7

The Building Blocks

Note: PIPEPHASE is a steady-state program; therefore, there must be an energy balance

Joining Segments Together

Joining Links Together

PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 2-9

Flare Relief Solution Method

Critical Flow in Pipes

PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 2-11

PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 3-1

About This Chapter

Defining the Application

3-2 Using PIPEPHASE

Properties of Fluid Types

Flows and Conditions of Fluids

PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 3-3

What PIPEPHASE Calculates

3-4 Using PIPEPHASE

PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 3-5

3-6 Using PIPEPHASE

Defining Fluid Properties

Defining Properties for Compositional Fluids

PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 3-7

Water as a Special Component

3-8 Using PIPEPHASE

PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 3-9

3-10 Using PIPEPHASE

Additional Component Capabilities

Thermodynamic Properties and Phase Separation

PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 3-11

3-12 Using PIPEPHASE

Tabular Data for Compositional Fluids

PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 3-13

Additional Thermodynamic Capabilities

3-14 Using PIPEPHASE